Military discipline: or, the yong artillery man Wherein is discoursed and showne the postures both of musket and pike: the exactest way, &c. Together with the motions which are to be used, in the excercising of a foot-company. With divers and severall formes and figures of battell; with their reducements; very necessary for all such as are studious in the art military. By William Barriff.
         Barriffe, William.
      
       
         
           1635
        
      
       Approx. 523 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 184 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2007-01 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A04919
         STC 1506
         ESTC S101043
         99836868
         99836868
         1160
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A04919)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 1160)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1475-1640 ; 825:2)
      
       
         
           
             Military discipline: or, the yong artillery man Wherein is discoursed and showne the postures both of musket and pike: the exactest way, &c. Together with the motions which are to be used, in the excercising of a foot-company. With divers and severall formes and figures of battell; with their reducements; very necessary for all such as are studious in the art military. By William Barriff.
             Barriffe, William.
          
           [24], 326, [10] p., plates : ill., port.
           
             Printed by Thomas Harper, for Ralph Mab,
             London :
             1635.
          
           
             With four final contents leaves.
             The last leaf is blank.
             P4 is a cancel.
             The last printed page has 17 errata. Some copies have an additional slip with 23 errata including the previous 17.
             Reproduction of the original in the Henry E. Huntington Library and Art Gallery.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Military art and science -- Early works to 1800.
           Strategy -- Early works to 1800.
        
      
    
     
        2006-03 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2006-03 Apex CoVantage
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2006-05 Derek Lee
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2006-05 Derek Lee
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2006-09 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
           
             coat of arms of the Honourable Artillery Company
             
               ARMA
               PACIS
               FVLCRA
            
          
        
      
       
         
         
           
             
               VERA
               EFFIGIES
               GVLEIELMI
               BARRIFF
               AETATIS
               SVAE
               35.
               
            
             portrait of William Barriffe
             
               
                 Though
                 this
                 Effigies
                 here
                 does
                 Represent
              
               
                 and
                 Portray
                 forth
                 his
                 faces
                 Liniament
              
               
                 Yet
                 Read
                 his
                 Booke
                 ,
                 and
                 you
                 therin
                 will
                 finde
              
               
                 that
                 he
                 hath
                 Pictur'd
                 there
                 a
                 Soldiers
                 minde
                 .
              
            
             
               G
               Glouer
               fecit
               .
            
          
        
      
       
         
         
           MILITARY
           DISCIPLINE
           :
           OR
           ,
           THE
           YONG
           ARTILLERY
           MAN.
           
        
         
           Wherein
           is
           discoursed
           and
           showne
           the
           Postures
           both
           of
           Musket
           and
           Pike
           :
           the
           exactest
           way
           ,
           &c.
           
        
         
           Together
           with
           the
           Motions
           which
           are
           to
           be
           used
           ,
           in
           the
           exercising
           of
           a
           Foot-company
           .
           With
           divers
           and
           severall
           formes
           and
           figures
           of
           Battell
           ;
           with
           their
           
             reducements
             ;
             very
             necessary
             for
             all
             such
             as
             are
             studious
             in
             the
             Art
          
           Military
           .
        
         
           By
           WILLIAM
           BARRIFF
           .
        
         
           PSAL.
           144.
           1.
           
        
         
           
             Blessed
             be
             the
             Lord
             my
             strength
             which
             teacheth
             my
             hands
             to
             warre
             ,
             and
             my
             fingers
             to
             fight
             .
          
        
         
           LONDON
           ,
           Printed
           by
           
             Thomas
             Harper
          
           ,
           for
           
             Ralph
             Mab
          
           ,
           1635.
           
        
      
       
         
         
           
           TO
           THE
           RIGHT
           HONOVRABLE
        
         
           Algernonne
           ,
           Earle
           of
           Northumberland
           ,
           Lord
           of
           the
           Honours
           of
           Cockermouth
           and
           Petworth
           :
           Lord
           
             Percy
             ,
             Lucy
             ,
             Poynings
             ,
             Fitz-pain
             ,
             Bryan
          
           and
           Lattimer
           :
           Lord
           Lieutenant
           of
           his
           MAIESTIES
           Forces
           in
           the
           Counties
           of
           Northumberland
           and
           Cumberland
           ;
           and
           Knight
           of
           the
           most
           Noble
           Order
           of
           the
           Garter
           .
        
         
           
             Right
             Honorable
             :
          
        
         
           THe
           Glory
           of
           the
           
             Meridian
             Sun
          
           ,
           is
           the
           more
           resplendently
           set
           off
           ;
           by
           the
           foile
           and
           darknesse
           of
           a
           Shadow
           :
           
           which
           is
           a
           perpetuall
           follower
           of
           his
           Light
           ;
           as
           my
           ambition
           in
           all
           humble
           service
           is
           ,
           to
           be
           unto
           your
           Lordship
           :
           The
           memory
           of
           so
           many
           
             Heroicall
             Ancestors
          
           ,
           as
           (
           in
           all
           ages
           )
           have
           ennobliz'd
           your
           
             potent
             Family
          
           ;
           together
           with
           their
           Martiall
           and
           
             Renowned
             Atchievements
          
           :
           doe
           for
           ever
           stand
           recorded
           ,
           in
           the
           Booke
           of
           Honour
           and
           of
           Fame
           .
           And
           that
           (
           were
           occasion
           fairly
           offered
           )
           your
           Honour
           hath
           Spirit
           and
           Bravery
           enough
           ,
           in
           a
           
             Military
             emulation
          
           ,
           to
           arrive
           up
           to
           the
           heighth
           of
           their
           Glory
           :
           your
           constant
           and
           Noble
           Deportment
           (
           as
           well
           in
           your
           
             private
             carriage
          
           ;
           as
           of
           late
           dayes
           in
           your
           
             publike
             Triumph
          
           ,
           when
           you
           were
           installed
           into
           that
           most
           
             Noble
             Order
          
           of
           the
           Garter
           )
           doe
           most
           evidently
           presage
           of
           you
           .
           This
           as
           it
           hath
           attracted
           
           all
           eyes
           and
           expectations
           :
           So
           hath
           it
           incouraged
           my
           
             low
             ambition
          
           (
           among
           the
           rest
           )
           to
           esteeme
           
             your
             Honour
          
           a
           fit
           Patrone
           for
           a
           Booke
           of
           this
           Nature
           ,
           your
           innate
           and
           
             inbred
             vertues
          
           ;
           together
           with
           that
           
             Courtesie
             ,
             Noblenesse
          
           ,
           and
           Affabilitie
           ,
           (
           the
           inseperable
           Companions
           of
           
             anciently
             descended
             Honour
          
           )
           speak
           you
           so
           easie
           ,
           of
           accesse
           ;
           that
           my
           YONG
           ARTILLERY-MAN
           despaireth
           not
           of
           
             acceptance
             &
             admission
          
           ,
           to
           kisse
           the
           hands
           of
           your
           great
           Lordship
           .
           The
           first-fruits
           ,
           it
           is
           ,
           of
           my
           weak
           endevours
           :
           and
           a
           Collection
           ,
           meerly
           of
           my
           private
           observations
           .
           Such
           as
           it
           is
           ,
           my
           humble
           request
           unto
           your
           good
           Lordship
           is
           ,
           that
           out
           of
           the
           accustomed
           freedom
           and
           goodnesse
           of
           your
           nature
           ;
           you
           would
           be
           pleased
           to
           deigne
           acceptance
           of
           it
           .
           
           And
           I
           withall
           beseech
           your
           Honour
           ,
           to
           give
           pardon
           unto
           that
           presumption
           ,
           which
           hath
           proceeded
           from
           devotion
           .
           I
           confesse
           it
           an
           ambition
           in
           mee
           ,
           to
           soare
           so
           loftily
           in
           my
           Dedication
           .
           But
           as
           Alexander
           (
           sometimes
           )
           refused
           not
           a
           
             mean
             Present
          
           of
           fruit
           ,
           from
           the
           hands
           of
           a
           simple
           Gardiner
           :
           so
           my
           hope
           is
           ,
           your
           Honour
           will
           hold
           mee
           excused
           for
           offering
           so
           worthlesse
           and
           meane
           a
           Mite
           to
           so
           great
           and
           honorable
           a
           Personage
           .
           But
           considering
           that
           the
           subiect
           of
           my
           Discourse
           is
           intended
           for
           the
           
             bettering
             of
             the
             Souldiers
             knowledge
             of
             the
             trained
             Bands
          
           ;
           and
           that
           your
           Lordship
           is
           one
           of
           his
           
             Majesties
             Lieutenants
          
           :
           it
           may
           prove
           a
           good
           inducement
           to
           your
           Honours
           liking
           (
           who
           are
           known
           to
           be
           so
           great
           a
           lover
           of
           your
           Country
           )
           to
           vouchsafe
           
           the
           protection
           and
           patronage
           of
           these
           my
           first
           endevours
           ,
           whereby
           I
           shall
           for
           ever
           stand
           obliged
           in
           all
           
             humilitie
             ,
             and
          
           remayne
           ,
        
         
           
             Your
             Honours
             most
             humble
             and
             devoted
             servant
             ,
             WILLIAM
             BARRIFF
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           
           TO
           THE
           RIGHT
           VVorshipfull
           ,
           Sir
           
             Ralph
             Bosvile
          
           ,
           Knight
           ,
           Captaine
           of
           a
           Select
           Company
           of
           Foot
           in
           the
           County
           of
           Kent
           .
        
         
           YOu
           may
           be
           pleased
           to
           remember
           (
           Noble
           Sir
           )
           how
           often
           you
           have
           Importunde
           me
           to
           
             write
             something
          
           (
           by
           way
           of
           instruction
           )
           for
           the
           
             bettering
             of
             the
             judgements
             of
             such
             young
             Gentlemen
             and
             Souldiers
             whose
             mindes
             stand
             this
             way
             affected
             .
          
           And
           although
           (
           for
           my
           own
           part
           )
           I
           can
           better
           mannage
           the
           Pike
           then
           the
           Pen
           ;
           yet
           that
           I
           might
           not
           be
           wanting
           in
           all
           acknowledgement
           ,
           I
           have
           taken
           upon
           me
           to
           satisfie
           your
           request
           ;
           which
           shall
           ever
           carry
           the
           authority
           of
           a
           
             Command
             with
             it
          
           .
           Expect
           not
           (
           I
           beseech
           you
           Sir
           )
           to
           finde
           my
           Booke
           set
           forth
           with
           
             fine
             phrases
          
           ,
           nor
           to
           be
           deckt
           with
           
             historicall
             discourses
          
           ,
           of
           
             forraine
             fought
             Battels
          
           :
           this
           being
           the
           onely
           thing
           by
           me
           intended
           in
           it
           ;
           to
           set
           forth
           the
           
             exact
             grounds
          
           of
           this
           our
           
             moderne
             discipline
          
           ,
           for
           the
           exercising
           of
           a
           
             foot
             Company
          
           .
           Nor
           is
           it
           to
           be
           esteemed
           a
           
             small
             advancement
          
           to
           the
           knowledge
           of
           the
           
             art
             Military
          
           ;
           even
           to
           have
           Taught
           this
           little
           ,
           seeing
           it
           must
           be
           confessed
           to
           have
           beene
           one
           of
           the
           chiefest
           
           meanes
           to
           make
           Philip
           from
           a
           
             poore
             Prince
          
           ,
           to
           become
           a
           
             powerfull
             Monarch
          
           ;
           and
           his
           Sonne
           
             Alexander
             amighty
             Conquerer
          
           .
           I
           meane
           his
           
             exact
             observance
          
           of
           the
           
             true
             grounds
             of
             military
             Discipline
          
           ,
           which
           beginneth
           with
           the
           instruction
           of
           a
           
             private
             Company
          
           .
        
         
           Adde
           hereunto
           (
           which
           I
           have
           also
           toucht
           upon
           )
           his
           frequent
           practise
           and
           inuring
           of
           his
           Souldiers
           to
           the
           use
           of
           Armes
           :
           together
           with
           his
           well
           ordering
           and
           contriving
           the
           severall
           formes
           and
           figures
           of
           his
           Battels
           .
           Alwaies
           (
           by
           the
           way
           )
           observing
           how
           to
           make
           his
           advantage
           ,
           either
           from
           the
           time
           ,
           the
           number
           ,
           or
           the
           place
           ,
           or
           some
           other
           such
           like
           oportunity
           .
           But
           not
           to
           cloy
           your
           
             quainter
             eares
          
           with
           
             impertinent
             discourses
          
           :
           who
           are
           not
           onely
           a
           Master
           of
           Armes
           ,
           but
           of
           Arts
           ;
           also
           a
           Gentleman
           that
           hath
           beene
           Captaine
           either
           over
           horse
           or
           foot
           ;
           for
           the
           space
           of
           these
           last
           
             forty
             yeeres
          
           :
           and
           from
           your
           very
           
             infancy
             brought
          
           up
           in
           the
           very
           bosome
           of
           the
           Muses
           .
           So
           that
           you
           are
           now
           become
           a
           Nestor
           for
           Counsell
           ,
           an
           Apollo
           for
           Musicke
           ,
           and
           a
           Mars
           for
           the
           Field
           .
           But
           lest
           by
           acknowledging
           your
           
             worthy
             parts
          
           ,
           (
           your
           
             native
             modesty
          
           being
           such
           ,
           that
           you
           never
           love
           to
           heare
           your
           owne
           
             due
             deserved
             praises
          
           )
           I
           purchase
           a
           frowne
           for
           a
           recompence
           :
           I
           forbeare
           .
           My
           humble
           desire
           now
           is
           ,
           that
           your
           Worship
           will
           be
           pleased
           to
           accept
           of
           my
           
             well
             meaning
          
           :
           and
           although
           I
           be
           wanting
           in
           
             artfull
             expressions
          
           ,
           yet
           to
           rest
           assured
           ,
           that
           I
           am
           yours
           in
           all
           humble
           and
           
             heartie
             affection
          
           ,
           and
           shall
           still
           continue
        
         
           
             Your
             ,
             though
             unworthy
             ,
             yet
             obedient
             Lievetenant
             ,
             WILLIAM
             BARRIFF
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           TO
           THE
           WORTHY
           CAPTAINES
           ,
           CAPTAINE
           EDVVARD
           DICHFIELD
           ,
           and
           Captaine
           HENRY
           SANDERS
           ,
           and
           to
           all
           the
           Gentlemen
           of
           the
           private
           and
           loving
           Societie
           of
           Cripplegate
           meeting
           .
           
             W.
             B.
          
           wisheth
           all
           health
           and
           
             long
             continuance
          
           .
        
         
           
             Right
             Worthy
             ▪
          
        
         
           CAptaines
           ,
           it
           is
           now
           something
           morethen
           seven
           yeares
           ,
           since
           the
           beginning
           of
           that
           private
           and
           
             commendable
             exercise
          
           of
           Armes
           by
           your
           two
           Companies
           together
           ;
           how
           much
           experience
           it
           hath
           begot
           in
           your
           Souldiers
           ,
           your selues
           be
           the
           Iudges
           .
           This
           must
           be
           confessed
           ,
           that
           it
           is
           so
           orderly
           contrived
           ,
           as
           to
           become
           no
           hinderance
           to
           mens
           more
           
             necessary
             callings
          
           .
           Yea
           it
           rather
           calls
           them
           the
           earlier
           unto
           it
           :
           for
           that
           the
           Exercise
           continueth
           onely
           
             one
             houre
          
           the
           Thursday
           of
           every
           weeke
           ;
           and
           in
           the
           
             Summer
             time
          
           ,
           ending
           at
           seven
           of
           the
           clocke
           in
           the
           Morning
           .
           Some
           there
           have
           been
           notwithstanding
           ,
           that
           have
           held
           a
           
             prejudicate
             opinion
          
           of
           this
           meeting
           :
           conceiving
           that
           it
           would
           prove
           an
           
             hinderance
             to
             the
             Artillery
             ground
          
           .
           Neverthelesse
           
           the
           proofe
           hath
           reported
           the
           quite
           contrarie
           :
           for
           that
           it
           hath
           become
           a
           great
           meanes
           towards
           the
           
             advancement
             thereof
          
           .
           And
           that
           by
           
             sending
             divers
             Gentlemen
             thither
             to
             enter
             themselues
             therein
             ,
             who
             before
             had
             not
             the
             least
             conceit
             or
             purpose
             that
             way
             .
          
           As
           for
           the
           Souldiers
           of
           that
           meeting
           ,
           they
           neither
           
             beat
             Drumme
             ,
             display
             Ensigne
          
           ,
           nor
           
             discharge
             Musket
          
           :
           But
           onely
           exercise
           their
           
             Postures
             ,
             Motions
          
           ,
           and
           formes
           of
           Battell
           ,
           with
           
             false
             fire
          
           in
           their
           pannes
           .
           Which
           is
           the
           cause
           ,
           that
           the
           Souldiers
           having
           attained
           some
           
             little
             skill
          
           in
           the
           handling
           of
           their
           Armes
           :
           presently
           desire
           ,
           to
           
             exercise
             with
             more
             liberty
          
           ;
           and
           so
           enter
           upon
           the
           
             Artillery
             Garden
          
           .
           Wherefore
           (
           most
           worthy
           Captains
           )
           you
           shall
           do
           well
           to
           cherish
           your
           diligent
           and
           
             industrious
             Souldiers
          
           :
           that
           so
           they
           may
           be
           heartened
           to
           persist
           ,
           in
           so
           honourable
           and
           commendable
           an
           entendment
           .
           It
           being
           such
           an
           exercise
           whereby
           God
           may
           gaine
           glory
           ,
           the
           King
           and
           
             Kingdome
             ,
             honour
          
           ;
           your
           
             selues
             ,
             credit
          
           ;
           and
           your
           
             Souldiers
             ,
             skill
          
           :
           For
           
             my
             owne
             part
          
           ,
           I
           professe
           and
           acknowledge
           my
           selfe
           to
           be
           one
           of
           the
           
             first
             beginners
             of
             it
          
           :
           and
           do
           still
           continue
           a
           member
           of
           the
           same
           .
           And
           this
           maketh
           me
           the
           more
           silent
           ,
           though
           still
           I
           
             wish
             in
             heart
             the
             continuance
             of
             so
             friendly
             a
             societie
             .
          
           And
           therefore
           
             (
             fellow
             Souldiers
          
           )
           I
           pray
           you
           accept
           of
           my
           
             good
             will
          
           for
           the
           deed
           :
           for
           were
           I
           as
           able
           as
           I
           am
           willing
           ;
           I
           then
           ,
           with
           the
           Poet
           ,
           
             
               Would
               consecrate
               your
               Memories
               to
               time
               ,
            
             
               That
               yours
               might
               Live
               ,
               when
               I
               am
               turn'd
               to
               slime
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             Yours
             in
             all
             service
             ,
             WILLIAM
             BARRIFF
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           To
           all
           worthy
           Commanders
           ,
           
             and
             brave
          
           Souldiers
           .
        
         
           
             GAllant
             brave
             Sonnes
             of
             Mars
             you
             must
             not
             looke
          
           
             That
             here
             's
             ought
             worth
             your
             reading
             in
             this
             Book
             ,
          
           
             Since
             I
             intend
             not
             further
             for
             to
             goe
          
           
             Then
             to
             the
             Letters
             of
             our
             Christ-crosse-row
             :
          
           
             To
             shew
             the
             Vowels
             ,
             or
             to
             learn
             to
             spell
          
           
             In
             Disciplines
             high
             strains
             I
             will
             not
             mell
             .
          
           
             But
             if
             ,
             perhaps
             ,
             you
             have
             a
             mind
             to
             scan
          
           
             Or
             spie
             faults
             in
             the
             
               Yong
               Artillery-man
            
             ,
          
           
             I
             pray
             you
             for
             
               your
               credits
            
             as
             
               mine
               owne
            
          
           
             You
             'l
             picke
             no
             fault
             till
             you
             be
             sure
             't
             is
             one
          
           
             And
             then
             (
             perhaps
             )
             when
             Reason
             taking
             place
             ,
          
           
             Opinion
             must
             retreit
             with
             foule
             disgrace
             .
          
           
             Yet
             if
             you
             truly
             shall
             an
             Errour
             spie
          
           
             Tell
             me
             my
             fault
             ,
             I
             'le
             not
             in
             Error
             die
             .
          
           
             Then
             
               worthy
               Followers
            
             in
             great
             Mars
             his
             traine
             ,
          
           
             That
             to
             peruse
             my
             
               worthlesse
               worke
            
             will
             deigne
             ,
          
           
             Iudge
             but
             the
             best
             ,
             and
             you
             ,
             perhaps
             ,
             shall
             see
          
           
             The
             next
             I
             write
             shall
             a
             
               farre
               better
            
             bee
          
           
             In
             the
             ,
             mean
             time
             ,
             this
             is
             the
             best
             I
             have
          
           
             Prove
             and
             approve
             .
             And
             more
             I
             will
             not
             crave
             .
          
        
         
           
             W.
             B.
             
          
        
      
       
         
         
           To
           Captaine
           
             Walter
             Neale
          
           ,
           now
           Captaine
           of
           the
           
             Artillery
             Garden
          
           :
           and
           to
           all
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           
             Worthy
             Captaines
             ,
             Lieftenants
             ,
             Ensignes
             ,
             Serjeants
             ,
          
           and
           other
           Gentlemen
           of
           that
           noble
           
             Society
             :
             W.
             B.
          
           wisheth
           all
           increase
           of
           knowledge
           and
           continuance
           of
           Love
           and
           Vnity
           .
        
         
           
             RIght
             worthy
             Souldiers
             of
             th'
             Artillery
             ,
          
           
             Me
             thinkes
             I
             see
             some
             of
             you
             looke
             awry
             ,
          
           
             
               Telling
               me
            
             I
             've
             done
             our
             Garden
             wrong
          
           
             
               And
               that
               in
            
             Souldier-ship
             I
             am
             too
             yong
             :
          
           
             That
             the
             
               worst
               Souldier
            
             of
             three
             
               hundred
               men
            
          
           
             Should
             dare
             in
             Discipline
             to
             use
             his
             Pen
             ,
          
           
             And
             he
             that
             th'
             other
             day
             scarce
             knew
             a
             Ranke
          
           
             To
             
               write
               a
               Booke
            
             should
             now
             be
             growne
             so
             cranke
             :
          
           
             But
             spare
             your
             Anger
             for
             this
             Booke
             you
             see
          
           
             Can
             neither
             bring
             reproch
             to
             you
             nor
             mee
             :
          
           
             If
             for
             
               meane
               matter
            
             I
             shall
             be
             detected
          
           
             From
             a
             
               yong
               Souldier
               much
            
             is
             not
             expected
             :
          
           
             If
             any
             say
             I
             have
             done
             
               prety
               well
            
          
           
             They
             needs
             must
             thinke
             should
             
               you
               write
            
             't
             would
             excell
             ,
          
           
             Like
             Lads
             at
             Wasters
             
               I
               but
            
             lead
             the
             way
          
           
             That
             
               better
               Gamesters
            
             may
             come
             in
             
               to
               play
            
             .
          
           
             Therefore
             be
             pleas'd
             if
             any
             fault
             be
             found
          
           
             No
             shame
             at
             all
             can
             unto
             
               you
               redound
            
             .
          
           
             
               If
               ought
               be
            
             good
             
               '
               i
               th'
            
             Garden
             't
             was
             me
             showne
          
           
             If
             ought
             be
             ill
             the
             Errour
             is
             
               mine
               owne
            
             .
          
           
             Then
             as
             I
             from
             amongst
             
               you
               learn't
            
             my
             skill
             ,
          
           
             So
             grant
             me
             love
             your
             favour
             and
             
               good
               will.
            
             
          
        
         
           
             Yours
             ever
             
               William
               Barriff
            
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           Faults
           escaped
           in
           the
           Printing
           .
        
         
           PAge
           17.
           line
           5.
           for
           and
           ,
           reade
           ad
           ,
           p.
           25
           l.
           the
           last
           ,
           for
           betweene
           before
           ,
           p.
           34.
           first
           line
           of
           the
           ●1
           .
           Chap.
           for
           off
           ,
           r.
           10
           ,
           p.
           36.
           in
           the
           margens
           ,
           for
           particular
           ,
           r.
           particle
           ,
           p
           64
           l.
           13
           for
           armes
           ,
           r.
           armies
           ,
           p
           ,
           74.
           l.
           9.
           for
           also
           ,
           r.
           all
           ,
           p.
           78
           l.
           8.
           for
           left
           ,
           r.
           least
           ,
           p.
           86.
           l.
           6.
           instead
           of
           for
           ,
           r.
           or
           ,
           p.
           86.
           l.
           19.
           for
           into
           ,
           r.
           to
           ,
           p.
           87
           l.
           8.
           for
           with
           ,
           r.
           without
           ,
           p.
           87.
           l
           23.
           for
           drawne
           figure
           ,
           r.
           drawne
           a
           figure
           p
           89.
           l
           6.
           for
           e●ft
           ,
           r.
           left
           ,
           p.
           89.
           l.
           17.
           for
           likewise
           ,
           r.
           file
           wise
           ,
           p.
           97.
           l
           the
           last
           ,
           for
           gratifie
           ,
           r.
           satisfie
           ,
           p.
           106.
           l.
           3.
           for
           ne
           ,
           r.
           one
           ,
           p.
           108.
           l.
           9.
           instead
           of
           for
           ,
           r.
           in
           ,
           p.
           112
           l.
           4.
           for
           beh●nde
           ,
           r.
           before
           ,
           p.
           117.
           l.
           4.
           r.
           file-leaders
           ,
           p.
           11
           ●
           .
           l.
           19
           &
           20.
           instead
           of
           ,
           or
           with
           the
           Chorean
           it
           holds
           affinity
           ,
           r.
           and
           with
           the
           Chorean
           it
           holds
           no
           affinity
           ,
           p.
           124.
           the
           last
           line
           ,
           r.
           be
           as
           at
           first
           .
           p.
           127.
           the
           2
           m
           s
           which
           stand
           for
           the
           outmost
           file-leaders
           to
           the
           right
           ,
           stand
           quite
           contrary
           .
           p.
           137.
           l.
           5
           for
           in
           ,
           r.
           to
           p.
           140.
           the
           figure
           set
           wrong
           .
           pa
           1●2
           l.
           8.
           or
           in
           ,
           r.
           too
           p.
           166.
           l.
           11.
           for
           flanke
           ,
           r.
           flanks
           .
           p.
           173.
           l.
           13.
           for
           innermost
           ,
           r.
           outermost
           .
           p.
           176.
           l.
           32.
           for
           figures
           ,
           r.
           figures
           .
           p.
           307.
           l
           14
           for
           command
           ,
           r.
           commanded
           .
           p.
           217.
           l
           4.
           for
           to
           ,
           r.
           up
           .
           p.
           290.
           l.
           8
           for
           figure
           ,
           r
           firing
           .
           p.
           269.
           l.
           18.
           for
           tm
           ,
           r.
           them
           .
           p.
           271.
           l.
           1●
           .
           for
           arme
           ,
           r.
           armes
           .
           p
           2●●
           .
           l.
           13.
           for
           flanke
           ,
           r.
           flanks
           p.
           393.
           the
           title
           of
           the
           figure
           ,
           for
           polium
           ,
           r.
           Plesium
           .
           p.
           296.
           l.
           6.
           for
           their
           severall
           ,
           r.
           to
           their
           severall
           ,
           &c.
           p.
           297.
           the
           marginall
           note
           opposite
           to
           the
           ●●
           line
           ,
           r.
           instead
           of
           one
           file
           and
           close
           .
           One
           file
           of
           Muskettiers
           to
           give
           fire
           ,
           and
           close
           ,
           p.
           302
           l.
           the
           9.
           for
           ho●swise
           ,
           r
           herswise
           ,
           p.
           306.
           l.
           27.
           for
           Leader
           ,
           r.
           Leaders
           ,
           p
           311.
           l.
           17
           for
           over-head
           ,
           r.
           overhand
           .
        
      
       
         
         
         
           
           To
           the
           Reader
           .
        
         
           COurteous
           Reader
           ,
           although
           I
           have
           set
           forth
           this
           small
           Treatise
           ,
           principally
           ayming
           at
           the
           benefit
           of
           my
           Country
           ,
           yet
           I
           know
           that
           some
           will
           not
           be
           wanting
           ,
           to
           disparage
           both
           the
           workman
           and
           the
           worke
           ,
           the
           matter
           and
           the
           manner
           .
           For
           such
           is
           the
           misery
           of
           the
           times
           ,
           and
           the
           malice
           of
           men
           ;
           that
           the
           
             frothy
             Depraver
          
           ,
           shall
           found
           (
           in
           some
           men
           )
           an
           opinion
           of
           his
           worth
           ,
           by
           detracting
           and
           undervaluing
           other
           
             mens
             merits
          
           :
           For
           mine
           own
           part
           ,
           I
           ingenuously
           confesse
           ,
           that
           amongst
           many
           in
           our
           owne
           Ground
           ,
           I
           was
           the
           meanest
           both
           for
           skill
           and
           schollership
           ,
           to
           have
           undertaken
           a
           worke
           of
           this
           nature
           ;
           but
           being
           continually
           prest
           by
           my
           acquaintance
           :
           some
           for
           the
           Postures
           ,
           others
           for
           the
           Motions
           ,
           and
           by
           some
           againe
           for
           Figures
           ,
           I
           being
           alwaies
           willing
           to
           further
           men
           this
           way
           affected
           ;
           granted
           and
           gave
           to
           some
           men
           Copies
           ,
           and
           suffered
           others
           to
           peruse
           my
           Notes
           ,
           which
           I
           had
           placed
           in
           an
           old
           waste
           Paper-booke
           .
           But
           at
           length
           ,
           time
           and
           mens
           tongues
           together
           ,
           had
           begot
           an
           
             opinion
             ,
             that
             I
             had
             writ
             a
             booke
             .
          
           Which
           was
           so
           
             freely
             divulged
          
           ,
           that
           I
           was
           requested
           by
           some
           ,
           to
           know
           when
           it
           would
           
             come
             forth
          
           of
           the
           Presse
           ;
           when
           as
           yet
           I
           had
           not
           the
           least
           conceit
           ,
           to
           put
           pen
           to
           paper
           
           tending
           to
           this
           purpose
           .
           So
           that
           being
           engaged
           something
           in
           my
           credit
           ,
           and
           withall
           requested
           by
           a
           right
           
             worthy
             Knight
          
           ,
           my
           Captaine
           ,
           who
           had
           power
           to
           command
           :
           And
           lastly
           ,
           being
           
             thrust
             on
          
           by
           the
           importunity
           of
           some
           of
           my
           
             familiar
             friends
          
           :
           I
           haue
           put
           my
           Card
           amongst
           the
           rest
           into
           the
           Bunch
           to
           bee
           shuffled
           :
           not
           much
           caring
           where
           it
           be
           dealt
           ,
           so
           it
           be
           not
           mixt
           with
           the
           —
           If
           any
           carpe
           at
           the
           plainenesse
           of
           the
           stile
           ,
           I
           conceiue
           that
           it
           
             fits
             best
          
           with
           the
           subiect
           :
           workes
           of
           this
           nature
           ,
           chiefly
           requiring
           it
           .
           If
           such
           ,
           whom
           opinion
           hath
           made
           proud
           ,
           and
           
             custome
             ,
             captious
          
           ;
           shall
           happen
           to
           be
           my
           Supervisors
           ,
           to
           them
           I
           say
           ,
           that
           it
           is
           
             easier
             to
             finde
             faults
             ,
             then
             mend
             them
          
           ;
           and
           to
           
             mend
             Bookes
             ,
             then
             to
             make
             them
             .
          
           But
           to
           the
           Courteous
           and
           skilfull
           ,
           whose
           
             better
             parts
          
           will
           yeeld
           
             better
             fruits
          
           ,
           I
           shall
           request
           their
           
             favourable
             censure
          
           ,
           and
           that
           with
           their
           judgements
           ,
           they
           will
           mend
           what
           by
           over-sight
           I
           have
           mist
           .
           For
           which
           their
           loves
           ,
           I
           shall
           ever
           stand
           engaged
           :
           and
           remaine
        
         
           
             Their
             thankefull
             friend
             and
             Servant
             ,
             WILLIAM
             BARRIFF
          
        
      
       
         
         
           To
           my
           loving
           Friend
           ,
           The
           Author
           .
        
         
           
             HOmer
             eterniz'd
             is
             for
             writing
             what
          
           
             Achilles
             and
             his
             Myrmidons
             did
             at
          
           
             The
             Siege
             of
             Troy.
             I
             envie
             not
             his
             fame
             ,
          
           
             But
             needs
             must
             future
             Ages
             greatly
             blame
             ,
          
           
             If
             they
             forget
             to
             Memorise
             thee
             too
             ,
          
           
             That
             show'st
             not
             what
             was
             done
             ,
             but
             how
             to
             doo
             .
          
        
         
           
             Rowland
             Gwyn
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           To
           his
           much
           esteemed
           Friend
           ,
           and
           fellow
           Souldier
           ,
           the
           Author
           .
        
         
           
             CRitticke
             ,
             observe
             thy
             distance
             ,
             censure
             not
             ,
          
           
             Nor
             spend
             thy
             judgement
             like
             an
             Ideot
          
           
             That
             nothing
             knows
             ;
             If
             knowing
             ,
             know
             thou
             then
             ,
          
           
             Thou
             must
             be
             rank't
             amongst
             the
             Envious
             men
             .
          
           
             If
             once
             thou
             dost
             attempt
             to
             contradict
          
           
             The
             matter
             that
             this
             Booke
             conteins
             in
             it
             :
          
           
             The
             Method's
             plaine
             ;
             not
             deckt
             with
             complements
             ,
          
           
             Those
             frivolous
             ,
             idle
             ,
             needlesse
             supplements
             .
          
           
           
             The
             substance
             ponderous
             is
             ;
             no
             fond
             conceit
          
           
             Affronts
             thee
             ,
             friend
             .
             With
             shame
             they
             shall
             retreit
             ;
          
           
             And
             so
             retrit
             ,
             as
             not
             to
             charge
             againe
          
           
             In
             Front
             ,
             in
             Reere
             ,
             or
             Flanks
             .
             Thou
             shalt
             disdaine
          
           
             All
             Formalists
             ,
             that
             faine
             would
             Souldiers
             seeme
             ;
          
           
             Who
             much
             expressive
             are
             ,
             in
             judgement
             greene
             .
          
        
         
           
             Andrew
             Wheatley
             .
             Ex
             Hospitio
             Gray
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           In
           Amicum
           Willielmum
           Barriff
           .
        
         
           
             YOung
             ,
             and
             so
             old
             in
             
               Martiall
               Discipline
            
             ?
          
           
             Distrust
             will
             say
             ,
             This
             work
             is
             none
             of
             thine
             .
          
           
             But
             I
             ,
             that
             know
             it
             ,
             will
             averre
             the
             same
          
           
             To
             be
             thine
             owne
             ,
             and
             not
             anothers
             fame
             .
          
           
             A
             noble
             Souldier
             scorns
             to
             be
             so
             base
          
           
             By
             others
             Worth
             to
             purchase
             his
             owne
             Grace
             .
          
           
             Aud
             such
             is
             BARRIFF
             .
             What
             his
             Booke
             doth
             speake
             ,
          
           
             It
             is
             his
             owne
             :
             Let
             Envie
             swell
             and
             breake
             .
          
        
         
           
             Amicus
             H.
             P.
             
          
        
      
       
         
         
           
             THe
             Art
             Military
             (
             how
             e're
             suppos'd
             )
          
           
             Is
             hard
             like
             other
             Arts
             ;
             yet
             here
             disclo'd
             ,
          
           
             In
             such
             a
             manner
             that
             who
             e're
             he
             be
          
           
             That
             hath
             in
             it
             but
             learn'd
             his
             A
             B
             C.
          
           
             Without
             difficulty
             ,
             with
             little
             paine
             ,
          
           
             Such
             knowledge
             in
             this
             noblest
             Art
             may
             gaine
             :
          
           
             That
             he
             may
             say
             ,
             and
             do
             as
             much
             as
             some
             ,
          
           
             That
             for
             this
             Art
             ,
             have
             travel'd
             Christendome
             .
          
           
             All
             by
             the
             learned
             helpe
             of
             BARRIFFS
             skill
             ,
          
           
             Learned
             ,
             I
             say
             ,
             say
             others
             what
             they
             will.
          
           
             But
             if
             they
             speake
             '
             gainst
             this
             he
             hath
             put
             forth
             ,
          
           
             They
             will
             betray
             in
             them
             there
             's
             no
             such
             worth
             :
          
           
             For
             this
             in
             him
             there
             is
             no
             fault
             at
             all
             .
          
           
             Except
             in
             this
             ,
             to
             teach
             this
             Art
             to
             all
             .
          
           
             Persist
             then
             noble
             Friend
             ,
             to
             th'
             world
             descry
          
           
             What
             worth
             lyes
             hid
             in
             our
             Artillery
             .
          
           
             And
             we
             that
             long
             to
             learne
             this
             Art
             shall
             say
             ,
          
           
             Thanks
             be
             to
             BARRIFF
             ,
             he
             hath
             showne
             the
             way
             .
          
        
         
           
             Rich.
             Clement
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           On
           his
           much
           esteemed
           friend
           ,
           the
           Author
           .
        
         
           
             AS
             London
             ,
             Englands
             
               farre
               fam'd
            
             Emperie
             ,
          
           
             In
             her
             brave
             Garden
             of
             Artillery
             ,
          
           
             With
             Reason
             glory
             may
             :
             because
             therin
          
           
             Is
             exercis'd
             exacter
             Discipline
             ,
          
           
             By
             motions
             and
             apt
             firings
             ;
             than
             is
             done
          
           
             In
             any
             other
             Place
             of
             Christendome
             .
          
           
             So
             maythat
             Garden
             as
             deservedly
             ,
          
           
             (
             Accomplisht
             Barriff
             )
             joy
             and
             boast
             in
             thee
             :
          
           
             Who
             stil'st
             thy selfe
             
               The
               young
               Artillery-Man
            
             ,
          
           
             Of
             thy
             abounding
             modesty
             .
             Yet
             can
          
           
             Thy
             knowne
             experience
             thereby
             vailed
             be
          
           
             No
             more
             than
             Sun-beames
             by
             a
             Tyffanie
             :
          
           
             Why
             young
             ?
             Is
             't
             cause
             chou'lt
             still
             a
             Learner
             be
             ?
          
           
             "
             Even
             so
             must
             all
             that
             ayme
             at
             Excellencie
             .
          
           
             New
             Accidents
             ,
             and
             expert
             mens
             direction
             ,
          
           
             Brings
             th'
             arte
             of
             Warre
             still
             neerer
             to
             perfection
             .
          
           
             'T
             is
             said
             ,
             great
             Alexander
             wept
             ,
             for
             that
          
           
             He
             no
             more
             worlds
             could
             finde
             to
             subjugate
             .
          
           
             And
             yet
             if
             Hee
             before
             Ostend
             had
             beene
             ,
          
           
             He
             might
             have
             easier
             wept
             ,
             than
             
               gotten
               in
            
             .
          
           
             Thy
             practicke
             part
             of
             Drilling
             :
             I
             approve
             ,
          
           
             As
             meriting
             thy
             
               Countries
               thankes
            
             and
             love
             .
          
           
           
             The
             rather
             ,
             that
             I
             oft
             have
             seene
             thee
             doe
          
           
             A
             
               Captaines
               Office
            
             ,
             and
             a
             Souldiers
             too
             .
          
           
             With
             such
             
               exact
               dexterity
            
             ,
             as
             none
          
           
             Could
             say
             thou
             cam'st
             short
             in
             perfection
             ,
          
           
             To
             
               forraine
               Discipliners
            
             (
             neere
             or
             farre
             ,
             )
          
           
             Though
             daily
             
               train'd
               up
            
             in
             the
             Schoole
             of
             Warre
             .
          
           
             Yet
             as
             in
             thy
             
               assum'd
               Title
            
             :
             so
             ,
          
           
             
               Th'
               art
               modest
            
             in
             thy
             faire
             expressions
             too
             .
          
           
             For
             thou
             adorn'st
             not
             thy
             book
             's
             Frontispiece
             ,
          
           
             With
             glorious
             Titles
             ,
             to
             endeere
             its
             Price
             .
          
           
             As
             Th'
             art
             of
             Warre
             :
             or
             Souldiers
             Academy
             .
          
           
             But
             thee
             confin'st
             within
             a
             Company
             ,
          
           
             Or
             
               Squadrons
               exercise
            
             .
             And
             yet
             a
             way
          
           
             To
             set
             a
             greater
             Body
             in
             Array
             ;
          
           
             Thereby
             discover'st
             .
             Onwards
             then
             ,
             and
             stead
             ,
          
           
             Thy
             Nation
             for
             supplying
             at
             her
             need
             .
          
           
             Thy
             Country
             with
             large
             Troupes
             well-disciplin'd
             ,
          
           
             For
             which
             ,
             occasion
             will
             hereafter
             finde
             ,
          
           
             A
             meane
             to
             crowne
             thy
             merit
             .
             Whilst
             thy
             friends
          
           
             Wish
             thy
             Designes
             ,
             acquire
             their
             hop'd
             for
             ends
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ia.
             Hayward
             ex
             Hospitio
             Graiensij
             .
          
        
      
    
     
       
         
           
           
             
             CHAP.
             I.
             
          
           
             Concerning
             Postures
             and
             handling
             Armes
             .
          
           
             THe
             first
             rudiments
             for
             the
             Discipline
             of
             Infantry
             ought
             to
             be
             an
             Instruction
             ,
             for
             the
             well
             mannaging
             of
             their
             Armes
             ;
             whereby
             they
             may
             be
             brought
             ,
             to
             use
             them
             with
             ease
             and
             delight
             :
             whereas
             to
             the
             contrary
             (
             without
             exercise
             )
             both
             sorts
             of
             Armes
             ,
             wil
             become
             a
             troublesom
             burden
             ,
             unto
             the
             unskilfull
             Bearers
             .
             No
             man
             is
             borne
             a
             Souldier
             ,
             neither
             can
             any
             attain
             ,
             to
             be
             kilfull
             in
             the
             Art
             Military
             without
             practice
             .
             But
             by
             practice
             is
             gained
             knowledge
             ,
             knowledge
             begets
             courage
             and
             confidence
             ;
             few
             or
             none
             being
             fearefull
             to
             execute
             what
             by
             
             frequent
             practice
             they
             have
             throughly
             learned
             .
          
           
             Wherefore
             it
             is
             necessary
             for
             every
             one
             that
             intends
             any
             proficiency
             in
             this
             part
             of
             the
             Art
             military
             ,
             to
             be
             instructed
             in
             the
             Postures
             and
             well
             handling
             of
             their
             Armes
             ;
             a
             thing
             much
             to
             be
             desired
             in
             our
             Trained
             Bands
             ,
             though
             small
             hope
             of
             amendment
             .
             Seeing
             the
             Souldiers
             are
             scarce
             called
             forth
             to
             exercise
             either
             Posture
             ,
             or
             Motion
             once
             in
             foure
             or
             five
             yeares
             .
             Whos
             's
             the
             fault
             is
             I
             know
             not
             ,
             only
             I
             pray
             God
             that
             it
             may
             be
             amēded
             ,
             lest
             shame
             and
             infamy
             be
             the
             least
             of
             euils
             which
             our
             carelesse
             security
             may
             bring
             upon
             us
             :
             Yet
             pardon
             this
             digression
             ,
             for
             my
             zeale
             to
             my
             Countries
             good
             had
             almost
             transported
             mee
             beyond
             the
             bounds
             of
             my
             intent
             ,
             but
             of
             this
             no
             more
             .
             I
             will
             now
             come
             to
             the
             postures
             of
             the
             Musket
             and
             Pike
             :
             which
             ,
             I
             conceive
             ,
             are
             fittest
             to
             begin
             from
             the
             taking
             up
             of
             their
             Armes
             ,
             and
             arming
             the
             Souldiers
             concluding
             them
             with
             the
             laying
             down
             of
             their
             Armes
             ,
             or
             disarming
             them
             .
             But
             before
             I
             begin
             the
             Postures
             :
             Mee
             thinks
             I
             heare
             some
             already
             inquiring
             what
             is
             a
             Posture
             .
             Wherefore
             that
             I
             may
             satisfie
             them
             ,
             and
             not
             be
             troublesome
             to
             others
             .
             In
             briefe
             thus
             .
          
           
             Posture
             in
             a
             Souldier
             is
             the
             garbe
             or
             figure
             ,
             that
             he
             useth
             in
             the
             handling
             of
             his
             Armes
             ,
             consisting
             of
             severall
             Motions
             for
             atchieving
             of
             each
             Posture
             .
             The
             Motion
             being
             the
             working
             part
             ,
             the
             Posture
             the
             alteration
             or
             act
             ,
             either
             in
             circumstance
             or
             matter
             .
             As
             to
             rest
             your
             Musket
             being
             one
             Posture
             ,
             to
             shoulder
             your
             Musket
             another
             ,
             so
             likewise
             for
             the
             rest
             ,
             howbeit
             some
             perchance
             will
             
             object
             ,
             (
             as
             formerly
             hath
             bin
             to
             one
             of
             Athens
             ,
             making
             a
             long
             Oration
             in
             the
             praise
             of
             Hercules
             his
             valour
             )
             who
             ever
             doubted
             of
             it
             .
             So
             to
             me
             who
             ever
             questioned
             these
             for
             Postures
             :
             yet
             I
             have
             known
             them
             not
             only
             questioned
             ,
             but
             written
             against
             ,
             peremptorily
             concluding
             that
             there
             are
             but
             three
             Postures
             to
             be
             used
             for
             the
             Musket
             ,
             whose
             errours
             I
             shal
             easily
             confute
             .
             But
             more
             of
             this
             after
             the
             Postures
             of
             the
             Musket
             .
             Wherefore
             for
             the
             more
             orderly
             proceeding
             conceive
             their
             Armes
             to
             lie
             before
             them
             on
             the
             ground
             ,
             and
             then
             the
             first
             command
             will
             be
             ,
             to
             stand
             to
             their
             Armes
             .
          
           
             
               The
               Postures
               of
               the
               Musket
               .
            
             
               TAke
               up
               your
               Bandeliers
               .
            
             
               Put
               on
               your
               Bandeliers
               .
            
             
               Take
               up
               your
               Match
               .
            
             
               Place
               your
               Match
               .
            
             
               Take
               up
               your
               Musket
               and
               Rest
               .
            
             
               Rest
               your
               Musket
               .
            
             
               Now
               if
               you
               please
               you
               may
               performe
               your
               saluting
               Posture
               .
            
             
               Poyse
               your
               Musket
               .
            
             
               Shoulder
               your
               Musket
               .
            
             
               Take
               your
               Rest
               into
               your
               right
               hand
               ,
               and
               you
               are
               armed
               ready
               to
               March.
               
            
             
               Now
               to
               begin
               to
               make
               ready
               ,
               which
               may
               be
               done
               either
               standing
               or
               marching
               .
            
             
               Take
               your
               Match
               between
               the
               fingers
               of
               your
               right
               hand
               .
            
             
               Put
               your
               Rest
               string
               about
               your
               left
               Wrist
               ,
               and
               carry
               your
               Rest
               in
               your
               left
               hand
               .
            
             
             
               Return
               your
               Match
               between
               the
               fingers
               of
               your
               left
               hand
               .
            
             
               Unshoulder
               your
               Musket
               and
               Poyse
               .
            
             
               Ioyn
               your
               Rest
               to
               the
               outside
               of
               your
               Musket
               .
            
             
               
                 
                   
                     Open
                  
                   
                     your
                     Pan.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Cleer
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Prime
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Shut
                  
                
              
            
             
               Cast
               off
               your
               loose
               Corns
               .
            
             
               Blow
               off
               your
               loose
               Corns
               ,
               and
               bring
               about
               your
               Musket
               to
               the
               left
               side
               .
            
             
               Treile
               your
               Rest
               ,
               &
               ballance
               your
               Musket
               in
               your
               left
               hand
               .
            
             
               
                 
                   Charge
                   with
                
                 
                   
                     Powder
                     .
                  
                   
                     Bullet
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   
                     Draw
                     forth
                  
                   
                     your
                     Scowring
                     stick
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Shorten
                  
                
              
            
             
               Put
               your
               scowring
               stick
               into
               your
               Musket
               .
            
             
               Ram
               home
               your
               Charge
               .
            
             
               
                 
                   
                     Withdraw
                  
                   
                     your
                     scowring
                     stick
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Shorten
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Return
                  
                
              
            
             
               Bring
               forward
               your
               Musket
               and
               Rest
               .
            
             
               Poyse
               your
               Musket
               and
               recover
               your
               Rest
               .
            
             
               Ioyn
               your
               Rest
               to
               the
               outside
               of
               your
               Musket
               .
            
             
               Draw
               forth
               your
               Match
               .
            
             
               Blow
               your
               Coale
               .
            
             
               
                 
                   
                     Cock
                  
                   
                     your
                     Match
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Fit
                  
                
              
            
             
               Guard
               your
               Pan.
               
            
             
               Blow
               the
               Ash
               from
               your
               Coale
               .
            
             
             
               Open
               your
               Pan.
               
            
             
               Present
               upon
               your
               Rest
               .
            
             
               Give
               fire
               brest
               high
               .
            
             
               Dismount
               your
               Musket
               ,
               joyning
               your
               Rest
               to
               the
               outside
               of
               your
               Musket
               .
            
             
               Uncock
               and
               return
               your
               Match
               .
            
             
               
                 
                   
                     Cleer
                  
                   
                     your
                     Pan
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Shut
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   
                     Poise
                  
                   
                     your
                     Musket
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Shoulder
                  
                
              
            
             
               Take
               your
               Match
               between
               the
               fingers
               of
               the
               right
               hand
               .
            
             
               Take
               your
               Rest
               into
               your
               right
               hand
               ,
               cleering
               your
               string
               from
               your
               wrist
               .
            
             
               Return
               your
               Rest
               into
               the
               left
               hand
               ,
               the
               string
               loose
               .
            
             
               Return
               your
               Match
               into
               your
               left
               hand
               .
            
             
               Unshoulder
               your
               Musket
               and
               Poyse
               .
            
             
               Rest
               your
               Musket
               .
            
             
               Set
               the
               But-end
               of
               your
               Musket
               on
               the
               ground
               .
            
             
               
                 
                   Lay
                   down
                   your
                
                 
                   
                     Musket
                     and
                     Rest
                     .
                  
                   
                     Match
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   
                     Take
                     off
                  
                   
                     your
                     Bandeliers
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Lay
                     down
                  
                
              
            
             
               March
               from
               your
               Armes
               .
            
             
               There
               is
               likewise
               the
               Sentinell
               Posture
               ,
               which
               is
               ,
               The
               Muskettier
               having
               his
               Musket
               charged
               with
               Bullet
               ,
               his
               Match
               cockt
               ,
               his
               Pan
               guarded
               ,
               stands
               with
               his
               Musket
               rested
               to
               performe
               
               such
               duty
               as
               shall
               be
               commanded
               or
               given
               him
               in
               charge
               .
               Some
               have
               likewise
               taught
               to
               make
               ready
               on
               ,
               or
               from
               the
               Sentinell
               Posture
               :
               But
               note
               that
               as
               none
               comes
               to
               stand
               Sentinell
               but
               comes
               ready
               charged
               :
               So
               if
               any
               occasion
               happen
               that
               he
               must
               give
               fire
               in
               the
               time
               of
               his
               standing
               Sentinel
               ,
               it
               causeth
               a
               generall
               Alarme
               .
               So
               that
               he
               will
               have
               no
               fit
               time
               to
               make
               ready
               upon
               his
               Rest
               :
               Wherefore
               ,
               I
               conceive
               it
               superfluous
               ;
               but
               will
               ever
               conforme
               to
               better
               judgement
               .
            
             
               We
               have
               also
               the
               Funerall
               Posture
               ,
               which
               from
               the
               Rest
               is
               to
               be
               performed
               at
               3.
               
               Motions
               ,
               which
               cannot
               so
               well
               be
               exprest
               in
               writing
               ,
               as
               it
               will
               expresse
               it selfe
               in
               Action
               .
               Wherefore
               seeing
               that
               it
               is
               rather
               an
               Ornament
               to
               Obsequies
               ,
               than
               truly
               necessary
               for
               Armies
               I
               will
               not
               spend
               more
               time
               about
               it
               ,
               but
               come
               to
               the
               Postures
               of
               the
               Pike
               .
               Yet
               before
               I
               passe
               upon
               them
               ,
               give
               me
               leave
               to
               answer
               some
               ,
               which
               out
               of
               a
               Criticall
               humour
               will
               alwayes
               be
               carping
               at
               others
               ,
               condemning
               these
               Postures
               ,
               saying
               ,
               There
               are
               more
               by
               halfe
               ,
               then
               are
               either
               good
               or
               usefull
               ;
               and
               that
               there
               are
               no
               more
               Postures
               to
               be
               used
               ,
               but
               Make
               ready
               ,
               Present
               ,
               Give
               fire
               .
               The
               which
               wee
               will
               not
               deny
               that
               in
               Service
               there
               are
               any
               other
               usefull
               :
               notwithstanding
               I
               would
               have
               them
               to
               know
               ,
               that
               Make
               ready
               is
               no
               Posture
               ,
               but
               a
               word
               of
               Command
               ,
               including
               all
               Postures
               ,
               from
               the
               first
               Arming
               of
               the
               Souldier
               to
               the
               present
               :
               or
               if
               the
               Muskettier
               be
               charged
               ,
               shouldered
               or
               both
               ,
               then
               the
               word
               (
               Make
               ready
               )
               commands
               the
               prosecution
               of
               the
               rest
               of
               your
               Postures
               which
               are
               between
               the
               Posture
               
               you
               then
               immediatly
               are
               at
               ,
               when
               the
               word
               is
               given
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               Posture
               ,
               Present
               for
               which
               reason
               when
               wee
               teach
               Muskettiers
               at
               first
               it
               is
               most
               necessary
               to
               instruct
               them
               punctually
               ,
               from
               Posture
               to
               Posture
               :
               Which
               being
               once
               attained
               ,
               he
               manageth
               his
               Armes
               more
               surely
               more
               comely
               ,
               with
               more
               celerity
               ,
               and
               with
               better
               execution
               :
               and
               at
               the
               first
               may
               as
               easily
               be
               taught
               the
               best
               way
               .
               But
               if
               he
               have
               got
               an
               habit
               of
               doing
               ill
               there
               wil
               be
               as
               much
               or
               more
               pains
               spent
               in
               reclayming
               his
               errours
               ,
               as
               at
               first
               to
               teach
               him
               the
               best
               ,
               safest
               ,
               and
               readiest
               way
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             II.
             
          
           
             Of
             the
             Postures
             of
             the
             Pike
             .
          
           
             THat
             which
             followeth
             next
             of
             course
             is
             the
             Posture
             of
             the
             Pike
             .
             Wherefore
             that
             we
             may
             observe
             order
             in
             our
             proceeding
             ;
             we
             will
             likewise
             conceive
             their
             Pikes
             to
             lie
             in
             like
             manner
             before
             them
             on
             the
             ground
             ▪
             And
             then
             ,
             as
             before
             ,
             the
             first
             Command
             will
             be
             ,
             To
             stand
             to
             their
             Armes
             .
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Handle
                
                 
                   your
                   Pikes
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Order
                
              
            
          
           
           
             
               
                 
                   To
                   your
                
                 
                   open
                
                 
                   Order
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   close
                
              
            
          
           
             Charge
             with
             the
             But-end
             of
             your
             Pike
             at
             the
             inside
             of
             your
             right
             Foot
             ,
             your
             Pike
             in
             the
             left
             hand
             ,
             drawing
             your
             Sword
             over
             the
             left
             Arme.
             
             
               
                 
                   Charge
                   to
                   the
                
                 
                   
                     Right
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Left
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Reere
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             Order
             your
             Pikes
             ,
             and
             put
             up
             your
             Swords
             .
          
           
             Note
             that
             these
             Charges
             at
             the
             Foot
             are
             to
             receive
             a
             desperate
             Enemy
             on
             Horse
             ,
             upon
             a
             stand
             in
             some
             strait
             ,
             or
             other
             place
             of
             advantage
             ▪
             the
             Muskettiers
             to
             give
             fire
             over
             the
             Pikemens
             heads
             ,
             or
             else-where
             ,
             at
             the
             discretion
             of
             the
             Commander
             .
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Port
                
                 
                   your
                   Pikes
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Comport
                
              
               
                 
                   Cheeke
                
              
               
                 
                   Treile
                
              
               
                 
                   Order
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               
                 
                   Charge
                   to
                   the
                
                 
                   Front
                
                 
                   Order
                   as
                   you
                   were
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Right
                
              
               
                 
                   Left
                
              
               
                 
                   Reere
                
              
               
                 
                    
                
                 
                   Shoulder
                   your
                   Pikes
                
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Advance
                
                 
                   your
                   Pikes
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Port
                
              
               
                 
                   Comport
                
              
               
                 
                   Cheeke
                
              
            
          
           
           
             
               
                 
                   Treile
                   your
                   Pikes
                
                 
                    
                
                 
                   Advance
                   as
                   you
                   were
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Charge
                   to
                   the
                
                 
                   Front
                
              
               
                 
                   Right
                
              
               
                 
                   Left
                
              
               
                 
                   Reere
                
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Shoulder
                
                 
                   your
                   Pikes
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Port
                
              
               
                 
                   Comport
                
              
               
                 
                   Cheeke
                
              
               
                 
                   Treile
                
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Shoulder
                   your
                   Pikes
                
                 
                    
                
                 
                   Shoulder
                   as
                   you
                   were
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Charge
                   to
                   the
                
                 
                   Front
                
              
               
                 
                   Right
                
              
               
                 
                   Left
                
              
               
                 
                   Reere
                
              
            
          
           
             From
             Comport
             ,
             Cheeke
             ,
             or
             Treile
             ,
             the
             Pikeman
             may
             at
             the
             discretion
             of
             the
             Commander
             charge
             either
             to
             the
             Front
             ,
             Reere
             ,
             or
             both
             Flanks
             ,
             as
             shall
             be
             necessary
             or
             thought
             expedient
             .
             Wherfore
             we
             shall
             not
             need
             to
             do
             it
             but
             once
             over
             ,
             for
             the
             Charges
             will
             be
             all
             alike
             ,
             whether
             you
             Comport
             from
             Order
             ,
             from
             Advance
             ,
             or
             Shoulder
             .
             And
             so
             likewise
             for
             Cheek
             and
             Treile
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             
               
                 
                   From
                   Comport
                   Charge
                   to
                   the
                
                 
                   Front
                
                 
                   Comport
                   as
                   you
                   were
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Right
                
              
               
                 
                   Left
                
              
               
                 
                   Reere
                
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Cheek
                   your
                   Pikes
                   .
                
                 
                    
                
                 
                    
                
              
               
                 
                   From
                   the
                   Cheek
                   Charge
                   to
                   the
                
                 
                   Front
                
                 
                   Cheek
                   as
                   you
                   were
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Right
                
              
               
                 
                   Left
                
              
               
                 
                   Reere
                
              
            
          
           
           
             
               
                 
                   Treile
                   your
                   Pikes
                   .
                
                 
                    
                
                 
                    
                
              
               
                 
                   From
                   the
                   Treile
                   Charge
                   to
                   the
                
                 
                   Front
                
                 
                   Treile
                   as
                   you
                   were
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Right
                
              
               
                 
                   Left
                
              
               
                 
                   Reere
                
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Order
                
                 
                   your
                   Pikes
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Lay
                   down
                
              
            
          
           
             I
             shall
             undergo
             the
             censure
             of
             some
             ,
             for
             that
             they
             will
             finde
             more
             Postures
             of
             the
             Pike
             here
             then
             formerly
             they
             knew
             of
             ,
             and
             so
             by
             their
             conclusion
             more
             then
             there
             is
             any
             need
             of
             ;
             for
             now-a-dayes
             there
             are
             such
             that
             will
             limit
             discipline
             ,
             to
             the
             verge
             of
             their
             owne
             knowledge
             ,
             and
             whatsoever
             else
             they
             shall
             see
             either
             acted
             or
             written
             by
             others
             that
             is
             without
             the
             lists
             of
             their
             kenning
             ,
             they
             will
             peremptorily
             conclude
             for
             superfluous
             and
             improper
             ,
             howsoever
             I
             shall
             alwayes
             referre
             my selfe
             to
             the
             judgment
             of
             the
             more
             judicious
             .
          
           
             The
             charges
             of
             the
             Pike
             are
             twofold
             either
             for
             defense
             or
             offence
             .
             Charges
             underhand
             or
             over-hand
             ▪
             but
             divers
             and
             different
             they
             are
             from
             their
             severall
             wayes
             and
             Postures
             from
             which
             they
             are
             or
             may
             be
             done
             ,
             although
             they
             are
             not
             all
             alwayes
             usefull
             ,
             yet
             at
             sometimes
             they
             may
             be
             usefull
             ,
             and
             therefore
             very
             requisite
             to
             be
             known
             to
             all
             such
             as
             either
             are
             ,
             or
             at
             lest
             would
             be
             accounted
             for
             good
             Souldiers
             .
          
           
             As
             I
             have
             set
             down
             the
             Postures
             themselves
             both
             of
             Musket
             and
             Pike
             ,
             so
             it
             were
             not
             much
             amisse
             ,
             if
             that
             the
             Motions
             of
             Posture
             were
             likewise
             here
             exprest
             .
             But
             because
             they
             will
             take
             up
             too
             
             much
             time
             ,
             &
             fill
             too
             much
             paper
             ,
             and
             the
             Subject
             it selfe
             not
             pleasing
             unto
             many
             ;
             I
             will
             spare
             my
             labour
             ,
             and
             my
             booke
             the
             lines
             ,
             rather
             suffering
             the
             censure
             of
             curtail'd
             brevity
             ,
             then
             tedious
             prolixity
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             III.
             
          
           
             Of
             the
             Drum.
             
          
           
             OVr
             Souldiers
             being
             sufficiently
             instructed
             in
             the
             Postures
             of
             such
             Armes
             as
             they
             carry
             ,
             or
             are
             appointed
             to
             use
             :
             the
             next
             thing
             they
             are
             to
             learn
             ,
             is
             the
             knowledge
             of
             the
             severall
             beats
             of
             the
             Drum
             ,
             which
             is
             as
             requisite
             to
             be
             learnt
             of
             the
             Souldier
             ,
             as
             any
             thing
             else
             in
             this
             way
             .
             For
             the
             Drum
             is
             the
             voice
             of
             the
             Commander
             ,
             the
             spurre
             of
             the
             valiant
             ,
             the
             heart
             of
             the
             coward
             ,
             and
             by
             it
             they
             must
             receive
             their
             directions
             when
             the
             roring
             Canon
             ,
             the
             clashing
             of
             armes
             ,
             the
             neighing
             of
             horses
             ,
             and
             other
             confused
             noise
             causeth
             ,
             that
             neither
             Captaine
             nor
             other
             Officer
             can
             be
             heard
             .
             Wherefore
             it
             will
             be
             most
             necessary
             for
             him
             to
             learne
             these
             sixe
             severall
             Beats
             ,
             viz.
             
          
           
             
               1
               A
               Call.
               
            
             
               2
               A
               Troope
               .
            
             
               3
               A
               March.
               
            
             
               4
               A
               Preparative
               .
            
             
               5
               A
               Battaile
               .
            
             
               6
               A
               Retreit
               .
            
          
           
             1
             By
             a
             Call
             ,
             you
             must
             understand
             to
             prepare
             to
             heare-present
             Proclamation
             ,
             or
             else
             to
             repaire
             to
             your
             Ensigne
             .
          
           
           
             2
             By
             a
             Troope
             understand
             to
             shoulder
             your
             Muskets
             ,
             to
             advance
             your
             Pikes
             ,
             to
             close
             your
             Rankes
             and
             Files
             to
             their
             order
             ,
             and
             to
             troope
             along
             with
             (
             or
             follow
             )
             your
             Officer
             to
             the
             place
             of
             Randesvous
             or
             elsewhere
             .
          
           
             3
             By
             a
             March
             you
             are
             to
             understand
             to
             take
             your
             open
             order
             in
             ranke
             ,
             to
             shoulder
             both
             Muskets
             and
             Pikes
             ,
             and
             to
             direct
             your
             March
             either
             quicker
             or
             slower
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             beat
             of
             the
             Drum.
             
          
           
             4
             By
             a
             Preparative
             you
             are
             to
             understand
             to
             close
             to
             your
             due
             distance
             ,
             for
             skirmish
             both
             for
             ranke
             and
             file
             ,
             and
             to
             make
             ready
             ,
             that
             so
             you
             may
             execute
             upon
             the
             first
             command
             .
          
           
             5
             By
             the
             Battaile
             or
             charge
             ,
             understand
             the
             continuation
             or
             pressing
             forward
             in
             order
             of
             battaile
             without
             lagging
             behind
             ,
             rather
             boldly
             stepping
             forward
             into
             the
             place
             of
             him
             that
             fals
             dead
             ,
             or
             wounded
             before
             thee
             .
          
           
             6
             By
             a
             Retreit
             understand
             an
             orderly
             retiring
             backward
             ,
             either
             for
             reliefe
             ,
             for
             advantage
             of
             ground
             ,
             or
             for
             some
             other
             politicall
             end
             ,
             as
             to
             draw
             the
             enemy
             into
             some
             ambushment
             ,
             or
             such
             like
             .
             Much
             more
             might
             be
             written
             concerning
             the
             Drum
             ,
             but
             this
             may
             suffice
             for
             the
             present
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             IV.
             
          
           
             Of
             Rankes
             and
             Files
             ,
             their
             places
             and
             dignities
             .
          
           
             NOw
             that
             our
             Souldiers
             are
             somewhat
             skilfull
             in
             managing
             of
             their
             armes
             ,
             and
             no
             lesse
             capable
             of
             the
             severall
             beats
             of
             the
             Drum
             ,
             it
             is
             high
             time
             for
             them
             to
             know
             the
             difference
             between
             a
             Ranke
             ,
             and
             a
             File
             .
             Wherefore
             
             know
             that
             a
             Ranke
             is
             a
             row
             of
             men
             ,
             sometimes
             more
             ,
             sometimes
             fewer
             ,
             standing
             ,
             moving
             ,
             or
             marching
             even
             a
             breast
             ,
             or
             (
             as
             some
             write
             )
             pouldron
             to
             pouldron
             ,
             or
             shoulder
             to
             shoulder
             .
             A
             File
             
             is
             a
             sequence
             of
             men
             ,
             standing
             one
             behinde
             another
             ,
             backe
             to
             belly
             in
             a
             straight
             line
             from
             Front
             to
             Reere
             ,
             consisting
             sometimes
             of
             6.
             8.
             or
             10.
             men
             .
             on
             some
             occasions
             the
             Spaniards
             make
             them
             12.
             deepe
             .
             But
             when
             any
             one
             would
             shew
             much
             variety
             of
             exercise
             ,
             then
             8.
             will
             be
             the
             more
             pliant
             and
             dividual
             number
             ,
             yet
             for
             service
             in
             the
             field
             ,
             where
             men
             are
             not
             altogether
             so
             expert
             (
             as
             I
             could
             wish
             our
             Country-men
             were
             )
             10.
             men
             is
             the
             fittest
             number
             ,
             not
             onely
             for
             the
             cause
             aforesaid
             ,
             but
             also
             because
             that
             10.
             is
             the
             square
             root
             of
             a
             100.
             and
             is
             a
             better
             number
             to
             draw
             Companies
             into
             grosser
             bodies
             .
          
           
             And
             now
             I
             thinke
             it
             would
             not
             be
             much
             amisse
             if
             I
             should
             here
             insert
             the
             severall
             places
             of
             digninity
             and
             precedency
             in
             Ranke
             ,
             as
             also
             in
             File
             .
             
             Wherfore
             because
             that
             Files
             are
             first
             to
             be
             drawn
             forth
             ,
             and
             that
             by
             adding
             or
             joyning
             of
             Files
             together
             ,
             Rankes
             are
             made
             ;
             we
             will
             begin
             first
             with
             Files
             .
             Wherefore
             conceive
             their
             honour
             according
             to
             the
             figures
             or
             numbers
             hereunder
             placed
             ,
             first
             in
             File
             ,
             then
             of
             Rank
             ,
             lastly
             of
             both
             cōjoyned
             .
          
           
           
             It
             will
             not
             be
             of
             it selfe
             sufficient
             that
             I
             have
             both
             marked
             and
             figured
             the
             places
             and
             dignities
             to
             each
             particular
             man
             in
             his
             File
             and
             Ranke
             ,
             but
             it
             will
             be
             looked
             for
             of
             some
             ,
             that
             I
             should
             backe
             my
             opinions
             either
             with
             sound
             and
             good
             reasons
             of
             mine
             owne
             ,
             or
             at
             the
             least
             with
             the
             opinions
             of
             some
             others
             :
             as
             for
             such
             as
             have
             employed
             themselves
             upon
             this
             subject
             ,
             they
             have
             been
             as
             divers
             in
             their
             judgements
             ,
             as
             their
             number
             ,
             each
             man
             having
             a
             fancie
             to
             his
             owne
             way
             .
             And
             if
             it
             were
             much
             materiall
             ,
             I
             might
             have
             here
             demonstrated
             unto
             you
             the
             severall
             opinions
             of
             
               Leo
               ,
               Robertellus
               ,
               Count
               Mansfield
               ,
            
             Sir
             
               Thomas
               Kellie
            
             ,
             and
             many
             others
             :
             whose
             workes
             being
             extant
             ,
             I
             will
             spare
             the
             
             labour
             .
             But
             above
             all
             the
             rest
             that
             ever
             I
             read
             ,
             Captaine
             
               Iohn
               Bingham
            
             hath
             in
             my
             judgement
             best
             delivered
             himselfe
             in
             this
             particular
             :
             which
             although
             he
             have
             exprest
             by
             way
             of
             Tetarchies
             and
             Mirrarchies
             ,
             yet
             the
             same
             may
             be
             understood
             as
             well
             by
             Rankes
             and
             Files
             .
             His
             words
             are
             these
             :
             *
             Every
             
               Tetarch
               is
               over
               foure
               Files
               ,
               in
               all
               which
               the
               Commander
               that
               hath
               the
               right
               ,
               hath
               the
               first
               place
               ;
               he
               that
               hath
               the
               point
               of
               the
               left
               ,
               the
               second
               place
               ;
               he
               that
               standeth
               on
               the
               right
               hand
               next
               to
               him
               ,
               the
               third
               place
               .
               The
               last
               place
               is
               his
               that
               standeth
               next
               to
               the
               Commander
               of
               the
               right
               point
               on
               the
               left
               hand
               :
               He
               demonstrates
               it
               by
               way
               of
               figure
               thus
               .
            
          
           
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             V.
             
          
           
             Reasons
             for
             precedency
             of
             dignity
             in
             Rankes
             and
             Files
             .
          
           
             I
             Shall
             now
             endevour
             to
             give
             some
             reasons
             for
             these
             severall
             places
             of
             dignitie
             in
             Ranke
             and
             File
             .
             And
             first
             for
             that
             Geometricall
             proportion
             gives
             both
             life
             and
             being
             to
             
             orderly
             discipline
             ,
             consider
             that
             all
             parts
             of
             the
             body
             ought
             to
             be
             answerable
             .
             Wherefore
             seeing
             that
             the
             joyning
             of
             Files
             and
             Rankes
             produceth
             greater
             Bodies
             ;
             it
             is
             necessary
             that
             a
             true
             proportion
             should
             be
             kept
             from
             the
             beginning
             :
             and
             that
             in
             drawing
             forth
             of
             Files
             they
             observe
             to
             make
             the
             Reere
             halfe
             files
             answerable
             in
             skill
             and
             worth
             to
             the
             Front
             halfe
             file
             .
             And
             that
             the
             file-leaders
             ,
             and
             halfe-rankes
             of
             the
             left
             flanke
             ,
             should
             be
             equivalent
             in
             worth
             ,
             skill
             ,
             and
             valour
             to
             the
             right
             flanke
             ,
             that
             the
             Reere
             division
             hold
             like
             proportion
             with
             the
             Front
             division
             ,
             and
             that
             all
             parts
             of
             the
             body
             
               depiction of 'ranks and files'
            
             be
             ballanced
             with
             true
             proportion
             ,
             so
             neere
             as
             the
             knowledge
             of
             the
             Souldiers
             ,
             and
             the
             number
             of
             the
             men
             will
             give
             you
             leave
             ;
             and
             that
             there
             may
             be
             correspondency
             in
             their
             worth
             ,
             place
             ,
             and
             dignity
             ▪
             you
             may
             observe
             by
             adding
             the
             figures
             of
             number
             together
             ,
             which
             are
             in
             the
             Margent
             ,
             where
             you
             shal
             finde
             that
             the
             dignity
             being
             added
             together
             of
             the
             Front
             halfe
             file
             ,
             makes
             the
             number
             of
             18.
             
             And
             the
             worth
             of
             the
             Reere
             division
             being
             in
             like
             manner
             added
             ,
             makes
             the
             like
             number
             .
             So
             likewise
             shal
             you
             finde
             the
             dignity
             and
             worth
             of
             the
             File
             leaders
             of
             the
             left
             flanke
             ,
             to
             paralell
             the
             worth
             of
             those
             on
             the
             right
             flanke
             by
             the
             same
             rule
             .
             If
             you
             will
             have
             it
             yet
             more
             cleere
             ,
             observe
             that
             the
             file
             leader
             is
             the
             chiefe
             in
             his
             File
             ,
             the
             bringer
             up
             the
             second
             ,
             the
             halfe
             File
             leader
             the
             third
             ,
             the
             
             last
             man
             of
             the
             front
             halfe
             file
             the
             fourth
             .
             Now
             note
             that
             as
             the
             worth
             of
             the
             first
             precedes
             the
             second
             ,
             so
             the
             worth
             of
             the
             third
             exceeds
             the
             fourth
             .
             Now
             adde
             the
             first
             worth
             to
             the
             fourth
             worth
             ,
             and
             that
             makes
             five
             .
             And
             the
             second
             worth
             to
             the
             third
             ,
             and
             it
             makes
             the
             same
             number
             ;
             so
             that
             there
             is
             equalitie
             throughout
             the
             Battell
             both
             in
             Front
             ,
             Reere
             ,
             and
             Flankes
             :
             for
             it
             were
             unreasonable
             ,
             that
             all
             the
             chiefe
             men
             should
             be
             on
             the
             right
             Flanke
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             worst
             on
             the
             left
             .
             For
             the
             left
             must
             be
             opposed
             to
             the
             enemies
             right
             .
             The
             File
             leader
             ought
             to
             be
             worthiest
             ,
             because
             he
             hath
             the
             command
             of
             his
             File
             ,
             and
             marcheth
             the
             first
             against
             his
             enemy
             .
             The
             bringer
             up
             ought
             to
             be
             the
             second
             ,
             because
             his
             place
             of
             march
             is
             in
             the
             Reere
             ,
             and
             is
             in
             most
             danger
             ,
             should
             the
             enemy
             charge
             on
             that
             part
             .
             The
             halfe
             file
             leader
             is
             the
             third
             in
             honour
             ,
             because
             that
             when
             the
             halfe
             file
             is
             taken
             off
             upon
             any
             occasion
             ,
             he
             is
             the
             leader
             (
             unlesse
             they
             be
             commanded
             to
             face
             about
             )
             the
             last
             man
             of
             the
             front
             halfe
             file
             is
             the
             fourth
             man
             in
             dignitie
             ,
             for
             when
             the
             Reere
             division
             is
             taken
             off
             ,
             then
             he
             is
             the
             Bringer
             up
             .
             The
             next
             man
             to
             the
             file-leader
             hath
             the
             fift
             place
             of
             honour
             ,
             for
             that
             one
             doubling
             brings
             him
             into
             the
             front
             .
             The
             next
             man
             before
             the
             Bringer-up
             hath
             the
             sixt
             place
             of
             honour
             ,
             for
             that
             if
             the
             body
             be
             faced
             about
             ,
             one
             doubling
             brings
             him
             into
             the
             Front
             accidentall
             ,
             or
             keeping
             the
             proper
             front
             by
             once
             doubling
             of
             rankes
             ,
             he
             becomes
             Bringer-up
             to
             his
             File-leader
             .
             The
             seventh
             place
             of
             honour
             is
             his
             that
             marcheth
             next
             after
             the
             halfe-file
             leader
             ,
             for
             that
             when
             the
             halfe
             
             files
             double
             the
             Front
             ,
             or
             marcheth
             forth
             ,
             then
             one
             doubling
             ,
             ranks
             him
             even
             with
             the
             Front.
             The
             eight
             and
             last
             place
             of
             honour
             ,
             is
             his
             that
             is
             the
             third
             from
             the
             Front
             ,
             the
             File
             being
             but
             8.
             deepe
             ,
             which
             may
             also
             be
             made
             a
             File-leader
             ,
             though
             with
             more
             trouble
             than
             the
             rest
             :
             for
             by
             counter-marching
             Front
             and
             Reere
             into
             the
             middest
             ,
             and
             then
             facing
             to
             the
             former
             front
             ,
             &
             after
             doubling
             of
             ranks
             ,
             makes
             him
             likewise
             a
             file-leader
             .
             Now
             as
             every
             mans
             dignitie
             is
             more
             or
             lesse
             in
             his
             File
             ,
             so
             is
             all
             his
             ranke
             with
             him
             .
             Wherefore
             this
             that
             hath
             already
             beene
             said
             ,
             may
             suffice
             to
             demonstrate
             unto
             those
             which
             as
             yet
             are
             ignorant
             of
             the
             severall
             places
             of
             dignity
             ,
             both
             in
             Ranke
             and
             File
             .
             I
             might
             have
             enforced
             many
             other
             reasons
             concerning
             the
             dignity
             of
             number
             and
             place
             :
             but
             I
             have
             insisted
             longer
             upon
             this
             subject
             ,
             then
             at
             first
             I
             intended
             ,
             which
             makes
             me
             the
             more
             willing
             ,
             though
             somewhat
             abruptly
             to
             breake
             from
             it
             ,
             and
             come
             to
             shew
             the
             manner
             of
             joyning
             or
             drawing
             up
             of
             Files
             into
             forme
             of
             battell
             .
             And
             therefore
             this
             may
             serve
             for
             all
             ,
             the
             Serjeant
             that
             hath
             order
             to
             place
             them
             ,
             is
             to
             lead
             them
             up
             according
             to
             their
             worth
             and
             honour
             .
             As
             first
             the
             right
             hand
             file
             ;
             then
             the
             left
             hand
             file
             ;
             and
             so
             the
             other
             files
             successively
             within
             them
             according
             to
             their
             severall
             worths
             and
             places
             .
             As
             by
             the
             following
             figure
             you
             may
             more
             plainely
             perceive
             .
          
           
           
             
          
           
             If
             there
             be
             any
             that
             shall
             say
             these
             are
             nicities
             ,
             and
             of
             no
             repute
             amongst
             Souldiers
             ,
             I
             dare
             say
             they
             have
             been
             well
             reputed
             of
             by
             good
             Souldiers
             ,
             no
             disparagement
             unto
             the
             fault-finders
             (
             if
             there
             happen
             to
             be
             any
             such
             .
             )
             As
             for
             the
             noble
             ,
             worthy
             ,
             and
             well-knowing
             Souldiers
             ,
             I
             am
             almost
             confident
             that
             out
             of
             their
             true-speaking
             judgements
             ,
             they
             will
             eyther
             conclude
             that
             it
             is
             so
             used
             ,
             or
             at
             the
             least
             that
             it
             ought
             so
             to
             be
             ;
             but
             if
             this
             can
             worke
             no
             effect
             with
             the
             —
             I
             leave
             every
             man
             freely
             to
             his
             owne
             judgement
             ,
             desiring
             the
             judicious
             ,
             alwaies
             to
             hold
             a
             favourable
             opinion
             of
             my
             well-meaning
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             VI.
             
          
           
             Of
             the
             severall
             distances
             .
          
           
             NOw
             that
             our
             Souldiers
             have
             attained
             some
             small
             knowledge
             in
             the
             use
             of
             their
             Armes
             (
             me
             thinkes
             like
             some
             of
             our
             little-knowing
             souldiers
             of
             the
             trained
             Bands
             )
             they
             already
             begin
             to
             be
             ambitious
             of
             File-leaders
             places
             ;
             therefore
             that
             their
             owne
             weakenesses
             may
             light
             them
             to
             reade
             their
             owne
             follies
             ,
             we
             will
             see
             how
             they
             will
             behave
             themselves
             in
             exercise
             amongst
             the
             Companie
             .
             Wherein
             the
             first
             thing
             we
             are
             to
             instruct
             them
             in
             ,
             is
             their
             distances
             .
             But
             because
             it
             is
             held
             by
             some
             a
             matter
             disputable
             ,
             whether
             distance
             be
             one
             of
             the
             motions
             or
             no
             :
             We
             will
             first
             declare
             what
             is
             distance
             .
             To
             which
             I
             answer
             ,
             that
             indeed
             Distance
             it selfe
             is
             no
             motion
             ,
             but
             there
             is
             motion
             in
             producing
             such
             distance
             ;
             for
             Distance
             is
             the
             space
             of
             ground
             between
             man
             and
             man
             ,
             either
             in
             File
             or
             Ranke
             ,
             having
             relation
             onely
             to
             the
             place
             between
             each
             partie
             .
             All
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             motions
             having
             not
             onely
             relation
             to
             the
             one
             ,
             but
             the
             other
             .
             Wherefore
             not
             to
             spend
             more
             time
             in
             a
             matter
             so
             apparant
             ,
             we
             will
             say
             that
             the
             discipline
             of
             a
             foot-companie
             consists
             chiefly
             in
             distance
             and
             motion
             .
             And
             therefore
             seeing
             that
             
             distance
             is
             the
             ground
             of
             motion
             ,
             and
             that
             no
             motion
             can
             be
             performed
             without
             distance
             ,
             wee
             will
             leave
             to
             discourse
             it
             ,
             and
             fall
             to
             the
             matter
             it selfe
             ,
             and
             shew
             how
             many
             sorts
             of
             Distance
             is
             ordinarily
             used
             in
             our
             moderne
             discipline
             ,
             which
             are
             these
             foure
             here
             under
             named
             ,
             viz.
             
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Close
                   Order
                   ,
                
                 
                   which
                   is
                
                 
                   One
                   foot
                   and
                   a
                   halfe
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Order
                   ,
                
                 
                   both
                   in
                
                 
                   Three
                   foot
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Open
                   Order
                   ,
                
                 
                   Rank
                   &
                
                 
                   Sixe
                   foot
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Double
                   distāce
                   ,
                
                 
                   File
                
                 
                   Twelve
                   foot
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             It
             hath
             been
             the
             opinion
             of
             some
             ancient
             Commanders
             ,
             that
             the
             distance
             of
             Ranke
             ,
             was
             alwaies
             double
             the
             distance
             of
             File
             ,
             although
             they
             went
             both
             under
             one
             and
             the
             same
             denomination
             .
             As
             that
             order
             in
             File
             was
             three
             foot
             ,
             order
             in
             Ranke
             sixe
             foot
             ,
             open
             order
             in
             file
             sixe
             foot
             ,
             open
             order
             in
             ranke
             twelve
             foot
             ,
             and
             so
             of
             other
             distances
             .
             But
             the
             best
             received
             opinions
             hold
             them
             to
             be
             alike
             both
             in
             ranke
             and
             file
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             to
             be
             considered
             in
             distance
             these
             three
             especially
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             
               
                 
                   Distance
                
                 
                   
                     For
                     March.
                     
                  
                   
                     For
                     Motion
                     .
                  
                   
                     For
                     Skirmish
                     .
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             You
             are
             to
             observe
             ,
             thatyour
             distance
             for
             march
             is
             to
             be
             three
             foot
             between
             file
             and
             file
             ,
             and
             sixe
             foot
             between
             ranke
             and
             ranke
             ;
             distance
             for
             motion
             sixe
             foot
             both
             in
             ranke
             and
             file
             ,
             distance
             for
             wheelings
             and
             skirmish
             three
             foot
             in
             ranke
             and
             file
             .
             Onely
             if
             you
             were
             to
             receive
             a
             charge
             from
             the
             horse
             ,
             it
             is
             necessary
             for
             your
             files
             of
             Pite-men
             to
             be
             at
             close
             order
             .
             Wherefore
             we
             will
             rehearse
             
             all
             the
             ordinary
             wayes
             for
             the
             opening
             ,
             and
             closing
             both
             of
             files
             and
             rankes
             .
             But
             in
             the
             first
             place
             command
             them
             to
             even
             their
             Rankes
             ,
             and
             streighten
             their
             Files
             ,
             to
             be
             silent
             &
             attend
             to
             their
             words
             of
             command
             and
             direction
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             
             Rankes
             and
             files
             to
             your
             close
             order
             .
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Files
                   open
                   to
                   the
                   right
                
                 
                   to
                   your
                   order
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Rankes
                   open
                   forward
                
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Files
                   open
                   to
                   the
                   right
                
                 
                   to
                   your
                   open
                   order
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Rankes
                   open
                   forward
                
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 
                   
                   Files
                   open
                   to
                   the
                   right
                
                 
                   to
                   your
                   double
                   distance
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Rankes
                   open
                   forward
                
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Files
                   close
                   to
                   the
                   right
                
                 
                   to
                   your
                   open
                   order
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Rankes
                   close
                   forward
                
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Files
                   close
                   to
                   the
                   right
                
                 
                   to
                   your
                   order
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Rankes
                   close
                   forward
                
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Files
                   close
                   to
                   the
                   right
                
                 
                   to
                   your
                   close
                   order
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Rankes
                   close
                   forward
                
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Files
                   open
                   to
                   the
                   left
                
                 
                   to
                   your
                   order
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Rankes
                   open
                   backward
                
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Files
                   open
                   to
                   the
                   left
                
                 
                   to
                   your
                   open
                   order
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Rankes
                   open
                   backward
                
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Files
                   open
                   to
                   the
                   left
                
                 
                   to
                   your
                   double
                   distance
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ranks
                   open
                   backwards
                
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Files
                   close
                   to
                   the
                   left
                
                 
                   to
                   your
                   open
                   order
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ranks
                   close
                   backward
                
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Files
                   close
                   to
                   the
                   left
                
                 
                   to
                   your
                   order
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ranks
                   close
                   backward
                
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Files
                   close
                   to
                   the
                   left
                
                 
                   to
                   your
                   close
                   order
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ranks
                   close
                   backward
                
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Files
                
                 
                   open
                
                 
                   right
                   and
                   left
                
                 
                   to
                   your
                   order
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ranks
                
                 
                   to
                   the
                
                 
                   front
                   &
                   reere
                
              
            
          
           
           
             
               
                 
                   Files
                
                 
                   open
                
                 
                   right
                   and
                   left
                
                 
                   to
                   your
                   open
                   order
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ranks
                
                 
                   to
                   the
                
                 
                   front
                   and
                   reere
                
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Files
                
                 
                   open
                
                 
                   right
                   and
                   left
                
                 
                   to
                   your
                   double
                   distance
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ranks
                
                 
                   to
                   the
                
                 
                   front
                   and
                   reere
                
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Files
                
                 
                   close
                
                 
                   right
                   and
                   left
                   inward
                
                 
                   to
                   your
                   open
                   order
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ranks
                
                 
                   to
                   the
                
                 
                   middest
                   —
                
              
            
          
           
             Note
             that
             when
             Files
             open
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             the
             left-hand
             file
             must
             stand
             fast
             ,
             every
             file
             taking
             his
             distance
             from
             the
             file
             next
             his
             left
             hand
             :
             And
             when
             they
             open
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             then
             the
             right
             hand
             file
             stands
             ,
             every
             file
             taking
             his
             distance
             from
             the
             file
             next
             his
             right
             hand
             .
             Obserue
             also
             that
             when
             Ranks
             open
             forwards
             ,
             then
             the
             last
             ranke
             stands
             ,
             every
             Ranke
             taking
             his
             distance
             from
             the
             Ranke
             next
             behinde
             him
             :
             And
             when
             they
             open
             backwards
             ,
             then
             the
             first
             Ranke
             is
             to
             stand
             ,
             every
             Rank
             to
             take
             his
             distance
             from
             the
             Ranke
             next
             before
             him
             .
             You
             are
             likewise
             to
             take
             notice
             in
             the
             action
             ,
             that
             you
             are
             either
             to
             face
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             or
             to
             the
             right
             about
             .
          
           
             Note
             also
             that
             in
             closing
             of
             Files
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             to
             the
             Right
             ,
             then
             contrary
             to
             the
             opening
             ,
             the
             right
             hand
             file
             stands
             ;
             the
             rest
             closing
             to
             the
             Right
             ,
             taking
             their
             distance
             from
             their
             next
             right
             hand
             file
             .
             If
             you
             close
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             then
             the
             left
             hand
             file
             stands
             ;
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             files
             closing
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             taking
             their
             distance
             in
             like
             manner
             .
             When
             Files
             close
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             then
             they
             close
             inward
             ,
             taking
             their
             distance
             from
             the
             files
             within
             them
             ,
             neerer
             to
             the
             middest
             of
             the
             bodie
             .
             Also
             note
             ,
             that
             when
             Files
             are
             commanded
             to
             open
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             (
             or
             by
             division
             )
             it
             must
             be
             outward
             .
             If
             
             Ranks
             close
             to
             Front
             and
             Reere
             ,
             then
             the
             first
             and
             last
             Ranke
             stand
             ;
             the
             others
             taking
             their
             distances
             from
             them
             .
             If
             they
             close
             Ranks
             towards
             the
             center
             or
             midst
             ,
             then
             they
             close
             towards
             their
             two
             middlemost
             Ranks
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             not
             required
             that
             every
             Captaine
             or
             other
             Officer
             that
             shall
             exercise
             a
             Company
             ,
             shall
             use
             all
             these
             several
             openings
             ,
             and
             closings
             which
             are
             here
             exprest
             ,
             but
             rather
             that
             he
             shall
             make
             use
             of
             so
             many
             of
             them
             ,
             as
             he
             shall
             thinke
             fit
             for
             his
             present
             occasion
             or
             exercise
             .
             Although
             they
             all
             may
             be
             usefull
             at
             some
             time
             or
             other
             .
             I
             may
             spare
             examples
             ,
             for
             it
             must
             needs
             be
             apparant
             to
             the
             meanest
             capacities
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
             CHAP.
             VII
             .
          
           
             Of
             marching
             the
             Company
             in
             Divisions
             at
             length
             ,
             the
             order
             and
             places
             of
             the
             Officers
             ,
             and
             againe
             drawing
             them
             into
             forme
             of
             Battell
             .
          
           
             NOw
             that
             our
             Souldiers
             are
             somewhat
             expert
             in
             their
             distances
             ,
             we
             will
             next
             draw
             them
             forth
             into
             a
             long
             March.
             Wherefore
             note
             ,
             that
             our
             files
             must
             be
             at
             order
             ,
             and
             our
             Ranks
             at
             open
             order
             :
             The
             Muskettiers
             of
             the
             right
             flanke
             ,
             are
             to
             make
             the
             Van
             ,
             and
             to
             march
             next
             after
             the
             Captaine
             :
             The
             Pikes
             are
             to
             make
             the
             battell
             ,
             and
             to
             march
             after
             the
             Ensigne
             ,
             either
             in
             one
             or
             two
             divisions
             ,
             according
             to
             their
             number
             .
             The
             Muskettiers
             of
             the
             left
             flanke
             (
             sometimes
             called
             the
             second
             division
             of
             Muskets
             )
             make
             the
             Reere
             Guard
             ,
             which
             is
             led
             commonly
             by
             the
             second
             Serjeant
             .
             How
             beit
             if
             there
             be
             but
             one
             division
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             then
             the
             eldest
             (
             or
             chiefest
             )
             Serjeant
             leads
             the
             second
             division
             of
             Muskettiers
             .
             If
             the
             Company
             be
             but
             small
             ,
             then
             it
             is
             best
             to
             make
             but
             two
             Divisions
             ,
             one
             of
             the
             Muskettiers
             ,
             another
             of
             the
             Pikes
             ;
             For
             the
             placing
             of
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Officers
             ,
             you
             may
             perceive
             by
             the
             figure
             in
             the
             margent
             ▪
             Wherefore
             note
             that
             M.
             stands
             for
             Muskets
             ,
             p.
             for
             Pikes
             ,
             D.
             for
             Drummes
             ,
             S.
             for
             Serjeants
             ,
             E.
             for
             Ensigne
             ,
             L.
             for
             Lieutenant
             ,
             and
             C.
             for
             Captaine
             .
          
           
             Note
             ,
             if
             you
             have
             but
             three
             Drummes
             ,
             then
             let
             the
             Drumme
             in
             the
             second
             division
             of
             Pikes
             be
             wanting
             :
             If
             onely
             two
             ,
             then
             upon
             a
             March
             ,
             the
             first
             betweene
             the
             third
             and
             fourth
             ranke
             of
             the
             front
             division
             of
             Muskettiers
             .
             The
             second
             betweene
             the
             third
             and
             fourth
             ranke
             of
             the
             second
             division
             of
             Pikes
             .
          
           
             Note
             that
             betweene
             each
             Division
             in
             March
             ,
             there
             ought
             to
             be
             12.
             foot
             distance
             ;
             6.
             foot
             betweene
             the
             Officer
             ,
             and
             6.
             foot
             behinde
             him
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
             CHAP.
             VIII
             .
          
           
             Of
             drawing
             the
             divisions
             up
             into
             a
             square
             .
          
           
             WHen
             you
             would
             bring
             your
             body
             againe
             into
             Battalia
             ,
             command
             your
             front
             division
             to
             make
             Alt
             or
             Stand
             ;
             then
             give
             order
             to
             your
             Ensigne
             either
             by
             a
             Serjeant
             ,
             or
             by
             some
             signe
             to
             leade
             up
             the
             first
             division
             
             of
             pikes
             on
             the
             left
             of
             the
             first
             division
             of
             Muskettiers
             ,
             with
             his
             colours
             flying
             ,
             and
             the
             Pikes
             to
             continue
             shouldered
             ,
             so
             long
             as
             the
             Drumme
             beats
             a
             March.
             But
             if
             it
             beat
             a
             Troope
             ,
             then
             the
             Pikes
             are
             to
             advance
             ,
             and
             close
             their
             Ranks
             forward
             to
             their
             order
             ,
             and
             so
             the
             Ensigne
             to
             troop
             them
             up
             with
             his
             colours
             fierld
             .
             The
             eldest
             Serjeant
             is
             to
             leadeup
             the
             second
             division
             
             of
             Pikes
             ;
             The
             second
             Serjeant
             in
             like
             manner
             is
             to
             leade
             up
             the
             second
             or
             reere
             Division
             of
             Muskettiers
             ;
             each
             division
             still
             marching
             up
             to
             the
             left
             of
             that
             division
             next
             before
             it
             .
             The
             manner
             you
             may
             plainly
             see
             in
             the
             figure
             ;
             where
             the
             front
             division
             is
             marked
             in
             the
             Reere
             with
             the
             letter
             A.
             The
             first
             Division
             of
             Pikes
             
             with
             the
             letter
             B.
             The
             second
             Division
             of
             pikes
             with
             C.
             The
             second
             Division
             of
             Muskettiers
             hath
             in
             the
             Reere
             the
             letter
             D.
             The
             other
             figure
             on
             the
             other
             leafe
             in
             form
             of
             a
             square
             shewes
             their
             standing
             ,
             after
             the
             Divisions
             are
             led
             up
             .
             All
             the
             file-leaders
             standing
             even
             in
             front
             together
             making
             one
             Ranke
             .
          
           
           
             
          
           
             The
             discipline
             of
             the
             Art
             Militarie
             may
             rightly
             be
             divided
             into
             these
             five
             generall
             heads
             ,
             (
             viz.
             )
             
               Distance
               ,
               Facings
               ,
               Doublings
               ,
               Countermarches
               ,
            
             and
             Wheelings
             ,
             which
             have
             beene
             not
             unaptly
             compared
             to
             the
             five
             vowels
             :
             For
             as
             without
             one
             or
             more
             of
             the
             vowels
             ,
             no
             word
             can
             be
             spelled
             ,
             so
             without
             one
             or
             more
             of
             these
             ,
             neither
             forme
             ,
             nor
             action
             can
             be
             performed
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             IX
             .
          
           
             What
             is
             Facing
             ,
             and
             the
             use
             of
             the
             word
             ,
             whether
             to
             be
             used
             or
             refused
             .
          
           
             BEfore
             we
             come
             to
             shew
             the
             varietie
             of
             Facings
             in
             the
             action
             ,
             I
             thinke
             it
             will
             not
             be
             amisse
             to
             speake
             a
             word
             or
             two
             in
             the
             way
             of
             definition
             :
             and
             therefore
             what
             is
             
               Facing
               ▪
            
             To
             which
             I
             answer
             ,
             That
             Facing
             is
             a
             particular
             turning
             of
             the
             Aspect
             from
             one
             part
             to
             another
             ,
             whereby
             the
             Front
             proper
             becomes
             a
             Front
             accidentall
             :
             And
             a
             Front
             accidentall
             ,
             may
             be
             reduced
             to
             his
             proper
             Front.
             There
             are
             some
             likewise
             that
             by
             no
             meanes
             will
             allow
             of
             the
             word
             Face
             :
             Concluding
             it
             altogether
             unnecessarie
             ;
             And
             no
             other
             word
             must
             be
             given
             ,
             but
             ,
             To
             the
             Right
             ,
             To
             the
             left
             ,
             &c.
             
             Yet
             I
             wonder
             that
             men
             will
             stumble
             at
             so
             small
             a
             straw
             ,
             which
             cannot
             chuse
             but
             be
             better
             used
             than
             refused
             .
             For
             the
             word
             Face
             is
             but
             one
             syllable
             ,
             and
             quickly
             pronounced
             ,
             and
             gives
             so
             cleare
             an
             expression
             of
             the
             intent
             of
             the
             Commander
             that
             it
             concludes
             it
             necessary
             .
             As
             for
             example
             ,
             Should
             you
             command
             a
             Company
             to
             double
             Rankes
             to
             the
             Right
             ,
             and
             then
             command
             them
             as
             they
             were
             ,
             and
             then
             say
             ,
             To
             the
             Left
             ,
             it
             might
             puzzle
             a
             good
             Souldier
             at
             the
             first
             ,
             to
             discerne
             whether
             he
             should
             face
             
             or
             double
             :
             The
             like
             mistake
             might
             bee
             among
             Countermarches
             :
             Wherefore
             I
             conceive
             that
             none
             can
             justly
             taxe
             it
             for
             superfluous
             ,
             seeing
             the
             easiest
             expression
             hath
             alwayes
             beene
             accounted
             for
             the
             best
             .
             Yet
             spare
             me
             ,
             for
             my
             intent
             is
             not
             to
             oversway
             any
             man
             in
             his
             opinion
             ,
             but
             rather
             to
             deliver
             mine
             ;
             leaving
             all
             men
             freely
             to
             their
             owne
             likings
             .
          
           
             If
             my
             intent
             were
             to
             make
             a
             great
             booke
             with
             a
             little
             matter
             ,
             I
             might
             then
             here
             insert
             figures
             for
             every
             particular
             Facing
             ,
             and
             their
             Reducements
             to
             their
             first
             Posture
             ,
             which
             would
             take
             up
             divers
             sheets
             of
             paper
             ,
             and
             to
             little
             purpose
             .
             For
             I
             suppose
             that
             every
             man
             that
             knows
             any
             thing
             ,
             may
             easily
             conceive
             the
             Idea
             of
             any
             ordinary
             Facing
             in
             his
             minde
             .
             Wherefore
             I
             will
             but
             shew
             one
             or
             two
             of
             the
             hardest
             .
             You
             are
             to
             note
             that
             in
             the
             Motion
             of
             Facings
             every
             man
             turnes
             on
             the
             Center
             ,
             or
             Ball
             of
             the
             left
             foot
             ,
             moving
             onely
             the
             right
             ,
             the
             other
             being
             the
             keeper
             both
             of
             ranke
             and
             file
             .
             
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Face
                   to
                   the
                
                 
                   Right
                
                 
                   As
                   you
                   were
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Left
                
              
               
                 
                   Right
                   and
                   left
                
              
               
                 
                   Right
                   about
                
              
               
                 
                   Left
                   about
                
              
               
                 
                   Right
                   and
                   left
                   inward
                   
                
              
               
                 
                   Right
                
                 
                   angle
                
              
               
                 
                   Left
                
              
               
                 
                   Foure
                   Angles
                
              
            
          
           
             The
             front
             halfe
             files
             standing
             ,
             it
             will
             be
             requisite
             for
             the
             halfe
             files
             to
             the
             reere
             ,
             to
             do
             as
             much
             by
             themselues
             :
             whereby
             ,
             they
             will
             the
             more
             aptly
             perceive
             ,
             how
             that
             the
             subdivision
             goeth
             under
             
             the
             denomination
             of
             the
             halfe
             files
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Halfe
                   files
                   face
                   to
                   the
                
                 
                   Right
                   .
                
                 
                   As
                   you
                   were
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Left.
                   
                
              
               
                 
                   Right
                   and
                   left
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Right
                
                 
                   about
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Left
                
              
               
                 
                   Right
                   and
                   left
                   inward
                
              
            
          
           
             There
             is
             another
             word
             which
             is
             ordinarily
             used
             and
             proper
             ,
             for
             reducements
             of
             Facings
             ,
             which
             is
             ,
             To
             your
             Leader
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             another
             Facing
             sometimes
             used
             ,
             which
             is
             ,
             Face
             to
             the
             center
             ,
             and
             is
             when
             the
             body
             stands
             in
             some
             circular
             form
             ,
             or
             else
             in
             an
             hollow
             square
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             also
             a
             Facing
             ,
             which
             causeth
             the
             Body
             to
             face
             to
             the
             front
             ,
             reere
             ,
             and
             flanks
             ,
             which
             some
             call
             ,
             Facing
             square
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             X.
             
          
           
             Of
             Facing
             square
             ,
             and
             how
             to
             performe
             it
             ,
             the
             usefulnesse
             of
             facings
             ,
             and
             the
             severall
             parts
             thereof
             .
          
           
             WHen
             we
             instruct
             our
             Souldiers
             how
             to
             face
             square
             (
             if
             the
             Body
             be
             but
             8.
             deepe
             )
             command
             ,
             the
             two
             first
             ranks
             stand
             fast
             ,
             the
             two
             last
             Ranks
             face
             about
             ,
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Body
             face
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             .
             If
             the
             Body
             be
             deeper
             we
             command
             more
             Ranks
             to
             the
             Front
             ,
             and
             so
             likewise
             to
             the
             Reere
             .
             It
             is
             very
             necessary
             for
             young
             
             Souldiers
             to
             move
             10.
             or
             12.
             paces
             upon
             every
             motion
             of
             facings
             ,
             whether
             they
             are
             entire
             ,
             or
             divisionall
             .
             Now
             I
             will
             pricke
             two
             severall
             figures
             of
             facing
             ,
             which
             will
             be
             sufficient
             to
             demonstrate
             all
             the
             rest
             .
          
           
           
             
             The
             words
             of
             Command
             ,
             commonly
             used
             to
             produce
             this
             figure
             ,
             are
             these
             as
             followeth
             .
          
           
             The
             two
             first
             ranks
             stand
             .
          
           
             The
             two
             last
             ranks
             face
             about
             .
          
           
             The
             rest
             of
             the
             body
             face
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             (
             then
             )
             march
             all
             .
          
           
           
             To
             reduce
             them
             to
             their
             first
             order
             ▪
          
           
             Face
             all
             about
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             march
             and
             close
             your
             divisions
             .
          
           
             Face
             all
             to
             your
             Leader
             (
             who
             then
             stands
             at
             his
             front
             proper
             .
             )
          
           
             Facing
             square
             another
             way
             ,
             &
             marching
             upon
             it
             .
          
           
           
           
             The
             words
             of
             command
             customarily
             used
             to
             produce
             this
             figure
             are
             these
             as
             followeth
             ,
          
           
             Muskettiers
             face
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             .
          
           
             Halfe
             files
             of
             Pikes
             face
             about
             to
             the
             right
             (
             then
             )
             march
             all
             .
          
           
             To
             reduce
             them
             to
             their
             former
             order
             ,
          
           
             Face
             all
             about
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             march
             and
             close
             your
             divisions
             .
          
           
             Face
             all
             to
             your
             Leader
             .
          
           
             Facings
             are
             so
             usefull
             and
             necessary
             ,
             that
             you
             may
             as
             well
             dispense
             with
             any
             one
             of
             the
             grounds
             of
             Discipline
             ,
             as
             with
             them
             ;
             for
             they
             are
             usefull
             almost
             upon
             all
             occasions
             ,
             and
             not
             onely
             sooner
             executed
             than
             any
             other
             of
             the
             motions
             ,
             but
             may
             be
             needfull
             when
             Wheelings
             and
             Countermarches
             cannot
             be
             used
             ,
             as
             in
             a
             strait
             .
             There
             are
             no
             more
             then
             foure
             facings
             intire
             ,
             besides
             Angular
             ;
             as
             for
             Divisionall
             ,
             there
             be
             divers
             ,
             and
             indeed
             very
             necessary
             many
             of
             them
             be
             ,
             as
             occasion
             may
             offer
             it selfe
             for
             their
             severall
             uses
             ;
             howsoever
             peremptorily
             to
             say
             ,
             there
             be
             so
             many
             and
             no
             more
             ,
             I
             conceive
             ,
             hath
             beene
             concluded
             by
             none
             ;
             but
             it
             still
             rests
             at
             the
             discretion
             of
             the
             Commander
             ,
             to
             exercise
             more
             or
             fewer
             of
             them
             ,
             as
             he
             best
             liketh
             ,
             and
             the
             necessity
             requireth
             either
             for
             action
             or
             exercise
             .
          
           
             
             Intire
             facings
             are
             so
             called
             when
             the
             aspect
             of
             the
             whole
             Company
             are
             directed
             one
             way
             .
          
           
             
             Divisionall
             facings
             are
             so
             called
             ,
             when
             the
             aspect
             of
             the
             Souldiers
             is
             at
             one
             &
             the
             same
             time
             directed
             divers
             and
             severall
             waies
             :
             as
             to
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             ,
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             or
             to
             all
             foure
             at
             once
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
           
             
             Angular
             Facings
             are
             so
             called
             ,
             when
             the
             aspect
             of
             the
             Company
             is
             directed
             to
             the
             right
             corner
             man
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             right
             Angle
             ,
             or
             to
             the
             left
             corner
             man
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             left
             Angle
             ;
             or
             to
             the
             foure
             corner
             men
             ,
             which
             are
             the
             foure
             Angles
             .
          
           
             Angular
             facings
             were
             of
             great
             use
             among
             the
             ancients
             ,
             for
             their
             figures
             called
             the
             Diamond
             ,
             the
             wedge
             ,
             the
             Sheeres
             ,
             the
             Saw
             ,
             and
             such
             like
             ,
             when
             they
             made
             use
             of
             such
             formes
             of
             battell
             .
             But
             for
             the
             use
             of
             them
             in
             our
             moderne
             Discipline
             ,
             I
             conceive
             there
             is
             little
             or
             none
             ,
             onely
             thus
             ,
             wee
             honour
             the
             memory
             of
             the
             Ancients
             in
             their
             use
             .
             And
             some
             say
             they
             are
             very
             fit
             for
             exercise
             ;
             for
             that
             by
             their
             use
             the
             souldier
             is
             made
             more
             apt
             and
             perfect
             in
             the
             other
             .
             Therefore
             let
             this
             suffice
             to
             be
             spoken
             concerning
             facings
             ,
             and
             now
             be
             pleased
             to
             turne
             your
             aspect
             ,
             and
             take
             a
             view
             how
             our
             young
             souldiers
             will
             behave
             themselves
             ,
             in
             the
             performance
             of
             the
             doublings
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XI
             .
          
           
             Of
             Doublings
             ,
             their
             use
             and
             parts
             .
          
           
             DOublings
             are
             of
             most
             excellent
             and
             singular
             good
             use
             for
             the
             strengthening
             of
             any
             part
             of
             the
             battell
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             occasion
             or
             discretion
             of
             the
             Commander
             ,
             and
             consists
             of
             these
             two
             generals
             ,
             Doublings
             of
             length
             ,
             and
             Doublings
             of
             depth
             ,
             all
             times
             in
             quantity
             
             of
             number
             ,
             sometimes
             both
             in
             number
             and
             place
             ,
             both
             sorts
             having
             this
             restriction
             ,
             to
             be
             doublings
             of
             rankes
             or
             flanks
             ;
             every
             particular
             doublings
             pointing
             at
             one
             of
             these
             ,
             although
             there
             be
             sundry
             and
             divers
             waies
             for
             the
             doing
             of
             them
             ,
             each
             of
             them
             being
             to
             very
             good
             purpose
             ,
             for
             some
             consideration
             or
             other
             .
             Doublings
             of
             Ranks
             ,
             from
             what
             forme
             soever
             it
             be
             done
             ,
             doth
             make
             the
             number
             double
             so
             much
             as
             was
             before
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             doth
             extend
             the
             length
             of
             the
             battell
             to
             double
             the
             proportion
             of
             ground
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             well
             as
             number
             .
          
           
             Doublings
             of
             files
             (
             or
             flankes
             )
             doe
             also
             double
             the
             number
             in
             depth
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             becomes
             a
             doubling
             both
             of
             number
             and
             place
             .
             Wherefore
             for
             the
             better
             understanding
             of
             the
             doublings
             ,
             observe
             with
             me
             these
             sixe
             usuall
             waies
             following
             .
          
           
             
               The
               severall
               parts
               or
               branches
               of
               Doublings
               .
            
             
               
                 Doublings
                 of
              
               
                 
                   1
                   Ranks
                   .
                
                 
                   2
                   Halfe-files
                   .
                
                 
                   3
                   Bringers-up
                   .
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   Reere
                   .
                
                 
                   5
                   Files
                   .
                
                 
                   6
                   Halfe-rankes
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             The
             first
             is
             the
             doubling
             of
             rankes
             ,
             and
             is
             when
             every
             even
             ranke
             doubleth
             into
             the
             odde
             ;
             the
             second
             is
             ,
             when
             the
             halfe-files
             double
             their
             ranks
             forwards
             into
             the
             Front
             :
             the
             third
             ,
             when
             the
             Bringers-up
             double
             their
             ranks
             forwards
             into
             the
             Front.
             The
             fourth
             when
             the
             Front-halfe
             files
             doubleth
             
             the
             Reere
             .
             These
             first
             foure
             being
             doublings
             of
             ranks
             ,
             the
             length
             of
             the
             battell
             being
             by
             them
             extended
             either
             simply
             in
             number
             ,
             or
             both
             in
             number
             and
             place
             .
             The
             next
             two
             are
             doublings
             of
             flanks
             :
             the
             first
             whereof
             is
             the
             ordinary
             doublings
             of
             files
             ,
             every
             one
             of
             the
             even
             files
             being
             inserted
             into
             the
             odde
             files
             ,
             accounting
             from
             the
             hand
             named
             .
             The
             next
             is
             the
             doubling
             of
             halfe-rankes
             ,
             which
             is
             to
             be
             understood
             when
             one
             flanke
             doubleth
             the
             other
             ,
             either
             by
             passing
             through
             ,
             countermarch
             ,
             doubling
             intire
             ,
             or
             divisionall
             .
          
           
             You
             are
             to
             note
             in
             this
             motion
             of
             doubling
             ,
             that
             as
             there
             is
             one
             part
             of
             the
             body
             stands
             ,
             so
             the
             other
             part
             moves
             :
             the
             standing
             part
             is
             to
             be
             doubled
             ,
             
             the
             part
             moving
             ,
             are
             those
             that
             double
             ,
             as
             you
             may
             perceive
             by
             the
             figures
             ,
             which
             shew
             the
             manner
             of
             each
             doubling
             .
             That
             which
             next
             followes
             are
             the
             words
             of
             command
             ,
             and
             direction
             for
             doublings
             with
             their
             severall
             reducements
             following
             next
             after
             them
             .
          
           
             
               
                 The
                 words
                 of
                 command
                 for
                 Doublings
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Ranks
                   to
                   the
                
                 
                   right
                
                 
                   double
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                    
                
                 
                   left
                
                 
                    
                
              
            
          
           
             Rankes
             as
             you
             were
             .
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Files
                   to
                   the
                
                 
                   right
                
                 
                   double
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                    
                
                 
                   left
                
                 
                    
                
              
            
          
           
             Files
             as
             you
             were
             .
          
           
             Bringers
             up
             double
             your
             ranks
             forward
             to
             the
             right
             .
          
           
             Bringers
             up
             face
             about
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             march
             forth
             into
             your
             places
             .
          
           
           
             Bringers
             up
             double
             your
             ranks
             forward
             to
             the
             left
             .
          
           
             Bringers
             up
             face
             about
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             march
             forth
             into
             your
             places
             .
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Files
                   to
                   the
                   right
                   and
                   left
                   double
                
                 
                   outward
                   ,
                
                 
                   Files
                   as
                   you
                   were
                   .
                   
                
              
               
                 
                    
                
                 
                   inward
                   ,
                
                 
                    
                
              
            
          
           
             Halfe
             files
             double
             your
             rankes
             forward
             to
             the
             right
             .
          
           
             Halfe
             files
             face
             about
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             march
             forth
             into
             your
             places
             .
          
           
             Halfe
             files
             double
             your
             ranks
             forward
             to
             the
             left
             .
          
           
             Halfe
             files
             face
             about
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             march
             forth
             into
             your
             places
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Front
                 halfe
                 files
                 face
                 about
                 to
                 the
                 left
              
               
                 
                   and
                   double
                   the
                   reere
                   to
                   the
                   right
                   ,
                
                 
                   march
                   forth
                   into
                   your
                   places
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 Front
                 halfe
                 files
                 face
                 about
                 to
                 the
                 right
              
               
                 
                   and
                   double
                   the
                   reere
                   to
                   the
                   left
                   ,
                
                 
                   march
                   forth
                   into
                   your
                   places
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             Front
             halfe-files
             double
             the
             reere
             to
             the
             right
             by
             counter-march
             .
          
           
             Front
             halfe-files
             face
             about
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             march
             forth
             into
             your
             places
             .
          
           
             Front
             halfe-files
             double
             the
             reere
             to
             the
             left
             by
             counter-march
             .
          
           
             Front
             halfe-files
             face
             about
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             march
             forth
             into
             your
             places
             .
          
           
             Halfe-rankes
             to
             the
             right
             by
             counter-march
             ,
             double
             your
             left
             flanke
             .
          
           
           
             Halfe-rankes
             that
             doubled
             face
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             march
             forth
             into
             your
             places
             .
          
           
             Halfe-rankes
             to
             the
             left
             by
             counter-march
             ,
             double
             your
             right
             flanke
             .
          
           
             Halfe
             ▪
             ranks
             that
             doubled
             face
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             march
             forth
             into
             your
             places
             .
          
           
             Halfe-ranks
             of
             the
             right
             ,
             double
             your
             left
             flank
             .
          
           
             Halfe-ranks
             that
             doubled
             ,
             face
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             march
             forth
             into
             your
             places
             .
          
           
             Halfe-ranks
             of
             the
             left
             ,
             double
             your
             right
             flank
             .
          
           
             Halfe-ranks
             that
             doubled
             face
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             march
             forth
             into
             your
             right
             places
             .
          
           
             
             Halfe-files
             double
             your
             front
             to
             the
             right
             intire
             .
          
           
             Halfe-files
             face
             about
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             march
             forth
             into
             your
             places
             .
          
           
             Halfe-files
             double
             your
             front
             to
             the
             left
             intire
             .
          
           
             Halfe-files
             face
             about
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             march
             forth
             into
             your
             places
             .
          
           
             Halfe-files
             double
             your
             front
             inward
             intire
             .
          
           
             Halfe-files
             face
             about
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             march
             forth
             into
             your
             places
             .
          
           
             Halfe-files
             double
             your
             front
             by
             diuision
             .
          
           
             Halfe-files
             face
             about
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             march
             forth
             into
             your
             places
             .
          
           
             Front
             halfe-files
             double
             your
             reere
             by
             division
             .
          
           
             Front
             halfe-files
             face
             about
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             inward
             ,
             march
             forth
             into
             your
             places
             .
          
           
             Front
             halfe-files
             double
             your
             reere
             to
             the
             right
             intire
             .
          
           
             Front
             halfe-files
             face
             about
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             march
             forth
             into
             your
             places
             .
          
           
             Front
             halfe-files
             double
             your
             reer
             to
             the
             left
             intire
             .
          
           
           
             Front
             halfe-files
             face
             about
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             march
             forth
             into
             your
             places
             .
          
           
             Halfe-ranks
             of
             the
             right
             ,
             double
             your
             left
             flank
             intire
             to
             the
             right
             .
          
           
             Halfe-rankes
             that
             doubled
             ,
             face
             about
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             march
             forth
             into
             your
             places
             .
          
           
             Halfe-ranks
             of
             the
             left
             ,
             double
             your
             right
             flanke
             intire
             to
             the
             left
             .
          
           
             Halfe-ranks
             that
             doubled
             ,
             face
             about
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             march
             into
             your
             places
             .
          
           
             Halfe-ranks
             of
             the
             right
             ,
             double
             your
             left
             flanke
             by
             division
             .
          
           
             Halfe-rankes
             that
             doubled
             ,
             face
             about
             the
             right
             and
             left
             inward
             ,
             march
             forth
             into
             your
             places
             .
          
           
             
             Double
             your
             ranks
             to
             the
             right
             intire
             .
          
           
             Ranks
             that
             doubled
             face
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             march
             forth
             into
             your
             places
             .
          
           
             Double
             your
             ranks
             to
             the
             left
             intire
             .
          
           
             Ranks
             that
             doubled
             face
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             march
             forth
             into
             your
             places
             .
          
           
             Double
             your
             ranks
             by
             division
             .
          
           
             Ranks
             that
             doubled
             ,
             face
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             inward
             ,
             march
             forth
             into
             your
             places
             .
          
           
             Double
             your
             files
             to
             the
             right
             intire
             ,
             advancing
             .
          
           
             Files
             that
             doubled
             ,
             face
             about
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             march
             forth
             into
             your
             places
             .
          
           
             Double
             your
             files
             to
             the
             left
             intire
             ,
             advancing
             .
          
           
             Files
             that
             doubled
             ,
             face
             about
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             march
             forth
             into
             your
             places
             .
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Files
                   double
                   your
                   depth
                   intire
                   to
                   the
                
                 
                   right
                
                 
                   files
                   that
                   doubled
                   ,
                   as
                   you
                   were
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   left
                
              
            
          
           
             Files
             double
             your
             depth
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             every
             man
             
             falling
             behinde
             his
             bringer-up
             .
          
           
             Files
             that
             doubled
             ,
             as
             you
             were
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XII
             .
          
           
             Of
             inversion
             and
             conversion
             ,
             and
             of
             doubling
             Ranks
             .
          
           
             THere
             is
             yet
             another
             doubling
             of
             the
             depth
             ,
             which
             is
             called
             Inversion
             .
             But
             because
             some
             out
             of
             their
             ignorance
             make
             little
             or
             no
             difference
             betwixt
             Inversion
             and
             conversion
             .
             Give
             me
             leave
             for
             the
             clearing
             of
             the
             doubt
             ,
             to
             place
             Conversion
             and
             Inversion
             together
             ,
             that
             by
             their
             contrary
             effects
             ,
             the
             difference
             may
             be
             the
             more
             perspicuous
             to
             such
             as
             shall
             be
             desirous
             to
             know
             it
             .
             Yet
             before
             I
             either
             enter
             upon
             figure
             ,
             or
             command
             for
             Inversion
             or
             Conversion
             ,
             I
             hold
             it
             necessary
             to
             shew
             some
             of
             the
             figures
             of
             those
             doublings
             ,
             for
             which
             I
             have
             already
             given
             the
             words
             of
             command
             and
             reducements
             .
             And
             then
             next
             after
             them
             ,
             I
             will
             place
             both
             the
             words
             of
             Command
             ,
             and
             the
             figures
             belonging
             to
             Inversion
             and
             Conversion
             .
          
           
             This
             figure
             next
             following
             ,
             is
             a
             doubling
             of
             rankes
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             where
             you
             may
             perceive
             how
             the
             even
             rankes
             are
             inserted
             into
             the
             odde
             rankes
             :
             the
             pricks
             denotating
             the
             places
             they
             stood
             in
             ,
             before
             the
             doubling
             began
             ,
             the
             little
             line
             or
             stroke
             drawne
             from
             the
             pricks
             ,
             shewing
             the
             manner
             of
             
             the
             doubling
             :
             I
             thinke
             it
             would
             be
             needlesse
             to
             
             make
             another
             figure
             ,
             to
             shew
             the
             doubling
             of
             rankes
             to
             the
             left
             ;
             for
             the
             meanest
             judgement
             may
             by
             this
             figure
             easily
             apprehend
             what
             the
             other
             would
             be
             .
          
           
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XIII
             .
          
           
             Of
             doublings
             of
             Files
             .
          
           
             IN
             this
             doubling
             of
             Files
             ,
             you
             may
             perceive
             ,
             that
             each
             of
             the
             even
             files
             doubleth
             into
             the
             odde
             files
             ,
             beginning
             from
             the
             hand
             named
             :
             as
             in
             this
             doubling
             of
             files
             to
             the
             left
             ;
             the
             left
             hand
             file
             stands
             fast
             ,
             the
             second
             file
             doubleth
             into
             it
             ,
             the
             fourth
             file
             into
             the
             third
             ,
             and
             so
             for
             the
             rest
             .
             If
             your
             command
             be
             to
             double
             your
             files
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             then
             contrariwise
             the
             right
             hand
             file
             stands
             fast
             ,
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             even
             files
             doubling
             into
             the
             odde
             ,
             accounting
             from
             the
             right
             ,
             as
             before
             from
             the
             left
             .
             Thus
             much
             may
             suffice
             for
             the
             doubling
             of
             files
             ,
             onely
             take
             this
             by
             way
             of
             admonition
             ;
             that
             as
             in
             doubling
             of
             ranks
             any
             way
             ,
             you
             are
             to
             observe
             your
             right
             hand
             leader
             :
             so
             in
             doubling
             of
             files
             ,
             you
             are
             to
             observe
             your
             file-leader
             ;
             so
             that
             as
             neere
             as
             possibly
             may
             be
             ,
             you
             may
             either
             
             in
             ranke
             or
             file
             ,
             be
             altogether
             in
             one
             motion
             .
             If
             you
             please
             further
             to
             observe
             with
             me
             ,
             that
             this
             doubling
             is
             a
             doubling
             of
             number
             ,
             and
             not
             of
             place
             ,
             the
             depth
             of
             the
             battell
             not
             being
             thereby
             extended
             ,
             for
             further
             satisfaction
             observe
             this
             figure
             .
          
           
           
             
             Files
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             double
             .
             
             *
             Files
             as
             you
             were
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XIV
             .
          
           
             Of
             doublings
             by
             bringers-up
             .
          
           
             THis
             doubling
             which
             next
             followeth
             ,
             shall
             be
             a
             doubling
             by
             Bringers-up
             ,
             of
             which
             sort
             ,
             one
             figure
             will
             be
             sufficient
             ,
             which
             I
             hold
             most
             necessary
             to
             demonstrate
             in
             manner
             of
             motion
             ▪
             The
             figure
             followeth
             .
          
           
           
             This
             doubling
             of
             Ranks
             by
             Bringers
             up
             ,
             differeth
             from
             the
             other
             doubling
             of
             ranks
             ,
             first
             done
             ,
             both
             in
             quantity
             and
             quality
             .
             In
             quantity
             it
             differeth
             ,
             in
             regard
             the
             other
             leaves
             a
             large
             distance
             betweene
             Ranke
             and
             Ranke
             ,
             being
             double
             the
             distance
             they
             formerly
             stood
             at
             :
             this
             contrariwise
             continuing
             and
             preserving
             the
             same
             distance
             they
             formerly
             stood
             at
             betweene
             each
             Ranke
             .
             In
             quality
             it
             also
             differeth
             ,
             in
             regard
             that
             it
             brings
             the
             best
             and
             second
             sort
             of
             Souldiers
             ,
             together
             into
             the
             Front.
             The
             manner
             of
             this
             doubling
             you
             may
             
             plainely
             perceive
             by
             the
             figure
             ,
             where
             it
             is
             performed
             as
             followeth
             .
             The
             eight
             or
             last
             ranke
             ,
             which
             are
             the
             bringers
             up
             ,
             passe
             forwards
             even
             in
             ranke
             ,
             through
             or
             betweene
             the
             intervales
             ,
             to
             the
             right
             of
             them
             that
             stand
             before
             them
             ,
             until
             they
             come
             even
             in
             ranke
             with
             the
             Front
             ;
             The
             seventh
             rank
             following
             those
             which
             marched
             from
             behinde
             them
             ,
             placing
             themselves
             in
             the
             second
             Rank
             ,
             the
             sixth
             in
             the
             third
             ,
             the
             fifth
             ranke
             or
             halfe
             file
             in
             the
             fourth
             or
             reere
             of
             the
             front
             halfe
             file
             .
             This
             doubling
             maketh
             a
             very
             able
             Front
             ,
             in
             bringing
             all
             the
             best
             Souldiers
             together
             .
             And
             although
             it
             hath
             diminished
             the
             number
             ,
             in
             regard
             of
             the
             depth
             ,
             yet
             it
             hath
             doubled
             the
             number
             in
             the
             length
             .
             This
             doubling
             is
             in
             quantity
             of
             number
             ,
             not
             of
             ground
             .
             When
             you
             march
             into
             your
             places
             ,
             remember
             this
             ,
             that
             the
             Rank
             which
             last
             tooke
             his
             place
             in
             the
             execution
             of
             this
             motion
             ,
             must
             first
             march
             into
             his
             place
             in
             the
             way
             of
             reducement
             .
             For
             as
             they
             are
             led
             forth
             by
             their
             Bringers
             up
             ,
             contrariwise
             they
             are
             led
             off
             by
             their
             halfe
             file
             leaders
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             doubling
             of
             the
             Front
             to
             the
             left
             by
             Bringers
             up
             ,
             it
             is
             the
             same
             ,
             onely
             differing
             in
             this
             ,
             that
             whereas
             before
             it
             was
             to
             the
             Right
             ,
             this
             is
             to
             the
             Left.
             Wherefore
             let
             this
             suffice
             for
             doublings
             ,
             by
             Bringers
             up
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XV.
             
          
           
             Doublings
             of
             Files
             outward
             and
             inward
             .
          
           
             THe
             next
             doubling
             ,
             is
             a
             doubling
             of
             Files
             outward
             ,
             which
             workes
             the
             same
             effect
             ;
             as
             to
             double
             Files
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             .
             For
             the
             right
             flanke
             is
             to
             double
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             the
             left
             flanke
             to
             the
             left
             .
             As
             you
             may
             plainely
             perceive
             by
             the
             following
             Figure
             .
          
           
           
           
             This
             doubling
             of
             Files
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             outward
             ,
             strengthneth
             both
             the
             Flanks
             at
             once
             ;
             by
             doubling
             their
             numbers
             in
             depth
             :
             But
             it
             weakneth
             the
             Inward
             part
             ,
             where
             it
             taketh
             two
             Files
             cleane
             away
             ,
             leaving
             a
             large
             Interuale
             in
             the
             midst
             .
             Some
             say
             it
             is
             good
             when
             a
             Commander
             will
             grace
             any
             ,
             to
             bring
             them
             through
             the
             center
             or
             midst
             of
             the
             Battalia
             .
             But
             you
             must
             note
             ,
             if
             you
             have
             an
             odde
             File
             you
             cannot
             so
             punctually
             performe
             it
             ,
             as
             when
             the
             number
             of
             your
             Files
             be
             even
             .
             The
             manner
             of
             the
             doubling
             ,
             you
             may
             perceive
             by
             the
             Figure
             ;
             The
             motion
             ,
             by
             the
             little
             lines
             drawen
             from
             the
             Pricks
             .
             The
             performance
             is
             as
             followeth
             .
          
           
             The
             outmost
             File
             of
             each
             Flanke
             stands
             ;
             The
             second
             Files
             double
             into
             them
             ;
             The
             third
             File
             from
             each
             Flanke
             stands
             ;
             The
             fourth
             File
             double
             into
             the
             third
             ;
             The
             sixt
             into
             the
             fift
             ,
             and
             so
             likewise
             for
             the
             rest
             .
          
           
             If
             you
             would
             double
             Files
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             inward
             ,
             it
             is
             to
             be
             done
             the
             contrary
             way
             :
             For
             whereas
             in
             this
             Figure
             of
             doubling
             last
             performed
             ;
             the
             outmost
             Files
             stand
             ,
             the
             other
             doubling
             outward
             into
             them
             :
             Contrarywise
             the
             two
             inmost
             Files
             should
             stand
             ,
             the
             rest
             doubling
             to
             them
             inward
             .
             And
             whereas
             in
             this
             there
             is
             a
             larger
             distance
             in
             the
             midst
             ,
             then
             is
             in
             any
             other
             part
             ;
             The
             other
             part
             Contra
             would
             bee
             closest
             in
             that
             part
             .
             Some
             men
             doe
             not
             approove
             of
             either
             of
             these
             doublings
             .
             I
             leave
             every
             man
             to
             his
             owne
             choice
             .
             The
             practise
             of
             it
             makes
             perfection
             ,
             and
             he
             that
             can
             doe
             much
             may
             doe
             lesse
             when
             he
             li●teth
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XVI
             .
          
           
             Of
             doubling
             by
             Halfe-files
             .
          
           
             THe
             next
             doubling
             is
             a
             doubling
             by
             Halfe-files
             ,
             whereby
             the
             length
             of
             the
             Battaile
             is
             extended
             to
             double
             the
             former
             proportion
             of
             number
             ,
             the
             depth
             being
             extenuated
             both
             in
             number
             and
             place
             .
             This
             Figure
             will
             demonstrate
             unto
             you
             the
             manner
             of
             the
             motion
             ,
             which
             is
             as
             followeth
             .
          
           
           
           
             This
             doubling
             our
             Rankes
             forward
             by
             our
             Halfe-files
             ,
             is
             a
             Moriō
             generally
             approved
             of
             by
             all
             for
             serviceable
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             done
             with
             conveniencie
             .
             It
             differeth
             from
             the
             other
             doubling
             by
             Bringers
             up
             ,
             in
             quality
             ,
             not
             in
             quantity
             ,
             (
             for
             therein
             they
             keepe
             one
             proportion
             :
             )
             In
             quality
             it
             differeth
             thus
             :
             The
             doubling
             by
             Bringers
             up
             brought
             the
             best
             and
             second
             sort
             of
             souldiers
             together
             into
             the
             Front
             ;
             The
             fourth
             and
             third
             sort
             into
             the
             Reere
             :
             So
             that
             the
             Reere
             was
             4
             /
             7
             worse
             then
             the
             Front
             :
             This
             doubling
             by
             Halfe-files
             brings
             the
             best
             and
             the
             third
             together
             into
             the
             Front
             ,
             and
             leaves
             the
             second
             and
             fourth
             in
             the
             Reere
             :
             So
             that
             the
             Front
             is
             made
             more
             able
             ,
             then
             the
             Reere
             ,
             by
             ⅓
             .
             It
             differeth
             likewise
             in
             Motion
             thus
             ;
             For
             whereas
             in
             the
             other
             doubling
             ,
             by
             Bringers
             up
             ,
             the
             Motion
             was
             begun
             ,
             by
             the
             last
             Ranke
             ▪
             every
             Ranke
             following
             the
             Ranke
             which
             came
             from
             behind
             him
             :
             This
             contrarywise
             is
             directly
             led
             foorth
             by
             the
             fift
             Ranke
             from
             the
             Front
             ,
             (
             if
             they
             be
             but
             eight
             deepe
             )
             and
             so
             is
             executed
             more
             surely
             and
             suddenly
             ;
             the
             fift
             Ranke
             passing
             into
             the
             first
             ;
             the
             sixth
             Ranke
             into
             the
             second
             ;
             the
             seventh
             into
             the
             third
             ,
             and
             so
             for
             the
             rest
             .
             For
             the
             reducement
             ,
             when
             they
             are
             commanded
             to
             face
             about
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             and
             march
             forth
             into
             their
             places
             ;
             Then
             as
             the
             Motion
             was
             led
             on
             by
             the
             Halfe-file-leaders
             ,
             so
             in
             the
             reducement
             ,
             they
             are
             led
             off
             by
             the
             Bringers
             up
             :
             Doubling
             of
             halfe-files
             to
             the
             left
             produceth
             the
             same
             effect
             ;
             onely
             the
             contrary
             hand
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XVII
             .
          
           
             Of
             doubling
             the
             Reere
             by
             Front
             Halfe-files
             .
          
           
             THe
             doubling
             of
             the
             Reere
             by
             Front
             halfe-files
             ,
             is
             differing
             from
             the
             doubling
             last
             shewen
             ,
             more
             in
             maner
             then
             matter
             ;
             Both
             concurring
             in
             substance
             ,
             although
             differing
             in
             circumstance
             .
             To
             say
             more
             of
             it
             ,
             were
             more
             then
             needed
             ;
             only
             peruse
             the
             Figure
             which
             presents
             it selfe
             unto
             you
             (
             as
             it
             is
             in
             motion
             )
             as
             followeth
             .
          
           
           
           
             This
             doubling
             of
             the
             Reere
             ,
             by
             the
             Front
             halfe-files
             ,
             is
             to
             bee
             performed
             after
             this
             manner
             .
             The
             command
             being
             first
             given
             ,
             the
             Front
             halfe-files
             face
             about
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             (
             the
             Pikes
             being
             all
             aduanced
             ,
             the
             Muskets
             all
             either
             poysed
             or
             shouldred
             )
             and
             so
             being
             led
             by
             the
             Halfe-file-leaders
             to
             the
             Reere
             ,
             which
             are
             those
             that
             hold
             the
             fourth
             place
             of
             honour
             ,
             they
             march
             directly
             forwards
             to
             the
             Right
             of
             the
             other
             part
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             which
             stood
             faced
             in
             opposition
             ;
             untill
             the
             leaders
             of
             the
             doubling
             have
             ranked
             ,
             even
             in
             Ranke
             with
             the
             Bringers
             up
             ,
             the
             rest
             ranking
             even
             with
             the
             other
             standing
             Rankes
             ,
             according
             to
             their
             places
             :
             If
             it
             be
             for
             service
             that
             this
             doubling
             is
             used
             ,
             then
             the
             whole
             body
             is
             to
             face
             about
             to
             the
             Reere
             ,
             being
             the
             part
             to
             be
             doubled
             :
             If
             onely
             for
             exercise
             ,
             then
             the
             Commander
             may
             (
             if
             he
             please
             )
             keepe
             his
             place
             ,
             and
             the
             doubling
             being
             performed
             ,
             and
             the
             whole
             Body
             faced
             to
             the
             Leader
             ,
             command
             for
             the
             reducement
             ;
             Files
             to
             the
             Right
             ,
             double
             intire
             advancing
             ;
             every
             man
             falling
             before
             his
             leader
             ;
             which
             reduceth
             each
             man
             to
             his
             first
             place
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XVIII
             .
          
           
             Of
             doubling
             the
             Reere
             by
             Countermarch
             .
          
           
             THere
             is
             another
             manner
             ,
             of
             doubling
             of
             the
             Reere
             ,
             by
             the
             Front
             halfe-files
             ,
             contrary
             to
             that
             shewen
             in
             the
             precedent
             Chapter
             ,
             which
             is
             done
             by
             the
             way
             of
             the
             Lacedemon
             Countermarch
             ;
             which
             some
             would
             ranke
             amongst
             the
             Countermarches
             .
             Because
             (
             say
             they
             )
             the
             Motion
             is
             a
             Countermarch
             .
             But
             the
             act
             intended
             ,
             or
             thing
             wrought
             ,
             is
             a
             doubling
             ;
             and
             if
             it
             were
             ,
             to
             have
             the
             denomination
             of
             a
             Countermarch
             ,
             then
             it
             ought
             not
             to
             mixe
             with
             any
             other
             part
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             onely
             to
             Countermarch
             the
             Front
             into
             the
             midst
             ,
             and
             there
             to
             stand
             ,
             without
             passing
             forwards
             to
             the
             Reere
             ;
             (
             which
             makes
             it
             a
             doubling
             )
             and
             then
             it
             might
             be
             accounted
             
             for
             a
             part-Countermarch
             .
             But
             as
             it
             is
             here
             commanded
             ,
             and
             performed
             ,
             it
             is
             a
             doubling
             .
             Obserue
             the
             Figure
             following
             .
          
           
           
             This
             Figure
             of
             doubling
             the
             Reere
             by
             Countermarch
             ,
             produceth
             the
             same
             effect
             to
             the
             Reere
             ,
             as
             doubling
             the
             Front
             by
             Bringers
             up
             doth
             unto
             the
             Front.
             The
             Countermarch
             by
             which
             it
             is
             performed
             ,
             is
             a
             Countermarch
             of
             losse
             of
             ground
             ,
             We
             will
             speake
             more
             of
             it
             amongst
             the
             Countermarches
             .
             The
             command
             to
             reduce
             it
             is
             (
             if
             the
             Commander
             stand
             ,
             at
             the
             head
             of
             that
             part
             that
             is
             doubled
             .
             )
             Front
             halfe-files
             ,
             face
             about
             to
             the
             Right
             ,
             march
             forth
             into
             your
             places
             :
             If
             he
             keepe
             his
             first
             stand
             ,
             having
             faced
             them
             to
             him
             ;
             Then
             ,
             
             Front
             halfe-files
             ,
             march
             forth
             into
             your
             places
             .
             To
             double
             the
             Reere
             to
             the
             Left
             ,
             by
             Countermarch
             ,
             is
             the
             same
             ,
             differing
             onely
             in
             the
             hand
             .
             I
             will
             next
             shew
             a
             doubling
             of
             the
             left
             Flanke
             ,
             by
             way
             of
             Countermarch
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XIX
             .
          
           
             Of
             Doubling
             Flankes
             by
             way
             of
             Countermarch
             .
          
           
             HAlfe-rankes
             (
             or
             flankes
             )
             are
             then
             said
             to
             be
             doubled
             ,
             when
             the
             depth
             of
             your
             Battalia
             ,
             is
             increased
             to
             double
             ,
             their
             former
             proportion
             ;
             of
             Number
             ,
             or
             Place
             ,
             or
             both
             :
             which
             may
             be
             done
             divers
             wayes
             .
             But
             this
             Chàpter
             ,
             and
             Figure
             ,
             is
             onely
             to
             demonstrate
             unto
             you
             ,
             the
             doubling
             of
             the
             left
             Flanke
             ,
             by
             way
             of
             Countermarch
             .
             The
             Figure
             followeth
             :
             and
             stands
             as
             the
             doubling
             is
             in
             Motion
             .
          
           
           
             This
             doubling
             of
             Halfe-rankes
             by
             Countermarch
             ,
             is
             a
             doubling
             of
             Number
             ,
             not
             of
             Place
             :
             for
             the
             depth
             still
             retaines
             ,
             the
             same
             proportion
             ;
             onely
             augmented
             by
             one
             man
             ,
             the
             length
             of
             your
             Battalia
             ,
             being
             diminished
             ,
             both
             in
             Number
             and
             Place
             ;
             The
             right
             Flanke
             being
             wholly
             inserted
             ,
             into
             the
             left
             Flanke
             ,
             as
             you
             may
             perceive
             by
             the
             
             Figure
             ;
             The
             Motion
             is
             to
             be
             performed
             on
             this
             manner
             :
             The
             halfe-rankes
             of
             the
             Right
             ,
             Face
             to
             the
             Right
             ,
             and
             then
             Even
             in
             ranke
             together
             ,
             Countermarch
             betweene
             the
             Intervales
             ,
             untill
             the
             outmost
             file
             to
             the
             Right
             ,
             which
             is
             marked
             with
             the
             figure
             1
             ,
             be
             come
             into
             the
             outmost
             File
             of
             the
             left
             Flanke
             ,
             which
             is
             marked
             with
             the
             number
             16
             :
             The
             second
             into
             the
             fifteenth
             ;
             the
             third
             into
             the
             foureteenth
             ;
             The
             fourth
             into
             the
             thirteenth
             :
             and
             the
             rest
             in
             like
             manner
             .
             The
             use
             of
             this
             doubling
             is
             ,
             to
             strengthen
             one
             of
             the
             Flankes
             ,
             by
             bringing
             more
             hands
             ,
             to
             doe
             present
             execution
             ;
             the
             other
             Flanke
             being
             in
             more
             surety
             .
             The
             way
             for
             the
             Reducement
             of
             this
             Motion
             is
             ,
             after
             this
             manner
             ;
             The
             halfe-ranks
             last
             doubled
             ,
             being
             faced
             to
             the
             Right
             ,
             then
             they
             which
             were
             the
             last
             ,
             which
             tooke
             their
             places
             in
             the
             Motion
             ,
             now
             are
             the
             first
             ,
             which
             take
             their
             places
             in
             the
             Reducement
             ;
             orderly
             marching
             in
             Ranke
             together
             ,
             untill
             they
             come
             to
             their
             places
             :
             Then
             facing
             to
             their
             Leader
             ,
             they
             become
             Files
             againe
             .
             The
             left
             flanke
             may
             in
             like
             manner
             ,
             double
             the
             Right
             by
             Countermarch
             ;
             The
             difference
             is
             this
             :
             The
             right
             Flanke
             stands
             ,
             the
             left
             Flanke
             is
             inserted
             into
             the
             Right
             ,
             as
             before
             the
             Right
             was
             into
             the
             Left.
             To
             shew
             another
             Figure
             for
             it
             ,
             would
             be
             altogether
             needlesse
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XX.
             
          
           
             Doubling
             halfe
             files
             to
             the
             right
             intire
             to
             accomodate
             the
             doubling
             of
             halfe
             Rankes
             .
          
           
             I
             Should
             now
             come
             to
             shew
             another
             manner
             of
             doubling
             of
             flanks
             ,
             by
             inserting
             the
             one
             flanke
             into
             the
             other
             ,
             a
             different
             way
             from
             that
             last
             shewen
             .
             But
             if
             I
             should
             performe
             it
             ,
             as
             the
             body
             stands
             ,
             in
             the
             ordinary
             square
             ,
             flanked
             with
             Muskettiers
             :
             then
             it
             would
             produce
             a
             mixture
             of
             Armes
             .
             To
             avoid
             which
             ,
             before
             you
             enter
             upon
             this
             doubling
             ,
             of
             passing
             in
             ,
             through
             or
             betweene
             your
             halfe
             rankes
             ;
             Cause
             your
             halfe
             files
             to
             double
             the
             Front
             to
             the
             right
             intire
             ,
             which
             being
             performed
             ,
             you
             may
             then
             proceed
             to
             the
             doubling
             of
             your
             flanks
             ,
             any
             way
             without
             mixture
             of
             Armes
             .
             If
             I
             should
             have
             shewen
             this
             motion
             with
             Pikes
             or
             Muskettiers
             alone
             ,
             this
             first
             doubling
             of
             halfe
             files
             intire
             ,
             might
             have
             beene
             spared
             :
             but
             I
             desire
             not
             to
             leave
             any
             thing
             obscure
             or
             difficult
             ,
             but
             to
             render
             it
             as
             easie
             and
             apparant
             as
             I
             may
             ,
             to
             the
             capacity
             of
             the
             meanest
             reader
             :
             and
             if
             any
             place
             in
             this
             small
             Treatise
             of
             mine
             shall
             seem
             ambiguous
             ,
             I
             shall
             intreate
             the
             courteous
             to
             impute
             it
             to
             my
             lacke
             of
             language
             to
             expresse
             my selfe
             ,
             rather
             than
             any
             will
             in
             me
             to
             conceale
             ,
             or
             
             obnubilate
             the
             sense
             ,
             whereby
             to
             deprive
             them
             of
             the
             true
             meaning
             of
             any
             thing
             in
             this
             Booke
             contained
             .
             But
             left
             by
             doubling
             of
             words
             ,
             I
             prove
             tardy
             in
             my
             worke
             ;
             I
             will
             forbeare
             further
             circumstance
             ,
             and
             come
             to
             the
             prosecution
             of
             the
             matter
             :
             which
             in
             the
             first
             place
             ,
             will
             be
             a
             doubling
             of
             halfe
             files
             to
             the
             right
             intire
             ,
             whereby
             the
             next
             doubling
             may
             be
             the
             more
             commodiously
             accomplished
             .
             The
             figure
             followeth
             .
          
           
           
             This
             doubling
             of
             halfe
             files
             to
             the
             right
             intire
             ,
             I
             have
             fully
             exprest
             in
             the
             figure
             ,
             as
             the
             body
             stands
             ,
             the
             motion
             being
             ended
             :
             because
             we
             are
             to
             adde
             another
             doubling
             ,
             before
             wee
             reduce
             them
             .
             This
             figure
             next
             following
             ,
             will
             be
             best
             shewen
             in
             
             the
             motion
             or
             action
             ,
             not
             fully
             performed
             :
             that
             thereby
             the
             manner
             may
             be
             the
             more
             easily
             discerned
             .
             But
             by
             the
             way
             observe
             ,
             that
             this
             doubling
             of
             halfe
             files
             ,
             is
             a
             doubling
             both
             of
             number
             and
             place
             ;
             for
             the
             length
             of
             the
             Battalia
             is
             not
             only
             double
             so
             many
             a
             breast
             as
             they
             were
             before
             ,
             but
             they
             also
             have
             extended
             ther
             length
             to
             double
             their
             proportion
             of
             ground
             ,
             which
             formerly
             they
             did
             occupie
             .
             I
             forbeare
             to
             speake
             more
             of
             this
             doubling
             ,
             untill
             we
             come
             to
             shew
             it
             in
             motion
             :
             and
             now
             proceed
             to
             the
             next
             doubling
             upon
             this
             .
             The
             command
             is
             as
             followeth
             .
          
           
           
           
             This
             doubling
             of
             halfe
             rankes
             is
             a
             more
             speedy
             and
             sure
             doubling
             ,
             then
             the
             doubling
             of
             halfe
             ranks
             by
             countermarch
             ,
             but
             is
             most
             commonly
             used
             when
             the
             body
             consists
             but
             of
             one
             sort
             of
             Armes
             ,
             being
             either
             all
             Muskettiers
             ,
             or
             all
             Pikes
             .
             But
             because
             in
             my
             figures
             I
             have
             as
             well
             Muskettiers
             as
             Pikes
             ,
             I
             have
             made
             use
             of
             a
             Doubling
             intire
             ,
             and
             from
             that
             have
             doubled
             my
             left
             flanke
             ,
             to
             prevent
             the
             mixture
             of
             Armes
             :
             However
             mixture
             of
             Armes
             upon
             some
             occasion
             may
             be
             necessary
             .
             The
             manner
             to
             performe
             the
             motion
             ,
             is
             this
             .
             The
             left
             flanke
             stands
             ,
             the
             halfe
             ranks
             of
             the
             right
             ,
             face
             to
             the
             left
             ;
             and
             then
             the
             inmost
             file
             of
             the
             right
             flanke
             ,
             (
             all
             the
             files
             of
             the
             right
             flanke
             ,
             being
             by
             this
             facing
             become
             ranks
             )
             is
             the
             leader
             of
             this
             motion
             ,
             marching
             forth
             right
             to
             their
             left
             hands
             ,
             between
             the
             intervales
             of
             the
             rankes
             of
             the
             left
             flank
             ,
             untill
             that
             the
             sixteenth
             file
             which
             now
             is
             become
             a
             ranke
             ,
             have
             placed
             themselves
             orderly
             in
             the
             two
             and
             thirtieth
             file
             ,
             (
             which
             is
             the
             outmost
             file
             of
             the
             left
             flanke
             .
             )
             The
             fifteenth
             in
             the
             one
             and
             thirtieth
             ,
             the
             fourteenth
             in
             the
             thirtieth
             :
             the
             thirteenth
             in
             the
             nine
             and
             twentieth
             ;
             and
             so
             likewise
             of
             all
             the
             rest
             .
             The
             places
             may
             be
             perceived
             by
             the
             figure
             .
             The
             doubling
             is
             of
             number
             ,
             and
             not
             of
             place
             .
             For
             reducement
             to
             both
             these
             doublings
             ,
             first
             cause
             the
             halfe
             rankes
             which
             last
             doubled
             ,
             to
             face
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             and
             so
             to
             march
             into
             their
             places
             .
             They
             that
             last
             tooke
             their
             places
             in
             the
             motion
             ,
             are
             the
             first
             that
             take
             their
             places
             in
             the
             reducement
             .
             The
             doubling
             of
             halfe
             ranks
             being
             thus
             reduced
             ,
             next
             for
             the
             reducing
             of
             the
             halfe
             
             files
             ,
             (
             which
             were
             doubled
             before
             ,
             for
             the
             accomodating
             
             of
             the
             doubling
             of
             halfe-ranks
             )
             command
             the
             halfe
             files
             to
             face
             about
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             and
             to
             march
             forth
             into
             their
             places
             :
             Wherewith
             I
             will
             conclude
             these
             sort
             of
             doublings
             ,
             which
             require
             open
             order
             in
             Ranke
             and
             File
             ,
             and
             come
             next
             to
             shew
             intire
             doublings
             ,
             which
             claime
             a
             closer
             distance
             for
             their
             true
             performance
             .
             And
             therfore
             conceive
             them
             closed
             to
             their
             order
             ,
             both
             in
             Ranke
             and
             File
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXI
             .
          
           
             The
             difference
             betweene
             intire
             and
             divisionall
             doublings
             ,
             and
             of
             doubling
             halfe-files
             intire
             .
          
           
             HAving
             closed
             our
             Souldiers
             to
             their
             due
             distance
             ,
             I
             will
             next
             proceed
             ,
             to
             shew
             doublings
             intire
             .
             But
             me
             thinkes
             ,
             I
             heare
             some
             already
             inquiring
             ,
             what
             is
             meant
             ,
             by
             intire
             doublings
             ;
             and
             therefore
             without
             offence
             to
             the
             curious
             ,
             give
             me
             leave
             to
             be
             so
             courteous
             (
             to
             the
             Ignorant
             )
             to
             tell
             them
             ,
             that
             all
             Doublings
             ,
             are
             either
             intire
             or
             divisionall
             .
             Intire
             Doublings
             being
             these
             ,
             
             or
             such
             like
             ,
             as
             when
             the
             files
             or
             halfe-files
             ,
             rankes
             ,
             or
             halfe-rankes
             ,
             (
             according
             as
             the
             command
             may
             be
             )
             doe
             march
             forth
             joyntly
             together
             ,
             without
             division
             or
             dissipation
             ,
             to
             double
             the
             part
             commanded
             .
             
             
             Particle
             and
             divisionall
             Doublings
             being
             such
             ,
             as
             I
             have
             formerly
             shewn
             ;
             as
             when
             the
             files
             or
             halfe-files
             ,
             rankes
             or
             halfe-rankes
             ,
             are
             disranked
             and
             divided
             into
             more
             parts
             or
             places
             than
             one
             .
             This
             may
             serve
             for
             way
             of
             distinction
             :
             I
             will
             now
             shew
             intire
             doublings
             ,
             as
             they
             are
             in
             action
             :
             and
             first
             beginne
             with
             doubling
             halfe-files
             .
             The
             Figure
             followeth
             .
          
           
           
             This
             doubling
             of
             halfe-files
             intire
             ,
             hath
             beene
             held
             a
             better
             doubling
             ;
             then
             either
             the
             ordinary
             doubling
             of
             Ranks
             ,
             or
             the
             usuall
             way
             of
             doubling
             by
             halfe-files
             or
             Bringers
             up
             :
             some
             of
             the
             causes
             are
             these
             .
             First
             it
             makes
             no
             disturbance
             to
             the
             other
             part
             of
             the
             Battalia
             ;
             but
             that
             it
             may
             either
             be
             executed
             in
             time
             of
             motion
             ,
             exercise
             ,
             or
             skirmish
             .
             Secondly
             ,
             it
             appeares
             another
             solid
             body
             ,
             to
             the
             
             great
             disheartening
             of
             any
             enemy
             .
             Thirdly
             ,
             it
             is
             very
             apt
             for
             over-fronting
             ;
             being
             a
             doubling
             both
             of
             number
             and
             place
             .
             The
             way
             to
             performe
             the
             motion
             ,
             is
             this
             .
             The
             halfe-files
             face
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             and
             march
             till
             they
             are
             quite
             cleere
             of
             that
             part
             of
             the
             body
             ,
             which
             stands
             ;
             then
             they
             face
             to
             their
             Leader
             ,
             and
             so
             march
             up
             ,
             untill
             they
             are
             become
             even
             in
             ranke
             with
             those
             which
             stand
             upon
             the
             right
             flanke
             :
             and
             then
             the
             Figure
             will
             be
             perfect
             .
             For
             the
             reducement
             ;
             the
             word
             of
             command
             is
             ,
             
               Halfe
               Files
               face
               about
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               march
               forth
               into
               your
               places
               :
            
             having
             faced
             about
             ,
             they
             march
             straight
             forth
             ,
             untill
             they
             be
             cleere
             of
             the
             front
             halfe-files
             ;
             then
             they
             face
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             and
             march
             straight
             forth
             ,
             untill
             every
             man
             hath
             his
             right
             place
             ,
             and
             then
             face
             right
             after
             their
             Leaders
             .
             The
             doubling
             of
             halfe-files
             to
             the
             right
             intire
             ,
             is
             performed
             after
             the
             same
             manner
             ,
             onely
             differing
             in
             the
             hand
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXII
             .
          
           
             Of
             doubling
             the
             Front
             inward
             intire
             .
          
           
             DOubling
             of
             the
             Front
             inward
             intire
             ,
             hath
             beene
             a
             doubling
             as
             usefull
             ,
             as
             ancient
             :
             notwithstanding
             ,
             most
             commonly
             used
             by
             greater
             bodies
             ,
             as
             when
             one
             Regiment
             ,
             Division
             ,
             or
             Maniple
             ,
             moveth
             forward
             ,
             betweene
             two
             others
             ,
             thereby
             seconding
             or
             relieving
             them
             :
             whereby
             the
             Front
             of
             all
             the
             three
             divisions
             
             become
             ranged
             in
             an
             even
             line
             ;
             but
             I
             have
             onely
             taken
             upon
             me
             ,
             to
             shew
             the
             motion
             ,
             in
             a
             private
             Company
             .
             The
             Figure
             whereof
             followeth
             ,
             as
             it
             is
             in
             the
             execution
             .
          
           
           
             It
             hath
             beene
             the
             custome
             amongst
             ancient
             Souldiers
             and
             great
             Commanders
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             matter
             of
             Exercise
             ,
             they
             shew
             some
             things
             which
             are
             most
             apt
             for
             a
             private
             Company
             ;
             some
             for
             a
             Regiment
             ;
             other
             some
             most
             usefull
             for
             compleat
             arms
             ;
             so
             in
             like
             manner
             ,
             it
             must
             be
             the
             discretion
             of
             every
             Reader
             ,
             (
             whether
             hereade
             for
             apprehension
             or
             reprehension
             )
             to
             suit
             and
             fit
             each
             motion
             to
             his
             true
             end
             &
             purpose
             ,
             &
             with
             the
             wise
             man
             ,
             rather
             
             
               reade
               twise
               ,
               than
               judge
               once
               :
            
             and
             then
             perhaps
             ,
             when
             the
             intent
             of
             the
             Author
             is
             perceived
             ,
             his
             opinions
             may
             be
             received
             ;
             yet
             what
             need
             I
             ,
             or
             any
             other
             apologize
             ought
             ,
             in
             the
             behalfe
             of
             this
             Figure
             ,
             or
             any
             other
             such
             like
             :
             sith
             they
             are
             but
             the
             expressions
             of
             the
             various
             figures
             which
             proceed
             of
             the
             words
             of
             command
             ,
             used
             almost
             by
             every
             ordinary
             Exerciser
             of
             a
             foot
             Company
             ?
             Neverthelesse
             if
             Aesops
             long
             ear'd
             beast
             passing
             by
             ,
             should
             peepe
             into
             this
             Druggists
             shop
             ,
             and
             quarrell
             with
             the
             Compounds
             ,
             I
             shall
             not
             studie
             for
             a
             further
             answer
             ,
             then
             
               That
               the
               excellent
               and
               skilfull
               Physitian
               ,
               can
               convert
               that
               into
               an
               Antidote
               ,
               which
               the
               unlearned
               foole
               will
               make
               his
               poyson
               .
            
             But
             lest
             I
             be
             taxt
             for
             digression
             ,
             the
             motion
             of
             this
             doubling
             is
             thus
             performed
             .
             The
             halfe
             files
             of
             the
             Front
             ,
             faceth
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ;
             and
             march
             till
             they
             have
             left
             a
             distance
             between
             them
             sufficient
             to
             receive
             the
             halfe
             files
             of
             the
             Reere
             ,
             and
             then
             stand
             and
             face
             to
             their
             Leader
             .
             Then
             the
             halfe
             files
             march
             up
             ,
             and
             even
             their
             Front.
             For
             the
             reducement
             of
             this
             Figure
             ,
             there
             are
             (
             as
             there
             are
             for
             all
             the
             rest
             )
             divers
             waies
             .
             But
             because
             that
             it
             is
             necessary
             to
             shew
             one
             ,
             let
             the
             halfe
             files
             face
             about
             to
             the
             Reere
             ,
             and
             march
             untill
             they
             are
             cleere
             of
             the
             Front
             halfe
             files
             ,
             then
             stand
             and
             face
             to
             their
             Leader
             ;
             then
             the
             other
             halfe
             files
             of
             the
             Front
             ,
             close
             their
             division
             ,
             and
             they
             are
             reduced
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXIII
             .
          
           
             Of
             hale-files
             ,
             doubling
             the
             Front
             by
             division
             .
          
           
             THis
             doubling
             hath
             beene
             very
             well
             approved
             of
             by
             Count
             Mansfield
             ,
             Sir
             
               Thomas
               Kelly
            
             ,
             Captaine
             Bingham
             ,
             and
             divers
             other
             souldiers
             of
             good
             esteeme
             ,
             who
             preferre
             these
             sorts
             of
             doublings
             before
             any
             other
             :
             because
             these
             doublings
             may
             be
             used
             in
             time
             of
             fight
             ,
             without
             disturbance
             to
             the
             other
             part
             of
             the
             Battell
             .
             The
             Figure
             stands
             as
             it
             is
             in
             motion
             .
          
           
           
           
             The
             way
             to
             performe
             this
             motion
             ,
             is
             as
             followeth
             :
             the
             halfe-files
             are
             to
             face
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             and
             to
             march
             ,
             untill
             rhey
             are
             cleere
             of
             the
             Reere
             part
             of
             the
             Front
             division
             ;
             then
             they
             face
             to
             their
             Leader
             ,
             and
             march
             up
             ,
             untill
             they
             be
             come
             even
             in
             ranke
             ,
             with
             the
             Front
             ,
             and
             so
             stand
             :
             which
             perfects
             this
             doubling
             .
             The
             way
             to
             reduce
             them
             is
             ,
             as
             followeth
             .
             The
             halfe-files
             are
             to
             face
             about
             to
             the
             Reere
             ,
             and
             to
             march
             forth-right
             untill
             they
             are
             cleere
             of
             the
             Front
             halfe-files
             ;
             and
             then
             they
             are
             to
             face
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             inward
             ;
             and
             so
             to
             march
             and
             close
             their
             division
             ;
             Then
             being
             faced
             to
             their
             Leader
             ,
             they
             are
             reduced
             ,
             as
             at
             first
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXIV
             .
          
           
             Of
             doubling
             the
             Reere
             ,
             by
             Division
             .
          
           
             THis
             next
             doubling
             ,
             shall
             be
             a
             doubling
             of
             the
             Reere
             by
             the
             Front
             halfe-files
             ,
             which
             will
             worke
             the
             same
             effect
             to
             the
             Reere
             ,
             as
             the
             last
             doubling
             ,
             by
             division
             ,
             did
             to
             the
             Front.
             It
             may
             be
             usefull
             in
             the
             passing
             of
             a
             River
             ,
             when
             the
             enemy
             chargeth
             or
             persueth
             in
             the
             reere
             .
             The
             Front-division
             either
             opening
             ,
             as
             you
             may
             perceive
             by
             the
             Figure
             (
             next
             following
             )
             and
             suffering
             the
             Reere
             halfe-files
             to
             passe
             through
             them
             ,
             they
             maintaining
             the
             Skirmish
             ,
             untill
             the
             
             other
             have
             attained
             the
             further
             banke
             of
             the
             River
             ;
             Or
             else
             the
             Front-halfe-files
             ,
             being
             opened
             to
             the
             Right
             and
             Left
             ,
             and
             Faced
             upon
             the
             Enemy
             ;
             March
             gallantly
             Vp
             ,
             and
             receive
             the
             Charge
             ,
             whilest
             the
             others
             provide
             for
             themselves
             .
             This
             Motion
             may
             also
             be
             usefull
             ,
             when
             you
             have
             gained
             some
             place
             of
             aduantage
             ,
             For
             then
             by
             this
             Doubling
             of
             the
             Reere
             ,
             your
             Battaile
             will
             bee
             both
             Lengthened
             and
             Strengthened
             ;
             And
             so
             by
             the
             suddaine
             bringing
             of
             these
             Supplies
             into
             the
             Reere
             you
             may
             not
             onely
             relieve
             your
             owne
             ,
             but
             happily
             overfront
             your
             Enemy
             .
             The
             Figure
             followeth
             ▪
          
           
           
           
             For
             the
             manner
             or
             way
             of
             this
             Motion
             ,
             it
             may
             be
             thus
             performed
             :
             The
             Front
             halfe-files
             Face
             to
             the
             Right
             ,
             and
             Left
             ,
             and
             march
             untill
             they
             are
             cleere
             of
             the
             other
             halfe-files
             of
             the
             Reere
             ;
             Then
             they
             Face
             to
             the
             Reere
             ,
             and
             March
             on
             ,
             untill
             they
             have
             attained
             to
             bee
             Even
             in
             Ranke
             with
             them
             ,
             whom
             they
             had
             Command
             to
             Double
             ;
             which
             perfects
             the
             Doubling
             .
             The
             way
             to
             Reduce
             them
             ,
             is
             as
             followeth
             :
             If
             you
             keepe
             your
             place
             of
             the
             first
             Front
             ,
             Then
             let
             your
             Halfe-files
             ▪
             Face
             about
             ,
             (
             according
             to
             former
             directions
             ,
             )
             and
             March
             untill
             they
             are
             cleere
             of
             the
             Reere
             Halfe-files
             ,
             which
             stand
             ;
             Then
             Face
             to
             the
             Right
             and
             Left
             inward
             ,
             and
             close
             their
             Divisions
             ;
             And
             being
             Eaced
             all
             to
             their
             Leader
             ,
             they
             are
             Reduced
             .
             Sundry
             ,
             and
             divers
             ways
             there
             are
             ,
             for
             Reducement
             both
             of
             this
             and
             most
             other
             Figures
             .
             Neuerthelesse
             I
             conceive
             ,
             if
             I
             give
             one
             Reducement
             to
             each
             Figure
             ,
             it
             may
             suffice
             to
             those
             that
             know
             little
             ;
             As
             for
             such
             which
             know
             better
             ,
             they
             know
             more
             wayes
             to
             the
             Wood
             then
             one
             :
             And
             surely
             ,
             should
             I
             inlarge
             my selfe
             ,
             but
             halfe
             so
             much
             as
             I
             might
             ,
             (
             and
             indeed
             in
             some
             things
             ,
             no
             more
             then
             were
             needfull
             )
             I
             should
             then
             bring
             my
             Volume
             into
             too
             great
             a
             Bulke
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             price
             ,
             hinder
             some
             of
             the
             profit
             :
             But
             I
             am
             willingly
             silent
             in
             some
             things
             ,
             whereby
             others
             may
             be
             the
             better
             encouraged
             by
             my
             weaknesses
             ,
             to
             take
             notice
             of
             their
             owne
             worths
             ,
             which
             may
             induce
             them
             to
             put
             Pen
             to
             paper
             ,
             and
             thereby
             produce
             some
             worthy
             worke
             ,
             which
             may
             tend
             to
             their
             Credits
             ,
             and
             their
             Countreys
             good
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXV
             .
          
           
             Of
             Doubling
             the
             Reere
             intire
             ,
             by
             the
             Front-halfe-files
             .
          
           
             THis
             next
             doubling
             ,
             shall
             be
             a
             doubling
             of
             the
             Reere
             to
             the
             
               Right
               intire
            
             ,
             by
             the
             
               Eront
               halfe-files
            
             ;
             which
             I
             intend
             not
             fully
             to
             expresse
             :
             But
             to
             deliver
             the
             Figure
             as
             the
             Body
             stands
             in
             Motion
             .
             For
             I
             conceive
             it
             better
             to
             shew
             some
             Figures
             in
             the
             manner
             of
             the
             Motion
             ,
             then
             to
             shew
             them
             as
             they
             would
             appeare
             .
             The
             Motion
             being
             perfected
             for
             the
             way
             of
             the
             working
             ,
             gives
             a
             great
             deale
             more
             light
             to
             the
             Learner
             ,
             then
             to
             shew
             the
             thing
             absolutely
             wrought
             .
             Neither
             would
             I
             have
             any
             thinke
             ,
             although
             I
             shew
             these
             varieties
             of
             Doublings
             ,
             and
             acknowledge
             them
             to
             be
             of
             singular
             good
             use
             for
             the
             extension
             of
             the
             Length
             or
             Depth
             of
             any
             Battaile
             ;
             but
             that
             the
             wise
             conduct
             and
             skill
             of
             the
             Commander
             must
             so
             order
             them
             ,
             that
             the
             extending
             of
             the
             Length
             ,
             doe
             not
             too
             much
             weaken
             the
             Depth
             ;
             nor
             that
             the
             strengthening
             of
             the
             Depth
             ,
             be
             not
             too
             great
             a
             weakening
             to
             the
             Front
             or
             Length
             of
             your
             Battaile
             .
             I
             might
             give
             examples
             how
             divers
             great
             Cōmanders
             ,
             either
             by
             good
             foresight
             ,
             or
             ill
             oversight
             ,
             have
             gained
             to
             themselues
             and
             their
             Countreys
             ,
             
             Honor
             and
             Victory
             ,
             or
             losse
             and
             slavery
             .
             But
             others
             have
             beene
             very
             plentifull
             in
             examples
             of
             this
             nature
             ,
             which
             makes
             me
             the
             more
             sparing
             :
             For
             my
             intent
             is
             not
             to
             write
             a
             History
             of
             the
             actions
             of
             others
             ;
             but
             rather
             to
             shew
             to
             such
             as
             are
             not
             so
             skilfull
             ,
             The
             
               Bostures
               ,
               Motions
            
             ,
             and
             some
             few
             Formes
             or
             Figures
             of
             Battaile
             ,
             with
             their
             severall
             Reducements
             .
             The
             Figure
             of
             this
             present
             Doubling
             followeth
             .
          
           
           
           
             The
             manner
             of
             this
             motion
             (
             or
             doubling
             )
             is
             thus
             to
             be
             performed
             .
             The
             
               Front-halfe-files
               ,
               Face
            
             to
             the
             Left
             ,
             and
             March
             untill
             they
             are
             cleere
             of
             the
             Reere-halfe-files
             :
             Then
             Face
             againe
             to
             the
             Left
             (
             which
             is
             the
             Reere
             )
             and
             March
             outright
             ,
             untill
             they
             
               Ranke
               even
            
             with
             the
             
               last
               ranke
            
             of
             the
             Reere-division
             ;
             which
             gives
             conclusion
             to
             the
             Doubling
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             reducement
             .
             Let
             your
             
               Front-halfe-files
               ,
               Face
               about
            
             to
             the
             Left
             ,
             and
             March
             right
             foorth
             untill
             they
             〈…〉
             cleere
             of
             the
             Reere-halfe-files
             :
             Then
             Face
             them
             to
             the
             Right
             ,
             and
             let
             them
             March
             into
             their
             places
             .
             Then
             if
             the
             Commander
             goe
             to
             his
             first
             Front
             ,
             and
             Face
             them
             all
             to
             him
             ;
             they
             are
             reduced
             as
             at
             first
             .
             To
             double
             the
             Reere
             to
             the
             
               Left
               intire
            
             ,
             may
             be
             done
             after
             the
             same
             manner
             :
             onely
             differing
             in
             the
             hand
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXVI
             .
          
           
             Of
             doublings
             by
             Halfe-rankes
             intire
             .
          
           
             HAving
             shewed
             the
             
               Particle
               doublings
            
             and
             the
             Doublings
             of
             Front
             and
             
               Reere
               intire
            
             ,
             and
             by
             
               division
               ▪
            
             I
             will
             next
             shew
             the
             doublings
             of
             Flankes
             after
             the
             same
             manner
             ,
             and
             will
             first
             begin
             with
             a
             doubling
             of
             the
             
               left
               Flanke
            
             ,
             by
             advancing
             the
             
               right
               Flanke
            
             ,
             and
             placing
             it
             before
             
             the
             Leaders
             of
             the
             
               left
               Flanke
               ▪
            
             which
             is
             a
             doubling
             both
             of
             Number
             and
             Place
             ,
             and
             may
             serve
             to
             singular
             good
             use
             for
             the
             strengthening
             of
             any
             flank
             ,
             where
             it
             may
             be
             needfull
             :
             For
             it
             makes
             the
             
               Battaile
               defensible
            
             on
             every
             part
             .
             The
             Figure
             ,
             as
             it
             is
             in
             Motion
             followeth
             .
          
           
           
           
             If
             you
             would
             have
             〈…〉
             Muskettiers
             ,
             to
             
               double
               even
            
             with
             the
             Muskettiers
             of
             the
             
               contrary
               Flanke
            
             .
             Then
             it
             is
             no
             more
             but
             thus
             ;
             cause
             the
             
               halfe
               Ranks
            
             of
             the
             
               right
               Flanke
            
             ,
             to
             march
             forth-right
             (
             as
             you
             may
             perceive
             by
             the
             Figure
             )
             untill
             the
             
               Reere
               Ranke
            
             of
             the
             
               right
               Flanke
            
             be
             advanced
             about
             three
             foot
             before
             the
             Front
             of
             the
             
               left
               Flanke
            
             ,
             and
             then
             cause
             that
             Flanke
             so
             advanced
             ,
             to
             Countermarch
             their
             Rankes
             to
             the
             right
             .
             And
             then
             also
             your
             Muskettiers
             will
             be
             together
             ,
             and
             the
             Pikes
             likewise
             by
             themselves
             .
             The
             Reducement
             wil
             be
             after
             the
             same
             manner
             .
             But
             for
             instruction
             for
             the
             Motion
             ,
             by
             this
             figure
             intended
             according
             to
             the
             command
             formerly
             given
             .
             The
             
               left
               Flanke
               ,
               stands
            
             ;
             the
             
               right
               Flanke
               marcheth
            
             forth
             right
             ,
             untill
             the
             Reere
             of
             the
             
               right
               Flanke
            
             be
             advanced
             before
             the
             Front
             of
             the
             
               left
               Flanke
               ▪
            
             as
             a
             foresaid
             ▪
             Then
             face
             them
             to
             the
             left
             ;
             and
             cause
             them
             to
             march
             ,
             untill
             the
             Pikes
             are
             even
             in
             Ranke
             with
             the
             Muskettiers
             ,
             which
             perfects
             the
             doubling
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             Reducement
             :
             let
             the
             
               halfe
               Rankes
            
             that
             
               doubled
               ,
               face
               about
            
             to
             the
             
               left
               ▪
            
             and
             march
             ,
             until
             they
             are
             cleere
             of
             the
             
               left
               Flanke
            
             (
             or
             standing
             part
             of
             the
             Battaile
             )
             then
             cause
             them
             to
             face
             to
             the
             right
             ;
             and
             to
             march
             strait
             downe
             into
             their
             places
             .
             Then
             the
             Leader
             being
             at
             his
             
               first
               From
               faceth
            
             them
             all
             to
             him
             ,
             which
             reduceth
             them
             as
             at
             first
             .
             The
             
               right
               Flanke
            
             may
             also
             double
             the
             
               left
               Flanke
               ▪
            
             to
             the
             
               left
               intire
            
             :
             And
             then
             as
             the
             
               right
               Flank
            
             in
             this
             doubling
             ,
             came
             crosse
             the
             Front
             of
             the
             
               left
               ▪
            
             contrariwise
             they
             will
             come
             crosse
             the
             Reere
             .
             The
             
               left
               Flanke
            
             may
             double
             the
             
               right
               Flanke
            
             intire
             ;
             to
             gether
             hand
             in
             
             like
             manner
             .
             But
             by
             this
             that
             hath
             already
             been
             shown
             ▪
             the
             others
             may
             be
             understood
             .
             Wherefore
             I
             spare
             the
             Figures
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXVII
             .
          
           
             Of
             doubling
             of
             Flankes
             ,
             by
             Division
             .
          
           
             THis
             next
             doubling
             ,
             is
             a
             doubling
             of
             flanks
             by
             division
             ,
             and
             without
             question
             ,
             a
             serviceable
             doubling
             ,
             and
             very
             usefull
             ,
             for
             some
             occasions
             :
             For
             if
             you
             note
             the
             figure
             ;
             and
             conceive
             rightly
             ;
             what
             it
             will
             produce
             ▪
             (
             the
             motion
             being
             ended
             )
             it
             makes
             a
             strong
             forme
             of
             battaile
             ,
             to
             give
             fire
             three
             severall
             wayes
             at
             once
             .
             The
             figure
             followeth
             .
          
           
           
             The
             motion
             of
             this
             doubling
             ,
             is
             thus
             to
             ,
             be
             performed
             .
             The
             Reere-half-files
             of
             the
             
               left
               Flanke
            
             ,
             face
             about
             to
             the
             right
             :
             and
             then
             both
             the
             
               front
               ,
               half-files
            
             ,
             and
             Reere-half-files
             ,
             march
             forth-right
             ;
             untill
             they
             are
             cleere
             of
             that
             part
             of
             the
             body
             ,
             that
             stands
             :
             Then
             each
             division
             ,
             faceth
             that
             way
             ,
             which
             they
             are
             to
             
             double
             ,
             (
             which
             the
             
               Front
               half-files
            
             must
             doe
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             the
             
               Reere
               half-files
            
             ,
             to
             the
             
               left
               .
            
             )
             And
             so
             march
             forth-right
             ,
             untill
             the
             doubling
             be
             performed
             .
             For
             the
             Reducement
             ;
             you
             are
             to
             conceive
             ,
             it
             may
             bee
             diversly
             performed
             :
             If
             the
             Leader
             ,
             be
             at
             the
             
               right
               flanke
            
             ,
             (
             which
             is
             the
             part
             that
             was
             
               doubled
               .
            
             )
             Then
             ,
             the
             Reducement
             is
             ,
             as
             followeth
             :
             The
             half-rankes
             that
             doubled
             ,
             
               face
               about
               ,
               inward
            
             ;
             and
             march
             forth-right
             untill
             they
             are
             cleere
             of
             the
             
               right
               flank
            
             ,
             which
             stands
             ;
             Then
             ,
             the
             
               Front
               half-files
               ,
               face
            
             to
             the
             left
             :
             the
             Reere-half-files
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             and
             then
             close
             their
             division
             .
             The
             Leader
             going
             to
             his
             
               first
               front
            
             ,
             and
             facing
             the
             
               whole
               body
            
             to
             him
             ,
             they
             are
             reduced
             as
             at
             first
             ▪
             If
             that
             the
             
               right
               flanke
            
             ,
             would
             double
             the
             left
             Flanke
             ,
             by
             division
             ;
             The
             matter
             is
             the
             same
             :
             differing
             onely
             in
             the
             hand
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXVIII
             .
          
           
             Of
             doubling
             Rankes
             intire
             .
          
           
             
               DOubling
               of
               ranks
               to
               the
               right
               intire
               ,
               is
               a
               doubling
               ,
               both
               of
               number
               ,
               and
               place
               :
               and
               in
               some
               sort
               ,
               worketh
               the
               same
               effect
               ;
               as
               the
               doubling
               of
               half-●les
               to
               the
               right
               intire
               .
            
             But
             differeth
             first
             in
             regard
             of
             the
             partias
             ;
             which
             are
             the
             doublers
             ,
             and
             secondly
             ,
             in
             the
             distance
             ,
             left
             after
             
             the
             doubling
             .
             For
             the
             first
             ,
             (
             which
             is
             matter
             of
             
               dignitie
               .
            
             )
             The
             fift
             and
             first
             in
             honour
             ,
             are
             ranked
             together
             in
             the
             front
             ;
             the
             second
             ,
             and
             sixt
             in
             dignity
             ,
             make
             the
             
               last
               ranke
            
             in
             the
             Reere
             :
             So
             that
             the
             Front
             ,
             precedes
             .
             the
             Reere
             ,
             ¼
             in
             worth
             :
             whereas
             ,
             in
             the
             doubling
             by
             half-files
             ,
             the
             Front
             exceeded
             the
             Reere
             ,
             by
             ⅓
             :
             Secondly
             ,
             it
             differeth
             for
             the
             distance
             ;
             by
             leaving
             
               open
               order
            
             ,
             at
             the
             left
             ,
             betweene
             all
             the
             ranks
             .
             For
             further
             satisfaction
             ,
             observe
             this
             figure
             following
             .
          
           
           
             The
             motion
             of
             this
             doubling
             ,
             ought
             to
             be
             performed
             ,
             as
             followeth
             ,
             namely
             ,
             if
             the
             doubling
             be
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             as
             is
             above
             expressed
             by
             this
             figure
             :
             Every
             
               even
               ranke
               ,
               faceth
            
             to
             the
             right
             .
             The
             
               right
               hand
               man
            
             of
             each
             ranke
             ,
             becomming
             the
             leader
             of
             his
             
               ranke
               file-wise
               :
               leading
            
             them
             forth
             ,
             and
             in
             their
             march
             or
             moving
             forwards
             ,
             a
             little
             bending
             to
             the
             
             left
             :
             that
             when
             the
             
               left
               hand
               man
            
             of
             each
             ranke
             ,
             (
             which
             are
             the
             bringers-up
             of
             the
             motion
             )
             are
             cleere
             of
             the
             standing
             part
             of
             the
             body
             ,
             by
             onely
             facing
             to
             the
             front
             ,
             they
             may
             stand
             even
             in
             ranke
             ,
             with
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             company
             .
          
           
             
             For
             reducement
             of
             this
             doubling
             :
             it
             may
             be
             as
             followeth
             .
             Command
             the
             ranks
             that
             doubled
             ,
             to
             face
             to
             the
             left
             ;
             and
             march
             forth-right
             into
             their
             places
             .
             Or
             for
             variety
             ,
             command
             halfe-ranks
             of
             the
             right
             ,
             to
             face
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             and
             double
             the
             
               left
               flanke
            
             .
             Both
             which
             ,
             as
             the
             company
             now
             stand
             ,
             worke
             one
             and
             the
             same
             effect
             .
             The
             
               left
               hand
               men
            
             of
             each
             ranke
             ,
             being
             the
             leaders
             of
             the
             motion
             ,
             in
             the
             reducement
             .
             To
             
               double
               rankes
            
             to
             the
             
               left
               intire
            
             ;
             is
             to
             be
             done
             after
             the
             same
             manner
             ;
             onely
             observing
             the
             difference
             of
             the
             hand
             .
             This
             doubling
             ,
             may
             also
             be
             done
             by
             division
             .
             But
             I
             spare
             the
             figures
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXIX
             .
          
           
             Of
             doubling
             Files
             intire
             ,
             advancing
             .
          
           
             DOubling
             of
             files
             to
             the
             
               right
               intire
            
             ,
             advancing
             ,
             is
             (
             also
             )
             a
             doubling
             both
             of
             number
             and
             place
             :
             for
             it
             increaseth
             the
             depth
             ,
             to
             double
             their
             
               former
               proportion
            
             :
             of
             number
             ,
             as
             from
             eight
             ,
             to
             sixteene
             ;
             from
             ten
             to
             twenty
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             It
             also
             gaineth
             so
             much
             more
             ground
             before
             the
             front
             ,
             as
             formerly
             the
             Battell
             did
             containe
             :
             by
             
             transferring
             the
             
               even
               files
            
             of
             the
             body
             ,
             into
             the
             ground
             ,
             before
             the
             front
             of
             the
             
               odde
               files
            
             :
             but
             this
             
               doubling
               ,
               diminisheth
            
             the
             number
             of
             the
             length
             of
             your
             battell
             ,
             although
             it
             preserves
             their
             place
             .
             I
             spare
             to
             speake
             further
             of
             it
             ,
             onely
             thus
             .
             Let
             the
             antiquity
             of
             this
             doubling
             ,
             plead
             for
             it's
             excellencie
             ,
             and
             if
             that
             may
             hold
             for
             a
             rule
             ,
             then
             this
             may
             be
             ranked
             amongst
             the
             best
             .
             For
             further
             directions
             ,
             observe
             the
             following
             Figure
             .
          
           
           
           
             The
             motion
             of
             this
             doubling
             ,
             ought
             to
             be
             performed
             after
             this
             manner
             .
             The
             
               odde
               files
            
             are
             to
             stand
             ,
             beginning
             your
             account
             from
             the
             
               outmost
               sile
            
             ,
             to
             the
             hand
             named
             .
             The
             Musketticrs
             ,
             and
             Pikes
             ,
             of
             the
             
               even
               files
            
             ,
             are
             to
             advance
             their
             Armes
             ,
             and
             follow
             their
             file-leaders
             ;
             every
             
               file-leader
               leading
            
             his
             file
             forth
             right
             ;
             before
             his
             
               next
               file
            
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             untill
             the
             
               bringers
               up
            
             of
             the
             
               even
               files
            
             are
             orderly
             placed
             ,
             before
             the
             leaders
             of
             the
             
               odde
               files
            
             :
             as
             you
             may
             perceive
             by
             the
             Figure
             .
             For
             reducement
             :
             let
             the
             files
             that
             
               doubled
               ,
               face
            
             about
             to
             
               the
               left
            
             :
             the
             
               bringers
               up
            
             of
             each
             file
             leading
             them
             forth
             ,
             right
             downe
             the
             Intervales
             ,
             which
             are
             on
             the
             
               left
               hand
            
             ;
             untill
             they
             are
             come
             even
             ,
             with
             the
             Reere
             :
             and
             then
             stand
             ,
             and
             face
             to
             their
             leader
             ,
             and
             they
             are
             reduced
             ,
             as
             at
             first
             .
             The
             doubling
             of
             files
             to
             the
             
               left
               intire
            
             ,
             advancing
             ;
             is
             after
             the
             same
             manner
             :
             It
             onely
             ▪
             differeth
             in
             the
             hand
             :
             wherefore
             I
             spare
             the
             figure
             .
             They
             that
             love
             to
             be
             curious
             ,
             may
             likewise
             
               double
               files
            
             ,
             by
             
               division
               ,
               advancing
            
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXX
             .
          
           
             Of
             Files
             ,
             doubling
             their
             depth
             .
          
           
             THis
             next
             doubling
             ,
             is
             a
             
               doubling
               of
               the
               depth
               ,
               to
               the
               right
               intire
               :
            
             and
             is
             likewise
             ,
             a
             doubling
             of
             files
             ,
             as
             the
             other
             last
             ,
             shewen
             in
             the
             precedent
             Chapter
             .
             Being
             alike
             ,
             both
             for
             number
             and
             place
             :
             notwithstanding
             ,
             it
             differeth
             from
             the
             other
             ,
             both
             in
             manner
             of
             executing
             ,
             and
             in
             some
             sort
             of
             the
             matter
             executed
             .
             For
             whereas
             the
             other
             doubling
             ,
             by
             advancing
             of
             files
             ,
             did
             transferre
             all
             the
             even-files
             into
             the
             ground
             before
             the
             Front.
             Contrariwise
             ,
             this
             doubling
             doth
             transferre
             them
             into
             the
             ground
             next
             behind
             the
             Reer
             .
             And
             as
             in
             the
             
               other
               doubling
            
             ,
             you
             may
             perceive
             halfe
             the
             file-leaders
             ,
             to
             remaine
             in
             the
             Front
             ;
             the
             other
             halfe
             to
             be
             
               halfe-file
               leaders
            
             .
             This
             doubling
             ,
             hath
             halfe
             the
             file-leaders
             in
             the
             front
             :
             the
             other
             halfe
             being
             the
             last
             ranke
             ,
             of
             the
             Reere
             .
             Those
             which
             were
             the
             former
             
               Bringers
               up
            
             ,
             being
             become
             the
             two
             innermost
             ,
             or
             
               middlemost
               ranks
            
             .
             The
             figure
             followeth
             ,
             being
             demonstrated
             as
             the
             
               body
               stands
            
             ;
             the
             motion
             being
             ended
             .
          
           
             depiction of 'files doubling their depth'
          
           
             The
             manner
             of
             the
             motion
             for
             this
             doubling
             ;
             is
             as
             followeth
             .
             The
             command
             being
             given
             ;
             
               files
               ,
               double
               your
               depth
               to
               the
               right
               intire
               :
               every
               man
               falling
               behinde
               his
               bringer
               up
               :
            
             then
             the
             
               even
               files
            
             (
             accounting
             from
             the
             hand
             named
             immediately
             
               face
               about
            
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             and
             the
             
               bringers
               up
            
             of
             each
             of
             the
             even
             
             files
             ,
             turne
             behinde
             the
             
               Bringers
               up
            
             of
             the
             
               odde
               files
            
             ,
             that
             stand
             .
             And
             so
             every
             man
             ,
             as
             he
             commeth
             down
             to
             the
             Reere
             ,
             turneth
             to
             the
             left
             behinde
             him
             ,
             that
             marcheth
             downe
             the
             next
             before
             him
             ;
             untill
             those
             that
             were
             the
             leaders
             of
             the
             
               even
               files
            
             ,
             are
             become
             the
             
               bringers
               up
            
             to
             those
             which
             were
             the
             
               odde
               files
            
             .
             The
             reducement
             is
             as
             followeth
             .
             
               Bringers
               up
               that
               now
               are
               ,
               double
               your
               ranks
               forward
               to
               the
               left
               .
            
             Which
             being
             performed
             ,
             they
             are
             ,
             as
             at
             the
             first
             .
             If
             you
             would
             be
             instructed
             in
             the
             manner
             ,
             turne
             backe
             and
             see
             it
             :
             where
             the
             
               bringers
               up
               double
            
             their
             ranks
             forward
             ,
             into
             the
             front
             .
             It
             is
             the
             fourteenth
             Chapter
             .
          
           
             I
             have
             willingly
             past
             over
             another
             doubling
             of
             the
             depth
             ,
             because
             it
             is
             much
             after
             the
             manner
             of
             that
             ,
             which
             is
             done
             by
             
               advancing
               file
               upon
               file
            
             ;
             which
             is
             the
             doubling
             of
             the
             last
             Chapter
             .
             It
             differeth
             onely
             thus
             .
             In
             the
             last
             figure
             ,
             the
             even
             files
             marched
             forth
             ;
             placing
             themselves
             before
             the
             
               odde
               files
            
             .
             And
             in
             this
             which
             I
             have
             omitted
             ,
             the
             
               even
               files
            
             are
             to
             
               face
               about
            
             ,
             and
             march
             forth
             right
             towards
             the
             reere
             ;
             untill
             the
             file-leaders
             of
             the
             
               even
               files
            
             ,
             have
             placed
             themselves
             ,
             just
             behinde
             the
             
               bringers
               up
            
             of
             the
             
               odde
               files
            
             :
             and
             then
             every
             man
             to
             face
             to
             his
             leader
             .
             Some
             have
             a
             doubling
             of
             the
             depth
             by
             countermarch
             .
             Which
             I
             conceive
             scarce
             worth
             penning
             ,
             yet
             willing
             to
             leave
             every
             man
             to
             his
             owne
             liking
             ;
             &
             as
             I
             do
             nothing
             in
             it
             ,
             so
             I
             'le
             say
             nothing
             of
             it
             .
             There
             are
             others
             that
             have
             written
             concerning
             doublings
             of
             place
             ,
             nevertheles
             because
             they
             are
             nothing
             ,
             but
             the
             opening
             of
             
               ranks
               &
               files
            
             ,
             wherby
             length
             or
             depth
             of
             your
             battell
             is
             extended
             ,
             and
             so
             doubled
             
             in
             place
             ,
             and
             not
             in
             number
             .
             I
             forbeare
             to
             write
             further
             of
             them
             ,
             desiring
             not
             to
             treate
             of
             such
             things
             ,
             which
             are
             more
             curious
             then
             necessary
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXXI
             .
          
           
             Of
             Conversion
             and
             Inversion
             ,
             with
             their
             words
             of
             Command
             ,
             and
             Reducements
             .
          
           
             ACcording
             to
             my
             promise
             ,
             I
             will
             next
             shew
             the
             difference
             ,
             betweene
             Inversion
             and
             Conversion
             :
             the
             very
             names
             whereof
             is
             such
             a
             puzzling
             unto
             many
             ,
             that
             they
             are
             more
             troubled
             with
             the
             words
             ,
             then
             the
             worke
             .
             Some
             are
             of
             opinion
             ,
             that
             they
             are
             both
             one
             ;
             differing
             in
             letter
             not
             in
             matter
             .
             Others
             would
             have
             a
             difference
             ,
             if
             they
             could
             tell
             how
             ,
             or
             where
             .
             But
             generally
             ,
             they
             are
             so
             chopt
             and
             changed
             ,
             one
             for
             the
             other
             ;
             that
             the
             Souldier
             cannot
             in
             truth
             tell
             which
             is
             either
             .
             But
             that
             you
             may
             not
             be
             deceived
             ,
             take
             this
             for
             a
             rule
             :
             that
             
               Inversion
               doth
               alwaies
               produce
               ,
               file
               ,
               or
               files
            
             ;
             and
             
               Conversion
               ,
               ranke
            
             ,
             or
             
               rankes
               .
               Inversion
            
             consists
             of
             the
             
               files
               filing
            
             ,
             or
             of
             
               rankes
               filing
               .
               Conversion
            
             of
             
               ranks
               ranking
            
             ,
             to
             the
             right
             or
             left
             .
             Or
             by
             increase
             of
             
               files
               ,
               ranking
            
             by
             even
             ,
             or
             uneven
             parts
             :
             and
             of
             
               ranks
               wheeling
            
             ,
             to
             the
             right
             or
             left
             .
             I
             shall
             speake
             further
             of
             them
             in
             their
             severall
             places
             .
             But
             by
             the
             way
             ,
             you
             are
             to
             observe
             ,
             that
             Inversion
             and
             Conversion
             ,
             
             require
             larger
             distances
             of
             Ground
             ,
             then
             any
             other
             Motions
             ;
             which
             must
             be
             ,
             the
             Officers
             care
             ,
             
               to
               open
            
             the
             ranks
             ,
             or
             files
             ,
             to
             such
             distance
             as
             shall
             be
             necessary
             ,
             to
             containe
             the
             rankes
             or
             files
             ,
             so
             to
             be
             Inverted
             or
             Converted
             ,
             whether
             it
             be
             double-distance
             ,
             or
             
               twice
               double-distance
            
             for
             any
             other
             lesser
             ,
             or
             larger
             quantity
             of
             ground
             .
             The
             words
             of
             Command
             ,
             with
             their
             severall
             Reducements
             ,
             are
             as
             followeth
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Inversion
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Files
                   ,
                   file
                   one
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                
                 
                   Right
                   ,
                
                 
                   File-leaders
                   ,
                   lead
                   up
                   your
                   files
                   as
                   you
                   were
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Left
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Files
                   ,
                   file
                   to
                   the
                   right
                   and
                   left
                   by
                   division
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Ranks
                   ,
                   file
                   to
                   the
                
                 
                   Right
                   ,
                
                 
                   Files
                   ,
                   ranke
                   as
                   you
                   were
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Left
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Right
                   &
                   left
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 Conversion
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Ranks
                   ,
                   ranke
                
                 
                   3
                   ,
                   5
                   ,
                   7
                   ,
                   or
                   9
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   right
                
                 
                   Ranks
                   ,
                   ranke
                   as
                   you
                   were
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   4
                   ,
                   6
                   ,
                   8
                   ,
                   or
                   10
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   left
                
              
               
                 
                   by
                   increase
                   2.
                   4.
                   6.
                   8.
                   
                   &c.
                   to
                   the
                   right
                
              
               
                 
                   by
                   increase
                   1.
                   3.
                   5.
                   7.
                   
                   &c.
                   to
                   the
                   left
                
              
               
                 
                   intire
                   to
                   the
                   right
                   into
                   the
                   front
                
              
               
                 
                   intire
                   into
                   the
                   left
                   into
                   the
                   front
                
              
               
                 
                   by
                   division
                   into
                   the
                   front
                
              
               
                 
                   Ranks
                   ,
                   wheele
                   to
                   the
                
                 
                   Right
                
              
               
                 
                   Left
                
              
               
                 
                   Right
                   and
                   Left
                
              
            
          
           
           
             
               
                 
                   Files
                   ,
                   rank
                
                 
                   3
                   ,
                   5
                   ,
                   7
                   ,
                   or
                   9.
                   to
                   the
                   right
                
                 
                   Ranks
                   ,
                   file
                   as
                   you
                   were
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   4
                   ,
                   6
                   ,
                   8
                   ,
                   or
                   10.
                   to
                   the
                   left
                
              
               
                 
                   by
                   increase
                   to
                   the
                   right
                   ,
                   1
                   ,
                   3
                   ,
                   5
                   ,
                   7
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
              
               
                 
                   by
                   increase
                   to
                   the
                   left
                   ,
                   2
                   ,
                   4
                   ,
                   6
                   ,
                   8
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
              
               
                 
                   to
                   the
                   right
                
                 
                   into
                   the
                   front
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   to
                   the
                   left
                
              
            
          
           
             To
             avoid
             the
             words
             of
             Inversion
             ,
             and
             Conversion
             ,
             I
             have
             delivered
             the
             directions
             ,
             with
             once
             naming
             either
             of
             them
             .
             Onely
             I
             have
             exprest
             the
             six
             first
             words
             of
             Command
             ,
             to
             be
             Inversion
             ,
             and
             these
             last
             sixteen
             ,
             to
             be
             Conversion
             .
             For
             I
             conceive
             it
             ;
             not
             to
             be
             so
             necessary
             ,
             to
             adde
             to
             every
             word
             of
             
               Command
               ,
               Inversion
            
             ,
             or
             Conversion
             .
             For
             by
             so
             doing
             ,
             the
             unlearned
             ,
             and
             ignorant
             Souldier
             will
             be
             so
             transported
             ,
             with
             the
             strangnesse
             of
             the
             word
             ;
             that
             he
             will
             scarce
             ,
             by
             any
             meanes
             be
             made
             ,
             capable
             of
             the
             matter
             :
             For
             my
             own
             part
             ,
             I
             have
             ever
             held
             this
             opinion
             :
             that
             the
             easiest
             expressions
             ,
             are
             ever
             to
             be
             preferred
             in
             the
             way
             of
             instruction
             ,
             to
             young
             Souldiers
             .
             I
             might
             have
             much
             inlarged
             my self
             ,
             in
             the
             words
             of
             direction
             ,
             concerning
             this
             subject
             :
             but
             these
             being
             perfectly
             attained
             ;
             others
             by
             practice
             ,
             wil
             be
             gained
             .
             I
             at
             the
             first
             intēded
             ,
             to
             have
             drawn
             figure
             ,
             for
             every
             one
             of
             these
             words
             ,
             of
             Command
             :
             but
             I
             have
             better
             considered
             ,
             that
             some
             of
             them
             will
             require
             ,
             so
             much
             roome
             :
             and
             againe
             are
             so
             easie
             to
             be
             understood
             without
             their
             figures
             ;
             that
             I
             conceive
             ,
             I
             may
             both
             spare
             the
             pains
             ,
             and
             cost
             ;
             and
             onely
             deliver
             the
             figures
             of
             some
             few
             of
             them
             ,
             which
             will
             be
             the
             most
             necessary
             .
             And
             for
             the
             others
             
             I
             will
             expresse
             in
             words
             ,
             what
             they
             will
             produce
             ,
             in
             figure
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXXII
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               Files
            
             ,
             filing
             in
             sequence
             .
          
           
             
               The
               Command
               is
            
             ,
             Files
             ,
             file
             on
             to
             the
             right
             .
          
           
             
             TO
             performe
             this
             word
             of
             Command
             ,
             or
             Direction
             .
             The
             
               right
               hand
               file
               ,
               marcheth
            
             away
             single
             ;
             The
             
               second
               file
            
             from
             the
             right
             ,
             falleth
             into
             the
             Reere
             of
             the
             first
             .
             The
             third
             ,
             behind
             the
             second
             ;
             The
             fourth
             ,
             behind
             the
             third
             .
             And
             so
             consequently
             ,
             all
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             files
             ;
             fall
             into
             the
             Reere
             of
             their
             next
             right-hand-files
             ,
             untill
             all
             the
             whole
             Company
             ,
             become
             one
             file
             .
             It
             may
             bee
             usefull
             ,
             to
             passe
             some
             narrow
             bridge
             ,
             or
             thicket
             ,
             or
             else-where
             ;
             where
             but
             one
             ,
             at
             once
             can
             passe
             :
             the
             Commander
             being
             willing
             ,
             to
             preserve
             his
             files
             ,
             intire
             ▪
             and
             whole
             .
             The
             way
             for
             the
             Reducement
             ,
             may
             be
             after
             this
             manner
             .
             The
             place
             being
             convenient
             ,
             every
             file-leader
             ,
             is
             to
             lead
             up
             his
             file
             ,
             to
             the
             left
             of
             him
             ,
             that
             marcheth
             before
             him
             ;
             untill
             all
             the
             file-leaders
             ,
             are
             even
             in
             ranke
             together
             :
             their
             files
             orderly
             following
             them
             .
             The
             
             word
             for
             the
             Reducement
             ;
             is
             ,
             
               File-leaders
               ,
               Lead
               up
               your
               files
               as
               you
               were
               :
            
             For
             files
             ,
             to
             
               file
               on
            
             in
             sequence
             ,
             to
             the
             left
             ;
             may
             be
             performed
             ,
             after
             the
             same
             manner
             :
             but
             differeth
             in
             the
             hand
             .
             Yet
             works
             the
             same
             effect
             ;
             only
             ,
             the
             
               right-hand-file-leader
               ,
               led
            
             the
             other
             :
             and
             the
             
               elft-hand-file
               ,
               fell
            
             last
             of
             all
             into
             the
             
               Reere
               .
               This
            
             ,
             contrariwise
             '
             ,
             is
             led
             forth
             by
             the
             left-hand-file
             :
             and
             the
             right-hand-file
             ,
             is
             the
             last
             ,
             that
             taketh
             place
             ,
             in
             the
             Reere
             of
             the
             
               extended
               file
            
             .
          
           
             
               Files
               ,
               file
               to
               the
               Right
               and
               Left
               by
               Division
               .
            
             
               This
               files
               filing
               by
               division
               ;
               
                 is
                 wrought
                 after
                 the
                 same
                 manner
                 :
                 but
              
               differeth
               
                 in
                 this
              
               ;
               That
               the
               right-hand-file
               of
               the
               Company
               ,
               and
               the
               left-hand-file
               of
               the
               same
               ,
               begin
               to
               lead
               forth
               at
               one
               ,
               and
               the
               same
               time
               in
               their
               severall
               places
               .
               The
               files
               of
               the
               right
               flanke
               falling
               likewise
               ,
               behind
               the
               Right-hand-file
               :
               the
               files
               of
               the
               left
               flanke
               ,
               falling
               in
               like
               manner
               ,
               behind
               the
               left-hand-file
               .
               
                 So
                 ,
                 that
                 if
                 the
              
               body
               be
               flankt
               with
               Muskettiers
               ;
               
                 then
                 this
              
               filing
               by
               division
               ,
               
                 bringeth
                 all
                 the
              
               Muskettiers
               
                 into
                 the
              
               front-division
               :
               
                 and
                 the
              
               Pikes
               
                 in
                 the
              
               Reere
               
                 of
                 them
                 .
                 If
                 there
                 be
                 an
              
               odde
               file
               ,
               
                 it
                 most
                 commonly
              
               falleth
               
                 to
                 the
              
               right
               .
               The
               word
               for
               Reducement
               is
               ;
               File-leaders
               lead
               up
               your
               files
               as
               you
               were
               .
               
                 This
                 sort
                 of
              
               Inversion
               ,
               
                 is
                 called
              
               filing
               in
               sequence
               .
               
                 I
                 will
                 now
                 shew
                 another
                 sort
                 of
              
               Inversion
               ,
               
                 which
                 is
                 by
              
               Ranks
               filing
               .
               
                 The
                 which
                 I
                 will
                 demonstrate
                 unto
                 you
                 ,
                 by
                 two
              
               figures
               ,
               
                 which
                 will
                 be
                 sufficient
                 ,
                 to
                 instruct
                 the
                 desirous
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXXIII
             .
          
           
             Of
             inverting
             Rankes
             ;
             or
             Rankes
             filing
             .
          
           
             THis
             following
             figure
             of
             Inversion
             ,
             is
             of
             
               Ranks
               ,
               filing
               to
               the
               right
               ;
               where
               all
               the
               Ranks
               are
               to
               be
               inverted
               ,
               into
               the
               out-most-file
               to
               the
               right
            
             ;
             For
             the
             doing
             whereof
             ,
             let
             all
             your
             files
             ,
             be
             closed
             to
             their
             order
             ,
             or
             
               close
               order
            
             ;
             as
             shall
             bee
             thought
             most
             necessary
             :
             the
             
               ranks
               opened
            
             ,
             either
             forward
             ,
             or
             backward
             ,
             to
             double-distāce
             ,
             or
             twice
             double-distance
             ,
             (
             more
             or
             lesse
             )
             as
             the
             Commander
             shall
             see
             most
             convenient
             ,
             according
             to
             his
             number
             .
             Having
             closed
             your
             files
             ,
             and
             opened
             your
             ranks
             ,
             unto
             their
             due
             distance
             ;
             then
             ,
             let
             every
             ranke
             ,
             move
             after
             his
             right-hand-man
             ,
             untill
             every
             ranke
             stand
             right
             in
             file
             ,
             after
             the
             right-hand-leader
             of
             his
             rank
             .
             In
             this
             figure
             ,
             I
             have
             onely
             opened
             the
             
               foure
               first
               ranks
            
             to
             their
             distance
             ,
             and
             inverted
             but
             two
             of
             the
             foure
             .
             By
             which
             it
             may
             easily
             be
             perceived
             ,
             both
             the
             manner
             of
             the
             worke
             ,
             and
             the
             matter
             which
             is
             to
             be
             wrought
             .
             But
             if
             the
             Commander
             will
             performe
             it
             upon
             a
             March
             ;
             then
             they
             shall
             not
             need
             to
             open
             to
             any
             distance
             ,
             but
             to
             take
             their
             distance
             ,
             in
             the
             executions
             which
             is
             the
             easiest
             way
             ,
             and
             will
             be
             thus
             performed
             .
             The
             right-hand-man
             of
             the
             
               first
               ranke
               ,
               marcheth
            
             forth
             right
             ;
             all
             his
             
               ranke
               facing
            
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             and
             
               marching
               file-wise
            
             after
             him
             .
             The
             right-hand-man
             ,
             
             of
             the
             Second
             
               ranke
               ,
               falling
            
             immediately
             after
             the
             
               left
               hand-man
            
             of
             the
             First
             ranke
             ,
             all
             his
             ranke
             in
             like
             manner
             following
             of
             him
             .
             The
             right-hand-man
             of
             the
             Third
             ranke
             ,
             after
             the
             left-hand-man
             of
             the
             Second
             ;
             his
             ranke
             likewise
             following
             of
             him
             .
             And
             so
             for
             all
             the
             rest
             ,
             untill
             they
             are
             all
             become
             one
             file
             .
          
           
           
           
           
             Place
             this
             Figure
             in
             Chapter
             33.
             betweene
             folio
             90
             ,
             and
             91.
             
          
           
             This
             
               Rankes
               fileing
            
             ,
             is
             sooner
             performed
             ,
             and
             reduced
             ;
             then
             
               Files
               fileing
            
             :
             and
             in
             the
             Reducement
             will
             presently
             be
             ready
             to
             make
             resistance
             ,
             against
             any
             opposition
             in
             the
             Front.
             Whereas
             if
             
               Files
               ,
               file
            
             ;
             it
             will
             be
             a
             great
             while
             before
             the
             File-leaders
             will
             be
             able
             to
             make
             
             
             
             good
             the
             Front
             :
             The
             manner
             of
             the
             Reducement
             of
             this
             figure
             ,
             is
             as
             followeth
             .
             If
             they
             were
             Eight
             men
             ,
             before
             in
             ranke
             ,
             then
             the
             first
             Eight
             men
             ,
             ranke
             to
             the
             Left
             ,
             into
             the
             front
             .
             The
             next
             Eight
             men
             ,
             ranke
             next
             after
             them
             ,
             which
             makes
             the
             second
             ranke
             .
             The
             third
             Eight
             men
             ,
             ranking
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             make
             the
             third
             ranke
             .
             And
             so
             forward
             for
             the
             rest
             ,
             untill
             they
             are
             reduced
             ,
             as
             at
             the
             first
             .
             But
             it
             may
             be
             ,
             that
             some
             will
             object
             ;
             That
             in
             this
             figure
             ,
             there
             is
             mixture
             of
             Armes
             ;
             which
             if
             they
             will
             avoyd
             ,
             they
             may
             either
             March
             forwards
             their
             Muskettiers
             of
             each
             division
             ,
             and
             close
             them
             before
             the
             Pikes
             ;
             and
             invert
             them
             first
             .
             Or
             they
             may
             March
             forwards
             their
             Pikes
             first
             ,
             and
             leave
             their
             Muskettiers
             to
             come
             in
             the
             Reere
             .
             Or
             if
             they
             please
             ,
             they
             may
             upon
             a
             long
             March
             ,
             first
             invert
             the
             front-division
             of
             Muskettiers
             :
             then
             their
             Pikes
             ,
             and
             last
             the
             Reere-division
             of
             Muskettiers
             ;
             which
             way
             so
             ever
             it
             be
             done
             .
             The
             Word
             for
             the
             reducement
             will
             be
             ,
             
               Files
               ,
               ranke
               as
               you
               were
               .
            
          
           
             
               Rankes
               ,
               file
               to
               the
               Left
               ,
            
             is
             performed
             after
             the
             same
             manner
             .
             It
             differeth
             from
             this
             last
             done
             ,
             but
             onely
             in
             the
             hand
             .
             And
             whereas
             the
             Right-hand-file-Leader
             ,
             was
             the
             Leader
             of
             the
             last
             ,
             this
             would
             be
             led
             by
             the
             left-hand-file-Leader
             :
             The
             left-hand-Leader
             of
             each
             ranke
             ,
             leading
             forth
             his
             
               ranke
               file-wise
            
             ,
             as
             before
             it
             was
             performed
             ;
             but
             to
             the
             
               contrary
               hand
            
             .
             I
             spare
             the
             figure
             ,
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXXIIII
             .
          
           
             Of
             Rankes
             filing
             by
             division
             :
             and
             how
             vsefull
             .
          
           
             THis
             next
             figure
             of
             Inversion
             ,
             is
             
               Rankes
               filing
               by
               division
               is
               a
               doubling
               of
               the
               depth
               ,
               by
               unequall
               proportion
               .
            
             For
             whereas
             in
             most
             of
             all
             other
             doublings
             ,
             the
             Number
             of
             the
             Length
             ,
             or
             Depth
             is
             augmented
             ,
             but
             to
             double
             their
             former
             proportion
             of
             Number
             :
             this
             doubling
             of
             Inversion
             ,
             makes
             their
             Depth
             so
             many
             times
             more
             in
             number
             ,
             as
             there
             are
             files
             to
             double
             .
             Or
             halfe
             so
             many
             times
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             done
             by
             Division
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             next
             following
             figure
             .
             It
             hath
             beene
             ,
             of
             ancient
             use
             ,
             amongst
             the
             old
             Grecians
             :
             and
             in
             these
             our
             latter
             times
             ,
             it
             hath
             beene
             held
             of
             speciall
             use
             ,
             to
             avoyd
             the
             shot
             of
             the
             great
             Ordnance
             ,
             when
             of
             necessity
             we
             are
             to
             march
             against
             any
             Battery
             .
             It
             hath
             also
             been
             held
             good
             ,
             to
             prevent
             the
             eminent
             danger
             of
             some
             great
             shower
             of
             
               small
               shot
            
             ,
             likely
             to
             be
             powred
             out
             upon
             the
             Front
             of
             your
             Battalia
             .
             It
             may
             also
             serue
             for
             an
             Honourable
             passage
             ,
             large
             
               interualle
               ,
               street
            
             ,
             or
             gallery
             ,
             (
             as
             some
             call
             it
             )
             for
             any
             great
             Personage
             ,
             or
             Commander
             to
             passe
             through
             .
             It
             is
             also
             of
             common
             use
             ,
             for
             the
             lodging
             of
             the
             Colours
             ,
             or
             Ensigne
             .
             And
             many
             other
             such
             like
             .
          
           
           
             Place
             this
             Figure
             in
             Chapter
             34.
             betweene
             folio
             92
             ,
             and
             93.
             
          
           
           
           
           
             For
             instruction
             how
             to
             performe
             this
             Motion
             ,
             It
             is
             the
             same
             with
             the
             last
             figure
             ;
             differing
             onely
             in
             this
             ;
             That
             as
             in
             the
             other
             figure
             ,
             all
             the
             whole
             rankes
             turned
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             behind
             their
             right-hand-men
             :
             In
             this
             Motion
             ,
             the
             left-flanke
             ,
             (
             or
             halfe-rankes
             to
             the
             left
             )
             fall
             into
             the
             outmost
             file
             to
             the
             left
             :
             The
             halfe-rankes
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             behind
             their
             severall
             right-hand-men
             :
             as
             you
             may
             perceive
             in
             part
             by
             the
             figure
             .
             I
             have
             shewen
             the
             figure
             ,
             in
             the
             manner
             of
             the
             action
             ,
             not
             fully
             performed
             :
             The
             
               pricks
               ranke-wise
            
             ,
             denoting
             the
             places
             ,
             from
             whence
             they
             came
             :
             The
             Quarter-circles
             ,
             shewing
             the
             way
             of
             the
             Motion
             :
             The
             
               prickes
               file-wise
            
             ,
             directing
             ,
             or
             shewing
             their
             Places
             they
             are
             going
             too
             .
          
           
             For
             reducement
             to
             the
             figure
             :
             it
             is
             no
             more
             then
             this
             .
             The
             Rankes
             which
             before
             inverted
             into
             files
             ,
             now
             againe
             convert
             into
             rankes
             ,
             as
             they
             were
             .
             The
             word
             of
             Command
             for
             it
             ,
             is
             ,
             
               Files
               ,
               ranke
               to
               the
               right
               and
               left
               inward
               ,
               as
               you
               were
               .
            
          
           
             I
             hope
             ,
             this
             that
             hath
             already
             been
             shewen
             ,
             will
             be
             sufficient
             ,
             (
             at
             least
             in
             some
             small
             measure
             )
             to
             give
             satisfaction
             to
             those
             ,
             which
             as
             yet
             have
             not
             knowne
             what
             is
             meant
             by
             Inversion
             .
             Yet
             I
             could
             wish
             ,
             that
             such
             as
             exercise
             the
             Companies
             of
             the
             Trained-Bands
             of
             this
             Kingdome
             ;
             would
             rather
             make
             use
             of
             the
             plainer
             word
             of
             demonstration
             ;
             which
             is
             ,
             
               Rankes
               ,
               file
            
             ,
             or
             
               Files
               ,
               file
            
             :
             and
             leave
             out
             the
             word
             Inversion
             ,
             as
             a
             word
             not
             sutable
             with
             the
             Capacity
             of
             divers
             of
             our
             Souldiers
             of
             the
             Trained-Bands
             .
             Especially
             of
             this
             City
             ,
             where
             Porters
             ,
             Colliars
             ,
             Water-bearers
             ,
             and
             Broomemen
             ,
             are
             
             thrust
             into
             the
             roomes
             of
             men
             ,
             of
             better
             quality
             ,
             as
             though
             they
             themselves
             were
             too
             good
             ,
             to
             doe
             the
             King
             and
             Country
             service
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXXV
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             severall
             parts
             of
             Conversion
             :
             and
             how
             they-are
             to
             be
             understood
             .
          
           
             THe
             next
             branch
             of
             Discipline
             which
             I
             offer
             to
             your
             view
             ,
             shall
             be
             of
             Conversion
             :
             and
             of
             its
             severall
             parts
             :
             wherein
             if
             there
             be
             any
             that
             thinke
             me
             tedious
             ;
             let
             them
             turne
             it
             over
             ,
             and
             settle
             on
             some
             other
             part
             ,
             which
             may
             be
             to
             them
             more
             delectable
             :
             whilest
             I
             ,
             in
             the
             meane
             time
             ,
             shall
             endeavour
             to
             give
             content
             to
             all
             ,
             neither
             stuffing
             out
             my
             booke
             with
             
               needlesse
               discourses
            
             ;
             nor
             yet
             too
             much
             abbreviating
             the
             matter
             ,
             whereby
             to
             render
             it
             too
             obscure
             unto
             the
             commonest
             capacity
             .
             Wherefore
             take
             their
             parts
             as
             they
             hereafter
             follow
             .
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Conversion
                   consists
                   of
                   these
                   parts
                   ,
                   viz.
                   Of
                
                 
                   Ranks
                   ranking
                
                 
                   in
                   equall
                   parts
                
                 
                   1
                
              
               
                 
                   in
                   unequall
                   parts
                
                 
                   2
                
              
               
                 
                   intire
                   into
                   the
                   Front
                
                 
                   3
                
              
               
                 
                   by
                   division
                   into
                   the
                   Front
                
                 
                   4
                
              
               
                 
                   by
                   wheeling
                   to
                   the
                   Flanks
                
                 
                   5
                
              
               
                 
                   Files
                   ranking
                
                 
                   by
                   equall
                   parts
                
                 
                   6
                
              
               
                 
                   by
                   unequall
                   parts
                
                 
                   7
                
              
               
                 
                   intire
                   into
                   the
                   Front.
                   
                
                 
                   8
                
              
            
          
           
           
             
               First
               of
            
             ranks
             ranking
             ,
             in
             even
             or
             equall
             
               parts
               .
               Which
               is
               to
               be
               understood
               ,
            
             when
             there
             are
             twelve
             ,
             or
             twenty
             ,
             (
             more
             or
             lesse
             )
             marching
             abreast
             ,
             and
             the
             Commander
             (
             either
             for
             the
             narrownesle
             of
             a
             passage
             ,
             or
             for
             some
             other
             intent
             )
             causeth
             his
             rankes
             to
             ranke
             three
             or
             sixe
             abreast
             ,
             or
             five
             ,
             ten
             ,
             or
             any
             other
             number
             ,
             either
             according
             to
             the
             place
             ,
             or
             occasion
             ;
             every
             ranke
             holding
             equality
             of
             number
             .
          
           
             Secondly
             ,
             rankes
             then
             ranke
             by
             
               unequall
               parts
            
             :
             when
             they
             
               ranke
               by
               increase
               or
               decrease
            
             .
             As
             when
             the
             first
             ranke
             shall
             be
             three
             ,
             the
             next
             five
             ,
             then
             seven
             ,
             nine
             ,
             &c.
             which
             is
             commonly
             used
             ,
             for
             the
             making
             of
             Diamond
             ,
             and
             
               Triangular
               figures
            
             .
          
           
             Thirdly
             ,
             ranks
             then
             ranke
             intire
             ,
             into
             the
             front
             :
             
               when
               the
            
             first
             ranke
             stands
             :
             the
             second
             ranke
             placeth
             it selfe
             on
             the
             right
             or
             left
             of
             the
             first
             :
             the
             third
             by
             the
             second
             ,
             the
             fourth
             by
             the
             third
             ,
             and
             so
             forward
             for
             all
             the
             rest
             ,
             untill
             all
             the
             rankes
             ,
             
               (
               either
               to
               the
            
             right
             or
             left
             )
             
               according
               to
               direction
            
             are
             become
             one
             ranke
             in
             the
             front
             .
          
           
             Fourthly
             ,
             rankes
             then
             
               ranke
               by
               division
               into
               the
               front
               ,
            
             when
             the
             
               second
               ranke
            
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             rankes
             behinde
             ,
             open
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             :
             the
             one
             part
             going
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             the
             other
             to
             the
             
               left
               ;
               ranking
               even
            
             with
             the
             first
             ,
             as
             before
             ,
             and
             all
             together
             making
             one
             ranke
             .
          
           
             Fiftly
             ,
             Ranks
             ,
             then
             ranke
             
               to
               the
            
             flanke
             or
             flankes
             ;
             
               when
               either
            
             the
             right
             hand
             man
             of
             each
             ranke
             ,
             or
             the
             left
             hand
             man
             
               (
               or
               both
               together
            
             )
             are
             as
             it
             were
             the
             Hindge
             of
             the
             motion
             ,
             the
             rest
             of
             each
             ranke
             wheeling
             about
             them
             ,
             to
             the
             right
             or
             left
             ,
             
               or
               each
               hand
               by
               division
               ▪
            
             untill
             that
             every
             ranke
             be
             brought
             into
             the
             distance
             
             which
             was
             before
             the
             ranke
             ;
             betweene
             the
             right
             hand-man
             ,
             of
             the
             ranke
             next
             before
             ,
             and
             the
             right
             hand-man
             of
             the
             same
             ranke
             you
             stand
             in
             .
             
               If
               it
               be
               to
               the
            
             left
             ,
             
               then
               they
            
             wheele
             
               into
               the
            
             distance
             
               between
               the
            
             left-hand-leaders
             
               of
               each
               ranke
               .
               If
               it
               be
               by
            
             division
             ,
             then
             halfe
             
               the
               ranke
               wheeleth
               to
               the
            
             right
             :
             
               the
               other
            
             halfe
             
               to
               the
            
             left
             ,
             
               and
               produceth
               two
            
             rankes
             .
          
           
             Sixthly
             ,
             Files
             ,
             then
             
               rankes
               by
               equall
               parts
            
             :
             when
             they
             rank
             three
             ,
             foure
             ,
             or
             five
             ,
             abrest
             (
             more
             or
             lesse
             )
             still
             keeping
             the
             number
             of
             men
             in
             ranke
             ,
             of
             due
             proportion
             .
             If
             you
             ranke
             three
             abrest
             (
             either
             to
             the
             right
             or
             left
             )
             and
             your
             files
             be
             but
             eight
             deepe
             ;
             then
             the
             first
             sixe
             men
             make
             two
             rankes
             ,
             the
             third
             ranke
             must
             be
             made
             up
             by
             the
             leader
             of
             the
             second
             file
             .
             And
             so
             for
             all
             the
             rest
             .
             If
             you
             ranke
             foure
             ,
             and
             the
             files
             be
             eight
             deepe
             ,
             then
             every
             file
             makes
             two
             rankes
             .
             If
             you
             ranke
             five
             ,
             the
             files
             being
             8
             deep
             ,
             then
             the
             first
             five
             men
             make
             a
             ranke
             :
             and
             the
             first
             two
             men
             of
             the
             second
             file
             from
             the
             hand
             named
             ,
             make
             up
             the
             
               second
               ranke
            
             .
             Five
             of
             the
             other
             sixe
             ,
             make
             up
             the
             
               third
               ranke
            
             .
             And
             so
             forward
             for
             the
             rest
             .
             If
             the
             depth
             of
             the
             file
             were
             ten
             men
             ,
             then
             it
             would
             make
             two
             even
             rankes
             .
          
           
             Seventhly
             ,
             Files
             then
             ranke
             by
             unequall
             parts
             :
             when
             they
             either
             ranke
             by
             progressionall
             increase
             ,
             or
             by
             decrease
             .
             As
             when
             every
             ranke
             exceeds
             the
             ranke
             before
             it
             ,
             by
             two
             ▪
             three
             ,
             or
             foure
             ,
             be
             it
             more
             or
             lesse
             .
             Or
             else
             that
             each
             ranke
             decreaseth
             ,
             after
             the
             same
             manner
             .
          
           
             Eightly
             ,
             Files
             
               then
               ranke
               intire
               into
               the
            
             front
             ;
             
               when
               there
               is
            
             so
             much
             distance
             betweene
             file
             and
             file
             ,
             as
             will
             containe
             each
             file
             ,
             ranke-wise
             :
             every
             man
             in
             
             the
             file
             marching
             forwards
             to
             the
             right
             or
             left
             ,
             as
             shall
             be
             commanded
             ,
             untill
             he
             stand
             even
             in
             ranke
             ,
             with
             the
             leader
             of
             his
             file
             ,
             which
             brings
             the
             body
             into
             one
             ranke
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXXVI
             .
          
           
             Of
             Rankes
             wheeling
             by
             Conversion
             .
          
           
             IF
             I
             would
             strive
             to
             bee
             curious
             ,
             I
             should
             need
             no
             other
             subject
             to
             lengthen
             my
             discourse
             ,
             but
             onely
             this
             ,
             of
             Inversion
             and
             Conversion
             ,
             which
             of
             it selfe
             would
             yeeld
             matter
             sufficient
             to
             make
             a
             Booke
             of
             .
             But
             I
             have
             taken
             a
             large
             taske
             .
             And
             therefore
             like
             the
             Artists
             in
             Geography
             ,
             who
             sometimes
             by
             a
             spot
             ,
             present
             a
             Town
             ,
             and
             by
             a
             
               wrinckled
               line
            
             ,
             a
             large
             River
             :
             so
             must
             I
             crave
             of
             the
             favourable
             Reader
             ,
             that
             in
             this
             small
             Treatise
             of
             Discipline
             ,
             he
             will
             not
             expect
             that
             I
             should
             inlarge
             my selfe
             so
             amply
             ,
             as
             I
             might
             ,
             upon
             every
             part
             .
             For
             then
             my
             booke
             would
             grow
             beyond
             his
             bounds
             ,
             and
             I
             beyond
             my
             promise
             ;
             but
             lest
             I
             be
             taxed
             for
             digression
             ,
             this
             that
             hath
             already
             beene
             shewne
             ,
             may
             suffice
             for
             Conversion
             .
             But
             because
             it
             may
             be
             expected
             ,
             that
             I
             should
             shew
             Conversion
             in
             Figure
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             the
             other
             Motions
             ,
             therefore
             to
             gratifie
             such
             ,
             I
             shall
             demonstrate
             two
             
             Figures
             unto
             them
             :
             which
             may
             serve
             for
             all
             the
             rest
             .
             The
             one
             shall
             be
             of
             
               rankes
               wheeling
               ,
               by
               Conversion
            
             :
             the
             other
             of
             
               files
               ranking
               ,
               foure
               to
               the
               left
               .
            
             The
             word
             of
             command
             for
             the
             first
             ,
             stands
             placed
             right
             over
             the
             figure
             .
          
           
           
           
           
           
             This
             foregoing
             figure
             of
             Conversion
             ,
             is
             of
             
               Rankes
               ,
               wheeling
               to
               the
               right
               and
               left
               ,
            
             or
             
               ranks
               ranking
               to
               each
               flanke
               by
               wheeling
               .
            
             It
             differeth
             from
             
               ranks
               filing
            
             ,
             both
             in
             manner
             and
             matter
             .
             In
             the
             manner
             thus
             ,
             Whereas
             in
             
               ranks
               filing
            
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ;
             the
             right
             and
             
               left-hand
               file-leaders
            
             ,
             preserve
             and
             continue
             their
             places
             ;
             and
             with
             that
             ,
             their
             honours
             .
             In
             this
             
               wheeling
               by
               Conversion
               to
               the
               right
               and
               left
               ,
            
             contrariwise
             :
             the
             
               innermost
               file-leaders
            
             ,
             become
             the
             outmost
             men
             in
             that
             pure
             where
             the
             front
             stood
             ;
             the
             other
             
               file-leaders
               ranking
               even
            
             within
             them
             .
             Some
             men
             have
             called
             this
             ,
             
               Rankes
               ,
               filing
               by
               Conversion
               ,
               to
               the
               right
               and
               left
               ,
            
             but
             corruptly
             .
             For
             conversion
             alwaies
             produceth
             rankes
             ,
             as
             I
             formerly
             said
             :
             and
             
               inversion
               ,
               files
            
             .
             But
             their
             mistake
             groweth
             from
             this
             ,
             that
             when
             
               rankes
               wheele
               to
               the
               right
            
             ,
             or
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             then
             (
             say
             they
             )
             they
             by
             wheeling
             ,
             become
             file
             ,
             or
             files
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             palpable
             mistake
             .
             For
             when
             we
             have
             any
             command
             for
             wheeling
             ,
             it
             is
             a
             maxime
             for
             us
             ,
             to
             
               wheele
               our
               aspects
               unto
               the
               hand
               or
               part
               named
               .
            
             By
             which
             doing
             ,
             we
             either
             become
             ranke
             ,
             or
             rankes
             :
             and
             not
             files
             ,
             as
             some
             have
             sought
             formerly
             to
             maintaine
             .
             One
             use
             ,
             among
             many
             ,
             for
             this
             motion
             is
             .
             It
             is
             the
             speediest
             way
             for
             a
             great
             body
             (
             if
             they
             have
             their
             due
             distance
             )
             to
             
               give
               fire
               to
               one
               ,
               or
               both
               flanks
               ,
            
             that
             as
             yet
             I
             know
             of
             .
             The
             way
             to
             performe
             this
             motion
             ,
             is
             as
             followeth
             .
             The
             right
             and
             left-hand-men
             ,
             of
             every
             ranke
             ,
             became
             the
             Hindges
             of
             the
             motion
             :
             the
             rest
             of
             each
             ranke
             ,
             
               wheeling
               by
               equall
               division
            
             ,
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             about
             ,
             and
             above
             their
             right
             and
             left-hand
             Leaders
             ,
             untill
             they
             become
             ranks
             to
             the
             flanks
             .
             As
             you
             may
             perceive
             
             by
             the
             Figure
             ,
             where
             the
             pricks
             denote
             unto
             you
             ,
             the
             places
             they
             stood
             in
             before
             the
             motion
             :
             the
             
               quarter
               circles
            
             ,
             shewing
             the
             way
             of
             their
             motion
             :
             themselves
             being
             converted
             into
             two
             ranks
             ,
             sheweth
             the
             motion
             executed
             .
             I
             have
             onely
             converted
             three
             of
             the
             rankes
             ;
             for
             it
             would
             have
             taken
             too
             much
             roome
             ,
             to
             have
             wheeled
             all
             the
             ranks
             .
             And
             it
             is
             easie
             by
             this
             that
             is
             shewne
             ,
             to
             conceive
             the
             rest
             .
             If
             you
             would
             avoid
             
               mixture
               of
               Armes
            
             ,
             then
             place
             all
             your
             Muskettiers
             ,
             either
             in
             Front
             ,
             or
             Reere
             :
             or
             else
             wheele
             onely
             your
             Muskettiers
             ,
             and
             leave
             your
             
               Pikes
               ,
               standing
            
             .
             Or
             else
             it
             may
             be
             done
             ;
             the
             
               body
               marching
            
             at
             length
             :
             the
             Muskettiers
             being
             in
             the
             front
             ,
             and
             
               reere
               Divisions
            
             .
             The
             word
             for
             the
             reducement
             is
             ;
             
               rankes
               ,
               ranke
               as
               you
               were
               .
            
          
           
             The
             easiest
             way
             for
             the
             reducement
             ,
             will
             be
             first
             for
             to
             face
             to
             the
             reere
             ,
             and
             then
             to
             
               wheele
               backe
            
             into
             their
             places
             .
             Then
             ,
             face
             to
             their
             leader
             ;
             and
             they
             will
             be
             reduced
             as
             at
             first
             .
             Now
             we
             will
             come
             to
             shew
             the
             next
             figure
             of
             Conversion
             ,
             which
             is
             of
             files
             converted
             into
             ranks
             by
             
               equall
               proportion
            
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXXVII
             .
          
           
             Of
             Files
             ranking
             in
             equall
             parts
             .
          
           
             IN
             this
             Chapter
             ,
             I
             intend
             to
             shew
             the
             
               manner
               ,
               of
               files
               ranking
               by
               Conversion
               ,
               in
               equall
               parts
            
             ;
             which
             Motion
             ,
             I
             have
             seene
             used
             by
             some
             Commanders
             ,
             at
             such
             times
             as
             their
             Companies
             have
             been
             but
             small
             ,
             having
             not
             had
             above
             two
             or
             three
             files
             of
             Muskettiers
             ,
             upon
             a
             flanke
             ;
             and
             being
             willing
             ,
             to
             
               march
               forth
            
             their
             Companies
             in
             divisions
             :
             And
             this
             ,
             because
             ,
             that
             two
             a
             brest
             would
             be
             somwhat
             improper
             (
             unlesse
             it
             were
             upon
             necessity
             ,
             in
             some
             narrow
             passage
             )
             and
             that
             three
             a
             brest
             ,
             is
             also
             somewhat
             with
             the
             thinnest
             .
             Therefore
             to
             augment
             the
             front
             of
             their
             march
             ,
             they
             have
             shartned
             somewhat
             of
             their
             depths
             ,
             in
             each
             division
             :
             by
             causing
             their
             files
             ,
             to
             ranke
             foure
             ,
             or
             five
             ,
             according
             as
             their
             depth
             may
             be
             ,
             when
             the
             Command
             shall
             be
             given
             .
             This
             Motion
             of
             Conversion
             ,
             may
             also
             be
             usefull
             for
             
               larger
               bodies
            
             .
             For
             if
             upon
             a
             March
             ,
             you
             are
             to
             passe
             thorough
             some
             streight
             ,
             where
             not
             above
             foure
             or
             five
             ,
             can
             march
             a
             brest
             ;
             and
             that
             being
             past
             thorough
             ,
             you
             are
             to
             direct
             your
             course
             ,
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             or
             left
             :
             If
             
             your
             way
             be
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             then
             cause
             your
             files
             to
             ranke
             to
             the
             left
             :
             If
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             then
             let
             the
             files
             ranke
             to
             the
             contrary
             hand
             .
             For
             by
             so
             doing
             ;
             having
             past
             the
             streight
             ,
             and
             faced
             your
             body
             that
             way
             ,
             which
             you
             intend
             your
             March
             ,
             by
             commanding
             the
             File-leaders
             to
             march
             ;
             and
             the
             half-files
             to
             stand
             ,
             and
             take
             their
             places
             :
             your
             body
             will
             be
             led
             again
             by
             their
             
               proper
               file-leaders
            
             ,
             all
             a
             brest
             ;
             the
             Musketiers
             becomming
             again
             the
             Flankers
             ,
             which
             in
             the
             passage
             of
             the
             streight
             ,
             were
             in
             the
             Front
             and
             Reere
             .
             For
             the
             better
             understanding
             the
             manner
             of
             the
             Motion
             ,
             observe
             the
             following
             figure
             .
          
           
           
           
             The
             way
             to
             performe
             this
             Motion
             ,
             is
             as
             followeth
             .
             The
             Command
             being
             first
             given
             (
             as
             abovesaid
             )
             the
             right-hand-file-leader
             ,
             leadeth
             forth
             his
             file
             :
             &
             the
             
               three
               next
            
             men
             behind
             him
             ,
             move
             forwards
             to
             the
             left
             of
             each
             other
             ;
             untill
             they
             
               ranke
               even
            
             a
             brest
             with
             their
             file-leader
             .
             The
             next
             foure
             ,
             in
             like
             manner
             ranking
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             make
             the
             
               second
               ranke
            
             .
             The
             file-leader
             of
             the
             
               second
               file
            
             ,
             placeth
             himselfe
             ,
             next
             after
             him
             ,
             that
             was
             the
             half-file-leader
             of
             the
             first
             ,
             which
             now
             is
             become
             the
             right-hand-man
             of
             the
             
               second
               ranke
            
             ;
             the
             three
             
               next
               men
            
             behind
             him
             ,
             making
             up
             of
             his
             rank
             ,
             in
             like
             manner
             .
             And
             so
             forward
             for
             all
             the
             rest
             ,
             untill
             the
             Motion
             be
             fully
             perfected
             .
             This
             converts
             each
             file
             ,
             into
             two
             ranks
             ;
             and
             brings
             all
             the
             
               proper
               file-leaders
            
             ,
             and
             half-file-leaders
             ,
             to
             make
             the
             
               outmost
               file
            
             to
             the
             right
             :
             the
             Bringers-up
             ,
             both
             of
             the
             Front
             ,
             and
             Reere-half-files
             ;
             make
             the
             
               outermost
               file
            
             to
             the
             left
             .
             The
             figures
             of
             Number
             ,
             which
             are
             on
             the
             
               left
               flanke
            
             of
             the
             figure
             ,
             in
             which
             ,
             the
             word
             file
             added
             to
             each
             of
             them
             ,
             demonstrate
             places
             of
             the
             
               first
               ,
               second
               ,
               third
            
             ,
             and
             
               fourth
               file
            
             ,
             and
             so
             consequently
             for
             all
             the
             rest
             ;
             according
             to
             their
             
               former
               standing
            
             ,
             and
             the
             places
             they
             now
             occupy
             ,
             being
             converted
             into
             ranks
             .
             The
             
               letters
               f
            
             ,
             and
             h
             ,
             which
             are
             placed
             on
             the
             
               right
               flanke
            
             ;
             shewes
             the
             places
             of
             those
             ,
             which
             were
             the
             file-leaders
             ,
             and
             half-file-leaders
             :
             each
             of
             the
             
               propex
               file-leaders
            
             ,
             having
             now
             his
             half-file-leader
             ,
             next
             after
             him
             ▪
             I
             have
             showne
             this
             figure
             partly
             performed
             partly
             performing
             ,
             and
             partly
             standing
             ,
             as
             before
             the
             Motion
             began
             .
          
           
           
             For
             reducement
             ,
             of
             this
             Motion
             of
             
               files
               ranking
            
             ,
             foure
             to
             the
             left
             :
             One
             way
             is
             ,
             to
             cause
             your
             
               ranks
               to
               file
            
             ,
             (
             or
             
               invert
               )
               to
               the
               right
            
             ,
             which
             being
             done
             ,
             Command
             every
             
               File-leader
               ,
               to
               lead
               up
               his
               file
               to
               the
               left
               :
            
             and
             so
             every
             man
             will
             have
             his
             place
             :
             For
             another
             way
             ,
             
               Face
               the
               whole
               body
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               command
               the
               File-leaders
               to
               march
               ,
               and
               half-files
               to
               stand
               ,
               and
               take
               their
               places
               :
            
             and
             then
             they
             are
             all
             reduced
             ,
             onely
             the
             file-leaders
             of
             the
             right-flanke
             ,
             are
             on
             the
             left
             ;
             and
             the
             file-leaders
             of
             the
             left-flanke
             ,
             are
             on
             the
             right
             :
             which
             is
             reduced
             ,
             by
             any
             
               entire
               Countermarch
               ,
               of
               ranke
               ,
               or
               file
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXXVIII
             .
          
           
             The
             conclusion
             of
             doublings
             .
          
           
             THere
             are
             yet
             another
             sort
             of
             Doublings
             ,
             both
             of
             length
             and
             depth
             ,
             which
             are
             performed
             by
             
               divisionall
               wheelings
            
             .
             Which
             because
             they
             have
             ever
             been
             accounted
             for
             wheelings
             ,
             I
             will
             not
             displace
             them
             ;
             but
             stil
             rank
             them
             in
             their
             former
             places
             :
             although
             in
             truth
             they
             are
             doublings
             .
             The
             
               working
               part
            
             indeed
             is
             wheeling
             ;
             but
             the
             intent
             ,
             or
             
               thing
               wrought
            
             ,
             is
             Doubling
             .
             I
             will
             speake
             further
             of
             them
             ,
             when
             I
             come
             to
             shew
             
             them
             ,
             in
             their
             severall
             places
             .
             And
             here
             I
             mean
             to
             set
             a
             Period
             to
             our
             Doublings
             .
             Concluding
             ,
             that
             those
             Souldiers
             ,
             who
             can
             put
             every
             one
             of
             these
             to
             his
             right
             use
             ;
             as
             also
             give
             to
             each
             his
             right
             reducement
             ,
             must
             needs
             be
             skilfull
             ,
             and
             expert
             ,
             in
             this
             part
             ,
             of
             the
             
               Art
               Military
            
             .
             And
             contrariwise
             ,
             they
             that
             are
             ignorant
             in
             these
             Doublings
             ;
             can
             never
             truly
             attain
             ,
             to
             the
             right
             managing
             of
             a
             Foot-company
             ,
             either
             for
             exercise
             ,
             or
             service
             .
             For
             doublings
             ,
             indeed
             ,
             are
             the
             only
             Motions
             ,
             for
             varicty
             and
             alteration
             of
             figures
             ,
             or
             formes
             of
             battaile
             :
             No
             other
             Motions
             doing
             the
             like
             .
             And
             therefore
             Doublings
             ,
             must
             needs
             be
             accounted
             the
             most
             excellent
             amongst
             all
             the
             Motions
             .
          
           
             
               You
               that
               have
               eyes
               to
               read
               ,
               and
               skill
               to
               judge
               ;
            
             
               And
               have
               perus'd
               these
               doublings
               I
               have
               done
               :
            
             
               Though
               I
               have
               tedious
               been
               ,
               yet
               do
               not
               grudge
               :
            
             
               For
               you
               know
               well
               ,
               I
               have
               skipt
               over
               some
               .
            
             
               But
               marvell
               not
               :
               the
               cause
               I
               do
               not
               show
               them
               ,
            
             
               It
               is
               not
               much
               materiall
               for
               to
               know
               them
               .
            
          
           
             
               Those
               that
               are
               Skilfull
               in
               the
               Art
               of
               Warre
               ,
            
             
               And
               take
               delight
               to
               exercise
               their
               men
               :
            
             
               Shall
               find
               more
               pleasure
               in
               these
               doublings
               farre
               ,
            
             
               If
               that
               they
               intermixe
               them
               now
               and
               then
               .
            
             
               And
               so
               contrive
               their
               doublings
               in
               these
               cases
               ,
            
             
               That
               lastly
               one
               word
               brings
               them
               to
               their
               places
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Why
               in
               our
               Country
               do
               we
               Captains
               chuse
               ,
            
             
               That
               have
               no
               skill
               nor
               artfull
               inclination
               ?
            
             
               They
               do
               themselves
               and
               Country
               much
               abuse
               :
            
             
               Thus
               to
               deceive
               them
               in
               their
               expectation
               .
            
             
               I
               thinke
               the
               Cause
               of
               this
               fault
               in
               our
               Nation
            
             
               Is
               ,
               that
               our
               Gentry
               holds
               it
               not
               in
               fashion
               .
            
          
           
             
               But
               some
               ,
               perhaps
               ,
               will
               say
               ,
               
                 I
                 am
                 too
                 bold
              
               ;
            
             
               There
               's
               no
               such
               need
               for
               Captains
               to
               have
               skill
               .
            
             
               The
               Muster-masters
               have
               enough
               (
               some
               hold
               )
            
             
               The
               Captains
               and
               the
               Counties
               for
               to
               fill
               .
            
             
               So
               whilest
               the
               Muster-master
               doth
               the
               labour
               .
            
             
               The
               Officers
               may
               play
               upon
               a
               Tabour
               .
            
          
           
             
               But
               stay
               !
               me
               thinks
               ,
               one
               puls
               me
               by
               the
               sleeve
               :
            
             
               And
               tels
               me
               that
               I
               have
               my selfe
               forgot
               .
            
             
               Wherefore
               of
               doublings
               ,
               here
               I
               take
               my
               leave
               :
            
             
               Intreating
               those
               that
               
                 read
                 ,
                 mistake
              
               me
               not
               .
            
             
               Let
               Muster-masters
               take
               their
               money
               ,
               then
               ;
            
             
               But
               let
               the
               Captains
               exercise
               their
               men
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXXIX
             .
          
           
             Of
             Countermarches
             .
             Their
             Antiquity
             ,
             and
             words
             of
             direction
             .
          
           
             THe
             next
             branch
             of
             Discipline
             which
             offers
             it selfe
             to
             your
             perusall
             ,
             are
             Countermarches
             :
             which
             are
             of
             three
             kinds
             .
             To
             wit
             ,
             
               Chorean
               ,
               Lacedamonian
               ,
               Macedonian
            
             :
             which
             is
             ,
             Maintaining
             ,
             Loosing
             ,
             and
             Gaining
             .
             Each
             of
             them
             are
             to
             be
             performed
             two
             manner
             of
             waies
             .
             One
             by
             File
             :
             the
             other
             by
             Ranke
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             also
             
               Counter-marches
               ,
               Intire
            
             and
             Divisionall
             .
             But
             divers
             men
             ,
             are
             divers
             for
             their
             opinions
             concerning
             the
             Macedonian
             and
             Lacedamonian
             Counter-marches
             .
             Some
             will
             have
             the
             Macedonian
             ,
             A
             Counter-march
             of
             gaining
             of
             ground
             ;
             because
             that
             it
             transfers
             the
             Battalia
             ,
             into
             the
             ground
             before
             the
             Front.
             Others
             will
             have
             it
             ,
             A
             Counter-march
             of
             losse
             of
             ground
             ;
             because
             (
             say
             they
             )
             the
             Enemy
             being
             in
             the
             Reere
             ,
             it
             makes
             a
             semblance
             of
             flying
             .
             Some
             will
             have
             the
             Lacedamonian
             ,
             A
             Counter-march
             of
             gaining
             of
             ground
             :
             because
             the
             Enemy
             appearing
             in
             the
             Reere
             ,
             it
             makes
             a
             semblance
             of
             Charging
             or
             falling
             on
             .
             Others
             call
             it
             ,
             A
             Countermarch
             of
             losse
             of
             ground
             :
             because
             it
             looseth
             all
             
             that
             ground
             the
             Battalia
             stood
             upon
             ;
             taking
             in
             stead
             thereof
             ,
             the
             ground
             behind
             the
             Reere
             .
             There
             are
             others
             of
             opinion
             ,
             That
             there
             are
             Counter-marches
             of
             losse
             and
             gaine
             ,
             in
             either
             of
             them
             .
             All
             these
             are
             furnished
             with
             reasons
             ,
             to
             backe
             their
             opinions
             .
             But
             if
             I
             should
             stand
             to
             shew
             their
             many
             and
             severall
             reasons
             ,
             I
             might
             well
             be
             thought
             to
             be
             without
             reason
             my selfe
             .
             My
             opinion
             is
             ;
             That
             taking
             the
             ground
             before
             the
             Front
             ,
             is
             gaining
             ground
             :
             and
             that
             to
             leave
             the
             ground
             we
             stood
             on
             ,
             to
             take
             the
             ground
             next
             behind
             the
             Reere
             ,
             is
             losse
             of
             ground
             :
             And
             yet
             to
             take
             either
             ,
             whereby
             there
             is
             advantage
             gotten
             ,
             must
             needs
             be
             gaining
             .
             But
             where
             the
             matter
             it selfe
             is
             so
             indifferent
             ,
             it
             were
             fondnesse
             to
             spend
             longer
             time
             about
             it
             .
             Wherefore
             note
             ,
             That
             Countermarches
             were
             of
             ancient
             use
             amongst
             the
             Greekes
             many
             hundred
             of
             yeeres
             since
             ,
             &
             from
             them
             learned
             and
             practised
             ,
             by
             many
             other
             Nations
             ;
             and
             so
             still
             continued
             unto
             this
             day
             .
             But
             as
             the
             Snow-ball
             by
             much
             rowling
             ,
             becomes
             the
             greater
             :
             So
             ,
             in
             like
             manner
             ,
             these
             Counter-marches
             have
             received
             addition
             in
             all
             ages
             .
             So
             that
             the
             three
             originall
             ones
             are
             now
             become
             more
             then
             thirty
             accounting
             those
             divisionall
             .
             And
             yet
             are
             all
             of
             them
             fathered
             upon
             one
             or
             other
             ,
             of
             the
             three
             kinds
             .
             Though
             some
             of
             them
             will
             scarcely
             be
             owned
             or
             acknowledged
             ;
             as
             you
             shall
             perceive
             ,
             when
             I
             come
             to
             shew
             them
             in
             their
             severall
             places
             .
             But
             amongst
             all
             the
             Motions
             ,
             this
             might
             be
             the
             best
             spared
             :
             as
             being
             least
             beneficiall
             ,
             to
             this
             our
             
               moderne
               Discipline
            
             .
             But
             because
             that
             
               knowledge
               is
               no
               burthen
            
             ;
             and
             that
             at
             some
             times
             they
             may
             be
             usefull
             :
             Therefore
             
             first
             take
             the
             words
             of
             command
             or
             direction
             ,
             which
             are
             as
             followeth
             .
          
           
             
               Intire
               Countermarches
               ,
               by
               file
               .
            
             
               
               Files
               to
               the
               
                 
                   right
                
                 
                   left
                   
                     
                       hand
                       countermarch
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               
               Files
               to
               the
               
                 
                   light
                
                 
                   left
                   
                     
                       countermarch
                       ,
                       every
                       man
                       turning
                       on
                       the
                       ground
                       he
                       stands
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               
               File-leaders
               ,
               face
               about
               to
               the
               
                 
                   right
                
                 
                   left
                   
                     
                       the
                       rest
                       passe
                       through
                       to
                       the
                       
                         
                           right
                           ,
                        
                         
                           left
                           ,
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               and
               place
               your selues
               behind
               your
               Leaders
               .
            
             
               
               File-leaders
               stand
               ;
               the
               rest
               passe
               through
               to
               the
               your
               Leaders
               .
               
                 
                   right
                
                 
                   left
                   
                     
                       placing
                       your selues
                       before
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               
               File-leaders
               stand
               ,
               the
               rest
               passe
               through
               to
               the
               
                 
                   right
                
                 
                   left
                   
                     
                       placing
                       your selues
                       before
                       your
                       Leaders
                       ;
                       following
                       your
                       Bringers
                       up
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               
               Bringers
               up
               ,
               face
               about
               to
               the
               
                 
                   right
                   :
                
                 
                   left
                   :
                   
                     
                       the
                       rest
                       passe
                       through
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               to
               the
               
                 
                   right
                
                 
                   left
                   
                     
                       and
                       place
                       your selues
                       before
                       your
                       bringers
                       up
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               
               Bringers
               up
               ,
               stand
               :
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               Body
               passe
               through
               to
               the
               
                 
                   right
                
                 
                   left
                   
                     
                       placing
                       your selues
                       behinde
                       your
                       bringers
                       up
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
               Intire
               Countermarches
               by
               Ranks
               .
            
             
               
               Ranks
               to
               the
               
                 
                   right
                
                 
                   left
                   
                     
                       Countermarch
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               Ranks
               to
               the
               
                 
                   right
                
                 
                   left
                   
                     
                       countermarch
                       ,
                       every
                       man
                       turning
                       on
                       the
                       ground
                       he
                       stands
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               
               This
               right
               hand
               file
               ,
               face
               to
               the
               left
               :
               the
               rest
               passe
               Macedonian
               .
               through
               to
               the
               right
               :
               placing
               your selues
               behind
               your
               right
               hand
               men
               .
            
             
               This
               left
               hand
               file
               may
               face
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               do
               as
               much
               .
            
             
               This
               
                 
                   light
                
                 
                   left
                   
                     
                       hand
                       file
                       stand
                       ;
                       the
                       rest
                       passe
                       through
                       to
                       the
                       
                         
                           right
                           ,
                           
                        
                         
                           left
                           ,
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               placing
               your selues
               on
               the
               our
               side
               of
               your
               
                 
                   right
                
                 
                   left
                   
                     
                       hand
                       men
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               This
               
                 
                   right
                
                 
                   left
                   
                     
                       hand
                       file
                       face
                       to
                       the
                       
                         
                           right
                           ,
                        
                         
                           left
                           ,
                           
                             
                               the
                               rest
                               passe
                               
                               through
                               to
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               the
               
                 
                   right
                   ,
                
                 
                   left
                   ,
                   
                     
                       placing
                       your selues
                       before
                       your
                       
                         
                           right
                        
                         
                           left
                           
                             
                               hand
                               men
                               .
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
               Divisionall
               Countermarches
               ,
               by
               Files
               .
            
             
               
               Countermarch
               front
               and
               ●e
               cre
               into
               the
               midst
               .
            
             
               File-leaders
               ,
               and
               halfe-file-leaders
               ,
               stand
               ;
               the
               rest
               passe
               through
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               place
               your selues
               before
               your
               Leaders
               .
            
             
               
               File-leaders
               ,
               and
               Bringers
               up
               ,
               stand
               ;
               the
               rest
               passe
               through
               to
               the
               right
               :
               and
               place
               your selues
               before
               your
               Leaders
               and
               Bringers
               up
               .
            
             
               
               File-leaders
               ,
               face
               about
               ;
               Bringers
               up
               ,
               stand
               ;
               the
               rest
               passe
               through
               to
               the
               Right
               ;
               and
               place
               your selues
               behinde
               your
               Leaders
               and
               Bringers
               up
               .
            
             
               
               Front-halfe-files
               ,
               interchange
               ground
               with
               the
               Reere
               .
            
          
           
             
               Divisionall
               Countermarches
               by
               ranks
               .
            
             
               
               Countermarch
               your
               (
               wings
               or
               )
               Flanks
               into
               the
               
               middest
               (
               or
               Center
               )
               .
            
             
               
               The
               out-most-file
               of
               each
               Flanke
               ,
               face
               outward
               ▪
               the
               rest
               passe
               through
               to
               the
               right
               and
               left
               ;
               placing
               your selues
               behinde
               your
               out-side
               men
               .
            
             
               
               The
               out-most
               file
               of
               each
               Flanke
               ,
               face
               inward
               :
               the
               rest
               passe
               through
               to
               the
               right
               and
               left
               ;
               placing
               your selues
               behinde
               your
               outside
               men
               .
            
             
               
               The
               out-most
               file
               of
               each
               flanke
               ,
               stand
               :
               the
               rest
               passe
               through
               to
               the
               right
               and
               left
               ,
               and
               place
               your selues
               on
               the
               outside
               of
               your
               outside
               men
               .
               Interchange
               your
               Flanks
               .
            
          
           
             Note
             ,
             what
             is
             done
             by
             the
             
               out
               most
               files
            
             ,
             may
             be
             reduced
             by
             converting
             the
             command
             to
             the
             innermost
             files
             ;
             but
             must
             be
             done
             before
             they
             have
             closed
             their
             divisions
             ,
             &c.
             
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XL.
             
          
           
             Of
             the
             Chorean
             Countermarch
             :
             and
             the
             way
             to
             performe
             it
             .
          
           
             I
             Could
             willingly
             have
             prickt
             a
             Figure
             ,
             for
             each
             of
             these
             severall
             countermarches
             ,
             
             but
             that
             they
             will
             take
             up
             too
             much
             roome
             .
             And
             therefore
             I
             will
             onely
             pricke
             some
             few
             of
             the
             hardest
             of
             them
             ;
             and
             for
             the
             rest
             ,
             I
             will
             endeavour
             by
             words
             to
             make
             them
             as
             facile
             as
             I
             may
             :
             that
             so
             they
             may
             be
             apprehended
             by
             the
             meanest
             capacitie
             .
             
             And
             first
             I
             will
             begin
             with
             the
             
               (
               Persian
               ,
               Cretan
            
             ,
             or
             )
             
               Chorean
               Countermarch
            
             .
             The
             word
             of
             Command
             or
             Direction
             is
             ,
             
               
                 Files
                 to
                 the
                 Right
                 hand
                 ,
                 Countermarch
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
             This
             
               Chorean
               Countermarch
            
             ,
             is
             by
             some
             called
             the
             
               Moderne
               Countermarch
            
             .
             I
             conceive
             their
             reason
             to
             be
             ,
             because
             that
             it
             is
             more
             in
             use
             than
             any
             of
             the
             other
             :
             Or
             else
             ,
             for
             antiquitie
             ,
             it
             might
             claime
             many
             ages
             .
             It
             is
             a
             
               Countermarch
               for
               maintaining
               of
               ground
            
             :
             for
             it
             worketh
             its
             effect
             ,
             on
             the
             
               same
               ground
               it
               stands
            
             ;
             neither
             loosing
             nor
             gaining
             .
             But
             it
             transferres
             the
             file-leaders
             ,
             into
             the
             place
             of
             the
             bringers
             up
             :
             and
             the
             
               bringers
               up
            
             ,
             into
             the
             place
             of
             the
             file-leaders
             :
             withall
             turning
             the
             aspect
             of
             the
             body
             or
             battalia
             ,
             to
             the
             Reere
             .
             The
             way
             to
             performe
             this
             motion
             ,
             is
             as
             followeth
             .
             Assoone
             as
             the
             word
             of
             command
             is
             given
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             then
             all
             the
             file-leaders
             step
             forwards
             with
             their
             right
             legges
             ,
             and
             face
             about
             to
             the
             right
             :
             every
             file-leader
             with
             his
             file
             following
             him
             ,
             passing
             downe
             towards
             the
             Reere
             ,
             through
             the
             intervall
             on
             his
             right
             hand
             ,
             still
             observing
             ,
             to
             keepe
             even
             in
             ranke
             with
             his
             
               right
               hand
               man.
            
             But
             by
             the
             way
             ,
             note
             that
             no
             man
             must
             turne
             ,
             untill
             he
             come
             to
             the
             ground
             where
             at
             first
             his
             file-leader
             began
             the
             Countermarch
             .
             This
             motion
             is
             then
             performed
             ,
             when
             the
             
               bringers
               up
            
             ,
             have
             attained
             unto
             the
             place
             where
             before
             their
             file-leaders
             stood
             :
             being
             faced
             right
             after
             them
             ;
             
               Files
               ,
               countermarch
               to
               the
               left
               .
            
          
           
             To
             countermarch
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             worketh
             the
             same
             
             effect
             ;
             and
             is
             done
             after
             the
             same
             manner
             :
             onely
             differing
             in
             the
             hand
             .
          
           
             For
             reducement
             ,
             if
             you
             countermarch
             to
             the
             right
             ;
             do
             as
             much
             to
             the
             left
             :
             and
             they
             will
             be
             as
             they
             were
             .
             For
             any
             
               intire
               countermarch
            
             of
             files
             ,
             will
             be
             reduced
             (
             of
             what
             kinde
             soever
             )
             by
             making
             another
             
               intire
               countermarch
            
             ,
             to
             what
             hand
             soever
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XLI
             .
          
           
             Of
             Countermarching
             to
             loose
             Ground
             .
          
           
             
               The
               Command
               is
               .
            
             
               Files
               to
               the
               Right
               ,
               Countermarch
               :
               every
               man
               turning
               after
               his
               Leader
               ,
               on
               the
               Ground
               he
               stands
               .
            
             
               
               THis
               
                 Lacedemonian
                 countermarch
              
               ,
               is
               a
               
                 Countermarch
                 of
                 losse
                 of
                 ground
              
               ;
               for
               
                 that
                 it
                 leaves
                 all
                 the
                 ground
                 the
                 Battalia
                 formerly
                 did
                 conteine
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 lieu
                 or
                 place
                 thereof
                 taketh
                 the
                 ground
                 behinde
                 the
                 Reere
                 .
              
               This
               Countermarch
               is
               to
               be
               performed
               ,
               when
               the
               Bodie
               is
               upon
               a
               stand
               .
               And
               as
               the
               Chorean
               ,
               turnes
               the
               
                 Aspect
                 towards
                 the
                 Reere
              
               .
               The
               Greekes
               were
               wont
               with
               this
               Countermarch
               ,
               to
               bring
               their
               file-leaders
               to
               oppose
               any
               enemie
               ,
               appearing
               in
               the
               Reere
               :
               thereby
               gallantly
               bearding
               their
               enemies
               
               in
               the
               teeth
               :
               neither
               politickly
               making
               shew
               of
               flight
               ,
               whereby
               to
               bring
               the
               enemie
               into
               disarray
               ;
               nor
               over
               providently
               carefull
               ,
               of
               the
               advantage
               of
               ground
               .
               The
               motion
               of
               this
               Countermarch
               ,
               is
               to
               be
               performed
               as
               followeth
               .
               The
               file-leaders
               of
               each
               file
               ,
               are
               to
               step
               side
               wayes
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               therewithall
               to
               
                 face
                 about
              
               to
               the
               reere
               ;
               and
               so
               march
               even
               in
               ranke
               together
               downe
               betweene
               the
               *
               Intervalls
               ,
               no
               man
               advancing
               a
               foot
               forwards
               ,
               but
               turning
               in
               like
               manner
               after
               their
               leaders
               ,
               when
               they
               are
               past
               by
               them
               ;
               still
               observing
               to
               keep
               their
               due
               distance
               .
               And
               so
               a
               whole
               ranke
               together
               ,
               still
               turning
               off
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               each
               Ranke
               successively
               doing
               the
               like
               ,
               untill
               the
               Countermarch
               be
               fully
               performed
               .
               Any
               
                 intire
                 countermarch
              
               of
               files
               ,
               will
               reduce
               this
               .
               But
               for
               order
               sake
               ,
               take
               one
               of
               the
               same
               sort
               to
               the
               contrary
               hand
               ,
               which
               is
               .
            
          
           
             
               Files
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               Countermarch
               :
               every
               man
               turning
               after
               his
               Leader
               ,
               on
               the
               ground
               he
               stands
               .
            
             
               I
               shall
               not
               need
               to
               speake
               further
               ,
               concerning
               this
               Countermarch
               of
               losse
               of
               ground
               to
               the
               left
               ;
               seeing
               that
               it
               differs
               from
               the
               other
               onely
               in
               the
               alteration
               of
               the
               hand
               .
               The
               substance
               and
               effect
               of
               both
               ,
               being
               one
               and
               the
               same
               :
               onely
               I
               will
               now
               speake
               to
               a
               second
               fort
               of
               Countermarch
               ,
               which
               is
               of
               the
               same
               kinde
               .
               The
               Command
               is
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Bringers
               up
               ,
               face
               about
               to
               the
               Right
               ,
               the
               rest
               passe
               through
               to
               the
               Reere
               ,
               and
               place
               your selues
               before
               your
               Bringers
               up
               .
            
             
               
               This
               
                 Lacedemonian
                 Countermarch
              
               doth
               also
               loose
               the
               ground
               ,
               whereon
               it
               formerly
               stood
               ,
               and
               takes
               the
               ground
               behinde
               the
               Reere
               ,
               the
               manner
               of
               the
               motion
               is
               as
               followeth
               :
               The
               last
               ranke
               or
               
                 Bringers
                 up
                 face
              
               to
               the
               Reere
               ,
               and
               stand
               :
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               
                 Body
                 facing
              
               about
               in
               like
               manner
               ,
               and
               passing
               through
               or
               betweene
               their
               
                 bringers
                 up
              
               ,
               and
               placing
               themselues
               even
               in
               ranke
               before
               them
               .
               The
               motion
               is
               begun
               ,
               by
               the
               ranke
               ,
               next
               the
               
                 bringers
                 up
              
               ,
               and
               so
               continued
               ;
               successively
               by
               the
               rest
               ,
               untill
               the
               Countermarch
               be
               ended
               .
               It
               may
               be
               reduced
               ,
               by
               doing
               the
               same
               to
               the
               
                 contrary
                 hand
              
               .
               Neverthelesse
               for
               brevity
               sake
               ,
               I
               will
               make
               use
               of
               a
               sprigge
               ,
               from
               the
               same
               bough
               ,
               and
               reduce
               this
               
                 Lacedemon
                 countermarch
              
               ,
               by
               another
               of
               the
               same
               kinde
               .
               The
               Command
               is
               ,
               
                 
                   Bringers
                   up
                   ,
                   stand
                   ,
                   the
                   rest
                   passe
                   through
                   to
                   the
                   Right
                   ,
                   and
                   place
                   your selues
                   behind
                   your
                   Bringers
                   up
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
               This
               
                 Lacedemonian
                 countermarch
              
               ,
               is
               thus
               to
               be
               performed
               ;
               the
               last
               ranke
               (
               or
               
                 bringers
                 up
              
               )
               are
               to
               stand
               ;
               and
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               body
               ,
               to
               face
               to
               the
               Reere
               ,
               and
               passe
               through
               to
               the
               Right
               ,
               and
               place
               themselues
               behinde
               their
               
                 bringers
                 up
              
               ,
               contrary
               to
               the
               countermarch
               last
               showne
               ,
               where
               they
               placed
               themselues
               before
               .
               The
               motion
               is
               also
               begun
               ,
               by
               the
               second
               ranke
               from
               the
               reere
               ,
               the
               rest
               following
               successively
               ,
               untill
               the
               file-leaders
               are
               become
               the
               
                 Bringers
                 up
              
               :
               Then
               face
               them
               about
               after
               their
               proper
               file-leaders
               ,
               and
               they
               are
               reduced
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XLII
             .
          
           
             Of
             Countermarches
             to
             gaine
             ground
             ,
             or
             the
             Macedonian
             Counter-march
             .
          
           
             
               
                 The
                 Command
                 is
              
               ,
               File-leader
               face
               about
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               the
               rest
               passe
               through
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               place
               your selves
               behinde
               your
               Leaders
               .
            
             
               
               THis
               
                 Macedonian
                 Counter-march
              
               ,
               is
               for
               
                 gaining
                 ground
              
               ,
               for
               that
               it
               leaues
               the
               ground
               ,
               the
               Battalia
               formerly
               stood
               upon
               ,
               taking
               in
               lieu
               thereof
               ,
               the
               ground
               next
               before
               the
               front
               .
               It
               also
               turnes
               the
               aspect
               towards
               the
               reere
               .
               The
               motion
               of
               this
               Counter-march
               is
               from
               the
               reere
               to
               the
               front
               ,
               contrary
               to
               the
               Lacedemon
               ,
               whose
               motion
               is
               from
               the
               front
               to
               the
               reere
               :
               This
               
                 Macedonian
                 Counter-march
              
               ,
               makes
               semblance
               in
               the
               reere
               of
               flight
               ,
               but
               presently
               produceth
               an
               orderly
               
                 settled
                 front
              
               ,
               when
               perhaps
               the
               enemy
               ,
               with
               a
               too
               early
               pursuit
               ,
               hath
               broken
               the
               order
               of
               their
               array
               .
            
             
               The
               way
               to
               performe
               this
               
                 Counter-march
                 ▪
              
               according
               to
               the
               directions
               formerly
               given
               ,
               is
               as
               followeth
               :
               The
               file-leaders
               or
               
                 first
                 ranke
                 ,
                 face
                 about
              
               to
               the
               right
               :
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               body
               passe
               through
               ,
               betweene
               the
               Intervalles
               ,
               (
               or
               distance
               of
               files
               )
               to
               the
               
               left
               :
               and
               place
               themselves
               behinde
               their
               leaders
               ;
               every
               ranke
               (
               beginning
               with
               that
               next
               the
               
                 file
                 leaders
              
               )
               passing
               through
               successively
               ,
               and
               taking
               their
               places
               ,
               untill
               the
               Counter-march
               be
               fully
               executed
               .
               It
               may
               be
               reduced
               as
               the
               rest
               ,
               by
               doing
               the
               same
               to
               the
               
                 contrary
                 hand
              
               ,
               or
               as
               I
               have
               formerly
               said
               ,
               by
               any
               intire
               counter-march
               of
               file
               ;
               and
               therefore
               I
               will
               reduce
               it
               by
               another
               
                 Macedonian
                 counter-march
              
               .
               The
               command
               is
               ,
               as
               followeth
               .
            
          
           
             
               File-leaders
               face
               to
               the
               Reere
               ,
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               body
               passe
               through
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               following
               your
               bringers
               up
               ,
               placing
               your selves
               behinde
               your
               leaders
               .
            
             
               
               This
               
                 Macedonian
                 counter-march
              
               is
               rather
               remembred
               for
               its
               antiquity
               ,
               then
               excellencie
               ,
               (
               as
               some
               more
               of
               them
               be
               )
               neverthelesse
               if
               any
               will
               be
               curious
               to
               observe
               the
               motion
               ,
               it
               may
               be
               performed
               as
               followeth
               :
               The
               
                 first
                 ranke
              
               (
               or
               
                 file-leaders
                 )
                 face
              
               to
               the
               reere
               ,
               then
               the
               
                 last
                 ranke
              
               begin
               the
               counter-march
               ,
               passing
               forwarde
               betweene
               the
               Intervalls
               ,
               the
               
                 seventh
                 ranke
              
               following
               the
               eighth
               ,
               the
               sixt
               following
               the
               seventh
               ,
               and
               so
               likewise
               the
               rest
               ,
               untill
               the
               whole
               body
               be
               transferred
               ,
               into
               the
               ground
               before
               the
               front
               ,
               and
               then
               joyntly
               together
               ,
               facing
               to
               the
               right
               about
               ,
               after
               their
               leaders
               ,
               the
               
                 counter
                 marche
              
               is
               ended
               .
               For
               reducement
               ,
               observe
               this
               for
               all
               ;
               that
               any
               intire
               countermarch
               of
               file
               ,
               may
               be
               reduced
               ,
               by
               another
               intire
               counter-march
               by
               file
               ,
               of
               what
               kinde
               ,
               or
               to
               what
               hand
               soever
               .
            
             
               These
               three
               last
               Chapters
               of
               counter-marches
               ,
               are
               the
               originall
               grounds
               of
               all
               the
               rest
               ,
               yet
               I
               shall
               
               shew
               one
               in
               the
               insuing
               Chapter
               ,
               which
               time
               hath
               begotten
               out
               of
               the
               latter
               two
               ,
               which
               takes
               part
               with
               either
               ,
               being
               absolute
               in
               neither
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XLIII
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             Bastard
             counter-march
             .
          
           
             
               
                 The
                 Command
                 is
              
               ,
               File-leaders
               stand
               ,
               the
               rest
               passe
               through
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               place
               your selves
               before
               your
               Leader
               .
            
             
               
               THis
               passing
               through
               ,
               (
               or
               
                 bastard
                 counter-march
              
               )
               is
               partly
               Macedonian
               ,
               and
               partly
               Lacedemonian
               ;
               for
               first
               with
               the
               Macedon
               ,
               it
               takes
               the
               ground
               before
               the
               front
               ,
               the
               motion
               being
               from
               the
               reere
               forward
               :
               it
               is
               partly
               Lacedemonian
               ,
               for
               that
               they
               passe
               through
               ,
               and
               place
               themselves
               before
               their
               Leaders
               ,
               and
               for
               that
               it
               makes
               semblance
               of
               
                 falling
                 on
              
               ,
               or
               charging
               the
               enemy
               :
               neverthelesse
               the
               Macedonian
               disclaimes
               it
               ,
               for
               that
               it
               alters
               not
               his
               aspect
               :
               The
               Lacedemonian
               refuseth
               it
               ,
               for
               that
               it
               takes
               the
               ground
               before
               the
               front
               ,
               and
               not
               that
               behinde
               the
               reere
               :
               or
               with
               the
               Chorean
               ,
               it
               holds
               affinitie
               .
               And
               many
               there
               be
               that
               will
               not
               allow
               it
               for
               a
               countermarch
               ,
               for
               indeed
               the
               word
               it selfe
               will
               not
               beare
               it
               ;
               notwithstanding
               seeing
               that
               it
               hath
               beene
               long
               ranged
               amongst
               them
               ,
               I
               will
               not
               be
               he
               that
               shall
               displace
               it
               ,
               but
               will
               passe
               forwards
               ,
               to
               shew
               the
               manner
               of
               the
               motion
               ,
               which
               is
               
               to
               be
               performed
               as
               followeth
               .
               The
               file-leaders
               stand
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               former
               direction
               ,
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               
                 body
                 ,
                 advance
              
               their
               armes
               ;
               the
               
                 second
                 ranke
              
               first
               passing
               through
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               placing
               themselves
               before
               the
               
                 first
                 ranke
              
               ,
               the
               
                 third
                 ranke
              
               before
               the
               second
               ;
               the
               fourth
               before
               the
               third
               ,
               and
               so
               forwards
               for
               the
               rest
               ,
               untill
               the
               last
               ranke
               (
               or
               
                 bringers
                 up
              
               )
               are
               become
               the
               foremost
               ,
               which
               perfects
               the
               motion
               .
               It
               may
               be
               severally
               usefull
               ,
               as
               to
               skirmish
               against
               an
               enemy
               ,
               advancing
               by
               way
               of
               introduction
               ,
               or
               upon
               occasion
               ,
               to
               bring
               the
               reere
               ,
               men
               to
               march
               in
               front
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               .
               For
               the
               reducement
               ,
               you
               may
               doe
               ,
               as
               much
               to
               the
               
                 contrary
                 hand
              
               ,
               onely
               for
               order
               sake
               ,
               I
               will
               reduce
               it
               ,
               by
               another
               like
               it selfe
               .
               The
               Command
               is
               ,
            
          
           
             
               File-leaders
               stand
               ,
               the
               rest
               passe
               through
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               placing
               your selves
               before
               your
               Leaders
               ,
               following
               your
               bringers
               up
               .
            
             
               
               This
               motion
               may
               be
               done
               either
               to
               the
               right
               or
               left
               ,
               and
               is
               nothing
               differing
               from
               that
               last
               shewne
               ;
               but
               that
               ,
               whereas
               the
               other
               ,
               began
               with
               the
               
                 second
                 ranke
              
               ,
               this
               contrariwise
               begins
               with
               the
               
                 last
                 ranke
              
               ,
               (
               or
               
                 bringers
                 up
              
               )
               every
               ranke
               successively
               ,
               following
               the
               ranke
               ,
               which
               came
               from
               behinde
               them
               ,
               untill
               they
               which
               were
               the
               leaders
               ,
               are
               become
               the
               last
               in
               the
               reere
               .
               If
               this
               countermarch
               be
               first
               done
               ,
               it
               may
               be
               reduced
               by
               any
               of
               those
               formerly
               shewn
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XLIV
             .
          
           
             Of
             countermarching
             ranks
             ,
             to
             maintaine
             ground
             .
          
           
             
               The
               Command
               is
               .
            
             
               Ranks
               to
               the
               right
               hand
               countermarch
               .
            
             
               
               THis
               
                 Chorean
                 counter-march
                 of
                 rankes
                 ,
                 is
                 an
                 altering
                 or
                 changing
                 of
                 one
                 flanke
                 for
                 the
                 other
                 ,
                 the
                 Battalia
                 still
                 keeping
                 the
                 same
                 ground
                 ,
                 onely
                 the
                 right
                 flanke
                 becomes
                 the
                 left
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 left
                 ,
                 becomes
                 the
                 right
                 :
              
               The
               way
               to
               performe
               this
               motion
               ,
               is
               as
               followeth
               :
               the
               command
               being
               given
               ,
               then
               the
               whole
               
                 body
                 faceth
              
               to
               the
               hand
               named
               ,
               and
               every
               man
               in
               the
               
                 outmost
                 file
              
               ,
               to
               the
               
                 right
                 :
                 (
                 files
              
               by
               this
               facing
               ,
               being
               become
               rankes
               )
               turnes
               down
               through
               the
               Intervalle
               ,
               (
               or
               distance
               betweene
               ranke
               and
               
                 ranke
                 )
                 marching
              
               forth
               right
               unto
               the
               part
               ,
               which
               was
               the
               
                 left
                 flanke
              
               ,
               with
               their
               
                 rankes
                 ,
                 file-wise
              
               following
               them
               ,
               being
               come
               unto
               their
               ground
               ,
               they
               face
               as
               before
               ,
               and
               the
               counter-march
               is
               performed
               :
               for
               the
               reducement
               ,
               let
               
                 rankes
                 countermarch
              
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               after
               the
               same
               manner
               ,
               differing
               onely
               in
               the
               hand
               ,
               and
               they
               are
               as
               at
               first
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XLV
             .
          
           
             Of
             Countermarching
             Rankes
             to
             lose
             Ground
             .
          
           
             
               The
               Command
               is
               .
            
             
               Rankes
               to
               the
               right-hand
               Countermarch
               ,
               every
               man
               turning
               after
               his
               right-hand-man
               ,
               on
               the
               ground
               he
               stands
               .
            
             
               
               THis
               
                 Lacedemonian-Countermarch
                 of
                 Rankes
                 ,
                 is
                 a
                 falling
                 on
                 upon
                 the
                 left
                 Flanke
                 :
                 the
                 Motion
                 being
                 begun
                 by
                 the
                 right
              
               ;
               It
               leaves
               all
               the
               ground
               ,
               the
               Battalia
               stood
               on
               ,
               and
               takes
               in
               place
               therof
               the
               
                 ground
                 beside
                 the
                 left
                 Flanke
              
               ,
               turning
               the
               Aspect
               to
               the
               left
               :
               The
               manner
               or
               way
               ,
               to
               performe
               this
               Motion
               ,
               is
               as
               followeth
               :
               The
               whole
               
                 Bodie
                 faceth
              
               to
               the
               right
               ;
               and
               then
               the
               right-hand-file
               being
               faced
               ,
               (
               becomes
               a
               Ranke
               )
               begins
               the
               Countermarch
               ,
               turning
               downe
               the
               Intervals
               of
               the
               Ranks
               ,
               (
               which
               by
               this
               facing
               ,
               is
               made
               the
               distance
               between
               the
               Files
               )
               and
               so
               
                 marcheth
                 forth-right
              
               ,
               beyond
               the
               
                 left
                 Flanke
              
               ,
               every
               man
               following
               him
               that
               was
               his
               right-hand-man
               (
               but
               not
               stepping
               forwards
               one
               foot
               of
               ground
               )
               untill
               the
               Countermarch
               be
               performed
               .
               For
               the
               reducement
               of
               
               this
               Countermarch
               ,
               do
               as
               much
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               and
               they
               will
               he
               as
               at
               first
               :
               Or
               (
               if
               you
               please
               )
               take
               another
               of
               the
               same
               kind
               ;
               The
               word
               of
               Command
               ,
               or
               direction
               is
               .
            
          
           
             
               Right-hand-file
               ,
               face
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               the
               rest
               passe
               through
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               place
               your selves
               before
               your
               right-hand-men
               .
            
             
               
               THis
               
                 Lacedemonian
                 Countermarch
                 of
                 ranks
                 ,
                 makes
                 a
                 falling
                 on
                 upon
                 the
                 right
                 Flanke
                 ,
              
               the
               Motion
               being
               from
               the
               
                 left
                 Flanke
              
               ,
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               leaving
               all
               the
               ground
               whereon
               the
               Battalia
               stood
               ,
               and
               taking
               in
               lieu
               thereof
               the
               ground
               
                 beside
                 the
                 right
                 Flanke
              
               .
               In
               those
               dayes
               ;
               when
               Countermarches
               were
               more
               usefull
               for
               their
               Discipline
               ,
               then
               now
               they
               are
               for
               ours
               ;
               the
               
                 Lacedemonian
                 Countermarches
              
               were
               of
               chiefe
               repute
               ,
               aswell
               amongst
               the
               Macedonians
               ,
               as
               the
               Spartans
               and
               others
               :
               the
               way
               to
               performe
               this
               Motion
               is
               as
               followeth
               .
               The
               
                 right-hand-file
                 faceth
              
               to
               the
               right
               ;
               and
               passeth
               through
               the
               Intervals
               or
               spaces
               ,
               to
               the
               right
               :
               placing
               themselves
               ,
               before
               their
               right-hand-men
               ,
               untill
               the
               left-hand-file
               ,
               become
               the
               
                 foremost
                 ranke
              
               ;
               If
               you
               doe
               this
               Countermarch
               by
               it selfe
               ,
               then
               for
               reducement
               ,
               first
               face
               them
               to
               their
               
                 Front
                 proper
              
               ,
               then
               let
               the
               
                 left-hand-files
                 ,
                 face
              
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               and
               do
               as
               much
               to
               the
               left
               ;
               and
               then
               they
               will
               be
               as
               at
               first
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XLVI
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             Macedonian
             Countermarch
             by
             Ranke
             .
          
           
             
               
                 The
                 Command
                 is
              
               :
               Right-hand-file
               face
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               the
               rest
               passe
               through
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               placing
               your selves
               behind
               your
               right-hand-men
               .
            
             
               
               THis
               Macedonian
               
                 Countermarch
                 of
                 ranks
                 ,
                 contrary
                 to
                 the
              
               Spartan
               ,
               
                 dismarcheth
                 from
                 the
                 enemy
                 upon
                 that
                 Flanke
                 where
                 hee
                 appeares
                 ,
                 and
                 presents
                 the
                 contrary
                 Flanke
                 ,
                 to
                 receive
                 the
                 Charge
                 .
              
               It
               is
               performed
               after
               this
               manner
               .
               The
               out-most-file
               to
               the
               
                 right
                 ,
                 faceth
              
               to
               the
               left
               .
               The
               rest
               of
               the
               body
               ,
               or
               
                 Battalia
                 ,
                 faceth
              
               to
               the
               right
               ;
               every
               man
               passing
               thorough
               to
               the
               right
               and
               placing
               themselves
               ,
               behind
               their
               right-hand-men
               :
               For
               the
               reducement
               of
               this
               Countermarch
               ,
               as
               all
               the
               rest
               ,
               there
               are
               divers
               ,
               and
               severall
               wayes
               ;
               but
               performe
               as
               much
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               as
               you
               have
               done
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               they
               will
               be
               at
               first
               :
               Or
               if
               you
               please
               ,
               this
               following
               Bastard
               
               Countermand
               ,
               will
               do
               the
               same
               .
               The
               word
               of
               Command
               or
               direction
               is
               ,
            
          
           
             
               Right-hand-file
               stand
               ,
               the
               rest
               passe
               through
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               placing
               your selves
               ,
               on
               the
               outside
               of
               your
               Right-hand-men
               .
            
             
               
               THis
               passing
               thorough
               ,
               or
               
                 Bastard
                 Countermarch
              
               of
               Ranks
               ,
               doth
               alter
               both
               ground
               ,
               and
               flanke
               ;
               (
               still
               reserving
               the
               Aspect
               ,
               without
               
                 alteration
                 .
              
               )
               It
               is
               to
               be
               performed
               as
               followeth
               .
               The
               out-most
               or
               right-hand-file
               ,
               stands
               ;
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               
                 body
                 ,
                 facing
              
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               passe
               thorough
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               every
               man
               placing
               himselfe
               ,
               on
               the
               right
               side
               of
               his
               right-hand-man
               ,
               and
               so
               standing
               euen
               in
               Ranke
               ,
               the
               Motion
               still
               continuing
               ,
               untill
               the
               left-hand-file
               ,
               is
               become
               the
               right
               ;
               the
               right
               ,
               the
               contrary
               .
               If
               this
               Countermarch
               be
               done
               alone
               ,
               for
               the
               reducement
               ;
               let
               the
               left-hand-file
               stand
               ,
               and
               do
               as
               much
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               as
               before
               to
               the
               right
               ;
               and
               they
               will
               be
               as
               at
               first
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XLVII
             .
          
           
             Of
             Countermarching
             Front
             and
             Reere
             to
             the
             middest
             .
          
           
             
             FOr
             the
             
               Intire
               Countermarches
            
             ,
             I
             have
             indeavoured
             to
             expresse
             them
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             I
             could
             in
             words
             ,
             but
             for
             the
             
               divisionall
               Countermarches
            
             ,
             
             I
             intend
             to
             expresse
             ,
             both
             in
             word
             and
             figure
             ,
             whereby
             they
             may
             be
             the
             more
             easily
             apprehended
             by
             such
             as
             shall
             be
             desirous
             to
             know
             them
             :
             notwithstanding
             before
             I
             enter
             upon
             the
             
               divisionall
               Countermarches
               ▪
            
             I
             would
             willingly
             cleere
             one
             thing
             which
             by
             some
             will
             be
             carped
             at
             ;
             which
             is
             ,
             the
             using
             of
             the
             word
             Middest
             ,
             insteed
             of
             the
             word
             Center
             :
             The
             word
             Center
             (
             I
             confesse
             )
             hath
             been
             the
             more
             usuall
             word
             amongst
             us
             ;
             and
             yet
             it
             is
             not
             altogether
             so
             proper
             to
             our
             use
             as
             the
             other
             ;
             wherefore
             give
             me
             leave
             ,
             without
             offence
             ,
             to
             use
             those
             words
             ,
             which
             are
             not
             only
             more
             proper
             ,
             but
             more
             significant
             .
             The
             Midst
             of
             the
             Battaile
             ,
             is
             to
             be
             understood
             ,
             either
             from
             the
             
               Front
               ,
               &
               Reere
            
             ;
             or
             from
             
               both
               Flanks
            
             (
             or
             
               wings
               :
            
             )
             If
             between
             Front
             and
             Reere
             ,
             the
             Midst
             must
             be
             betweene
             the
             half-file-leaders
             ,
             and
             the
             
               Reere
               ranke
            
             of
             the
             
               Front
               half-files
            
             ,
             extending
             it selfe
             from
             Flanke
             to
             Flanke
             :
             The
             Midst
             betweene
             the
             Flankes
             ,
             is
             betweene
             the
             two
             
               innermost
               files
            
             ;
             continuing
             the
             whole
             depth
             :
             from
             Front
             to
             Reere
             :
             Our
             
               first
               Countermarch
            
             shall
             be
             Chorean
             ;
             the
             word
             of
             command
             or
             direction
             is
             .
          
           
           
             This
             
               divisionall
               ,
               chorean
               countermarch
            
             ,
             brings
             our
             File-leaders
             ,
             and
             
               Bringers
               up
            
             together
             in
             the
             midst
             ,
             and
             the
             ranks
             that
             were
             in
             the
             midst
             in
             the
             
               Front
               &
               Reere
            
             .
             It
             is
             a
             countermarch
             mayntayning
             ground
             ;
             for
             every
             man
             
               marcheth
               up
            
             ,
             into
             his
             leaders
             ground
             ;
             before
             he
             faceth
             about
             to
             countermarch
             :
             The
             way
             to
             performe
             the
             Motion
             ,
             is
             as
             followeth
             .
             The
             command
             
             being
             given
             to
             countermarch
             ,
             either
             let
             the
             commander
             ,
             or
             some
             other
             of
             the
             Officers
             ,
             command
             the
             half-files
             ,
             to
             
               face
               about
            
             :
             then
             the
             file-leaders
             stepping
             forwards
             ,
             with
             the
             right
             legge
             ,
             and
             face
             about
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             passing
             downe
             the
             Intervals
             on
             the
             right
             hand
             ,
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Front-halfe-files
             ,
             following
             their
             Leaders
             ,
             and
             not
             turning
             ,
             untill
             they
             come
             to
             the
             ground
             ,
             where
             their
             
               Leaders
               ▪
            
             turned
             
             down
             before
             them
             :
             The
             
               bringers
               up
            
             with
             the
             Reere-half-files
             ,
             at
             the
             same
             instant
             turning
             downe
             their
             Intervales
             ,
             on
             the
             
               left
               hand
            
             ,
             the
             rest
             of
             their
             division
             following
             them
             ,
             untill
             the
             file-leaders
             and
             
               bringers
               up
            
             ,
             meet
             together
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Battaile
             ,
             and
             then
             having
             faced
             all
             to
             their
             Leader
             ,
             the
             Motion
             is
             performed
             .
             For
             the
             reducement
             ,
             of
             this
             figure
             ,
             doing
             the
             same
             thing
             over
             againe
             ,
             will
             reduce
             it
             .
             Or
             any
             other
             
               divisionall
               countermarch
               of
               File
            
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XLVIII
             .
          
           
             Of
             bringing
             Front
             and
             Reere
             together
             ,
             into
             the
             midst
             ,
             by
             the
             Bastard
             Countermarch
             .
          
           
             
               
                 The
                 Command
                 is
              
               :
               File-leaders
               ,
               and
               half-fileaders
               stand
               ,
               the
               rest
               passe
               thorough
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               place
               your selves
               before
               your
               Leaders
               .
            
             
               
               
                 THis
                 Bastard
                 Countermarch
                 ,
                 doth
                 bring
                 the
                 Leaders
                 ,
                 and
                 bringers
                 up
                 ,
                 together
                 ,
                 into
                 the
                 midst
                 ,
                 and
                 saves
                 two
                 facings
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 quicklier
                 performed
                 ,
                 then
                 the
                 other
                 last
                 done
                 :
                 or
                 any
                 other
                 in
                 the
                 precedent
                 Chapters
                 :
              
               The
               way
               to
               performe
               
               the
               Motion
               ,
               is
               as
               followeth
               :
               The
               
                 first
                 ranke
              
               stands
               ;
               and
               the
               half-file-leaders
               stand
               ,
               then
               those
               of
               the
               Front-half-files
               ,
               passe
               thorough
               their
               Intervals
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               placing
               themselves
               before
               their
               File-leaders
               :
               The
               
                 second
                 ranke
              
               before
               the
               first
               ,
               the
               third
               before
               the
               second
               ,
               the
               fourth
               before
               the
               third
               ;
               The
               Reere-half-files
               at
               the
               same
               instant
               ,
               doing
               the
               like
               ,
               and
               placing
               themselves
               ,
               before
               their
               *
               half-file-leaders
               ,
               as
               the
               other
               did
               ,
               before
               their
               File-leaders
               :
               This
               Motion
               may
               be
               either
               reduced
               by
               doing
               the
               same
               over
               againe
               to
               the
               
                 contrary
                 hand
              
               ,
               or
               else
               by
               
                 countermarching
                 front
                 and
                 Reere
              
               into
               the
               midst
               ,
               or
               by
               any
               other
               of
               the
               
                 divisionall
                 countermarches
              
               of
               files
               .
               The
               next
               shal
               be
               a
               
                 Lacedemonian
                 countermarch
              
               ,
               the
               word
               of
               command
               ,
               or
               direction
               ,
               is
               as
               shall
               be
               exprest
               in
               the
               ensuing
               Chapter
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XLIX
             .
          
           
             Of
             Countermarching
             to
             make
             a
             large
             Intervale
             between
             the
             first
             ,
             and
             last
             Ranks
             .
          
           
             
               
                 The
                 Command
                 is
              
               ,
               File-leaders
               ,
               and
               Bringers
               up
               stand
               ,
               the
               rest
               passe
               thorough
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               place
               your selves
               ,
               before
               your
               Leaders
               ,
               and
               Bringers
               up
               .
            
             
               Lacedemonian
               .
               
            
             
             
               THis
               
                 divisionall
                 Lacedemonian
                 Countermarch
              
               ,
               makes
               semblance
               of
               falling
               on
               ,
               or
               charging
               ,
               both
               to
               the
               Front
               and
               Reere
               ,
               and
               leaves
               all
               the
               ground
               ,
               which
               was
               occupied
               by
               the
               Souldiers
               ,
               which
               stood
               betweene
               the
               front
               and
               
                 reere
                 ,
                 transferring
              
               them
               into
               the
               ground
               ,
               before
               the
               front
               ,
               and
               behinde
               the
               reere
               ;
               the
               ground
               (
               or
               place
               )
               of
               their
               former
               standing
               ,
               being
               vacant
               ,
               onely
               demonstrated
               in
               this
               figure
               by
               the
               pricks
               .
               The
               Motion
               may
               be
               thus
               performed
               .
               The
               Reere-halfe-files
               are
               commanded
               to
               face
               to
               the
               Reere
               ,
               and
               then
               the
               front-halfe-files
               ,
               passe
               through
               to
               the
               right
               :
               placing
               themselves
               before
               their
               Leaders
               ;
               The
               
                 second
                 Ranke
              
               ,
               before
               the
               first
               ;
               the
               third
               ,
               before
               the
               second
               ;
               the
               fourth
               ,
               before
               the
               third
               ;
               the
               Reere-halfe-files
               at
               the
               same
               instant
               ,
               passing
               through
               to
               the
               Reere
               ,
               after
               the
               same
               manner
               ;
               and
               placing
               themselues
               before
               their
               Bringers-up
               .
               You
               may
               perceive
               by
               the
               figures
               of
               Number
               ,
               placed
               on
               the
               Flanks
               of
               the
               figure
               of
               battell
               ,
               both
               how
               the
               men
               stood
               ,
               before
               the
               Motion
               began
               ,
               as
               also
               how
               and
               in
               what
               place
               they
               stand
               ,
               the
               Motion
               being
               ended
               :
               For
               the
               reducement
               ,
               if
               you
               have
               not
               closed
               their
               distance
               ,
               you
               may
               face
               them
               about
               ,
               and
               so
               let
               them
               passe
               againe
               into
               their
               places
               :
               Or
               else
               ,
               by
               doing
               the
               same
               
               Countermarch
               over
               againe
               ,
               or
               to
               the
               
                 contrary
                 hand
              
               ,
               or
               any
               such
               like
               way
               ,
               will
               reduce
               them
               .
               This
               next
               following
               Countermarch
               will
               also
               reduce
               them
               ,
               or
               this
               will
               reduce
               that
               .
               The
               word
               for
               the
               Command
               ,
               or
               direction
               is
               ,
               as
               you
               shall
               finde
               it
               placed
               ,
               over
               the
               front
               of
               the
               figure
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             L.
             
          
           
             Of
             making
             a
             large
             Intervalle
             ,
             betweene
             the
             first
             and
             last
             ranks
             ,
             by
             the
             Macedonian
             Countermarch
             .
          
           
             
             THis
             
               divisionall
               Macedonian
               Countermarch
            
             ,
             is
             little
             different
             from
             that
             ,
             next
             before
             it
             ,
             onely
             the
             other
             ,
             
               turned
               the
               Aspect
               outward
               ,
               to
               the
               front
               ,
               and
               Reere
            
             ;
             this
             
               Countermarch
               turnes
               the
               Aspect
               inwards
               ,
               towards
               the
               midst
               .
            
             It
             may
             be
             usefull
             ,
             if
             the
             Commander
             would
             shew
             ,
             or
             publish
             ought
             ,
             before
             his
             best
             Souldiers
             ,
             for
             that
             it
             not
             onely
             leaves
             a
             large
             distance
             ,
             but
             that
             it
             brings
             the
             best
             Souldiers
             into
             the
             midst
             ,
             with
             their
             Aspects
             directed
             inwards
             :
             It
             may
             also
             serue
             ,
             to
             conduct
             any
             great
             personage
             ,
             crosse
             the
             length
             of
             your
             battell
             ,
             whereby
             to
             shew
             them
             ,
             the
             braverie
             of
             your
             Souldiers
             ,
             &c.
             
             The
             figure
             followeth
             .
          
           
             
             
               
                 The
                 Command
                 is
              
               ,
               File-leaders
               face
               about
               ,
               Bringers
               up
               stand
               ,
               the
               rest
               passe
               through
               to
               the
               Right
               ,
               and
               place
               your selues
               behinde
               your
               file-leaders
               and
               Bringers
               up
               .
            
             
               
            
             
               This
               motion
               may
               be
               thus
               performed
               :
               The
               first
               ranke
               (
               or
               
                 file-leaders
                 )
                 face
                 about
              
               ,
               the
               
                 last
                 ranke
                 stands
              
               ,
               the
               
                 Reere-halfe-files
                 ,
                 face
                 about
              
               ,
               and
               so
               the
               front-division
               ;
               passe
               forwards
               ,
               and
               place
               themselues
               behind
               
               the
               file-leaders
               ,
               the
               reere-halfe-files
               ,
               behinde
               their
               
                 Bringers
                 up
              
               .
               The
               manner
               ,
               you
               may
               perceive
               the
               plainer
               ,
               if
               you
               note
               the
               figures
               ,
               of
               number
               ,
               which
               are
               placed
               ,
               on
               the
               flanks
               of
               the
               figure
               ,
               their
               number
               
               shewing
               the
               places
               ,
               they
               had
               ,
               from
               the
               front
               ,
               before
               the
               motion
               began
               .
               This
               figure
               may
               be
               reduced
               ,
               either
               by
               the
               same
               word
               of
               command
               ,
               which
               produced
               it
               ,
               or
               else
               by
               any
               of
               the
               foregoing
               
                 divisionall
                 countermarches
              
               .
               Our
               next
               ,
               shall
               be
               a
               
                 countermarch
                 of
                 exchange
                 of
                 ground
              
               .
               The
               words
               for
               command
               ,
               or
               direction
               ,
               are
               as
               followeth
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             LI.
             
          
           
             Of
             Interchanging
             Ground
             .
          
           
             
               
                 The
                 Command
                 is
              
               ,
               Front-halfe-files
               ,
               interchange
               ground
               with
               the
               Reere
               ,
               passing
               through
               to
               the
               Right
               .
            
             
               Bast
               .
               Countermarch
               .
               In
               Motion
               .
               
            
             
             
               This
               
                 Bastard
                 Countermarch
              
               ,
               may
               not
               rightly
               be
               said
               ,
               to
               be
               derived
               from
               any
               one
               of
               the
               particular
               grounds
               of
               Countermarch
               ;
               but
               rather
               ,
               participating
               of
               them
               all
               :
               And
               yet
               considering
               it
               ,
               as
               it
               is
               to
               be
               ,
               it
               is
               different
               from
               them
               all
               :
               for
               whereas
               the
               other
               countermarches
               ,
               of
               files
               in
               division
               ,
               although
               they
               bring
               the
               Front
               and
               Reere
               into
               the
               middest
               ,
               yet
               the
               front-halfe-files
               continue
               still
               ,
               on
               the
               same
               part
               ,
               and
               the
               Reere-halfe-files
               do
               not
               alter
               into
               the
               places
               of
               the
               other
               .
               But
               this
               ,
               contrary
               to
               any
               other
               ,
               of
               the
               
                 divisionall
                 countermarches
                 ,
                 transferres
                 the
                 front-halfe-files
                 into
                 the
                 ground
                 ,
                 or
                 place
                 of
                 the
                 Reere-halfe-files
                 ;
                 and
                 them
                 ,
                 into
                 the
                 contrary
                 part
                 ,
                 bringing
                 the
                 file-leaders
                 ,
                 and
                 bringers
                 up
                 ,
                 together
                 into
                 the
                 midst
                 .
              
               The
               way
               to
               performe
               this
               Motion
               ,
               is
               as
               followeth
               .
               The
               
                 front-halfe-files
                 face
                 about
              
               ,
               passing
               forwards
               to
               the
               right
               (
               being
               led
               by
               the
               
                 bringers
                 up
              
               ,
               of
               the
               front-halfe-files
               )
               betweene
               the
               Intervalles
               towards
               the
               reere
               :
               The
               Reere-halfe-files
               at
               the
               same
               instant
               in
               like
               manner
               marching
               forwards
               ,
               betweene
               the
               Intervalles
               on
               their
               right
               hands
               into
               the
               Front
               ,
               untill
               the
               Front-division
               ,
               have
               attained
               the
               places
               of
               the
               Reere
               ,
               and
               they
               contrariwise
               ,
               the
               places
               of
               the
               Front.
               For
               the
               reducement
               of
               this
               countermarch
               ,
               do
               as
               much
               backe
               againe
               ;
               Or
               if
               you
               would
               reduce
               it
               some
               other
               way
               ,
               you
               may
               first
               make
               an
               
                 intirc
                 countermarch
              
               of
               files
               ,
               and
               then
               
                 countermarch
                 front
              
               ,
               and
               reere
               ,
               into
               the
               midst
               ;
               for
               under
               two
               countermarches
               ,
               it
               will
               not
               be
               reduced
               .
               Now
               I
               will
               passe
               ,
               to
               shew
               
                 divisionall
                 countermarches
              
               of
               Ranks
               ,
               or
               Flanks
               ;
               The
               first
               shall
               be
               Chorean
               ,
               as
               in
               the
               Chapter
               following
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             LII
             .
          
           
             Of
             counter-marching
             the
             flanks
             (
             or
             wings
             )
             into
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Battell
             .
          
           
             
               
                 The
                 Command
                 is
              
               ,
               Countermarch
               your
               flanks
               into
               the
               midst
               .
            
             
             
               THis
               Chorean
               counter-march
               
                 of
                 the
              
               flanks
               
                 into
                 the
              
               midst
               ,
               
                 is
                 of
                 ordinary
                 use
                 ,
                 when
                 the
                 Commander
                 would
                 have
                 the
              
               outermost
               files
               ,
               
                 to
                 become
                 the
              
               innermost
               :
               the
               motion
               
                 to
                 bee
                 performed
                 on
                 the
                 same
              
               
               
                 ground
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 as
                 followeth
                 .
                 The
              
               command
               
                 being
                 given
                 ,
                 the
              
               whole
               body
               faceth
               to
               the
               right
               and
               left
               ,
               by
               
               division
               ;
               the
               outermost
               files
               ,
               by
               this
               facing
               ,
               becomming
               rankes
               ,
               every
               man
               in
               the
               right
               hand
               file
               ,
               being
               a
               leader
               in
               his
               halfe
               ranke
               file-wise
               ,
               and
               so
               likewise
               in
               the
               left
               hand
               file
               the
               same
               ▪
               then
               they
               countermarch
               the
               right
               flanke
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               the
               left
               flank
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               
                 which
                 you
                 must
                 alwaies
                 observe
                 to
                 doe
                 ,
                 and
                 your
                 flanquers
                 will
                 meet
                 just
                 in
                 the
              
               midst
               
                 of
                 your
                 Battalia
                 .
                 Lastly
                 ,
                 having
              
               faced
               
                 them
                 to
                 their
              
               first
               front
               ,
               the
               counter-march
               
                 is
                 ended
              
               .
            
             
               To
               reduce
               them
               ,
               they
               may
               either
               use
               the
               same
               Counter-march
               againe
               ,
               or
               any
               of
               these
               following
               
                 divisionall
                 countermarches
              
               of
               flankes
               ,
               (
               unlesse
               it
               bee
               that
               of
               interchanging
               of
               ground
               .
               )
               The
               next
               shall
               be
               Lacedemonian
               ,
               the
               Command
               ,
               or
               words
               of
               direction
               ,
               are
               ,
               as
               in
               the
               Chapter
               following
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             LIII
             .
          
           
             Of
             Countermarching
             ,
             to
             take
             the
             ground
             before
             the
             flanks
             .
          
           
             
               
                 The
                 Command
                 is
              
               ,
               The
               outermost
               file
               of
               each
               flanke
               ,
               face
               outward
               ,
               the
               rest
               passe
               through
               to
               the
               right
               and
               left
               ,
               placing
               your selves
               before
               your
               out-side
               men
               .
            
             
             
             
               THis
               
                 Lacedemonian
                 Countermarch
                 of
                 halfe
                 ranks
                 or
                 flanks
                 ,
                 makes
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 charging
                 on
                 ,
                 upon
                 both
                 flanks
                 ,
                 but
                 leaves
                 a
                 wast
                 distance
                 of
                 ground
                 ,
                 unoccupied
                 betweene
                 the
                 two
                 outmost-files
                 ,
                 or
                 midst
                 of
                 the
                 battell
                 .
              
               The
               way
               to
               performe
               this
               Motion
               is
               as
               followeth
               .
               The
               
                 right-hand-file
                 faceth
              
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               the
               left-hand-file
               to
               the
               left
               ;
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               
                 body
                 faceth
              
               to
               the
               right
               and
               left
               ,
               the
               right-flanke
               passing
               through
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               placing
               themselues
               ,
               before
               their
               right-hand-men
               .
               The
               
                 second
                 file
              
               from
               the
               right
               ,
               begins
               the
               Motion
               on
               the
               right-flanke
               ;
               the
               left-flanke
               in
               like
               manner
               ,
               passing
               through
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               and
               placing
               themselues
               before
               their
               left-hand-men
               ;
               the
               
                 second
                 file
              
               accounting
               ,
               from
               the
               left
               ,
               begins
               the
               Motion
               on
               the
               left-flanke
               :
               But
               you
               must
               note
               ,
               that
               the
               files
               become
               ranks
               with
               the
               facing
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               reducement
               of
               this
               figure
               ,
               if
               you
               will
               first
               face
               them
               ,
               to
               their
               
                 proper
                 front
              
               ,
               you
               may
               then
               command
               
                 the
                 two
                 inmost-files
                 stand
                 ,
                 the
                 rest
                 passe
                 through
                 to
                 the
                 right
                 ,
                 and
                 left
                 inward
                 ,
                 and
                 take
                 their
                 places
                 :
              
               Or
               if
               you
               please
               ,
               make
               use
               ,
               either
               of
               a
               Chorean
               ,
               or
               a
               
                 Macedonian
                 Countermarch
              
               of
               Ranks
               by
               division
               ,
               and
               with
               a
               facing
               ,
               and
               closing
               their
               divisions
               ,
               they
               will
               be
               perfectly
               reduced
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             LIV.
             
          
           
             Of
             Countermarching
             to
             take
             the
             ground
             on
             the
             outside
             of
             the
             Flanks
             ,
             and
             to
             direct
             their
             Aspects
             inwards
             .
          
           
             
               
               
                 The
                 Command
                 is
              
               ,
               The
               outmost
               file
               of
               each
               Flanke
               face
               inward
               ,
               the
               rest
               passe
               through
               to
               the
               Right
               ,
               and
               Left
               ,
               placing
               your selues
               behinde
               your
               outside
               men
               .
            
             
               
            
             
             
               THis
               
                 Macedonian
                 Countermarch
                 ,
                 differeth
                 nothing
                 from
                 that
                 last
                 shewed
                 ,
                 but
                 onely
                 in
                 the
                 turning
                 of
                 the
                 aspect
                 inwards
                 :
                 whereas
                 the
                 other
                 ,
                 directed
                 their
                 aspect
                 outwards
                 :
              
               The
               Motion
               is
               thus
               performed
               :
               The
               outermost-files
               ,
               of
               each
               
                 Flanke
                 ,
                 face
                 inward
              
               :
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               
                 body
                 ,
                 face
              
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               
                 left
                 ,
                 outward
              
               ;
               those
               of
               the
               
                 right
                 flanke
              
               ,
               passing
               through
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               placing
               them selues
               behinde
               their
               right-hand-men
               .
               Those
               of
               the
               
                 left
                 flanke
              
               passing
               through
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               and
               placing
               themselues
               behinde
               their
               left-hand-men
               :
               The
               Motion
               is
               begun
               ,
               by
               the
               
                 second
                 file
              
               ,
               from
               each
               flank
               .
               I
               might
               here
               shew
               these
               Countermarches
               ,
               beginning
               their
               Motion
               from
               their
               middlemost-files
               ;
               But
               I
               am
               willingly
               silent
               ,
               hoping
               that
               these
               ,
               may
               suffice
               to
               the
               courteous
               ,
               not
               much
               forcing
               my selfe
               to
               give
               satisfaction
               to
               the
               curious
               .
               For
               the
               reducement
               of
               this
               Countermarch
               ,
               having
               faced
               them
               to
               their
               
                 first
                 front
              
               ,
               you
               may
               if
               you
               please
               ,
               command
               
                 the
                 two
                 innermost
                 files
                 to
                 face
                 outward
                 ,
                 the
                 rest
                 passe
                 through
                 to
                 the
                 right
                 ,
                 and
                 left
                 inward
                 :
                 placing
                 themselues
                 behinde
                 their
                 right
                 ,
                 and
                 left-hand-men
              
               ;
               which
               being
               done
               ,
               the
               whole
               body
               will
               stand
               faced
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               
                 left
                 outward
              
               ;
               Then
               being
               faced
               to
               their
               Leader
               ,
               they
               are
               reduced
               .
               If
               you
               would
               reduce
               it
               ,
               by
               some
               other
               way
               ,
               you
               may
               make
               use
               ,
               either
               of
               the
               Countermarch
               ,
               which
               is
               next
               before
               ,
               or
               of
               that
               ,
               which
               next
               followeth
               :
               Or
               of
               any
               other
               
                 divisionall
                 Countermarch
              
               of
               Ranks
               ;
               (
               which
               doth
               not
               
                 interchange
                 ground
                 )
              
               .
               Our
               next
               two
               which
               follow
               ,
               will
               be
               
                 Bastard
                 Countermarches
              
               ,
               with
               the
               which
               ,
               we
               will
               conclude
               this
               our
               
                 fourth
                 branch
                 of
                 Discipline
              
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             LV.
             
          
           
             Of
             taking
             the
             ground
             on
             the
             outside
             of
             the
             flanks
             ;
             not
             altering
             the
             Aspects
             .
          
           
             
               
                 The
                 Command
                 is
              
               ,
               The
               outmost-file
               of
               each
               Flanke
               stand
               ,
               the
               rest
               passe
               through
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               left
               ,
               and
               place
               your selues
               on
               the
               outside
               ,
               of
               your
               right
               and
               left-hand-men
               .
            
             
             
             
               THis
               
                 Divisionall
                 bastard
                 countermarch
              
               ,
               produceth
               the
               same
               effect
               ,
               which
               the
               other
               two
               next
               before
               it
               wrought
               ;
               onely
               differing
               in
               the
               Aspect
               :
               for
               the
               Lacedemonian
               ,
               turned
               the
               
                 Aspect
                 outward
              
               :
               The
               Macedonian
               ,
               turned
               the
               
                 Aspect
                 inward
              
               ;
               And
               this
               ,
               keeps
               the
               Aspect
               still
               directed
               the
               same
               way
               .
               He
               that
               knows
               every
               way
               ,
               may
               when
               time
               serveth
               ,
               make
               use
               of
               those
               wayes
               ,
               which
               are
               most
               necessarie
               and
               sutable
               to
               his
               present
               occasion
               :
               The
               Proverbe
               saith
               ,
               
                 Knowledge
                 is
                 no
                 burthen
                 ▪
              
               The
               way
               to
               performe
               this
               Countermarch
               is
               as
               followeth
               (
               according
               to
               the
               Command
               )
               the
               outmost-file
               of
               each
               
                 flanke
                 stands
              
               ;
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               
                 Body
                 faceth
              
               to
               the
               right
               and
               
                 left
                 outward
              
               ,
               the
               
                 right
                 flanke
              
               passing
               through
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               the
               
                 left
                 flanke
              
               to
               the
               left
               ;
               those
               of
               the
               right-flanke
               ,
               placing
               themselues
               ,
               on
               the
               outside
               of
               their
               right-hand-men
               :
               in
               like
               manner
               ,
               those
               on
               the
               
                 left
                 flanke
              
               ,
               placing
               themselues
               ,
               on
               the
               outside
               of
               their
               left-hand-men
               .
            
             
               
                 If
                 may
                 be
              
               reduced
               ,
               
                 either
                 by
                 any
                 ,
                 of
                 the
                 foregoing
              
               divisionall
               Countermarches
               of
               Ranks
               ,
               
                 or
                 else
                 being
              
               faced
               ,
               
                 to
                 any
                 of
                 the
              
               flanks
               ,
               
                 then
                 the
              
               rankes
               become
               files
               .
               
                 And
                 by
              
               divisionall
               Countermarches
               of
               files
               ,
               
                 you
                 may
              
               reduce
               ,
               divisionall
               Countermarches
               of
               Ranks
               ,
               
                 or
                 by
              
               ranks
               ,
               files
               ;
               
                 onely
                 you
                 must
                 observe
                 some
              
               facings
               :
               
                 Yet
                 for
                 this
              
               figure
               ,
               
                 if
                 you
                 please
              
               ,
               Command
               the
               two
               innermost-files
               ,
               stand
               ;
               the
               rest
               ,
               face
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               left
               inward
               ,
               and
               so
               march
               into
               their
               places
               .
               
                 The
                 next
                 shall
                 be
                 a
              
               Countermarch
               ,
               of
               interchanging
               of
               Flanks
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             LVI
             .
          
           
             Of
             Interchanging
             Ground
             by
             the
             Flanks
             ,
             and
             bringing
             the
             innermost-files
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             to
             become
             the
             outmost-ranks
             .
          
           
             
               The
               Command
               is
               ,
               
                 Interchange
                 Flanks
              
               .
            
             
             
             
               THis
               
                 exchanging
                 of
                 Flanks
              
               ,
               or
               
                 Bastard
                 Countermarch
              
               ,
               is
               differing
               from
               all
               the
               other
               
                 divisionall
                 Countermarches
              
               of
               Ranks
               ;
               for
               this
               transferres
               the
               right-flanke
               into
               the
               place
               of
               the
               left
               ,
               and
               the
               left-flanke
               ,
               into
               the
               place
               of
               the
               right
               .
               It
               is
               very
               apt
               ,
               for
               to
               receive
               a
               sudden
               charge
               ,
               from
               the
               horse
               ,
               for
               as
               soone
               as
               they
               shall
               be
               commanded
               to
               interchange
               their
               flanks
               ,
               they
               face
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               
                 left
                 inward
              
               ,
               and
               then
               the
               innermost-files
               of
               the
               pikes
               begin
               the
               Motion
               ;
               the
               rest
               of
               each
               flanke
               following
               orderly
               file-wise
               ,
               the
               
                 pikes
                 porting
              
               so
               soone
               as
               they
               begin
               to
               move
               ,
               and
               charge
               as
               they
               see
               occasion
               :
               If
               
               need
               be
               ,
               the
               pikes
               may
               charge
               at
               the
               foot
               ,
               the
               Muskettiers
               giving
               fire
               ,
               over
               their
               shoulders
               :
               If
               any
               object
               ,
               that
               the
               Pikes
               have
               too
               large
               a
               distance
               ,
               they
               may
               close
               at
               their
               owne
               pleasures
               ,
               as
               soone
               as
               they
               have
               past
               through
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               reducement
               ,
               you
               may
               ,
               if
               you
               please
               ,
               
                 interchange
                 ground
              
               againe
               :
               neverthelesse
               if
               you
               would
               reduce
               it
               ,
               by
               some
               other
               way
               ,
               Countermarch
               your
               Flanks
               into
               the
               midst
               ,
               and
               then
               an
               
                 intire
                 Countermarch
              
               ,
               either
               of
               ranke
               ,
               or
               file
               ,
               will
               reduce
               them
               .
            
             
               I
               might
               have
               further
               enlarged
               my selfe
               ,
               upon
               this
               subject
               ,
               both
               in
               Command
               ,
               and
               Figure
               ;
               but
               it
               may
               be
               ,
               that
               some
               will
               finde
               fault
               with
               these
               ,
               which
               I
               have
               already
               penned
               ,
               concluding
               them
               for
               nicities
               ,
               and
               for
               no
               service
               ;
               because
               they
               cannot
               presently
               apprehend
               ,
               for
               what
               use
               ,
               or
               service
               they
               may
               be
               fit
               .
               Notwithstanding
               I
               would
               intreat
               such
               (
               if
               any
               such
               happen
               to
               be
               my
               overlookers
               )
               that
               they
               would
               suspend
               their
               censures
               ,
               untill
               they
               have
               fully
               enformed
               
               their
               judgements
               .
               Yet
               thus
               much
               I
               will
               conclude
               with
               them
               ,
               that
               Countermarches
               might
               the
               best
               be
               spared
               ,
               of
               all
               the
               Motions
               ,
               as
               being
               least
               beneficiall
               ,
               to
               this
               our
               
                 Moderne
                 discipline
              
               .
               And
               yet
               to
               very
               good
               use
               ,
               many
               of
               them
               might
               serve
               ,
               if
               our
               Souldiers
               were
               well
               practised
               in
               them
               .
               Neverthelesse
               such
               is
               the
               wilfull
               stupidity
               of
               the
               times
               ,
               that
               many
               good
               ,
               and
               usefull
               things
               are
               disreputed
               ,
               and
               accounted
               of
               no
               use
               ,
               because
               the
               Souldier
               wanting
               skill
               ,
               cannot
               performe
               them
               ,
               as
               they
               ought
               :
               which
               would
               the
               Officers
               take
               more
               paines
               ,
               by
               often
               instructing
               their
               Souldiers
               ,
               the
               hardest
               Motions
               would
               become
               facile
               and
               easie
               .
               And
               to
               say
               truth
               ,
               the
               greatest
               fault
               is
               ,
               want
               of
               skill
               in
               those
               ,
               which
               should
               give
               instruction
               to
               others
               ;
               and
               yet
               they
               will
               not
               sticke
               ,
               to
               carpe
               at
               such
               ,
               as
               shall
               shew
               more
               ,
               than
               they
               ,
               concluding
               such
               things
               for
               superfluous
               ,
               and
               improper
               ,
               which
               they
               themselues
               do
               not
               rightly
               understand
               :
               But
               lest
               I
               be
               taxed
               for
               digression
               ,
               I
               will
               conclude
               this
               branch
               of
               Discipline
               with
               these
               few
               lines
               following
               .
            
             
               
                 
                   SOme
                   burthened
                   are
                   with
                   more
                   command
                   than
                   skill
                   ,
                
                 
                   Which
                   had
                   they
                   power
                   suting
                   to
                   their
                   minde
                   ,
                
                 
                   You
                   then
                   should
                   see
                   Reason
                   inthral'd
                   to
                   will
                   ,
                
                 
                   Nor
                   any
                   'bove
                   their
                   knowledge
                   should
                   you
                   finde
                   :
                
                 
                   For
                   rather
                   than
                   they
                   'le
                   study
                   to
                   learne
                   better
                   ,
                
                 
                   They
                   wish
                   all
                   wanting
                   ;
                   none
                   to
                   know
                   a
                   letter
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   So
                   be
                   there
                   many
                   Officers
                   in
                   Bands
                
                 
                   That
                   neither
                   know
                   themselves
                   ,
                   nor
                   care
                   for
                   those
                
                 
                   That
                   skilfull
                   are
                   in
                   Postures
                   ,
                   and
                   Commands
                   ,
                
                 
                 
                   Nor
                   are
                   they
                   carefull
                   which
                   end
                   formost
                   goes
                   .
                
                 
                   They
                   thinke
                   ,
                   to
                   dice
                   ,
                   to
                   drabbe
                   ,
                   to
                   sweare
                   ,
                   and
                   swill
                   ,
                
                 
                   Is
                   skill
                   enough
                   for
                   them
                   :
                   Learne
                   more
                   that
                   will.
                   
                
              
               
                 
                   And
                   if
                   that
                   any
                   man
                   more
                   forward
                   be
                
                 
                   For
                   to
                   instruct
                   the
                   Souldier
                   (
                   as
                   is
                   fit
                   )
                
                 
                   With
                   such
                   a
                   fellow
                   they
                   cannot
                   agree
                   ;
                
                 
                   He
                   is
                   vaine-glorious
                   ,
                   strives
                   to
                   shew
                   his
                   wit.
                
                 
                   They
                   will
                   be
                   sure
                   to
                   quarrell
                   and
                   deprave
                   him
                   ,
                
                 
                   And
                   in
                   their
                   cups
                   perhaps
                   they
                   'll
                   —
                
              
               
                 
                   Such
                   honest
                   hearts
                   as
                   spend
                   both
                   meanes
                   and
                   time
                
                 
                   To
                   practise
                   others
                   for
                   their
                   Countries
                   good
                   ,
                
                 
                   Why
                   should
                   this
                   good
                   be
                   counted
                   for
                   a
                   crime
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   those
                   that
                   for
                   their
                   Prince
                   would
                   spend
                   their
                   bloud
                   ▪
                
                 
                   That
                   Countrey
                   sure
                   will
                   best
                   be
                   kept
                   from
                   harmes
                
                 
                   Whose
                   Subjects
                   pleasure
                   take
                   to
                   practise
                   Armes
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   But
                   on
                   this
                   Subject
                   I
                   'le
                   no
                   longer
                   bide
                   ,
                
                 
                   Of
                   Countermarches
                   .
                   Here
                   I
                   'le
                   take
                   my
                   leave
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   shew
                   the
                   Wheelings
                   ,
                   next
                   I
                   shall
                   provide
                   ,
                
                 
                   Which
                   follows
                   next
                   of
                   course
                   ,
                   as
                   I
                   conceive
                   .
                
                 
                   And
                   though
                   with
                   verse
                   my
                   Countermarches
                   close
                   ,
                
                 
                   Beginning
                   Wheelings
                   ,
                   I
                   returne
                   to
                   Prose
                   .
                
              
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             LVII
             .
          
           
             Of
             wheelings
             ,
             their
             kindes
             ,
             and
             uses
             with
             their
             severall
             words
             of
             Command
             .
          
           
             THe
             next
             Branch
             springing
             from
             this
             root
             of
             Discipline
             ,
             are
             wheelings
             ;
             which
             are
             of
             
               two
               kindes
               ,
               viz.
            
             wheelings
             Angular
             ,
             and
             
               wheelings
               on
               the
               Center
            
             ,
             as
             also
             they
             are
             to
             be
             conceived
             ,
             in
             manner
             of
             action
             ,
             either
             intire
             or
             divisionall
             :
             the
             use
             of
             
               intire
               wheelings
            
             ,
             is
             to
             
               turne
               the
               aspect
               of
               the
               front
               proper
               ,
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               or
               reere
               ;
               either
               for
               the
               gaining
               of
               the
               Winde
               ▪
               Sunne
               ,
               or
               some
               such
               like
               advantage
            
             ;
             or
             to
             
               confront
               the
               enemy
               with
               their
               best
               souldiers
               .
            
             Most
             of
             the
             
               divisionall
               wheelings
            
             being
             indeed
             more
             properly
             doublings
             ,
             either
             extending
             the
             length
             ,
             or
             depth
             of
             the
             Battell
             :
             notwithstanding
             ,
             because
             I
             wold
             not
             be
             taxed
             with
             innovation
             ,
             or
             alteration
             ,
             I
             have
             ,
             according
             unto
             the
             usuall
             received
             way
             ,
             placed
             them
             amongst
             the
             wheelings
             ;
             and
             now
             I
             will
             shew
             their
             words
             of
             command
             ,
             or
             direction
             .
             But
             before
             I
             enter
             upon
             
             them
             ,
             give
             me
             leave
             to
             lay
             downe
             an
             observation
             or
             two
             ,
             for
             the
             better
             instruction
             of
             the
             Souldiers
             in
             their
             wheelings
             .
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             
               That
               before
               you
               enter
               upon
               your
               wheelings
               ,
               you
               close
               both
               Rankes
               and
               Files
               to
               their
               order
               ,
               which
               is
               three
               foot
               ,
               both
               in
               ranke
               and
               file
               :
            
             
             The
             other
             ,
             
               that
               upon
               all
               wheelings
               ,
               you
               must
               be
               sure
               ,
               to
            
             
             
               observe
               your
               leader
               ,
               and
               follow
               him
               ,
               keeping
               your
               due
               distance
               ;
               your
               Muskettiers
               being
               all
               ,
               either
               poyzed
               ,
               or
               shouldered
               :
               your
               Pikes
               ought
               to
               be
               advanced
               .
            
             The
             words
             of
             Commands
             ,
             are
             as
             followeth
             .
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Wheele
                   your
                   Battell
                   to
                   the
                
                 
                   Right
                   ,
                
                 
                    
                
                 
                    
                
              
               
                 
                   Left
                   ,
                
                 
                    
                
                 
                    
                
              
               
                 
                   Right
                
                 
                   about
                   ,
                
                 
                    
                
              
               
                 
                   Left
                
                 
                    
                
              
               
                 
                   Right
                   ,
                
                 
                    
                
                 
                   on
                   the
                   same
                   ground
                   ;
                
              
               
                 
                   Left
                   ,
                
                 
                    
                
              
               
                 
                   Right
                
                 
                   about
                
              
               
                 
                   Left
                
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Wheele
                
                 
                   off
                   your
                   Front
                   by
                   division
                   .
                
                 
                    
                
                 
                    
                
              
               
                 
                   your
                   Front
                   inward
                   to
                   the
                   Reere
                   .
                
                 
                    
                
                 
                    
                
              
               
                 
                   Front
                   and
                   Reere
                   into
                   the
                
                 
                   Right
                
                 
                   flanke
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Left
                
              
               
                 
                   your
                   flankes
                   into
                   the
                
                 
                   Front
                   ,
                
                 
                    
                
              
               
                 
                   Reere
                   ,
                
                 
                    
                
              
               
                 
                   both
                   flankes
                   into
                   the
                   front
                   and
                   reere
                   .
                
                 
                    
                
                 
                    
                
              
               
                 
                   your
                   front
                   and
                   reere
                   into
                   both
                   flanks
                   .
                
                 
                    
                
                 
                    
                
              
            
          
           
             Observe
             that
             the
             first
             foure
             wheelings
             are
             angular
             ,
             the
             next
             foure
             are
             
               wheelings
               on
               the
               center
            
             ,
             or
             more
             properly
             ,
             on
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             front
             .
             But
             all
             the
             first
             eight
             be
             intire
             ,
             the
             latter
             eight
             ,
             are
             all
             divisionall
             .
             You
             may
             also
             observe
             ,
             that
             every
             following
             wheeling
             is
             a
             reducement
             unto
             that
             ,
             which
             is
             placed
             next
             before
             it
             ,
             and
             the
             wheeling
             next
             before
             ,
             may
             reduce
             that
             next
             following
             :
             as
             to
             wheele
             your
             flankes
             into
             the
             front
             ,
             if
             you
             wheele
             your
             flanks
             into
             the
             reere
             ,
             it
             is
             reduced
             ;
             or
             to
             
               wheele
               front
            
             and
             reere
             into
             both
             flankes
             ;
             if
             you
             wheele
             both
             flankes
             into
             the
             
             front
             and
             reere
             ,
             they
             are
             likewise
             reduced
             ,
             as
             before
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             last
             eight
             wheelings
             ,
             which
             are
             divisionall
             ,
             I
             will
             pricke
             for
             each
             of
             them
             ,
             his
             figure
             .
             As
             for
             the
             first
             eight
             ,
             which
             are
             intire
             ,
             I
             conceive
             them
             so
             easie
             to
             be
             understood
             ,
             that
             I
             may
             spare
             the
             labour
             ;
             yet
             I
             will
             endeavour
             to
             expresse
             them
             as
             well
             as
             I
             can
             in
             words
             :
             and
             first
             I
             will
             beginne
             with
             the
             
               wheelings
               anguler
            
             ,
             and
             then
             with
             the
             rest
             ,
             according
             to
             their
             places
             :
             and
             therefore
             note
             ,
             that
             when
             you
             are
             Commanded
             ,
             to
             wheele
             to
             the
             right
             or
             left
             ,
             &c.
             and
             no
             other
             command
             added
             ,
             it
             is
             to
             be
             understood
             ,
             an
             
               anguler
               wheeling
            
             ,
             and
             so
             to
             be
             performed
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             LVIII
             .
          
           
             Of
             wheelings
             Anguler
             ▪
          
           
             
               
                 The
                 Command
                 is
              
               ,
               Wheele
               your
               battell
               to
               the
               right
               .
            
             
               
               THis
               is
               an
               
                 angular
                 wheeling
              
               ,
               which
               transferres
               the
               aspect
               or
               countenance
               of
               the
               
                 front
                 proper
              
               ,
               into
               that
               part
               which
               was
               the
               
                 right
                 flanke
              
               :
               It
               also
               removes
               the
               Battalia
               from
               the
               ground
               wheron
               formerly
               it
               stood
               ,
               and
               placeth
               it
               on
               that
               part
               ,
               before
               the
               front
               ,
               the
               hindge
               or
               
                 Axell
                 tree
              
               of
               the
               motion
               ,
               is
               the
               
                 right
                 corner
                 man
              
               ,
               or
               
                 right
                 hand
                 file-leader
              
               ,
               
               who
               with
               a
               small
               motion
               ,
               moveth
               to
               the
               
                 right
                 ▪
              
               every
               man
               ,
               the
               more
               his
               place
               is
               remote
               from
               the
               right
               Angle
               ,
               the
               more
               swift
               must
               be
               his
               motion
               ;
               because
               his
               arch-quadrant
               ,
               or
               semi-circle
               ,
               is
               larger
               in
               proportion
               :
               wherefore
               it
               must
               be
               the
               discretion
               of
               the
               Officers
               ,
               so
               to
               instruct
               their
               Souldiers
               ,
               that
               when
               they
               wheele
               to
               any
               hand
               ,
               they
               may
               so
               moderate
               their
               motion
               ,
               that
               they
               on
               the
               contrary
               flanke
               ,
               be
               not
               forced
               to
               runne
               ,
               but
               so
               orderly
               to
               containe
               themselves
               ,
               that
               they
               may
               still
               preserve
               an
               orderly
               and
               even
               front
               .
               For
               the
               reducement
               ,
               wheele
               your
               
               Battaile
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               in
               the
               like
               manner
               ,
               as
               it
               was
               wheeled
               to
               the
               right
               ;
               neverthelesse
               you
               must
               then
               note
               ,
               that
               it
               will
               not
               bring
               you
               backe
               into
               the
               same
               ground
               you
               formerly
               stood
               on
               ;
               for
               it
               hath
               advanced
               you
               ,
               the
               length
               of
               your
               Battalia
               ,
               before
               the
               place
               of
               your
               
                 first
                 front
              
               .
               But
               if
               you
               would
               be
               reduced
               
               into
               the
               same
               place
               ,
               or
               plot
               you
               first
               stood
               on
               ;
               then
               face
               your
               Battaile
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               being
               so
               
                 faced
                 ,
                 wheele
              
               your
               Battaile
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               which
               being
               performed
               ,
               face
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               and
               then
               they
               are
               compleatly
               reduced
               ,
               both
               for
               aspect
               and
               place
               .
               The
               next
               Command
               is
               ,
               
                 
                   Wheele
                   your
                   Battaile
                   to
                   the
                   right
                   about
                   .
                
              
            
             
               This
               is
               also
               an
               
                 anguler
                 wheeling
              
               ,
               and
               transferres
               
               the
               aspect
               of
               the
               
                 front
                 ,
                 proper
              
               ,
               towards
               the
               reere
               :
               It
               is
               to
               be
               performed
               in
               the
               same
               manner
               ,
               as
               the
               wheeling
               to
               the
               right
               was
               ;
               onely
               the
               motion
               is
               twice
               so
               much
               :
               Wherefore
               there
               ought
               to
               be
               the
               more
               care
               had
               ,
               that
               so
               the
               motion
               may
               be
               orderly
               performed
               :
               
               
               by
               so
               much
               as
               every
               man
               is
               nearer
               ,
               or
               further
               off
               ,
               from
               the
               
                 right
                 corner
              
               man
               ,
               by
               so
               much
               the
               more
               swifier
               or
               slower
               must
               he
               continue
               his
               motion
               ,
               that
               so
               he
               may
               be
               sure
               ,
               to
               keepe
               still
               ,
               even
               in
               ranke
               with
               his
               
                 right
                 hand
                 man.
              
               This
               motion
               being
               thus
               performed
               ,
               your
               Battaile
               will
               be
               removed
               from
               its
               former
               station
               ,
               taking
               in
               lieu
               thereof
               ,
               the
               ground
               Diagonally
               opposite
               in
               the
               
                 right
                 Angle
              
               .
            
             
               To
               reduce
               these
               to
               their
               former
               
                 aspect
                 ;
                 wheele
              
               your
               Battell
               to
               the
               
                 left
                 about
              
               ,
               notwithstanding
               the
               ground
               you
               formerly
               did
               possesse
               ,
               will
               be
               twice
               the
               length
               of
               your
               Battaile
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               of
               your
               
                 left
                 flanke
              
               ,
               if
               you
               would
               reduce
               them
               ,
               as
               well
               to
               their
               first
               ground
               ,
               as
               their
               first
               aspect
               ;
               face
               them
               to
               the
               
               right
               ,
               and
               then
               wheele
               them
               to
               the
               
                 left
                 about
              
               ,
               which
               being
               done
               ,
               face
               them
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               and
               they
               are
               perfectly
               reduced
               ,
               as
               at
               first
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             LIX
             .
          
           
             Of
             wheeling
             on
             the
             Center
             .
          
           
             
               
                 The
                 Command
                 is
              
               ,
               Wheele
               your
               Battell
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               on
               the
               same
               ground
               .
            
             
               
               THis
               wheeling
               ,
               is
               by
               some
               called
               
                 a
                 wheeling
                 on
                 the
                 Center
              
               :
               by
               others
               ,
               
                 a
                 wheeling
                 on
                 the
                 same
                 ground
                 .
              
               I
               cannot
               absolutely
               maintain
               it
               to
               be
               either
               ,
               for
               that
               it
               onely
               wheeles
               about
               the
               
                 midst
                 of
                 the
                 first
                 ranke
              
               .
               Neither
               may
               it
               rightly
               bee
               
               termed
               a
               
                 wheeling
                 on
                 the
                 same
                 ground
              
               ,
               because
               it
               loseth
               ¾
               .
               of
               the
               ground
               it
               formerly
               stood
               upon
               .
               This
               wheeling
               is
               quicker
               performed
               ,
               then
               the
               
                 anguler
                 wheelings
              
               :
               and
               may
               be
               done
               in
               farre
               lesse
               ground
               .
               For
               the
               
                 left
                 flanke
                 advanceth
              
               forward
               ,
               still
               wheeling
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               the
               
                 right
                 flanke
              
               contrariwise
               ,
               facing
               to
               the
               left
               ;
               and
               so
               falling
               backward
               .
               If
               you
               have
               an
               odde
               file
               ,
               then
               the
               
                 middle
                 file-leader
              
               must
               be
               the
               center
               or
               axelltree
               of
               the
               motion
               ,
               if
               you
               have
               an
               even
               number
               of
               files
               ,
               then
               the
               
                 middlemost
                 file-leader
              
               from
               the
               left
               .
               But
               if
               your
               wheeling
               be
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               then
               the
               contrary
               .
               This
               by
               some
               is
               called
               the
               
               
                 Prince
                 of
                 Oranges
                 wheeling
              
               .
               For
               the
               
                 reducement
                 ,
                 wheele
              
               your
               Battell
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               on
               the
               same
               ground
               :
               and
               they
               are
               reduced
               as
               at
               first
               .
               Our
               next
               Command
               is
               ,
               to
               
                 
                   Wheele
                   your
                   Battaile
                   to
                   the
                   right
                   about
                   ,
                   on
                   the
                   same
                   ground
                   .
                
              
            
             
               This
               wheeling
               is
               also
               a
               
                 wheeling
                 on
                 the
                 center
              
               ,
               or
               
               
                 midst
                 of
                 the
                 front
              
               :
               and
               transfers
               the
               aspect
               of
               the
               
                 front
                 proper
              
               ,
               towards
               the
               reere
               ,
               removing
               the
               Battaile
               from
               the
               ground
               whereon
               it
               formerly
               stood
               ,
               and
               placing
               it
               on
               the
               ground
               before
               the
               front
               .
               It
               is
               performed
               after
               the
               same
               manner
               ,
               as
               the
               last
               :
               onely
               the
               motion
               is
               double
               so
               much
               as
               the
               other
               .
               In
               this
               motion
               ,
               on
               the
               
                 left
                 flanke
              
               ,
               every
               man
               is
               to
               observe
               his
               
                 right
                 hand
                 man
              
               ;
               and
               the
               
                 right
                 flanke
              
               must
               keepe
               even
               and
               straight
               after
               their
               
                 left
                 hand
                 man
              
               ,
               which
               become
               their
               
                 leaders
                 file-wise
              
               ,
               untill
               they
               have
               attained
               their
               ground
               :
               after
               which
               ,
               they
               face
               as
               before
               :
               making
               an
               
                 even
                 front
              
               .
               
               For
               the
               
                 reducement
                 ,
                 wheele
              
               your
               Battaile
               to
               the
               
                 left
                 about
              
               ,
               upon
               the
               same
               ground
               ;
               and
               they
               will
               be
               reduced
               as
               at
               first
               .
               I
               will
               next
               shew
               the
               
                 divisionall
                 wheelings
              
               ,
               and
               intend
               to
               giue
               to
               each
               of
               them
               his
               figure
               :
               whereby
               they
               may
               appeare
               the
               more
               easie
               to
               such
               as
               doe
               not
               yet
               rightly
               understand
               them
               .
               The
               first
               shall
               be
               a
               
                 wheeling
                 off
                 by
                 division
              
               :
               as
               in
               the
               next
               Chapter
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             LX.
             
          
           
             Of
             wheeling
             off
             ,
             by
             division
             .
          
           
             
               
                 The
                 Command
                 is
              
               ,
               Wheele
               off
               your
               front
               by
               division
               .
            
             
               
            
             
             
               THis
               
                 wheeling
                 off
                 by
                 division
              
               in
               greater
               bodies
               ,
               may
               be
               usefull
               to
               meete
               severall
               enemies
               at
               one
               and
               the
               same
               time
               ,
               with
               the
               front
               of
               your
               Battalia
               :
               and
               so
               consequently
               with
               your
               best
               Souldiers
               .
               But
               if
               you
               will
               
                 wheele
                 off
                 your
                 Battaile
                 by
                 division
                 ,
              
               and
               ioyne
               them
               againe
               when
               they
               be
               in
               the
               reere
               ;
               then
               it
               brings
               all
               your
               Muskettiers
               from
               the
               flankes
               to
               the
               midst
               of
               your
               Battalia
               :
               and
               your
               Pikes
               on
               the
               
                 out
                 side
              
               or
               flankes
               .
               If
               any
               question
               the
               depth
               of
               the
               number
               of
               this
               figure
               ,
               I
               have
               
                 doubled
                 files
              
               to
               make
               the
               figure
               more
               perfect
               .
               The
               way
               to
               perform
               this
               motion
               ,
               is
               easie
               ;
               for
               all
               the
               file-leaders
               of
               the
               
                 right
                 flanke
                 ,
                 wheele
                 about
                 to
                 the
                 right
                 :
              
               the
               rest
               of
               each
               file
               following
               their
               leaders
               :
               the
               file-leaders
               also
               of
               the
               
                 left
                 flanke
                 ,
                 wheeling
                 about
              
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               in
               the
               same
               manner
               ;
               and
               then
               joyne
               or
               close
               their
               divisions
               .
               This
               being
               done
               ,
               if
               you
               would
               then
               reduce
               them
               ,
               wheele
               them
               off
               againe
               by
               division
               ,
               after
               the
               same
               manner
               ;
               and
               they
               will
               be
               as
               before
               .
               But
               if
               you
               would
               doe
               it
               some
               other
               way
               ,
               make
               use
               of
               this
               wheeling
               next
               following
               :
               which
               will
               also
               bring
               them
               as
               they
               were
               .
               The
               word
               of
               Command
               or
               direction
               followeth
               ,
               as
               in
               the
               next
               Chapter
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             LXI
             .
          
           
             Of
             wheeling
             the
             Front
             inward
             ,
             towards
             the
             Reere
             .
          
           
             
               
                 The
                 Command
                 is
              
               ,
               Wheele
               your
               Front
               inward
               to
               the
               Reere
               .
            
             
               
            
             
               THis
               
                 divisionall
                 wheeling
                 of
                 your
                 front
                 inwards
                 to
                 the
                 reere
                 ,
              
               is
               here
               placed
               as
               a
               reducement
               unto
               the
               other
               foregoing
               wheelings
               :
               and
               so
               it
               brings
               the
               Muskettiers
               to
               the
               flankes
               againe
               .
               But
               if
               you
               will
               doe
               it
               ,
               the
               Company
               being
               first
               reduced
               ;
               then
               it
               brings
               the
               Pikes
               to
               the
               flankes
               .
               Some
               say
               it
               may
               be
               good
               ,
               if
               you
               be
               annoyd
               with
               horse
               in
               the
               Reere
               ,
               upon
               a
               march
               ;
               and
               that
               you
               have
               gained
               
               some
               side
               of
               a
               hill
               or
               other
               place
               of
               advantage
               :
               then
               to
               wheele
               your
               
                 front
                 inward
              
               to
               the
               Reere
               ,
               to
               the
               enemy
               will
               make
               shew
               of
               disbandoning
               or
               flight
               .
               But
               contrariwise
               ,
               you
               march
               toward
               him
               with
               a
               settled
               and
               orderly
               body
               :
               your
               Muskettiers
               being
               all
               in
               the
               midst
               ,
               and
               so
               firing
               upon
               their
               enemy
               :
               the
               Pikes
               being
               their
               flankers
               ,
               thereby
               defending
               the
               shot
               from
               the
               fury
               of
               the
               horse
               .
               This
               motion
               will
               hardly
               be
               well
               done
               ,
               if
               your
               body
               hold
               too
               large
               an
               extension
               of
               length
               .
               But
               at
               what
               depth
               soever
               ,
               it
               is
               easie
               .
               The
               motion
               is
               to
               be
               performed
               as
               followeth
               .
               The
               
                 right
                 hand
                 file-leader
              
               ,
               with
               all
               the
               leaders
               of
               the
               
                 right
                 flanke
              
               ,
               advance
               forwards
               ,
               and
               so
               wheele
               about
               to
               the
               left
               :
               every
               file
               still
               keeping
               close
               to
               their
               
                 right
                 hand
                 file
              
               .
               The
               
                 left
                 hand
                 file-leader
              
               ,
               likewise
               ,
               with
               all
               the
               leaders
               of
               the
               
                 left
                 flanke
                 ,
                 advance
              
               forwards
               ,
               and
               
                 wheele
                 about
              
               to
               the
               right
               :
               every
               file
               of
               the
               
                 left
                 flanke
                 ,
                 closing
              
               close
               to
               the
               left
               .
               Thus
               the
               
                 outmost
                 files
              
               of
               each
               flanke
               ,
               will
               meete
               and
               become
               the
               innermost
               :
               the
               front
               falling
               perpendicularly
               to
               the
               reere
               .
               For
               the
               reducement
               of
               this
               figure
               ,
               you
               may
               if
               you
               please
               ,
               either
               wheele
               them
               off
               to
               the
               right
               and
               left
               ,
               by
               division
               :
               or
               else
               wheele
               your
               
                 front
                 inward
              
               againe
               to
               the
               reere
               .
               These
               two
               last
               wheelings
               ,
               have
               beene
               demonstrated
               with
               their
               files
               doubled
               :
               whereby
               the
               figures
               might
               be
               the
               ●ore
               perfect
               ,
               but
               with
               men
               ,
               it
               would
               have
               beene
               needlesse
               :
               wherefore
               
                 double
                 rankes
              
               to
               the
               contrary
               hand
               ,
               and
               they
               will
               be
               as
               at
               the
               first
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             LXII
             .
          
           
             Of
             bringing
             the
             Flanks
             into
             the
             Front
             of
             the
             Battell
             .
          
           
             
               
                 The
                 Command
                 is
              
               ,
               Wheele
               your
               Flanks
               into
               the
               Front.
               
            
             
             
               
                 
                   
                     Wheele
                     your
                  
                   
                     Flanks
                  
                   
                     into
                     the
                  
                   
                     Front
                     ,
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Wings
                  
                   
                     Front
                     ▪
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Front
                  
                   
                     Battell
                     ,
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Front
                  
                   
                     Midst
                     ,
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Front
                  
                   
                     Center
                     ,
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Reere
                  
                   
                     Flanks
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
             
               THis
               
                 divisionall
                 wheeling
                 of
                 the
                 Flanks
                 into
                 the
                 Front
                 ,
              
               is
               ,
               properly
               ,
               a
               doubling
               performed
               by
               wheeling
               .
               It
               brings
               all
               your
               Muskettiers
               ,
               from
               the
               flankes
               into
               the
               front
               .
               So
               that
               whereas
               this
               bodie
               ,
               before
               ,
               could
               do
               execution
               ,
               but
               with
               8.
               
               Muskettiers
               at
               once
               ;
               by
               this
               Motion
               they
               may
               powre
               on
               16.
               shot
               together
               .
               If
               they
               were
               deeper
               before
               the
               Motion
               began
               ,
               then
               it
               would
               bring
               the
               more
               hands
               to
               imployment
               .
               If
               upon
               some
               passe
               ,
               you
               should
               be
               chased
               in
               the
               Reere
               by
               horse
               ;
               by
               this
               motion
               of
               wheeling
               your
               flanks
               into
               the
               front
               ,
               you
               not
               onely
               secure
               your
               Muskettiers
               ,
               but
               also
               
                 barricado
                 up
              
               the
               passe
               with
               your
               pikes
               ;
               if
               it
               be
               not
               above
               fifty
               foot
               over
               Some
               call
               this
               ,
               a
               
                 wheeling
                 on
                 the
                 center
              
               :
               because
               they
               
                 wheele
                 about
              
               the
               middle-men
               of
               the
               front
               .
               But
               I
               rather
               conceive
               it
               an
               angular
               ;
               because
               upon
               the
               first
               Motion
               of
               dividing
               ,
               every
               
                 division
                 wheeleth
                 about
              
               his
               owne
               angle
               ,
               untill
               the
               outmost-file-leaders
               of
               each
               flanke
               ,
               meet
               together
               in
               the
               midst
               .
               You
               may
               perceive
               how
               ,
               by
               the
               figures
               of
               number
               ,
               where
               the
               figure
               1.
               meets
               the
               number
               16
               :
               2
               with
               15
               ,
               3
               with
               14.
               and
               so
               for
               all
               the
               rest
               .
               Then
               being
               faced
               to
               their
               leader
               ,
               every
               two
               files
               that
               met
               being
               now
               joyned
               ,
               make
               one
               ranke
               .
               There
               must
               be
               the
               like
               order
               and
               decorum
               kept
               ,
               in
               the
               motion
               of
               wheeling
               each
               flanke
               :
               as
               I
               shewed
               in
               the
               instruction
               of
               
                 intire
                 angular
                 wheelings
              
               .
               For
               reducement
               of
               this
               
                 Motion
                 ,
                 wheele
                 your
                 flanks
                 into
                 the
                 Reere
                 .
              
               Or
               else
               foure
               times
               the
               same
               ,
               as
               I
               have
               seene
               some
               do
               :
               although
               somewhat
               the
               further
               
               way
               about
               .
               Divers
               men
               are
               diversly
               opinionated
               ;
               concerning
               the
               best
               word
               of
               Command
               or
               direction
               ,
               for
               this
               Motion
               .
               These
               I
               have
               known
               used
               which
               I
               have
               placed
               in
               the
               Margent
               ,
               by
               the
               
                 figure
                 ▪
              
               And
               if
               any
               man
               like
               one
               better
               then
               the
               other
               ,
               be
               it
               at
               his
               owne
               choice
               ,
               either
               to
               use
               or
               refuse
               ,
               while
               I
               passe
               to
               shew
               the
               next
               wheeling
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             LXIII
             .
          
           
             Of
             wheeling
             the
             Reere
             into
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Battell
             .
          
           
             
               
                 The
                 Command
                 is
              
               ,
               Wheele
               your
               Flanks
               into
               the
               Reere
               .
               
                 The
                 Direction
                 is
              
               ,
               Face
               all
               about
               to
               the
               Right
               .
            
             
               
                 
                   
                     Wheele
                     y●●r
                  
                   
                     Fl●●k●
                  
                   
                     into
                     the
                  
                   
                     Reere
                     ,
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Wing
                     ▪
                  
                   
                     Reere
                     ,
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Reere
                  
                   
                     Battell
                     ,
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Reere
                  
                   
                     Midst
                     ,
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Reere
                  
                   
                     Center
                     ,
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Front
                  
                   
                     ●lanks
                     ▪
                  
                
              
            
             
             
             
               
               THis
               
                 divisionall
                 wheeling
              
               of
               the
               Flanks
               into
               the
               Reere
               ,
               is
               also
               a
               doubling
               ,
               and
               performed
               as
               the
               other
               .
               And
               whatsoever
               might
               be
               said
               ,
               in
               the
               behalfe
               of
               the
               wheeling
               of
               the
               front
               into
               the
               middest
               ;
               the
               same
               may
               be
               also
               spoken
               ,
               concerning
               the
               wheeling
               of
               the
               Reere
               into
               the
               middest
               .
               For
               this
               wheeling
               ,
               brings
               your
               two
               outmost-files
               to
               be
               the
               
                 first
                 ranke
              
               ;
               the
               
                 Bringers
                 up
              
               of
               the
               right
               and
               left-hand-files
               ,
               meeting
               together
               :
               the
               
                 bringers
                 up
              
               of
               the
               
                 left
                 flanke
              
               ,
               meeting
               face
               to
               face
               with
               the
               
                 Bringers
                 up
              
               of
               the
               left-flanke
               .
               And
               so
               being
               faced
               to
               their
               leader
               ,
               they
               which
               before
               were
               complete
               files
               ,
               are
               now
               become
               halfe-ranks
               :
               either
               to
               the
               right
               or
               left
               .
               But
               you
               must
               note
               ,
               that
               before
               you
               begin
               to
               wheele
               ,
               you
               must
               face
               your
               
                 body
                 about
              
               to
               the
               Reere
               :
               and
               then
               the
               action
               will
               be
               all
               one
               ,
               as
               if
               you
               wheeled
               your
               flanks
               into
               the
               front
               .
               Wherefore
               I
               shall
               not
               need
               further
               to
               explaine
               it
               :
               having
               spoken
               fully
               to
               it
               in
               the
               precedent
               Chapter
               .
            
             
               
               For
               the
               reducement
               of
               this
               wheeling
               ,
               the
               Commander
               being
               at
               his
               
                 Front
                 accidentall
              
               ,
               may
               command
               them
               to
               wheele
               their
               wings
               into
               the
               Reere
               ,
               and
               so
               passe
               through
               to
               that
               part
               ,
               where
               his
               
                 proper
                 file-leaders
              
               are
               :
               and
               then
               face
               them
               to
               him
               ,
               and
               they
               are
               reduced
               .
               Or
               else
               ,
               when
               he
               hath
               past
               through
               to
               the
               reere
               ,
               and
               faced
               his
               Company
               to
               him
               ;
               then
               his
               pikes
               being
               formost
               ,
               let
               him
               wheele
               his
               flanks
               into
               the
               front
               ,
               who
               being
               faced
               to
               their
               leader
               ,
               they
               are
               reduced
               .
               For
               this
               motion
               ,
               there
               are
               also
               divers
               and
               severall
               
               words
               of
               Command
               .
               And
               because
               it
               may
               be
               ,
               that
               some
               will
               better
               approve
               of
               some
               of
               the
               other
               words
               of
               Command
               ,
               then
               of
               this
               that
               I
               have
               made
               use
               of
               :
               therefore
               I
               have
               placed
               others
               in
               in
               the
               margent
               ,
               That
               so
               any
               that
               will
               ,
               may
               take
               their
               choice
               :
               while
               I
               passe
               to
               shew
               the
               next
               wheeling
               .
               Whose
               word
               of
               Command
               and
               direction
               ,
               you
               shall
               finde
               over
               the
               figure
               of
               the
               next
               Chapter
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             LXIIII.
             
          
           
             Of
             wheeling
             the
             right
             flanke
             ,
             into
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Battell
             .
          
           
             
               
                 The
                 Command
                 is
              
               ,
               Wheele
               Front
               and
               Reere
               ,
               into
               the
               right
               Flanke
               .
               
                 The
                 Direction
                 is
              
               ,
               Face
               all
               to
               the
               right
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Figure
                 stands
                 as
                 the
                 Body
                 is
                 in
                 Motion
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     
                       Wheele
                    
                     
                       Front
                       and
                       Reere
                    
                     
                       into
                       the
                    
                     
                        
                    
                  
                   
                     
                       the
                       left
                       Flanke
                    
                     
                       right
                       Flanke
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     
                       the
                       right
                       Flanke
                    
                     
                       Front
                       and
                       Reere
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     
                       the
                       right
                       Flanke
                    
                     
                       Midst
                       .
                       Center
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
             
               THis
               
                 divisionall
                 wheeling
              
               of
               the
               Front
               and
               Reere
               ,
               into
               the
               right-flanke
               ;
               doth
               
               quadruple
               the
               depth
               :
               as
               may
               appeare
               by
               this
               figure
               ,
               which
               before
               the
               Motion
               began
               ,
               contained
               but
               eight
               in
               depth
               :
               But
               this
               wheeling
               being
               perfected
               ,
               makes
               them
               32.
               namely
               ,
               if
               you
               direct
               the
               Aspect
               of
               the
               Bodie
               ,
               either
               to
               the
               right
               or
               left
               ;
               after
               the
               Motion
               is
               ended
               .
               If
               you
               obserue
               this
               wheeling
               ,
               it
               doth
               divide
               the
               Muskettiers
               on
               the
               left-flanke
               :
               the
               one
               halfe
               of
               them
               ,
               wheeling
               to
               the
               Front
               ;
               the
               other
               halfe
               ,
               to
               the
               Reere
               :
               all
               the
               Muskettiers
               of
               the
               
                 right-flanke
                 ,
                 wheeling
              
               together
               into
               the
               middest
               .
               The
               pikes
               are
               likewise
               divided
               ;
               those
               that
               were
               the
               Front-halfe-files
               ,
               are
               in
               the
               middest
               of
               the
               Front-division
               of
               Muskettiers
               ;
               and
               those
               which
               were
               the
               Reere-division
               of
               pikes
               ,
               are
               in
               the
               middest
               of
               the
               reere-division
               of
               Muskettiers
               .
               This
               wheeling
               may
               be
               to
               singular
               good
               use
               ,
               for
               the
               making
               of
               some
               formes
               of
               Battell
               .
               But
               I
               forbeare
               now
               to
               treat
               concerning
               figures
               and
               formes
               of
               Battell
               ,
               reserving
               them
               to
               be
               spoken
               of
               in
               their
               due
               places
               :
               and
               come
               now
               to
               shew
               the
               way
               how
               to
               performe
               the
               Motion
               .
               The
               Command
               therefore
               being
               given
               ,
               to
               
                 wheele
                 Front
              
               and
               Reere
               into
               the
               right-flanke
               ,
               then
               the
               first
               thing
               the
               Souldiers
               are
               to
               do
               ,
               is
               to
               face
               to
               the
               right
               .
               That
               done
               ,
               they
               wheele
               together
               about
               the
               fourth
               and
               fift
               men
               in
               the
               right-hand-file
               :
               which
               is
               the
               halfe-file-leader
               to
               the
               front
               ,
               and
               halfe-file-leader
               to
               the
               reere
               .
               You
               may
               easily
               perceive
               how
               ,
               by
               the
               figure
               :
               where
               the
               
                 Reere-division
                 wheeleth
              
               to
               the
               left
               ;
               and
               the
               front-division
               ,
               to
               the
               right
               :
               untill
               the
               bringer-up
               of
               the
               right-hand-file
               ,
               meets
               in
               the
               midst
               
               with
               his
               file-leader
               :
               the
               second
               ,
               with
               the
               seventh
               ;
               the
               third
               ,
               with
               the
               sixth
               ;
               the
               fourth
               ,
               with
               the
               fift
               .
               &c.
               
            
             
               For
               the
               reducement
               of
               this
               figure
               of
               Wheeling
               ,
               there
               are
               many
               wayes
               :
               according
               as
               the
               Body
               may
               be
               faced
               .
               But
               first
               conceive
               ,
               as
               if
               they
               stand
               faced
               the
               same
               way
               as
               they
               were
               before
               this
               Motion
               began
               .
               And
               then
               the
               wheeling
               of
               front
               and
               reere
               into
               the
               left-flanke
               will
               reduce
               them
               ;
               when
               they
               are
               faced
               to
               their
               leader
               .
               Or
               if
               you
               will
               ,
               face
               them
               that
               way
               which
               they
               wheeled
               in
               the
               Motion
               ;
               which
               was
               to
               the
               right
               :
               then
               wheele
               your
               flanke
               into
               the
               reere
               ;
               when
               being
               faced
               to
               their
               
                 proper
                 front
              
               ,
               they
               are
               reduced
               .
               And
               so
               ,
               in
               like
               manner
               ,
               should
               you
               face
               them
               to
               some
               other
               part
               ;
               they
               might
               be
               otherwayes
               reduced
               .
               The
               next
               wheeling
               will
               be
               the
               same
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               as
               this
               is
               ,
               to
               the
               right
               :
               where
               notwithstanding
               that
               the
               Motion
               be
               all
               one
               ,
               yet
               it
               shall
               differ
               in
               the
               placing
               of
               the
               men
               .
               For
               before
               I
               begin
               the
               wheeling
               ,
               I
               will
               passe
               through
               all
               the
               Muskettiers
               ,
               from
               the
               
                 left
                 flanke
              
               to
               the
               right
               :
               by
               which
               meanes
               the
               Body
               will
               stand
               ,
               as
               appeareth
               by
               the
               
                 square
                 figure
              
               following
               .
               From
               whence
               I
               will
               begin
               the
               next
               wheeling
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             LXV
             .
          
           
             Of
             wheeling
             the
             left
             Flanke
             ,
             into
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Battell
             .
          
           
             
               
                 The
                 Command
                 is
              
               ,
               Wheele
               Front
               and
               Reere
               ,
               into
               the
               left
               Flanke
               .
               
                 The
                 Direction
                 is
              
               ,
               Face
               all
               to
               the
               Left.
               
            
             
               depiction of 'left Flank wheeling'
            
             
             
               THis
               
                 divisionall
                 wheeling
              
               ,
               of
               the
               Front
               and
               Reere
               into
               the
               left-flanke
               ,
               is
               ,
               in
               like
               manner
               ,
               a
               
                 doubling
                 of
                 the
                 depth
              
               .
               For
               the
               nature
               of
               the
               Motion
               ,
               it
               is
               altogether
               like
               unto
               the
               wheeling
               next
               before
               :
               differing
               onely
               in
               the
               flanke
               ;
               and
               after
               that
               the
               body
               is
               faced
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               the
               wheeling
               is
               to
               be
               performed
               ,
               as
               wheeling
               the
               flanks
               into
               the
               front
               .
               But
               by
               reason
               that
               before
               the
               Motion
               began
               ,
               all
               the
               Muskettiers
               were
               on
               the
               right-flanke
               :
               by
               this
               wheeling
               ,
               they
               are
               brought
               to
               the
               front
               and
               reere
               .
               For
               the
               Aspect
               being
               directed
               the
               same
               way
               ,
               it
               was
               before
               the
               Command
               was
               given
               ,
               the
               depth
               will
               be
               32
               ,
               as
               in
               the
               other
               figure
               .
            
             
               For
               reducement
               ,
               the
               ordinary
               way
               is
               to
               wheele
               the
               front
               and
               reere
               into
               the
               right-flanke
               .
               O●
               if
               upon
               any
               occasion
               ,
               you
               have
               faced
               your
               Body
               to
               the
               same
               way
               they
               have
               wheeled
               (
               which
               was
               to
               the
               left-flanke
               )
               and
               would
               give
               your
               Command
               from
               thence
               ;
               Then
               let
               them
               wheele
               their
               flanks
               into
               the
               Reere
               .
               This
               done
               ,
               the
               Commander
               passing
               to
               his
               
                 first
                 front
              
               ,
               and
               facing
               them
               to
               him
               :
               they
               are
               as
               when
               this
               last
               wheeling
               began
               .
               Then
               cause
               the
               
                 foure
                 files
              
               of
               Maskettiers
               ,
               to
               face
               to
               the
               left
               ;
               and
               to
               passe
               through
               to
               their
               places
               .
               Lastly
               ,
               do
               but
               close
               them
               to
               their
               due
               distance
               ,
               in
               ranke
               ,
               and
               file
               :
               and
               they
               are
               perfectly
               reduced
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             LXVI
             .
          
           
             Of
             wheeling
             Front
             and
             Reere
             ,
             into
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Battell
             .
          
           
             
               
                 The
                 Command
                 is
              
               ,
               Wheele
               both
               Flanks
               into
               the
               Front
               and
               Reere
               .
               
                 The
                 Direction
                 is
              
               ,
               Halfe-files
               ,
               face
               about
               to
               the
               Reere
               .
            
             
             
             
               THis
               
                 divisionall
                 wheeling
              
               of
               both
               flanks
               into
               the
               front
               and
               reere
               ;
               doth
               double
               the
               depth
               :
               making
               them
               from
               8
               deepe
               ,
               16.
               
               It
               doth
               likewise
               transferre
               the
               Muskettiers
               ,
               from
               the
               flanks
               into
               the
               front
               and
               reere
               :
               making
               a
               division
               between
               the
               
                 front
                 halfe
                 files
              
               ,
               and
               
                 reere
                 halfe
                 files
              
               .
               So
               that
               of
               one
               
                 body
                 ,
                 flankt
              
               with
               Muskettiers
               ,
               it
               maketh
               two
               ,
               each
               having
               their
               Muskettiers
               in
               front
               .
            
             
               This
               figure
               ,
               (
               as
               most
               others
               ,
               as
               well
               
                 facings
                 ,
                 doublings
                 ,
                 counter-marches
              
               and
               wheelings
               )
               is
               here
               set
               forth
               as
               the
               motion
               of
               each
               presents
               it selfe
               in
               the
               execution
               ;
               few
               of
               them
               being
               shewne
               ,
               as
               they
               be
               when
               they
               are
               executed
               .
               And
               I
               conceive
               it
               the
               better
               way
               ,
               as
               well
               for
               expression
               ,
               as
               apprehension
               :
               to
               shew
               the
               worke
               as
               it
               is
               in
               doing
               ,
               rather
               then
               absolutely
               performed
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               way
               how
               to
               performe
               this
               wheeling
               ,
               take
               these
               directions
               following
               .
               The
               Command
               being
               first
               given
               ,
               (
               as
               aforesaid
               )
               the
               first
               thing
               the
               Souldiers
               have
               to
               doe
               ,
               is
               for
               the
               halfe-files
               to
               
                 face
                 about
              
               ,
               and
               then
               the
               
                 front
                 halfe
                 files
              
               ,
               and
               
                 reere
                 halfe
                 files
                 wheele
              
               at
               one
               and
               the
               same
               time
               :
               The
               
                 front
                 division
                 ,
                 wheeling
              
               about
               their
               two
               
                 innermost
                 file-leaders
              
               ,
               which
               are
               figured
               with
               the
               numbers
               of
               8
               and
               9.
               untill
               the
               file-leaders
               of
               the
               
                 right
                 flanke
              
               meete
               together
               in
               the
               midst
               ,
               with
               the
               file-leaders
               of
               the
               
                 left
                 flanke
              
               :
               as
               you
               may
               easily
               perceive
               by
               the
               figure
               shewing
               the
               motion
               ;
               the
               rest
               of
               their
               divisions
               ,
               orderly
               following
               them
               .
               The
               halfe-files
               ,
               also
               being
               faced
               about
               ;
               the
               
                 bringers
                 up
              
               ,
               in
               like
               manner
               ,
               wheele
               together
               :
               being
               now
               the
               leaders
               of
               the
               motion
               ,
               in
               the
               reere
               ,
               as
               you
               may
               perceive
               .
               This
               being
               done
               ,
               
               if
               you
               please
               you
               may
               face
               them
               all
               to
               their
               leader
               ,
               (
               whom
               suppose
               to
               be
               at
               the
               place
               of
               his
               first
               front
               )
               and
               then
               command
               them
               to
               close
               their
               divisions
               :
               which
               being
               performed
               ,
               all
               your
               file-leaders
               are
               in
               the
               two
               
                 innermost
                 files
              
               of
               the
               
                 front
                 division
                 ,
                 file-wise
              
               ,
               and
               all
               the
               
                 Bringers
                 up
              
               ,
               in
               the
               
                 reere
                 division
              
               of
               the
               same
               files
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               reducement
               of
               this
               figure
               ,
               if
               you
               will
               ,
               face
               them
               to
               either
               of
               the
               flankes
               ,
               and
               command
               them
               to
               wheele
               both
               flanks
               into
               the
               front
               and
               reere
               ,
               when
               facing
               them
               againe
               to
               their
               proper
               front
               ,
               and
               closing
               their
               division
               ,
               they
               will
               be
               as
               at
               first
               .
               But
               if
               you
               would
               make
               use
               of
               some
               other
               wheeling
               ,
               to
               reduce
               it
               ,
               then
               take
               this
               in
               the
               following
               Chapter
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             LXVII
             .
          
           
             Of
             wheeling
             the
             flanks
             into
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Battaile
             .
          
           
             
               
                 The
                 Command
                 is
              
               ,
               Wheele
               front
               and
               reere
               into
               both
               Flanks
               .
               
                 The
                 direction
                 is
              
               ,
               Face
               to
               the
               right
               and
               left
               .
            
             
             
             
               THis
               
                 divisionall
                 wheeling
              
               of
               the
               front
               and
               reere
               into
               both
               flankes
               ,
               may
               also
               be
               termed
               a
               
                 doubling
                 of
                 the
                 depth
              
               :
               by
               reason
               that
               from
               8
               deepe
               ,
               it
               maketh
               them
               
                 double
                 numbers
              
               .
               By
               this
               motion
               ,
               the
               Muskettiers
               which
               before
               were
               flankers
               ,
               are
               now
               transferred
               into
               the
               midst
               ,
               betweene
               the
               front
               and
               reere
               of
               the
               Pikes
               .
               And
               whereas
               in
               the
               other
               figure
               ,
               the
               wheeling
               was
               about
               the
               two
               
                 middlemost
                 file-leaders
              
               ,
               and
               
                 Bringers
                 up
              
               ;
               this
               wheeling
               contrariwise
               ,
               is
               about
               the
               two
               
                 halfe
                 file-leaders
              
               of
               the
               
                 outmost
                 files
              
               of
               each
               flanke
               .
               In
               the
               other
               wheeling
               ,
               the
               file-leaders
               and
               
                 bringers
                 up
              
               ,
               made
               the
               
                 innermost
                 file
              
               :
               in
               this
               ,
               the
               
                 innermost
                 file
              
               of
               each
               flanke
               ,
               as
               you
               may
               easily
               perceive
               by
               the
               figure
               .
               This
               motion
               being
               performed
               ,
               it
               leaves
               a
               large
               Intervalle
               (
               or
               division
               )
               from
               front
               to
               reere
               ,
               betweene
               the
               flankes
               :
               which
               if
               the
               Commander
               passe
               into
               the
               midst
               ,
               betweene
               each
               division
               ,
               and
               face
               them
               all
               to
               him
               ;
               causing
               them
               to
               close
               their
               divisions
               ,
               and
               to
               march
               forth
               into
               his
               
                 first
                 place
              
               ,
               (
               directing
               their
               aspects
               the
               same
               way
               )
               then
               will
               the
               Pikes
               be
               in
               the
               front
               and
               reere
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               reducement
               of
               this
               Figure
               (
               of
               wheeling
               )
               to
               its
               former
               posture
               ;
               you
               may
               face
               the
               body
               to
               one
               of
               the
               flanks
               .
               Which
               being
               done
               ,
               command
               them
               againe
               to
               
                 wheele
                 front
              
               and
               reere
               into
               both
               flankes
               ;
               when
               being
               faced
               to
               their
               former
               front
               ,
               and
               having
               closed
               their
               division
               ,
               they
               are
               reduced
               .
               But
               if
               you
               would
               make
               use
               of
               some
               other
               wheeling
               ,
               for
               reducement
               ;
               then
               wheele
               both
               flanks
               into
               the
               front
               and
               reere
               ;
               and
               they
               are
               as
               at
               first
               :
               having
               faced
               to
               their
               leader
               ,
               and
               closed
               their
               division
               .
               And
               thus
               as
               briefly
               and
               as
               plainely
               as
               I
               could
               ;
               have
               I
               runne
               
               through
               the
               severall
               motions
               and
               grounds
               ;
               for
               the
               disciplining
               of
               a
               foot-company
               .
               And
               although
               I
               neither
               can
               ,
               nor
               hope
               to
               give
               satisfaction
               to
               all
               ;
               yet
               I
               shall
               intreat
               the
               better
               qualified
               ,
               that
               where
               I
               am
               wanting
               ,
               there
               they
               will
               supply
               my
               defects
               with
               their
               goodnesse
               .
               Or
               if
               it
               so
               happen
               ,
               that
               I
               undergoe
               the
               censure
               of
               needlesse
               superfluitie
               :
               I
               would
               have
               such
               to
               make
               use
               of
               so
               much
               of
               it
               ,
               as
               they
               shall
               thinke
               fit
               for
               their
               owne
               turnes
               :
               and
               to
               leave
               the
               residue
               unto
               such
               as
               may
               have
               opportunity
               for
               to
               use
               it
               .
            
             
               
                 THus
                 Courteous
                 Reader
                 have
                 I
                 past
                 the
                 grounds
              
               
                 And
                 various
                 motions
                 of
                 the
                 Infantry
                 ,
              
               
                 Where
                 thou
                 maist
                 gaine
                 the
                 skill
                 ,
                 cost
                 others
                 wounds
                 ,
              
               
                 Though
                 from
                 a
                 young
                 one
                 of
                 th'
                 Artillery
                 .
              
               
                 Reade
                 and
                 consider
                 ,
                 if
                 thou
                 nothing
                 gaine
                 ,
              
               
                 I
                 aske
                 as
                 little
                 from
                 thee
                 for
                 my
                 paine
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 If
                 thou
                 the
                 distances
                 dost
                 well
                 peruse
                 ,
              
               
                 The
                 severall
                 facings
                 and
                 the
                 doublings
                 too
                 ,
              
               
                 The
                 Counter-marches
                 which
                 of
                 course
                 ensues
                 ,
              
               
                 And
                 then
                 our
                 wheelings
                 which
                 we
                 lastly
                 doe
                 .
              
               
                 These
                 being
                 practis'd
                 ,
                 learn'd
                 ,
                 and
                 understood
                 ,
              
               
                 The
                 benefit
                 turnes
                 to
                 thy
                 Countries
                 good
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 These
                 ,
                 like
                 the
                 vowels
                 ,
                 are
                 in
                 number
                 five
                 ,
              
               
                 With
                 which
                 me
                 spell
                 all
                 words
                 that
                 can
                 be
                 nam'd
                 ▪
              
               
                 So
                 with
                 these
                 motions
                 we
                 all
                 formes
                 contrive
                 ,
              
               
                 And
                 from
                 these
                 grounds
                 are
                 all
                 our
                 figures
                 fram'd
                 .
              
               
               
                 Then
                 frame
                 thou
                 no
                 excuse
                 ,
                 but
                 learn
                 to
                 know
                 them
                 ,
              
               
                 And
                 with
                 as
                 free
                 an
                 heart
                 as
                 I
                 doe
                 shew
                 them
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Now
                 next
                 of
                 all
                 I
                 should
                 some
                 firings
                 show
                 ,
              
               
                 But
                 lest
                 perhaps
                 I
                 hold
                 you
                 over
                 long
                 ,
              
               
                 I
                 thinke
                 it
                 fit
                 some
                 respite
                 to
                 be
                 stow
                 ,
              
               
                 Lest
                 that
                 our
                 Souldiers
                 thinke
                 I
                 doe
                 them
                 wrong
                 .
              
               
                 So
                 please
                 the
                 Reader
                 but
                 to
                 pause
                 the
                 whiles
                 ,
              
               
                 And
                 see
                 our
                 Leaders
                 exercise
                 their
                 files
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 For
                 now
                 each
                 Leader
                 is
                 so
                 courteous
                 growne
                 ,
              
               
                 He
                 strives
                 to
                 bring
                 another
                 to
                 his
                 place
                 .
              
               
                 But
                 they
                 as
                 modestly
                 would
                 keepe
                 their
                 owne
                 ,
              
               
                 And
                 each
                 prefers
                 his
                 follower
                 to
                 the
                 grace
                 .
              
               
                 So
                 please
                 you
                 then
                 but
                 winke
                 at
                 the
                 digression
                 ,
              
               
                 And
                 you
                 shall
                 see
                 each
                 Leader
                 by
                 succession
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             LXVIII
             .
          
           
             Of
             making
             men
             file-leaders
             successively
             ,
             the
             files
             being
             eight
             deepe
             .
          
           
             IN
             the
             making
             every
             man
             in
             
               file
               ,
               successively
               leader
            
             according
             to
             their
             
               first
               standing
            
             :
             may
             as
             well
             and
             easily
             be
             done
             
               in
               great
               bodies
            
             ,
             as
             by
             
               single
               files
            
             .
             Yea
             and
             with
             the
             same
             words
             of
             Command
             and
             direction
             ,
             as
             you
             may
             perceive
             by
             the
             Table
             ,
             where
             the
             figures
             of
             number
             shew
             the
             succession
             of
             each
             mans
             leading
             .
             The
             words
             of
             Command
             which
             produce
             each
             leader
             ,
             being
             placed
             in
             the
             Columes
             beneath
             .
             In
             the
             first
             Colume
             of
             the
             Table
             ,
             the
             
               file
               stands
            
             as
             at
             first
             ;
             with
             his
             
               proper
               file-leader
            
             in
             front
             :
             each
             man
             having
             his
             
               right
               place
            
             .
             The
             rest
             of
             the
             files
             ,
             demonstrating
             the
             places
             of
             the
             men
             ,
             according
             to
             their
             standing
             ;
             upon
             the
             making
             of
             every
             severall
             file-leader
             .
             The
             Commands
             are
             figures
             ,
             which
             produce
             the
             like
             leaders
             .
          
           
           
             
               
                 The
                 front
                 of
                 each
                 file
                 ,
                 as
                 they
                 come
                 to
                 be
                 File-leaders
                 ;
                 successively
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                
                 
                   2
                
                 
                   3
                
                 
                   4
                
                 
                   5
                
                 
                   6
                
                 
                   7
                
                 
                   8
                
              
               
                 
                   2
                
                 
                   1
                
                 
                   4
                
                 
                   3
                
                 
                   6
                
                 
                   5
                
                 
                   8
                
                 
                   7
                
              
               
                 
                   3
                
                 
                   4
                
                 
                   1
                
                 
                   2
                
                 
                   7
                
                 
                   8
                
                 
                   5
                
                 
                   6
                
              
               
                 
                   4
                
                 
                   3
                
                 
                   2
                
                 
                   1
                
                 
                   8
                
                 
                   7
                
                 
                   6
                
                 
                   5
                
              
               
                 
                   5
                
                 
                   6
                
                 
                   7
                
                 
                   8
                
                 
                   1
                
                 
                   2
                
                 
                   3
                
                 
                   4
                
              
               
                 
                   6
                
                 
                   5
                
                 
                   8
                
                 
                   7
                
                 
                   2
                
                 
                   1
                
                 
                   4
                
                 
                   3
                
              
               
                 
                   7
                
                 
                   8
                
                 
                   5
                
                 
                   6
                
                 
                   3
                
                 
                   4
                
                 
                   1
                
                 
                   2
                
              
               
                 
                   8
                
                 
                   7
                
                 
                   6
                
                 
                   5
                
                 
                   4
                
                 
                   3
                
                 
                   2
                
                 
                   1
                
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 The
                 severall
                 words
                 of
                 Command
                 ,
                 which
                 produce
                 each
                 File-leader
                 .
              
               
                 
                   2
                
                 
                   Ranks
                
                 
                   to
                   the
                   right
                   double
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                    
                
                 
                   Files
                
              
               
                 
                   3
                
                 
                   File-leaders
                   and
                   half-file-leaders
                   stand
                   ,
                   the
                   rest
                   passe
                   thorough
                   to
                   the
                   right
                   ,
                   and
                   place
                   your selves
                   before
                   your
                   Leaders
                   .
                
                 
                    
                
              
               
                 
                   4
                
                 
                   Ranks
                
                 
                   to
                   the
                   left
                   double
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                    
                
                 
                   Files
                
              
               
                 
                   5
                
                 
                   The
                   first
                   Ranke
                   stand
                   ,
                   the
                   rest
                   passe
                   thorough
                   to
                   the
                   right
                   ,
                   and
                   place
                   your selves
                   before
                   your
                   Leaders
                   .
                
                 
                    
                
              
               
                 
                   6
                
                 
                   Ranks
                
                 
                   to
                   the
                   left
                   double
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                    
                
                 
                   Files
                
              
               
                 
                   7
                
                 
                   Countermarch
                   Front
                   &
                   Reere
                   into
                   the
                   midst
                   ,
                   then
                   face
                   to
                   your
                   Leader
                   .
                
                 
                    
                
              
               
                 
                   8
                
                 
                   Ranks
                
                 
                   to
                   the
                   left
                   double
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                    
                
                 
                   Files
                
              
               
                 
                   0
                
                 
                   Then
                   face
                   about
                   or
                   Countermarch
                   your
                   Files
                   ,
                   and
                   they
                   are
                   as
                   at
                   first
                   .
                
                 
                    
                
              
            
          
           
           
             The
             first
             ,
             are
             the
             
               proper
               leaders
            
             of
             the
             files
             .
             For
             to
             make
             the
             second
             leade
             ,
             if
             there
             be
             but
             one
             file
             ,
             then
             
               file
               ranke
            
             two
             to
             the
             right
             :
             if
             there
             be
             more
             files
             ,
             than
             rankes
             to
             the
             
               right
               ,
               double
            
             ,
             and
             files
             to
             the
             
               right
               ,
               double
            
             .
             By
             which
             meanes
             ,
             the
             second
             man
             is
             become
             leader
             of
             his
             file
             :
             every
             man
             being
             disposed
             ,
             as
             you
             may
             perceive
             by
             that
             file
             ,
             whose
             leader
             is
             the
             figure
             of
             2.
             
             To
             make
             him
             that
             was
             the
             third
             man
             ,
             leader
             ,
             let
             file-leaders
             ,
             and
             
               halfe-file
               leaders
               stand
            
             :
             &
             the
             rest
             passe
             through
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             &
             place
             themselves
             before
             their
             leaders
             .
             Thus
             will
             the
             file
             stand
             like
             that
             ,
             led
             by
             the
             figure
             of
             3.
             
             For
             to
             make
             him
             that
             was
             the
             fourth
             man
             
               leader
               ;
               Rankes
            
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             double
             ;
             and
             files
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             double
             :
             whereby
             the
             file
             will
             stand
             like
             that
             ,
             led
             by
             the
             figure
             of
             4.
             
             For
             to
             make
             him
             that
             was
             the
             fift
             man
             ,
             leader
             ,
             let
             the
             
               first
               ranke
            
             stand
             ;
             the
             rest
             passe
             through
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             and
             place
             themselves
             before
             their
             leaders
             :
             by
             which
             meanes
             the
             file
             will
             stand
             like
             that
             ,
             led
             by
             the
             figure
             5.
             
             For
             to
             make
             him
             that
             was
             the
             sixt
             man
             ,
             leader
             ;
             double
             your
             rankes
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             and
             files
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             double
             :
             and
             then
             the
             file
             will
             stand
             ,
             like
             the
             file
             led
             by
             the
             figure
             of
             6.
             
             For
             to
             make
             him
             that
             was
             the
             seventh
             man
             ,
             leader
             of
             the
             
               file
               ;
               Countermarch
               front
            
             and
             reere
             into
             the
             midst
             ,
             and
             face
             them
             to
             the
             former
             front
             :
             whereby
             the
             file
             will
             stand
             like
             that
             led
             by
             the
             figure
             of
             7.
             
             For
             to
             make
             him
             that
             was
             the
             eighth
             man
             ,
             leade
             the
             file-ranks
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             double
             ;
             and
             files
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             double
             ;
             and
             the
             file
             will
             stand
             like
             that
             ,
             led
             by
             the
             figure
             of
             8.
             
             For
             to
             
             reduce
             them
             ,
             cause
             the
             first
             ranke
             to
             stand
             ;
             the
             rest
             to
             advance
             forwards
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             placing
             themselves
             before
             their
             leaders
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             LXIX
             .
          
           
             Of
             making
             men
             file-leaders
             ,
             successively
             :
             the
             files
             being
             but
             sixe
             deepe
             .
          
           
             SOme
             will
             be
             inquisitive
             to
             know
             for
             what
             use
             the
             
               making
               of
               leaders
               by
               succession
            
             ,
             serveth
             ?
             or
             whether
             it
             be
             not
             a
             meere
             Curiosity
             ?
             to
             which
             I
             thus
             answer
             .
             That
             it
             is
             not
             only
             pleasant
             ,
             but
             
               profitable
               .
               Pleasant
            
             to
             the
             leader
             of
             a
             file
             :
             who
             having
             sufficiently
             exercised
             his
             file
             in
             Postures
             ,
             to
             give
             some
             time
             of
             respite
             ,
             or
             delectation
             ,
             for
             the
             recreating
             of
             their
             almost
             tyred
             spirits
             ,
             brings
             each
             man
             ,
             successively
             ,
             to
             leade
             the
             file
             by
             
               proper
               words
            
             of
             Command
             .
             And
             lastly
             ,
             reduceth
             each
             man
             to
             his
             
               former
               standing
            
             .
             It
             must
             needs
             be
             profitable
             and
             much
             availeable
             in
             discipline
             ,
             when
             the
             skilfull
             Commander
             can
             thereby
             (
             with
             much
             ease
             )
             change
             and
             interchange
             :
             bring
             what
             rankes
             he
             pleaseth
             to
             lead
             in
             front
             ;
             and
             exchange
             them
             afterwards
             for
             others
             ;
             yea
             ,
             and
             lastly
             ,
             at
             his
             owne
             pleasure
             ,
             bring
             the
             
               proper
               file-leaders
            
             
             againe
             into
             their
             places
             .
             This
             following
             table
             ,
             shewes
             each
             mans
             severall
             place
             as
             they
             stand
             ;
             still
             being
             altered
             ,
             according
             to
             their
             
               various
               Leaders
            
             .
             By
             the
             figures
             of
             number
             (
             which
             are
             placed
             over
             the
             heads
             of
             those
             Columes
             ,
             wherein
             are
             writ
             the
             words
             of
             Command
             )
             understand
             that
             those
             words
             under
             the
             figure
             of
             2.
             are
             to
             make
             the
             second
             man
             ,
             file-leader
             .
             Those
             words
             ,
             under
             the
             figure
             of
             3.
             make
             the
             third
             man
             ,
             leader
             .
             And
             so
             forward
             for
             the
             rest
             .
          
           
           
             
               
                 The
                 front
                 of
                 each
                 file
                 ,
                 as
                 they
                 come
                 to
                 be
                 Leaders
                 .
              
               
                 
                   1
                
                 
                   2
                
                 
                   3
                
                 
                   4
                
                 
                   5
                
                 
                   6
                
              
               
                 
                   2
                
                 
                   1
                
                 
                   2
                
                 
                   5
                
                 
                   6
                
                 
                   5
                
              
               
                 
                   3
                
                 
                   4
                
                 
                   6
                
                 
                   1
                
                 
                   3
                
                 
                   4
                
              
               
                 
                   4
                
                 
                   3
                
                 
                   1
                
                 
                   6
                
                 
                   4
                
                 
                   3
                
              
               
                 
                   5
                
                 
                   6
                
                 
                   5
                
                 
                   2
                
                 
                   1
                
                 
                   2
                
              
               
                 
                   6
                
                 
                   5
                
                 
                   4
                
                 
                   3
                
                 
                   2
                
                 
                   1
                
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 The
                 words
                 of
                 Command
                 ,
                 which
                 produce
                 each
                 severall
                 Leader
                 .
              
               
                 
                    
                
                 
                   Files
                
              
               
                 
                   2
                
                 
                   Ranks
                
                 
                   to
                   the
                   left
                   double
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   3
                
                 
                   Half-files
                   double
                   your
                   Front
                   to
                   the
                   right
                   ,
                   Files
                   to
                   the
                   right
                   double
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   4
                
                 
                   Facc
                   to
                   the
                   Reere
                   ,
                   or
                   let
                   the
                   first
                   ranke
                   stand
                   ,
                   the
                   rest
                   passe
                   thorough
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
              
               
                 
                   5
                
                 
                   Ranks
                   to
                   the
                   right
                   double
                   ,
                   Files
                   double
                   your
                   depth
                   to
                   the
                   right
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                    
                
                 
                   Files
                
              
               
                 
                   6
                
                 
                   Ranks
                
                 
                   to
                   the
                   left
                   double
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   7
                
                 
                   Face
                   to
                   the
                   Reere
                   ,
                   and
                   they
                   are
                   reduced
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
           
             The
             
               first
               man
            
             ,
             is
             the
             leader
             of
             the
             file
             .
             For
             to
             make
             the
             
               second
               man
            
             ,
             leader
             ;
             
               Command
               ,
               file
               ranke
               ,
               two
               to
               the
               left
               .
            
             If
             there
             be
             more
             files
             then
             one
             ;
             
               ranks
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               double
            
             ;
             and
             
               files
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               double
            
             ;
             which
             makes
             the
             
               second
               man
               ,
               leader
            
             ;
             every
             man
             in
             the
             file
             being
             disposed
             ,
             as
             you
             may
             perceive
             by
             that
             file
             ,
             led
             by
             the
             figure
             of
             2.
             
             For
             to
             make
             him
             that
             was
             the
             
               third
               man
               ,
               leader
            
             ;
             command
             
               halfe
               files
               ,
               double
               the
               front
               to
               the
               right
               ,
            
             and
             
               files
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               double
            
             ;
             by
             which
             meanes
             ,
             the
             file
             will
             stand
             like
             that
             ,
             led
             by
             the
             figure
             of
             3.
             
             For
             to
             make
             him
             that
             was
             the
             fourth
             man
             ,
             leader
             :
             
               Face
               to
               the
               reere
            
             ,
             and
             then
             hee
             leads
             .
             But
             if
             you
             will
             keepe
             the
             same
             
               front
               ;
               command
               the
               first
               ranke
               to
               stand
               ,
            
             the
             rest
             to
             
               passe
               through
               to
               the
               left
               :
               placing
               your selves
               before
               your
               leaders
               .
            
             Thus
             will
             the
             file
             stand
             like
             that
             ,
             led
             by
             the
             figure
             of
             4.
             
             For
             to
             make
             the
             fift
             man
             ,
             leader
             :
             
               command
               ,
               rankes
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               double
            
             ;
             and
             
               files
               to
               double
               their
               depth
               to
               the
               right
               intire
               :
            
             by
             which
             meanes
             the
             file
             will
             stand
             like
             that
             ,
             led
             by
             the
             figure
             of
             5.
             
             For
             to
             make
             the
             sixt
             man
             ,
             file-leader
             :
             cause
             
               rankes
               to
               the
               left
            
             ,
             double
             ;
             and
             files
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             double
             ;
             and
             then
             the
             file
             wil
             stand
             like
             that
             ,
             led
             by
             the
             figure
             of
             6.
             
             For
             to
             reduce
             them
             ,
             there
             needs
             no
             more
             but
             face
             to
             the
             reere
             :
             notwithstanding
             if
             you
             would
             have
             the
             front
             the
             same
             way
             ,
             the
             Command
             is
             ,
             
               the
               first
               rank
               ,
               stand
               ;
               the
               rest
               passe
               forwards
               to
               the
               right
               :
               placing
               your selves
               before
               your
               leaders
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               For
               to
               make
               sixe
               men
               ,
               successively
               leaders
               ,
               by
               sixe
               words
               of
               Command
               ,
               besides
               Facings
               .
            
             
               
                 The
                 first
                 is
              
               leader
               :
               
                 for
                 the
                 second
                 file
              
               ,
               Ranke
               
                 2
                 ▪
              
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               and
               files
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               double
               .
               
                 For
                 the
                 third
              
               ,
               Countermarch
               front
               and
               reere
               into
               the
               midst
               :
               and
               face
               to
               that
               part
               which
               was
               the
               reere
               .
               
                 For
                 the
                 fourth
              
               ,
               face
               about
               to
               the
               right
               .
               
                 For
                 the
                 fift
              
               ,
               countermarch
               front
               and
               reere
               into
               the
               midst
               ,
               and
               face
               to
               that
               which
               was
               the
               reere
               .
               
                 For
                 the
                 sixt
              
               ,
               ranke
               two
               to
               the
               right
               ;
               and
               files
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               double
               ;
               face
               them
               about
               ,
               
                 and
                 they
                 are
              
               reduced
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             LXX
             .
          
           
             Of
             drawing
             the
             Files
             againe
             into
             a
             Body
             :
             and
             preparing
             them
             for
             a
             skirmish
             .
          
           
             BY
             this
             time
             (
             me
             thinkes
             )
             I
             heare
             the
             Drums
             beat
             a
             Call
             :
             which
             summons
             each
             file-leader
             to
             his
             place
             :
             every
             man
             observing
             his
             order
             ,
             both
             in
             ranke
             and
             file
             .
             The
             Officers
             having
             taken
             their
             due
             places
             ;
             the
             Captaine
             and
             Ensigne
             in
             the
             front
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             the
             Lievetenant
             in
             the
             reere
             ;
             the
             Serjeant
             on
             the
             flanks
             ,
             the
             Drums
             on
             the
             front
             and
             
               reere
               Angle
               s
            
             of
             the
             Pikes
             :
             as
             you
             may
             perceive
             by
             the
             square
             figure
             next
             following
             .
             
             Now
             the
             
               Drums
               beat
               a
               march
            
             ,
             the
             Ensigne
             flying
             at
             the
             
               head
               of
               the
               Pikes
            
             ;
             the
             Pikes
             and
             Muskets
             shouldered
             ,
             marching
             at
             their
             distance
             of
             order
             in
             file
             ,
             at
             
               open
               order
            
             in
             ranke
             :
             presently
             by
             a
             signe
             from
             the
             Captaine
             ,
             the
             
               Drums
               beat
               a
               preparative
            
             :
             the
             
               Ensigne
               furl-up
            
             ,
             retiring
             into
             the
             midst
             betweene
             the
             Pikes
             ;
             the
             
               Pikes
               advance
            
             ,
             the
             
               rankes
               close
               forwards
            
             to
             their
             order
             ;
             the
             Muskettiers
             makes
             ready
             ,
             and
             every
             man
             prepares
             himselfe
             for
             Battell
             or
             Skirmish
             .
             And
             here
             the
             Eyes
             of
             the
             Drum
             must
             be
             very
             vigilant
             ,
             to
             observe
             his
             Captaine
             or
             Commander
             ;
             that
             by
             the
             least
             signe
             ,
             either
             of
             his
             
               hand
               ,
               leading-staf●e
            
             ,
             or
             whatsoever
             else
             he
             carries
             ,
             hee
             may
             either
             continue
             his
             
               charge
               ,
               retreat
            
             ,
             or
             else
             
               charge
               home
            
             :
             and
             every
             Souldier
             ought
             to
             be
             so
             well
             trayned
             and
             practised
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             time
             of
             Battell
             ,
             he
             may
             receive
             ample
             instructions
             from
             the
             sound
             of
             the
             Drum.
             
          
           
             
               The
               Body
               drawne
               into
               a
               square
               :
               with
               the
               Officers
               in
               their
               places
               .
            
             
               
            
             
             
               Thus
               many
               Officers
               may
               serue
               for
               a
               larger
               Company
               ,
               if
               the
               souldiers
               be
               expert
               and
               skilfull
               :
               and
               to
               the
               contrary
               ,
               they
               are
               all
               too
               few
               ,
               if
               they
               be
               raw
               and
               unexperienced
               .
               I
               have
               seene
               some
               Companies
               ,
               which
               have
               been
               so
               absolutely
               ignorant
               ,
               that
               each
               man
               would
               have
               needed
               an
               Officer
               ,
               to
               have
               kept
               him
               orderly
               in
               his
               place
               .
               Neverthelesse
               I
               make
               no
               doubt
               ,
               but
               that
               by
               the
               carefull
               oversight
               of
               the
               
                 Lord
                 Lieutenants
              
               ,
               the
               good
               assistance
               of
               their
               Deputies
               ,
               and
               the
               diligence
               of
               the
               Captains
               ,
               and
               their
               Officers
               ,
               this
               fault
               will
               quickly
               be
               amended
               .
               And
               this
               might
               easily
               enough
               be
               done
               ,
               if
               that
               those
               which
               are
               owners
               of
               Armes
               ,
               would
               but
               meet
               one
               houre
               or
               two
               in
               a
               fortnight
               (
               at
               their
               best
               leisures
               )
               and
               practise
               the
               postures
               of
               the
               
                 Pike
                 &
                 Musket
              
               first
               ,
               and
               the
               motions
               ,
               and
               firings
               ,
               when
               they
               are
               more
               expert
               .
               If
               any
               shall
               object
               ,
               That
               how
               ever
               this
               may
               be
               done
               in
               Townes
               and
               Cities
               ,
               yet
               it
               cannot
               be
               in
               the
               
                 Countrey
                 Villages
              
               .
               I
               answer
               ,
               That
               if
               they
               meete
               not
               above
               foure
               ,
               sixe
               ,
               or
               eight
               in
               a
               place
               ,
               although
               they
               have
               no
               Officer
               to
               instruct
               them
               ,
               yet
               by
               conferring
               ,
               and
               trying
               ,
               and
               often
               practising
               ,
               they
               will
               begin
               to
               carry
               their
               Armes
               with
               more
               ease
               ;
               and
               to
               use
               them
               with
               more
               delight
               .
               Neither
               need
               they
               to
               be
               altogether
               ignorant
               ,
               seeing
               there
               are
               divers
               printed
               portraitures
               of
               the
               postures
               of
               each
               Armes
               :
               as
               also
               books
               ,
               whereby
               they
               may
               have
               very
               ample
               instruction
               .
               By
               which
               having
               attained
               some
               little
               skill
               ;
               they
               will
               not
               be
               contented
               ,
               untill
               they
               have
               better
               improved
               it
               by
               the
               instruction
               of
               their
               Officers
               :
               after
               which
               they
               will
               proue
               better
               proficients
               in
               one
               houre
               ,
               then
               as
               they
               were
               before
               ,
               in
               a
               yeare
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             LXXI
             .
          
           
             Of
             firing
             by
             forlorne
             files
             .
             The
             manner
             ,
             and
             use
             .
          
           
             BEfore
             I
             enter
             upon
             formes
             and
             figures
             of
             Battel
             ,
             be
             pleased
             to
             observe
             with
             me
             ,
             that
             all
             firings
             ,
             are
             either
             direct
             or
             oblique
             :
             notwithstanding
             that
             the
             formes
             are
             full
             enough
             of
             varietie
             ,
             occasioned
             (
             most
             times
             )
             by
             the
             scituation
             of
             the
             place
             ;
             the
             order
             of
             the
             enemy
             ,
             and
             the
             number
             of
             men
             :
             with
             other
             
               Politicall
               observations
            
             ,
             for
             the
             gaining
             of
             winde
             and
             Sunne
             .
             For
             the
             manner
             of
             firings
             ,
             they
             are
             sometimes
             advancing
             against
             an
             enemy
             :
             sometimes
             receiving
             the
             
               enemies
               charge
            
             upon
             a
             stand
             ;
             or
             else
             retreiting
             .
             Otherwhiles
             ,
             we
             
               give
               fire
            
             in
             the
             
               Reere
               ,
               marching
            
             from
             the
             Enemy
             :
             or
             in
             
               Flanke
               ,
               marching
            
             by
             an
             enemy
             :
             and
             it
             may
             so
             fall
             out
             ,
             that
             the
             enemy
             may
             charge
             in
             severall
             places
             at
             once
             ;
             as
             in
             Front
             ,
             and
             Reere
             ;
             or
             in
             
               Front
               ,
               Reere
            
             ,
             and
             Flanke
             .
             Of
             which
             particulars
             ,
             I
             will
             severally
             treat
             ,
             desiring
             to
             give
             content
             to
             all
             ,
             not
             making
             the
             least
             question
             but
             that
             benefit
             may
             accrue
             unto
             some
             .
             And
             therefore
             hoping
             that
             the
             courteous
             and
             best
             qualified
             ,
             will
             accept
             of
             my
             good
             meaning
             ;
             and
             not
             refuse
             my
             cates
             ,
             although
             presented
             unto
             them
             in
             earthen
             vessels
             :
             whereby
             I
             shall
             be
             induced
             with
             more
             willingnesse
             ,
             to
             proceed
             in
             my
             intended
             discourses
             ,
             so
             you
             be
             pleased
             to
             favour
             me
             with
             your
             
             better
             opinions
             ;
             neither
             rashly
             condemning
             me
             of
             prodigalitie
             ,
             for
             enterprising
             a
             worke
             of
             such
             consequence
             as
             this
             ;
             nor
             too
             suddenly
             accusing
             my
             simplicitie
             ,
             for
             preferring
             my
             rush-light
             before
             the
             Sunne
             ;
             when
             others
             suffer
             their
             Torches
             to
             burne
             out
             in
             darke
             lanternes
             :
             whom
             I
             confesse
             to
             be
             farre
             more
             able
             (
             were
             they
             but
             halfe
             so
             willing
             )
             to
             have
             imparted
             of
             their
             Talents
             ,
             to
             the
             benefit
             of
             their
             Countrey
             .
             But
             seeing
             that
             they
             will
             not
             vouchsafe
             it
             ,
             and
             that
             I
             ,
             like
             
               bold
               bayard
            
             ,
             have
             adventured
             thus
             farre
             ;
             I
             shall
             (
             with
             your
             good
             favour
             )
             proceed
             .
             And
             first
             I
             will
             begin
             with
             
               firings
               in
               front
               ;
               advancing
            
             ,
             and
             standing
             :
             and
             so
             to
             the
             rest
             .
             And
             for
             the
             more
             cleare
             expression
             of
             each
             firing
             ,
             I
             will
             deliver
             them
             both
             in
             words
             and
             figures
             .
             The
             first
             whereof
             ,
             shall
             be
             a
             
               firing
               by
               forlorne
               files
            
             :
             which
             commonly
             is
             used
             in
             our
             exercise
             ,
             two
             manner
             of
             waies
             :
             One
             way
             is
             ,
             for
             the
             two
             outermost-files
             of
             each
             flank
             of
             Musketiers
             ,
             to
             march
             forth
             ,
             being
             led
             on
             by
             the
             two
             
               junior
               Serjeants
            
             ,
             so
             farre
             as
             by
             the
             superior
             Commander
             shall
             be
             thought
             fit
             ;
             who
             being
             there
             to
             stand
             ,
             the
             
               formost
               ranks
            
             are
             to
             
               give
               fire
               ;
               wheeling
               off
            
             ,
             both
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             or
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             (
             if
             it
             be
             so
             commanded
             )
             and
             to
             place
             themselues
             in
             the
             Reere
             of
             their
             owne
             files
             ,
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             
               ranks
               firing
            
             ,
             and
             doing
             of
             the
             like
             ,
             untill
             they
             have
             fired
             once
             or
             twice
             over
             ,
             according
             to
             their
             directions
             .
             This
             done
             ,
             the
             next
             two
             outmost-files
             of
             each
             flanke
             ,
             are
             to
             march
             forwards
             unto
             the
             place
             assigned
             ▪
             and
             to
             do
             the
             like
             :
             those
             files
             which
             formerly
             faced
             ,
             in
             the
             meane
             time
             trooping
             backe
             ,
             and
             placing
             themselues
             next
             the
             pikes
             ,
             on
             the
             inside
             of
             the
             divisions
             of
             
             Muskettiers
             :
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Muskettiers
             (
             in
             like
             manner
             )
             
               marching
               up
            
             ,
             and
             firing
             :
             still
             placing
             themselues
             next
             the
             pikes
             ,
             as
             aforesaid
             .
             When
             they
             have
             fired
             all
             over
             ,
             and
             placed
             themselues
             according
             to
             these
             directions
             :
             they
             are
             reduced
             ,
             as
             at
             first
             .
             A
             second
             way
             of
             
               firing
               by
               forlorne
               files
            
             ,
             may
             be
             after
             this
             māner
             .
             The
             
               outermost
               files
            
             of
             each
             flank
             ,
             are
             led
             forth
             by
             the
             Serjeants
             ;
             according
             to
             the
             charge
             untill
             they
             have
             brought
             them
             unto
             a
             
               fit
               place
            
             for
             execution
             :
             and
             then
             they
             command
             their
             files
             to
             
               ranke
               inward
            
             ,
             and
             to
             present
             ,
             and
             fire
             all
             together
             :
             as
             you
             may
             plainly
             perceive
             by
             the
             figure
             following
             .
          
           
           
           
             The
             first
             two
             files
             ,
             having
             
               ranked
               i●●ard
               ,
               presented
            
             and
             fired
             ,
             are
             to
             wheele
             off
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             :
             following
             their
             leaders
             in
             
               single
               file
            
             ,
             and
             placing
             themselves
             on
             the
             inside
             of
             their
             divisions
             of
             Muskettiers
             next
             the
             Pikes
             ;
             the
             
               next
               outmost
               files
            
             ,
             which
             followed
             the
             first
             in
             the
             reere
             in
             the
             meane
             time
             
               ranking
               inward
               ,
               firing
            
             and
             wheeling
             off
             ,
             as
             before
             ,
             and
             placing
             themselves
             next
             the
             Pikes
             .
             And
             so
             forwards
             for
             all
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             files
             :
             still
             
               marching
               up
            
             ,
             and
             doing
             the
             like
             ,
             so
             long
             as
             the
             Captaine
             or
             Commander
             shall
             fee
             fitting
             .
             These
             kinde
             of
             firings
             (
             and
             all
             such
             like
             )
             are
             either
             for
             the
             beginning
             of
             skirmishes
             ,
             before
             the
             Bodies
             come
             within
             shot
             one
             of
             another
             ,
             or
             to
             provoke
             the
             enemy
             to
             battaile
             ,
             to
             draw
             them
             from
             their
             Trenches
             ,
             into
             some
             ambushment
             ,
             and
             other
             such
             politicall
             ends
             ,
             the
             number
             of
             men
             which
             march
             forth
             upon
             such
             designes
             ,
             nor
             the
             manner
             are
             not
             alwayes
             certaine
             ,
             but
             consists
             sometimes
             of
             more
             ,
             sometimes
             of
             fewer
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             
               number
               ,
               time
            
             ,
             and
             place
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             LXXII
             .
          
           
             Of
             firings
             by
             two
             Ranks
             ,
             ten
             paces
             advanced
             before
             the
             front
             :
             Next
             ,
             even
             with
             the
             front
             ;
             and
             lastly
             ,
             even
             with
             the
             halfe
             files
             .
          
           
             Advancing
             of
             two
             rankes
             to
             fire
             ,
             ten
             paces
             before
             the
             front
             ,
             is
             most
             commonly
             used
             ,
             when
             one
             or
             both
             Battailes
             march
             against
             each
             other
             :
             the
             Muskettiers
             being
             led
             forth
             by
             two
             rankes
             together
             ,
             ten
             or
             twenty
             paces
             ,
             before
             the
             front
             of
             the
             body
             ;
             that
             so
             they
             may
             come
             neere
             enough
             to
             doe
             ▪
             certaine
             execution
             .
             A
             Serjeant
             from
             each
             
               flanke
               leading
            
             up
             the
             two
             
               foremost
               rankes
            
             ,
             (
             according
             as
             they
             shall
             have
             order
             )
             the
             first
             ranke
             of
             each
             flanke
             is
             to
             present
             and
             
               give
               fire
               ,
               wheeling
            
             either
             all
             off
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             or
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             as
             you
             may
             perceive
             by
             the
             following
             Figure
             .
          
           
           
           
             The
             first
             ranks
             having
             
               presented
               ,
               fired
            
             ,
             and
             
               wheeled
               off
            
             ,
             (
             as
             aforesaid
             )
             are
             to
             march
             close
             downe
             in
             
               single
               file
            
             ,
             within
             three
             foot
             of
             their
             owne
             flankes
             ,
             untill
             they
             come
             to
             the
             Reere
             of
             their
             owne
             divisions
             :
             where
             every
             man
             is
             to
             place
             himselfe
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             his
             owne
             file
             .
             The
             second
             ranke
             being
             at
             the
             distance
             of
             three
             foot
             ,
             behinde
             the
             first
             ranke
             ,
             when
             they
             first
             tooke
             their
             ground
             :
             they
             likewise
             are
             to
             rest
             their
             Muskets
             ,
             mounting
             their
             muzzles
             cleere
             of
             their
             Leaders
             ,
             and
             so
             to
             stand
             with
             their
             
               matches
               cock●
            
             ,
             and
             
               pans
               guarded
            
             ,
             that
             so
             they
             may
             levell
             and
             fire
             as
             soone
             as
             their
             Leaders
             are
             cleere
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             wheele
             off
             ,
             in
             like
             manner
             placing
             themselves
             as
             they
             were
             before
             .
             The
             next
             two
             rankes
             are
             to
             beginne
             to
             advance
             forwards
             ,
             when
             they
             see
             the
             last
             of
             the
             two
             former
             ranks
             ,
             presented
             ready
             to
             fire
             .
             And
             they
             also
             having
             
               fired
               ,
               wheele
               off
            
             as
             the
             others
             did
             before
             them
             .
             And
             so
             ,
             successively
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             ranks
             advancing
             ,
             fire
             and
             wheeling
             off
             againe
             ,
             placing
             themselves
             according
             to
             former
             directions
             .
             This
             way
             ,
             they
             may
             give
             fire
             ,
             once
             or
             oftner
             over
             ,
             as
             the
             enemy
             doth
             advance
             ;
             or
             the
             Commander
             shall
             see
             fitting
             .
             All
             this
             while
             that
             the
             
               Muskettiers
               advance
            
             so
             farre
             before
             the
             front
             ,
             (
             if
             the
             body
             be
             upon
             march
             )
             the
             Pikes
             may
             be
             shouldered
             :
             but
             when
             the
             bodies
             come
             within
             twelve
             score
             ,
             or
             lesse
             ,
             then
             it
             is
             fit
             that
             the
             Muskettiers
             
               give
               fire
            
             even
             with
             the
             front
             of
             the
             Pikes
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             Pikemen
             ,
             advance
             their
             Pikes
             ,
             and
             
               close
               forwards
            
             to
             their
             distance
             of
             three
             foot
             ,
             that
             so
             they
             may
             be
             even
             in
             ranke
             with
             their
             Muskettiers
             ,
             as
             you
             may
             perceive
             by
             the
             following
             Figure
             .
          
           
           
             Now
             the
             Pikes
             being
             advanced
             ,
             and
             the
             
               rankes
               closed
               forwards
            
             to
             their
             due
             distance
             of
             order
             ,
             the
             Muskettiers
             are
             to
             
               present
               ,
               even
            
             with
             the
             front
             ,
             every
             ranke
             successively
             moving
             forward
             ,
             untill
             they
             come
             to
             be
             even
             in
             ranke
             with
             the
             first
             ranke
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             there
             to
             
               give
               fire
            
             ,
             and
             to
             
               wheele
               off
            
             to
             the
             right
             and
             
               left
               ,
               trooping
               ,
               file-wise
            
             ,
             downe
             close
             to
             their
             owne
             divisions
             :
             and
             taking
             their
             places
             in
             the
             reere
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             former
             figures
             .
             The
             first
             ranke
             of
             Muskettiers
             having
             fired
             ,
             and
             wheeled
             away
             ,
             the
             next
             ranks
             are
             to
             move
             forwards
             at
             three
             *
             motions
             ,
             into
             their
             places
             ;
             and
             there
             to
             
               give
               fire
            
             after
             the
             same
             manner
             :
             wheeling
             away
             againe
             ,
             and
             placing
             themselves
             according
             to
             former
             directions
             ,
             every
             ranke
             still
             making
             good
             their
             
               Leaders
               ground
            
             .
             In
             
             this
             sort
             the
             battell
             may
             be
             continued
             ,
             untill
             they
             have
             fired
             once
             ,
             twice
             ,
             or
             oftner
             over
             ;
             and
             that
             the
             Bodies
             become
             so
             close
             together
             ,
             that
             the
             Pikes
             begin
             to
             porte
             ,
             and
             so
             at
             length
             come
             to
             
               push
               of
               Pike
            
             .
             Which
             done
             ,
             the
             Muskettiers
             are
             to
             
               give
               fire
            
             ,
             either
             retreiting
             ,
             or
             else
             not
             to
             advance
             further
             ,
             then
             the
             
               halfe
               files
            
             of
             Pikes
             .
             For
             in
             that
             place
             (
             the
             bodies
             being
             come
             so
             neere
             together
             )
             they
             will
             doe
             as
             much
             execution
             ,
             as
             if
             they
             were
             even
             with
             the
             front
             .
             The
             manner
             of
             the
             standing
             ,
             you
             may
             perceive
             by
             the
             following
             Figure
             .
          
           
           
             The
             Pikes
             being
             now
             come
             to
             push
             ,
             the
             Muskettiers
             are
             to
             advance
             no
             further
             than
             the
             
               halfe
               files
            
             of
             Pikes
             :
             that
             (
             so
             they
             may
             doe
             execution
             with
             their
             
             shot
             ,
             and
             be
             out
             of
             danger
             of
             the
             Pikes
             .
             This
             having
             attained
             ,
             they
             are
             there
             to
             present
             ,
             and
             
               give
               fire
            
             ;
             every
             ranke
             still
             
               moving
               forwards
            
             ,
             and
             maintaining
             his
             leaders
             ground
             .
             After
             they
             have
             performed
             their
             firing
             ,
             they
             are
             to
             
               wheele
               off
            
             by
             division
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             former
             Figures
             :
             still
             placing
             themselves
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             owne
             files
             ,
             alwaies
             taking
             their
             directions
             from
             the
             Drum
             ,
             either
             for
             charging
             or
             retreiting
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             The
             battell
             or
             charge
             being
             ended
             ,
             the
             reducement
             is
             easie
             .
             The
             leader
             of
             each
             file
             ,
             being
             in
             his
             place
             at
             the
             head
             of
             his
             file
             ;
             command
             the
             Muskettiers
             to
             march
             up
             ,
             even
             with
             the
             front
             of
             pikes
             ;
             and
             then
             they
             will
             be
             as
             at
             first
             .
          
           
             Obserue
             withall
             that
             when
             the
             firing
             is
             to
             be
             performed
             ,
             even
             with
             the
             front
             ;
             then
             the
             Muskettiers
             are
             stil
             to
             make
             good
             their
             
               leaders
               ground
            
             .
             The
             want
             to
             be
             in
             the
             place
             of
             most
             security
             (
             which
             is
             the
             Reere
             )
             as
             you
             may
             perceive
             by
             the
             pricks
             ,
             which
             I
             have
             designed
             ,
             for
             noting
             out
             the
             
               empty
               roomes
            
             of
             such
             ,
             who
             have
             
               closed
               forwards
            
             to
             make
             good
             the
             ground
             in
             the
             front
             :
             the
             others
             that
             last
             fired
             are
             wheeled
             off
             ,
             and
             
               trooping
               downe
            
             into
             their
             places
             .
             When
             the
             firing
             is
             even
             with
             the
             halfe-files
             ,
             they
             are
             to
             do
             the
             like
             :
             unlesse
             the
             
               Drumme
               beat
            
             a
             retreat
             ;
             for
             then
             ,
             the
             Muskettiers
             neither
             advance
             ,
             nor
             retreat
             :
             but
             every
             
               rank
               giving
               fire
            
             on
             the
             same
             ground
             ,
             they
             stand
             :
             and
             then
             
               wheele
               off
            
             againe
             ,
             that
             their
             fellows
             may
             do
             as
             much
             .
             Neverthelesse
             when
             the
             
               forlorne
               files
               march
               forth
            
             ,
             or
             that
             two
             ranks
             
               march
               forth
            
             ,
             ten
             paces
             (
             or
             more
             )
             before
             the
             front
             :
             then
             they
             are
             to
             
               give
               fire
            
             ,
             as
             upon
             a
             retreit
             :
             unlesse
             the
             
             enemy
             flye
             .
             I
             will
             now
             shew
             some
             other
             wayes
             of
             firing
             in
             front
             ;
             before
             I
             shew
             the
             firings
             in
             the
             reere
             .
             The
             first
             whereof
             ,
             shall
             be
             the
             
               horne
               Battell
            
             :
             as
             in
             the
             Chapter
             following
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             LXXIII
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             Horne-battell
             ;
             how
             to
             make
             it
             :
             and
             to
             reduce
             it
             by
             firing
             .
          
           
             THe
             Horn-battell
             may
             be
             for
             the
             same
             occasion
             and
             use
             ,
             as
             the
             firing
             by
             two
             ranks
             ten
             
               paces
               advancing
            
             before
             the
             front
             :
             and
             is
             by
             some
             held
             more
             serviceable
             ,
             because
             that
             the
             muskettiers
             do
             their
             execution
             more
             roundly
             ,
             without
             any
             intermission
             of
             time
             :
             and
             keepe
             themselues
             without
             stragling
             from
             their
             bodies
             .
             Besides
             ,
             the
             wings
             of
             Muskettiers
             being
             so
             advanced
             ,
             are
             more
             apt
             for
             over-fronting
             ,
             and
             more
             easily
             to
             be
             wheeled
             ;
             whereby
             to
             charge
             the
             enemy
             in
             flanke
             ;
             each
             of
             these
             wings
             ,
             or
             divisions
             ,
             are
             to
             be
             
               led
               up
            
             by
             a
             Serjeant
             (
             or
             some
             other
             
               superiour
               Officer
            
             )
             unto
             the
             place
             appointed
             by
             the
             Chiefe
             .
             But
             because
             that
             it
             may
             be
             performed
             in
             time
             of
             exercise
             ,
             by
             the
             intelligible
             Souldier
             ,
             observe
             the
             Command
             which
             produceth
             this
             following
             figure
             .
          
           
             
             
               Pikes
               ,
               stand
               ;
               Muskettiers
               ,
               march
               ;
               untill
               the
               Bringers
               up
               ,
               ranke
               with
               the
               front
               of
               Pikes
               .
            
             
               The
               Horne-battell
               .
            
             
               
            
             
               The
               figure
               being
               perfect
               ,
               the
               firstranke
               of
               
                 Muskettiers
                 ,
                 present
              
               and
               
                 give
                 fire
                 wheeling
                 off
              
               ,
               either
               all
               to
               the
               right
               ;
               or
               to
               the
               right
               and
               left
               (
               according
               as
               they
               shall
               have
               direction
               )
               and
               placing
               themselues
               ,
               orderly
               ,
               in
               the
               Reere
               of
               their
               owne
               files
               .
               The
               next
               
               ranke
               (
               after
               the
               same
               manner
               )
               firing
               and
               
                 wheeling
                 off
              
               ,
               and
               placing
               themselues
               behinde
               those
               ,
               which
               were
               their
               leaders
               .
               Thus
               is
               every
               rank
               ,
               successively
               ▪
               to
               do
               the
               like
               :
               untill
               they
               have
               all
               
                 given
                 fire
              
               .
               If
               the
               Commander
               would
               still
               preserve
               ,
               and
               continue
               the
               same
               figure
               ;
               then
               let
               the
               Muskettiers
               still
               
                 move
                 forwards
              
               ,
               into
               the
               ground
               (
               or
               place
               )
               of
               them
               that
               fired
               before
               them
               :
               and
               the
               forme
               will
               be
               still
               the
               same
               .
               And
               if
               by
               the
               Chiefetain
               it
               be
               found
               necessary
               ,
               that
               after
               once
               or
               twice
               
                 firing
                 over
              
               ,
               the
               shot
               should
               flanke
               their
               pikes
               ;
               then
               the
               Muskettiers
               ,
               must
               not
               advance
               into
               their
               
                 leaders
                 ground
              
               ;
               but
               ,
               to
               the
               contrary
               ,
               every
               ranke
               is
               to
               present
               and
               fire
               on
               the
               same
               ground
               they
               stand
               :
               and
               that
               so
               soone
               as
               they
               are
               cleere
               of
               their
               leaders
               .
               Or
               if
               need
               be
               ,
               the
               pikes
               may
               advance
               and
               march
               up
               ,
               to
               make
               their
               
                 front
                 i●tire
              
               :
               which
               being
               done
               ,
               the
               file-leaders
               of
               Muskettiers
               being
               in
               front
               ,
               they
               are
               reduced
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             LXXIIII
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             Demie-hearse
             Battell
             :
             The
             use
             of
             the
             figure
             ;
             how
             to
             make
             it
             ,
             and
             to
             reduce
             it
             by
             firing
             .
          
           
             THe
             next
             firing
             in
             Front
             which
             I
             present
             unto
             you
             ,
             is
             the
             
               Demie
               Hearse
            
             :
             which
             is
             a
             figure
             most
             firme
             ,
             most
             sollid
             ,
             and
             most
             stable
             ,
             yea
             ,
             and
             doth
             as
             much
             execution
             ,
             as
             any
             of
             the
             former
             :
             and
             that
             with
             halfe
             the
             danger
             .
             For
             the
             pikes
             in
             the
             former
             figure
             ,
             they
             either
             
               ranke
               even
            
             with
             the
             front
             of
             Muskets
             :
             or
             else
             ,
             the
             division
             of
             Muskettiers
             being
             open
             ,
             they
             become
             liable
             to
             the
             danger
             of
             the
             enemies
             shot
             :
             themselues
             not
             being
             able
             to
             do
             any
             thing
             ,
             either
             offensive
             or
             defensive
             .
             But
             ,
             to
             the
             contrary
             ,
             in
             this
             figure
             ,
             they
             are
             securely
             covered
             by
             their
             owne
             Muskettiers
             :
             untill
             they
             approach
             nearer
             to
             the
             enemy
             .
             Whereby
             they
             may
             be
             able
             to
             do
             some
             service
             ;
             either
             by
             sending
             their
             showres
             of
             arrows
             amongst
             them
             ,
             for
             bringing
             their
             array
             out
             of
             order
             ,
             or
             else
             ,
             by
             
               closing
               neerer
            
             ,
             come
             to
             the
             shocke
             ,
             and
             so
             try
             the
             fortune
             of
             the
             day
             .
             But
             not
             to
             hold
             you
             longer
             in
             circumstance
             ,
             take
             the
             words
             of
             command
             :
             which
             produce
             the
             figure
             ,
             as
             followeth
             .
          
           
             
             
               Pikes
               ,
               stand
               ,
               Muskettiers
               ,
               advance
               before
               your
               Front
               of
               Pikes
               :
               and
               close
               your
               Divisions
               .
            
             
               The
               Demic-hearse
               .
            
             
             
               For
               the
               firings
               on
               this
               figure
               ,
               they
               may
               be
               divers
               ;
               yet
               I
               shall
               content
               my selfe
               onely
               to
               shew
               two
               of
               them
               :
               The
               first
               is
               ,
               that
               the
               Muskettiers
               may
               at
               the
               discretion
               of
               the
               
                 Commander
                 ,
                 give
                 fire
              
               in
               front
               :
               and
               so
               
                 wheele
                 off
              
               by
               division
               (
               or
               all
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               as
               shall
               best
               please
               him
               that
               commands
               in
               Chiefe
               )
               placing
               themselues
               in
               the
               Reere
               of
               their
               owne
               divisions
               and
               files
               of
               shot
               ,
               which
               is
               just
               before
               the
               front
               of
               pikes
               .
               
               The
               
                 next
                 ranks
              
               then
               
                 moving
                 forwards
              
               into
               their
               
                 leaders
                 ground
              
               ,
               are
               to
               
                 present
                 ,
                 fire
                 ,
                 wheele
                 off
                 ,
              
               and
               place
               themselues
               after
               the
               same
               manner
               :
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               ranks
               of
               Muskettiers
               ,
               doing
               the
               like
               ,
               untill
               they
               have
               all
               
                 given
                 fire
              
               :
               which
               firing
               ,
               doth
               nothing
               alter
               the
               forme
               or
               figure
               of
               battell
               .
               Having
               fired
               once
               or
               twice
               over
               this
               way
               ,
               the
               
                 second
                 firing
              
               shall
               serue
               for
               reducement
               :
               which
               is
               indeed
               the
               firing
               intended
               to
               be
               exprest
               by
               this
               figure
               .
               And
               that
               I
               may
               by
               words
               ,
               the
               more
               clearly
               explaine
               the
               worke
               ,
               take
               these
               directions
               following
               .
            
             
               The
               
                 first
                 ranke
              
               having
               
                 given
                 fire
              
               ,
               are
               to
               wheele
               equally
               off
               by
               division
               :
               each
               part
               falling
               
                 file-wise
                 downe
              
               ,
               close
               by
               their
               flanks
               of
               Muskettiers
               :
               untill
               the
               leaders
               of
               the
               ranks
               of
               Muskets
               come
               downe
               as
               low
               as
               the
               
                 first
                 ranke
              
               of
               pikes
               ;
               which
               being
               performed
               ,
               they
               are
               to
               
                 face
                 outwards
              
               ,
               and
               to
               move
               so
               farre
               forth
               in
               a
               
                 strait
                 line
              
               ,
               untill
               they
               have
               
                 ranked
                 even
              
               with
               the
               
                 first
                 ranke
              
               of
               pikes
               .
               But
               herewithall
               are
               they
               to
               observe
               ,
               that
               they
               must
               leave
               an
               Intervall
               betweene
               the
               innermost-musket
               of
               each
               flanke
               ;
               and
               the
               outermost-file-leader
               of
               the
               pikes
               .
               So
               soone
               as
               the
               
                 first
                 ranke
              
               hath
               
                 given
                 fire
              
               and
               
                 wheeled
                 away
              
               ,
               the
               
                 second
                 ranke
              
               is
               to
               
                 give
                 fire
                 ,
                 wheeling
                 off
              
               ,
               as
               before
               ,
               and
               
                 passing
                 downe
              
               betweene
               the
               Intervals
               on
               the
               flanks
               :
               placing
               themselues
               after
               their
               leaders
               .
               The
               same
               is
               every
               ranke
               successively
               to
               do
               ,
               untill
               all
               the
               Muskettiers
               are
               drawne
               from
               before
               the
               front
               ,
               and
               placed
               on
               the
               flanke
               of
               their
               pikes
               .
               But
               when
               there
               are
               not
               above
               
                 two
                 ranks
              
               of
               Muskettiers
               to
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               ,
               then
               the
               pikes
               may
               port
               ;
               and
               when
               the
               Muskettiers
               have
               fired
               ,
               and
               are
               
                 wheeled
                 away
              
               ,
               they
               may
               charge
               .
               And
               
               lastly
               ,
               the
               pikes
               being
               re-advanced
               ,
               the
               
                 body
                 stands
                 reduced
              
               ,
               as
               at
               first
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             LXXV
             .
          
           
             Of
             giving
             Fire
             ,
             advancing
             ,
             by
             way
             of
             Introduction
             :
             with
             the
             beneficiall
             use
             of
             the
             Bow
             and
             Pike
             .
          
           
             I
             Shall
             next
             offer
             to
             your
             perusall
             ,
             a
             figure
             of
             Introduction
             :
             which
             is
             a
             
               passing
               through
            
             or
             betweene
             :
             Being
             a
             firing
             by
             way
             of
             advancing
             against
             the
             enemy
             ,
             and
             of
             
               gaining
               ground
            
             .
             I
             will
             not
             dispute
             how
             usefull
             it
             is
             ;
             but
             sure
             I
             am
             ,
             it
             is
             over-ballanced
             with
             danger
             .
             As
             for
             such
             whom
             I
             haue
             seene
             to
             practise
             it
             ,
             they
             have
             rather
             used
             it
             for
             varietie
             ,
             in
             a
             well
             experienced
             Company
             ,
             then
             for
             any
             knowne
             excellency
             it
             hath
             in
             it selfe
             .
             But
             if
             these
             lines
             happen
             to
             be
             over-lookt
             by
             any
             ,
             that
             preserues
             a
             better
             opinion
             of
             this
             firing
             by
             introduction
             ,
             then
             I
             do
             :
             I
             shall
             be
             willing
             to
             leave
             them
             to
             their
             owne
             liking
             ,
             while
             I
             in
             the
             meane
             time
             proceed
             to
             shew
             the
             manner
             of
             the
             execution
             ,
             which
             is
             usually
             one
             of
             these
             two
             wayes
             .
             The
             first
             ,
             when
             the
             
               Motion
               is
               begun
               by
               the
               second
               ranke
               from
               the
               front
               .
            
             The
             other
             ,
             when
             
               it
               is
               begun
               by
               the
               Bringers
               up
               .
            
             Neverthelesse
             you
             must
             note
             ▪
             that
             your
             files
             of
             Muskettiers
             must
             be
             opened
             to
             their
             
               open
               order
            
             ;
             before
             the
             firing
             begin
             :
             that
             so
             ,
             the
             Muskettiers
             may
             passe
             betweene
             the
             Intervals
             of
             each
             file
             ,
             to
             
               give
               fire
            
             in
             
             the
             front
             .
             And
             therefore
             take
             the
             words
             of
             Command
             and
             Direction
             ;
             which
             will
             produce
             this
             Figure
             following
             .
          
           
             
               Muskettiers
               ,
               make
               ready
               to
               give
               fire
               by
               introduction
               to
               the
               right
               .
            
             
               Files
               of
               Muskettiers
               ,
               open
               by
               Division
               to
               your
               open
               order
               .
            
             
               
            
             
               This
               firing
               by
               introduction
               may
               be
               thus
               performed
               .
               The
               Pikes
               being
               flankt
               with
               their
               Muskettiers
               ,
               the
               first
               ranke
               of
               each
               flanke
               ,
               present
               and
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               :
               having
               fired
               ,
               they
               stand
               and
               
                 make
                 ready
              
               againe
               in
               the
               same
               place
               .
               The
               second
               ranke
               passing
               forwards
               before
               the
               first
               ,
               doe
               there
               fire
               and
               stand
               :
               the
               third
               rank
               then
               passing
               forwards
               after
               the
               second
               ,
               
               and
               standing
               even
               in
               ranke
               with
               them
               that
               first
               fired
               ;
               that
               so
               soone
               as
               the
               second
               ranke
               hath
               fired
               ,
               they
               may
               quickly
               step
               before
               them
               ,
               and
               fire
               in
               like
               manner
               .
               In
               this
               firing
               ,
               still
               the
               ranke
               which
               is
               next
               to
               fire
               ,
               stands
               even
               in
               ranke
               with
               them
               which
               last
               fired
               ;
               untill
               those
               which
               
                 stand
                 presented
              
               ,
               have
               likewise
               
                 given
                 fire
              
               :
               after
               which
               they
               then
               passe
               before
               them
               ;
               the
               Ranke
               which
               was
               their
               next
               followers
               ,
               passing
               forwards
               and
               ranking
               with
               those
               which
               last
               fired
               :
               every
               man
               following
               his
               Leader
               successively
               ,
               untill
               the
               
                 Bringers
                 up
              
               give
               
                 fire
                 ,
                 &
                 stand
              
               ,
               and
               then
               the
               Figure
               will
               become
               a
               
                 Horne
                 battell
              
               .
               All
               the
               while
               that
               this
               firing
               by
               Introduction
               ,
               is
               continued
               ,
               the
               Pikes
               may
               be
               shouldered
               (
               if
               there
               be
               no
               feare
               of
               horse
               )
               or
               otherwise
               at
               discretion
               .
               If
               you
               continue
               this
               firing
               twice
               over
               ;
               the
               Muskettiers
               will
               have
               their
               
                 right
                 places
              
               :
               which
               being
               done
               ,
               march
               up
               your
               Pikes
               ,
               to
               ranke
               even
               with
               your
               Muskettiers
               in
               front
               ,
               and
               they
               are
               reduced
               .
               For
               the
               other
               way
               of
               
                 firing
                 by
                 introduction
              
               ,
               the
               first
               ranke
               (
               or
               file-leaders
               )
               are
               to
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               as
               before
               ,
               and
               to
               stand
               ,
               the
               last
               ranke
               (
               or
               
                 bringers
                 up
              
               )
               in
               the
               interim
               of
               their
               
                 firing
                 ;
                 marching
                 up
              
               ,
               and
               
                 ranking
                 even
              
               with
               the
               second
               ranke
               :
               the
               rest
               following
               their
               
                 Bringers
                 up
              
               ;
               as
               they
               do
               when
               
                 Bringers
                 up
              
               double
               their
               front
               .
               The
               first
               ranke
               having
               fired
               ,
               the
               
                 Bringers
                 up
              
               step
               immediately
               before
               them
               ;
               present
               ,
               and
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               ;
               the
               rest
               stil
               ,
               successively
               ,
               doing
               the
               like
               ,
               untill
               every
               rank
               have
               
                 given
                 fire
              
               once
               over
               .
               Observe
               withal
               that
               the
               file-leaders
               are
               to
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               twice
               over
               :
               being
               the
               first
               &
               the
               last
               &
               then
               to
               stand
               ,
               the
               Pikes
               marching
               
               up
               ,
               even
               with
               their
               front
               of
               Muskettiers
               .
               And
               thus
               they
               are
               reduccd
               ,
               as
               at
               first
               .
               The
               Pikemen
               ,
               all
               the
               time
               of
               this
               firing
               ,
               doe
               no
               service
               :
               Notwithstanding
               ,
               if
               one
               halfe
               of
               them
               had
               bowes
               fastened
               unto
               their
               Pikes
               (
               being
               able
               and
               well
               practised
               men
               )
               they
               might
               ,
               whilest
               the
               Muskettiers
               are
               in
               firing
               ,
               be
               dealing
               of
               their
               doles
               about
               :
               and
               although
               their
               arrowes
               did
               not
               happen
               to
               wound
               mortally
               ,
               yet
               the
               whisteling
               noyse
               ,
               the
               terrour
               of
               the
               sight
               ,
               and
               the
               severall
               hurts
               (
               which
               could
               not
               chuse
               but
               be
               many
               )
               would
               be
               a
               great
               abatement
               to
               the
               stoutest
               courages
               .
               And
               great
               pitty
               it
               is
               to
               see
               ,
               the
               lusty
               Pike-man
               poorely
               to
               droppe
               downe
               by
               the
               Musket-shot
               ;
               himselfe
               not
               being
               able
               to
               hurt
               his
               enemy
               at
               that
               distance
               ,
               nor
               defend
               himselfe
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             LXXVI
             .
          
           
             The
             way
             to
             make
             the
             Diamond
             Battell
             :
             severall
             waies
             to
             fire
             upon
             it
             :
             with
             divers
             other
             figures
             and
             firings
             ,
             which
             are
             thereby
             produced
             .
          
           
             THe
             
               Diamond
               Battell
            
             is
             also
             a
             
               firing
               in
               front
            
             ;
             though
             more
             for
             shew
             ,
             then
             
               moderne
               service
            
             ;
             yet
             because
             that
             some
             hold
             it
             in
             venerable
             respect
             ,
             I
             thought
             fit
             to
             place
             it
             amongst
             the
             rest
             ;
             leaving
             every
             man
             to
             his
             liking
             ,
             either
             to
             use
             
             it
             or
             refuse
             it
             .
             It
             may
             be
             that
             some
             will
             looke
             ,
             that
             I
             should
             make
             the
             
               Sheere
               Battell
            
             ;
             the
             Wedge
             ,
             the
             Saw
             ,
             and
             many
             such
             like
             :
             which
             might
             be
             made
             either
             hollow
             or
             sollid
             .
             But
             I
             shall
             intreate
             such
             to
             spare
             me
             ;
             for
             I
             would
             not
             willingly
             spend
             time
             to
             so
             small
             purpose
             ;
             chusing
             rather
             to
             insist
             on
             Figures
             ;
             more
             profitable
             for
             them
             ,
             and
             commendable
             for
             mee
             .
             Yet
             if
             any
             man
             have
             a
             minde
             to
             practise
             any
             of
             them
             ,
             by
             observation
             of
             this
             
               Diamond
               Battell
            
             ,
             he
             may
             easily
             make
             them
             .
             But
             not
             to
             hold
             you
             longer
             with
             circumstance
             ,
             the
             words
             of
             Command
             ,
             and
             direction
             ,
             which
             are
             for
             the
             making
             of
             this
             
               Diamond
               Battell
            
             ,
             are
             as
             follow
             .
          
           
             First
             cause
             your
             Muskettiers
             of
             the
             right
             flanke
             ,
             to
             open
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             to
             a
             sufficient
             distance
             :
             for
             receiving
             the
             Muskets
             of
             the
             left
             flanke
             .
          
           
             Then
             command
             the
             Muskettiers
             of
             the
             left
             flanke
             ,
             to
             passe
             through
             into
             the
             space
             of
             ground
             on
             the
             right
             .
          
           
             
             
               This
               being
               done
               ,
               for
               to
               make
               the
               Figure
               ,
               Command
               .
            
             
               Files
               of
               Muskettiers
               ,
               ranke
               
                 1.
                 3.
                 5.
                 7.
              
               
               &c.
               by
               increase
               ,
               to
               the
               left
               .
            
             
               Files
               of
               Pikes
               ,
               ranke
               by
               decrease
               after
               your
               Muskettiers
               .
            
             
             
             
               The
               Muskettiers
               may
               fire
               on
               this
               figure
               ,
               divers
               waies
               :
               though
               I
               onely
               intend
               to
               speake
               unto
               two
               of
               them
               .
               The
               first
               ,
               is
               the
               most
               usuall
               way
               :
               and
               that
               is
               ,
               the
               
                 giving
                 fire
                 in
                 ranke
              
               ;
               the
               first
               man
               (
               or
               poynt
               of
               the
               Diamond
               )
               first
               
                 giving
                 fire
              
               :
               then
               wheeling
               off
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               placing
               himselfe
               just
               behinde
               the
               
                 single
                 Pikeman
              
               ,
               in
               the
               reere
               .
               Then
               ,
               the
               
                 next
                 ranke
              
               being
               three
               men
               ,
               
                 give
                 fire
                 ;
                 wheeling
                 off
              
               by
               division
               :
               and
               placing
               themselves
               in
               ranke
               ,
               behinde
               the
               
                 single
                 Muskettiers
              
               ,
               as
               they
               were
               before
               the
               firing
               began
               .
               This
               done
               ,
               the
               ranke
               of
               five
               
                 Muskettiers
                 ,
                 gives
                 fire
                 ;
                 wheeling
                 off
                 ,
              
               in
               like
               manner
               ,
               by
               
                 division
                 ▪
              
               ever
               observing
               ,
               that
               where
               the
               number
               is
               odde
               ,
               &
               they
               command
               to
               
                 wheele
                 off
              
               by
               division
               ;
               there
               the
               greatest
               number
               ,
               alwaies
               goes
               to
               the
               right
               .
               And
               so
               ,
               in
               like
               manner
               ,
               the
               
                 rankes
                 give
                 fire
              
               ,
               successively
               ;
               and
               place
               themselves
               after
               their
               leaders
               ,
               as
               before
               .
               When
               all
               the
               Muskettiers
               have
               
                 given
                 fire
              
               ,
               and
               are
               
                 wheeled
                 off
              
               ;
               then
               
                 charge
                 Pikes
              
               ,
               which
               will
               be
               fifteene
               in
               the
               
                 first
                 ranke
              
               ;
               the
               rest
               decreasing
               ,
               Having
               advanced
               your
               Pikes
               ,
               your
               figure
               will
               stand
               like
               two
               wedges
               ,
               with
               their
               poynts
               ioyned
               ,
               as
               you
               may
               perceive
               by
               this
               Figure
               next
               following
               .
            
             
             
               If
               you
               would
               reduce
               your
               men
               from
               this
               Figure
               ,
               without
               firing
               ,
               (
               your
               men
               being
               sufficiently
               expert
               )
               let
               the
               
                 Muskettiers
                 stand
              
               ,
               and
               
                 Pikes
                 face
              
               to
               the
               reere
               :
               and
               so
               the
               wedges
               will
               stand
               faced
               in
               opposition
               .
               Next
               ,
               command
               them
               to
               
                 interchange
                 ground
              
               :
               the
               Muskettiers
               advancing
               forwards
               ,
               into
               the
               ground
               of
               the
               Pikes
               ,
               and
               the
               Pikes
               ,
               moving
               into
               the
               ground
               of
               the
               Muskettiers
               ;
               and
               then
               by
               facing
               the
               Pikes
               to
               the
               
                 former
                 front
              
               ,
               the
               body
               will
               stand
               in
               forme
               of
               a
               Diamond
               againe
               .
            
             
               If
               you
               would
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               from
               this
               Figure
               (
               all
               the
               
               Muskettiers
               being
               in
               the
               reere
               )
               the
               body
               must
               
                 face
                 about
              
               :
               and
               so
               the
               firing
               will
               be
               contrary
               to
               the
               former
               .
               But
               if
               you
               
                 wheele
                 them
                 about
              
               ,
               they
               may
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               the
               same
               way
               .
               Howsoever
               ,
               they
               having
               
                 given
                 fire
              
               ,
               are
               to
               
                 wheele
                 off
              
               by
               division
               ,
               and
               to
               place
               themselves
               in
               the
               reere
               of
               the
               Pikes
               ,
               even
               in
               ranke
               again
               ,
               as
               they
               were
               when
               they
               
                 gave
                 fire
              
               .
               Thus
               having
               all
               fired
               ouer
               ,
               and
               
                 wheeled
                 away
              
               ;
               the
               Pikes
               may
               charge
               :
               and
               being
               againe
               advanced
               ,
               the
               body
               will
               stand
               in
               forme
               of
               a
               
                 Diamond
                 ▪
              
               and
               this
               I
               pray
               you
               to
               conceive
               ,
               for
               I
               intend
               not
               to
               remake
               the
               Figure
               .
            
             
               The
               second
               way
               of
               firing
               on
               the
               
                 Diamond
                 figure
              
               ,
               is
               by
               way
               of
               
                 Countermarch
                 ▪
              
               and
               is
               an
               
                 oblique
                 firing
              
               .
               For
               whereas
               in
               the
               other
               firing
               by
               ranks
               (
               in
               the
               
                 Diamond
                 Battell
              
               )
               each
               
                 ranke
                 fired
              
               by
               increase
               of
               two
               
                 (
                 beginning
              
               with
               one
               ,
               and
               ending
               with
               fifteene
               in
               a
               ranke
               )
               this
               firing
               ,
               contrariwise
               ,
               begins
               with
               15.
               and
               ends
               with
               1.
               still
               decreasing
               2.
               
               For
               this
               firing
               ,
               your
               files
               must
               be
               at
               
                 open
                 order
              
               ,
               because
               the
               Muskettiers
               must
               countermarch
               downe
               betweene
               the
               Intervals
               of
               their
               owne
               files
               to
               the
               right
               :
               every
               Muskettier
               that
               findes
               himselfe
               without
               a
               leader
               ,
               being
               to
               present
               and
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               :
               and
               then
               to
               countermarch
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               to
               place
               himselfe
               in
               the
               Reere
               of
               his
               own
               file
               ,
               behinde
               the
               pikes
               .
               When
               the
               first
               15.
               have
               fired
               ,
               then
               the
               next
               13.
               
                 present
                 ,
                 fire
              
               ,
               and
               countermarch
               ,
               still
               placing
               themselues
               in
               the
               reere
               of
               their
               owne
               files
               .
               Next
               there
               fireth
               〈◊〉
               th●●
               9.
               &c.
               for
               still
               there
               fires
               ●o
               many
               ,
               as
               are
               〈◊〉
               of
               any
               leaders
               .
               And
               in
               this
               manner
               of
               firing
               ,
               they
               that
               
                 fire
                 together
              
               ,
               stand
               neither
               in
               ranke
               not
               file
               ,
               bu●
               o●liquely
               .
               When
               all
               the
               Muskettiers
               have
               
                 fired
                 ▪
              
               and
               ●●e
               〈◊〉
               into
               
               the
               Reere
               of
               their
               owne
               files
               ;
               let
               the
               
                 pikes
                 charge
              
               :
               and
               so
               the
               forme
               of
               your
               battell
               ,
               will
               be
               like
               a
               
                 long
                 wedge
              
               :
               as
               you
               may
               perceive
               by
               the
               following
               figure
               ,
               where
               now
               your
               Ranks
               are
               become
               2.
               and
               2
               ▪
               of
               a
               number
               .
            
             
             
               Your
               men
               standing
               in
               forme
               afore-shewed
               ,
               if
               you
               please
               yet
               to
               be
               more
               curious
               ,
               face
               them
               all
               to
               the
               Reere
               :
               and
               command
               your
               Muskettiers
               to
               march
               ten
               or
               twelue
               paces
               .
               Your
               pikes
               to
               stand
               ,
               and
               your
               Muskettiers
               will
               present
               you
               with
               an
               
                 hollow
                 wedge
                 ▪
              
               and
               
               your
               pikes
               with
               a
               
                 sollid
                 wedge
              
               .
               Lastly
               ,
               to
               reduce
               all
               these
               severall
               formes
               into
               the
               
                 first
                 proper
                 square
                 battell
              
               :
               first
               ,
               let
               the
               
                 sollid
                 wedge
                 ,
                 close
                 forward
              
               ,
               into
               the
               hollow
               of
               the
               other
               :
               then
               ,
               let
               the
               
                 Muskettiers
                 make
                 ready
                 ,
                 present
              
               ,
               and
               fire
               ,
               as
               before
               .
               That
               is
               to
               say
               ,
               every
               Muskettier
               that
               finds
               himselfe
               without
               a
               leader
               ,
               is
               to
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               ,
               and
               to
               countermarch
               to
               the
               reere
               of
               his
               owne
               file
               ,
               the
               rest
               doing
               the
               like
               ,
               successively
               .
               When
               they
               have
               all
               fired
               ,
               and
               are
               countermarcht
               cleere
               ,
               let
               the
               
                 pikes
                 charge
              
               :
               and
               then
               your
               body
               will
               have
               the
               form
               of
               a
               Diamond
               againe
               .
               Next
               ,
               face
               them
               all
               to
               the
               Reere
               ;
               and
               
                 command
                 ,
                 Ranks
              
               ,
               file
               8.
               to
               the
               right
               .
               Which
               being
               done
               ,
               passe
               through
               the
               Muskettiers
               which
               belong
               to
               the
               left-flanke
               ,
               into
               their
               places
               ;
               and
               close
               the
               Muskettiers
               of
               the
               right-flanke
               to
               their
               due
               distance
               :
               and
               so
               they
               will
               stand
               ,
               all
               properly
               reduced
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             LXXVII
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             Convex
             Halfe
             Moone
             ;
             The
             use
             of
             the
             Figure
             :
             and
             of
             severall
             wayes
             of
             firing
             upon
             it
             .
          
           
             THe
             
               Convex
               halfe-moone
            
             ,
             or
             
               semicircular
               Battell
            
             ,
             is
             a
             forme
             both
             good
             and
             usefull
             ;
             which
             the
             time
             ,
             the
             number
             ,
             and
             place
             (
             with
             other
             circumstances
             )
             may
             make
             either
             beneficiall
             or
             prejudiciall
             .
             Wise
             Captains
             and
             Commanders
             
             ever
             foreseeing
             with
             providence
             ,
             what
             formes
             or
             figures
             may
             be
             most
             profitable
             and
             available
             ,
             for
             the
             present
             service
             .
             This
             
               Convex
               figure
            
             may
             be
             usefull
             ,
             either
             at
             the
             landing
             of
             souldiers
             in
             an
             
               enemies
               Countrey
            
             ,
             or
             for
             necessity
             (
             the
             enemy
             being
             more
             able
             in
             horse
             )
             making
             use
             either
             of
             
               hedge
               ,
               ditch
               ,
               wood
               ,
               creeke
            
             or
             River
             ;
             to
             secure
             the
             Reere
             .
             For
             the
             figure
             it selfe
             ,
             it
             may
             be
             made
             many
             wayes
             ;
             either
             with
             the
             
               Muskettiers
               outermost
            
             ,
             or
             innermost
             ,
             or
             lined
             ,
             &c.
             as
             pleasest
             he
             Commander
             .
             It
             may
             also
             be
             made
             in
             a
             Regimentall
             way
             ,
             or
             after
             the
             way
             of
             a
             small
             and
             private
             Company
             :
             But
             because
             I
             have
             onely
             in
             this
             my
             smal
             Treatise
             ,
             taken
             upon
             me
             to
             shew
             the
             
               postures
               ,
               motions
            
             ,
             and
             figures
             ,
             which
             are
             most
             usually
             done
             in
             a
             small
             Company
             (
             although
             many
             of
             them
             ,
             yea
             the
             more
             part
             ,
             may
             be
             very
             fit
             for
             larger
             Bodies
             )
             I
             shall
             content
             my self
             to
             saile
             in
             so
             small
             a
             bottome
             ,
             not
             desiring
             to
             put
             on
             more
             saile
             then
             will
             suffice
             for
             the
             bearing
             of
             so
             small
             a
             burthen
             .
             Wherefore
             my
             request
             shall
             be
             ,
             that
             every
             courteous
             and
             skilful
             Pilot
             that
             shall
             
               come
               aboard
            
             this
             small
             Barke
             ;
             will
             be
             pleased
             neither
             to
             launch
             it
             into
             the
             maine
             ,
             lest
             it
             be
             swallowed
             in
             the
             
               Surges
               ▪
            
             nor
             to
             expose
             it
             to
             the
             danger
             of
             
               shelues
               ,
               rocks
            
             ,
             and
             sands
             ;
             lest
             it
             suffer
             shipwracke
             for
             want
             of
             good
             guidance
             ,
             but
             so
             to
             steere
             it
             ,
             that
             it
             may
             safely
             arrive
             at
             its
             ●●sir●d
             Harbour
             :
             wherein
             they
             will
             both
             honour
             〈…〉
             expressing
             their
             vertues
             ,
             and
             g●●tifie
             〈◊〉
             by
             applying
             each
             
               motion
               ,
               figure
            
             ,
             and
             forme
             ,
             to
             his
             right
             use
             ,
             and
             true
             intention
             .
             I
             will
             now
             shew
             ,
             how
             the
             figure
             is
             to
             be
             made
             ,
             which
             is
             as
             follow●th
             ▪
             If
             yo●●
             Battell
             be
             in
             forme
             of
             an
             
               Hearse
               ▪
            
             then
             〈◊〉
             them
             to
             
             the
             right
             or
             
               left
               about
            
             ;
             untill
             they
             have
             atteined
             this
             figure
             .
             But
             if
             in
             a
             square
             ,
             then
             observe
             these
             following
             words
             ;
             which
             will
             produce
             the
             figure
             .
          
           
             
               Wheele
               your
               Flanks
               into
               the
               Front
               :
               then
               face
               the
               Body
               to
               one
               of
               the
               Flanks
               :
               and
               wheele
               your
               Battell
               into
               a
               Convex
               Halfe
               Moone
               .
            
             
               The
               Convex
               Halfe
               Moone
               .
            
             
             
               Having
               brought
               your
               Souldiers
               into
               this
               
                 Convex
                 forme
              
               ,
               you
               may
               face
               them
               all
               inward
               ,
               for
               speech
               ;
               or
               outward
               for
               fight
               .
               Then
               let
               the
               Officers
               make
               Intervals
               for
               the
               Muskettiers
               ;
               and
               let
               the
               
                 outermost
                 Arc
              
               ,
               
               or
               
                 first
                 ranke
              
               of
               each
               
                 division
                 ,
                 present
              
               ,
               and
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               :
               those
               of
               the
               
                 right
                 flanke
                 ,
                 wheeling
                 off
              
               to
               the
               right
               ;
               the
               left-flanke
               ,
               to
               the
               left
               ;
               placing
               themselues
               in
               the
               Reere
               of
               their
               owne
               divisions
               of
               Muskettiers
               ;
               still
               making
               good
               their
               
                 leaders
                 ground
              
               .
               The
               rest
               of
               the
               ranks
               are
               to
               do
               the
               same
               :
               untill
               they
               have
               all
               given
               fire
               .
               Neverthelesse
               ,
               if
               your
               enemy
               be
               too
               potent
               for
               you
               by
               reason
               of
               his
               horse
               ,
               your
               Bow-pike-men
               need
               not
               stand
               idle
               ;
               although
               they
               stand
               behinde
               their
               Muskettiers
               :
               for
               that
               they
               may
               plie
               them
               faster
               with
               their
               shafts
               ,
               then
               the
               others
               can
               with
               their
               shot
               .
               But
               if
               the
               horse
               be
               so
               violent
               ,
               that
               the
               Muskettiers
               may
               not
               abide
               them
               ;
               then
               let
               them
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               ,
               and
               
                 wheele
                 off
              
               by
               division
               ,
               as
               before
               :
               passing
               quite
               through
               their
               Intervals
               ,
               and
               placing
               themselues
               in
               the
               Reere
               of
               their
               pikes
               :
               every
               ranke
               making
               good
               their
               
                 leaders
                 ground
              
               .
               Thus
               also
               are
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               Muskettiers
               to
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               ,
               placing
               themselues
               in
               the
               concave
               part
               of
               the
               Body
               ,
               as
               aforesaid
               :
               following
               the
               pikes
               which
               now
               make
               good
               the
               
                 Muskettiers
                 ground
              
               .
               If
               need
               be
               ,
               the
               pikes
               may
               
                 charge
                 over-hand
              
               :
               or
               if
               occasion
               serves
               ,
               at
               the
               foot
               ,
               drawing
               forth
               their
               
                 swords
                 ,
                 over
                 their
                 left
                 armes
                 ;
                 and
                 couching
                 downe
                 their
                 heads
                 :
              
               by
               which
               meanes
               the
               Muskettiers
               may
               give
               fire
               ,
               over
               their
               shoulders
               .
               For
               the
               
                 first
                 ranke
              
               having
               fired
               ,
               may
               kneele
               downe
               on
               the
               ground
               ,
               and
               charge
               againe
               :
               and
               so
               the
               
                 second
                 ranke
              
               may
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               ,
               and
               kneele
               in
               like
               manner
               :
               making
               ready
               againe
               .
               And
               so
               in
               like
               manner
               for
               all
               the
               rest
               :
               all
               
                 giving
                 fire
              
               ,
               and
               kneeling
               on
               the
               ground
               ;
               that
               so
               the
               next
               ranke
               behinde
               may
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               over
               them
               .
               Thus
               continning
               the
               firing
               ,
               untill
               all
               the
               Muskettiers
               have
               given
               
               fire
               .
               Neverthelesse
               if
               need
               be
               ,
               the
               
                 first
                 ranke
              
               may
               rise
               with
               the
               rest
               ,
               and
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               over
               again
               ,
               as
               before
               .
               And
               so
               the
               Battell
               may
               be
               continued
               ;
               the
               Pikes
               still
               keeping
               off
               the
               horse
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               reducement
               of
               this
               figure
               ,
               &
               to
               bring
               every
               man
               to
               his
               place
               :
               let
               your
               Muskettiers
               (
               either
               firing
               ,
               or
               
                 passing
                 through
              
               )
               be
               brought
               into
               the
               places
               they
               were
               in
               ,
               before
               they
               first
               
                 gave
                 fire
              
               .
               Then
               face
               the
               whole
               Body
               to
               one
               of
               the
               flankes
               ;
               and
               march
               them
               untill
               they
               have
               
                 evened
                 their
                 rankes
              
               ,
               and
               straitned
               their
               files
               .
               This
               done
               ,
               then
               if
               all
               your
               Pikes
               be
               on
               the
               
                 right
                 flanke
                 ;
                 wheele
              
               your
               
                 right
                 flanke
              
               into
               the
               midst
               ;
               if
               on
               the
               
                 left
                 flank
                 ,
                 wheele
                 front
              
               and
               reere
               into
               the
               
                 left
                 flanke
              
               .
               This
               being
               done
               ,
               let
               the
               Commander
               passe
               to
               his
               proper
               file-leaders
               ;
               and
               face
               the
               whole
               Body
               to
               him
               ,
               and
               they
               are
               reduced
               as
               at
               first
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             LXXVIII
             .
          
           
             Of
             Extraduction
             :
             the
             severall
             uses
             ,
             firings
             ,
             and
             Reducements
             .
          
           
             THe
             next
             Firing
             which
             I
             shall
             take
             upon
             me
             to
             demonstrate
             ,
             shall
             be
             by
             way
             of
             Extraduction
             :
             which
             is
             also
             a
             
               firing
               in
               Front.
            
             It
             may
             be
             to
             singular
             good
             use
             ,
             in
             a
             strait
             or
             passage
             
             sage
             where
             your
             Wings
             and
             Reere
             may
             be
             secured
             :
             your
             enemy
             being
             supposed
             to
             be
             too
             powerfull
             for
             you
             ,
             either
             in
             Horse
             or
             Foot
             ,
             or
             both
             .
             Having
             gotten
             into
             some
             strait
             ,
             there
             fill
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             passage
             with
             your
             Pikes
             :
             and
             if
             the
             length
             of
             your
             Company
             be
             not
             sufficient
             to
             do
             it
             ,
             then
             double
             your
             ranks
             (
             as
             in
             this
             following
             figure
             )
             and
             let
             y●ur
             pikes
             either
             
               order
               ,
               advance
               ,
               port
            
             ,
             or
             charge
             :
             according
             to
             the
             occasion
             ;
             your
             Muskettiers
             being
             in
             the
             Reere
             ,
             may
             
               march
               up
            
             into
             the
             Front
             ,
             and
             fire
             .
             But
             before
             I
             shew
             the
             firing
             ,
             observe
             these
             following
             directions
             ,
             which
             produce
             the
             Figure
             .
          
           
             
               Pikes
               stand
               ,
               Muskettiers
               face
               to
               the
               Reere
               ,
               and
               March
               u●till
               you
               are
               cleere
               of
               your
               body
               of
               Pikes
               ;
            
          
           
             
               Then
               face
               inward
               ,
               and
               close
               your
               division
               :
               that
               being
               done
               face
               to
               your
               Leader
               ,
               and
               double
               your
               Rankes
               .
            
          
           
             
               This
               being
               performed
               ,
               the
               Pikes
               are
               all
               in
               front
               ,
               the
               Muskettiers
               in
               Reere
               .
            
             
               A
               firing
               by
               Extraduction
               .
            
             
               
            
             
             
               Having
               ordered
               your
               ba●tell
               in
               this
               manner
               ,
               let
               the
               first
               rank●●f
               Muskettiers
               (
               which
               are
               those
               that
               follow
               next
               after
               the
               Pikes
               )
               face
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               march
               forth
               
                 (
                 file-wise
                 )
                 to
                 close
              
               by
               the
               
                 right
                 flanke
              
               of
               Pikes
               ,
               untill
               he
               that
               is
               the
               leader
               of
               them
               ,
               be
               come
               into
               the
               front
               of
               Pikes
               ,
               then
               hee
               is
               to
               leade
               them
               quite
               crosse
               the
               front
               of
               Pikes
               ;
               untill
               he
               have
               attained
               the
               further
               part
               of
               the
               front
               to
               the
               left
               ;
               which
               being
               done
               ,
               they
               are
               all
               to
               
                 stand
                 ,
                 present
              
               ,
               and
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               .
               You
               must
               note
               withall
               ,
               in
               this
               firing
               ,
               that
               hee
               which
               was
               the
               
                 right
                 hand
                 man
              
               of
               the
               Ranke
               ,
               and
               was
               the
               leader
               of
               the
               ●●tion
               ,
               now
               becomes
               the
               
                 left
                 hand
                 man
              
               ,
               when
               he
               
                 gives
                 fire
              
               ;
               and
               that
               having
               fired
               ,
               they
               are
               to
               
                 wheele
                 off
              
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               close
               to
               the
               left
               flanke
               of
               Pikes
               ,
               and
               so
               to
               fall
               in
               the
               reere
               of
               the
               Muskettiers
               .
               In
               the
               interim
               ,
               whilest
               that
               the
               ranke
               which
               first
               fired
               ,
               is
               wheeling
               away
               ,
               the
               second
               rank
               is
               marching
               into
               their
               places
               to
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               .
               And
               in
               this
               manner
               they
               may
               maintaine
               their
               Battaile
               ,
               so
               long
               as
               they
               please
               :
               the
               Pikes
               either
               porting
               or
               charging
               all
               the
               whiles
               .
               The
               Muskettiers
               in
               the
               time
               of
               their
               
                 crossing
                 the
                 front
              
               ,
               are
               to
               couch
               ,
               or
               
                 stoope
                 under
              
               their
               Pikes
               ;
               that
               so
               they
               may
               be
               no
               impediment
               to
               the
               Pikes
               in
               their
               charge
               .
               There
               is
               another
               way
               of
               
                 firing
                 ●y
                 Extraduction
              
               ,
               which
               is
               ,
               
                 that
                 the
                 right
                 hand
                 leader
                 of
                 Muskettiers
                 ,
                 placeth
                 himselfe
                 before
                 the
                 right
                 file●eader
                 of
                 Pikes
                 :
              
               the
               
                 rest
                 all
                 falling
                 beyond
                 him
              
               :
               neverthelesse
               because
               I
               conceive
               it
               not
               to
               be
               so
               good
               a
               way
               as
               that
               already
               shewne
               ,
               I
               will
               not
               trouble
               you
               with
               it
               :
               but
               come
               immediately
               to
               the
               ●educement
               of
               this
               ,
               which
               is
               as
               followeth
               .
               Com●and
               your
               Pikes
               to
               stand
               ,
               and
               your
               Muskets
               to
               
               double
               their
               front
               by
               division
               :
               but
               if
               you
               want
               room
               to
               doe
               it
               ,
               then
               first
               double
               your
               files
               〈◊〉
               the
               
                 contrary
                 hand
              
               of
               that
               ,
               which
               you
               doubled
               your
               rankes
               ;
               and
               so
               hauing
               doubled
               by
               division
               ,
               as
               aforesaid
               ,
               they
               will
               be
               reduced
               ,
               as
               at
               fi●st
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             LXXIX
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             Broad-fronted
             Battell
             :
             with
             the
             wayes
             of
             firing
             upon
             it
             .
          
           
             THe
             
               broad-fronted
               battell
            
             ,
             must
             needs
             be
             of
             speciall
             use
             ;
             for
             many
             occasions
             ,
             either
             offensive
             or
             defensive
             .
             Which
             because
             it
             is
             so
             apparant
             to
             all
             ,
             I
             shall
             not
             need
             to
             stand
             to
             reason
             with
             any
             ;
             rather
             desiring
             to
             shew
             the
             manner
             of
             making
             and
             reducing
             it
             :
             which
             is
             ●s
             followeth
             .
             Cause
             your
             Pikes
             to
             stand
             ,
             and
             your
             Muskettiers
             to
             march
             :
             untill
             the
             
               reere
               ranke
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             be
             advanced
             a
             little
             before
             the
             first
             ranke
             of
             Pikes
             ;
             then
             let
             the
             Muskettiers
             
               face
               inward
            
             ,
             (
             or
             in
             opposition
             )
             and
             close
             their
             divisions
             ;
             and
             then
             face
             to
             their
             leader
             .
             And
             if
             you
             would
             bring
             more
             hands
             to
             fight
             ,
             double
             rankes
             to
             any
             hand
             ,
             and
             the
             body
             (
             for
             forme
             and
             number
             )
             will
             stand
             like
             the
             figure
             here
             next
             following
             .
             But
             the
             
               speediest
               way
            
             ,
             and
             (
             I
             thinke
             the
             best
             )
             I
             am
             sure
             with
             expert
             Souldiers
             ,
             is
             to
             wheele
             both
             ●lanks
             into
             the
             front
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             way
             intended
             by
             this
             Figure
             .
             For
             the
             manner
             
             of
             the
             firing
             it selfe
             ,
             you
             may
             partly
             perceive
             that
             there
             are
             intervalles
             made
             for
             each
             division
             ,
             to
             
               wheele
               off
            
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             that
             so
             they
             may
             either
             fall
             in
             the
             reer
             of
             the
             Muskettiers
             ,
             &
             there
             continue
             the
             firing
             ;
             or
             else
             fall
             in
             the
             reer
             of
             the
             pikes
             ,
             &
             be
             therby
             secured
             from
             the
             horse
             .
             It
             may
             be
             done
             ,
             one
             or
             both
             wayes
             :
             according
             to
             the
             occasion
             or
             discretion
             of
             the
             Commander
             .
             Neverthelesse
             ,
             before
             I
             shew
             the
             firing
             ,
             observe
             these
             words
             of
             Command
             ,
             which
             produce
             the
             Figure
             .
          
           
             
               Wheele
               your
               flanks
               into
               the
               front
               ,
            
             
               Face
               to
               your
               leader
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               broad
               ●●onted
               Battell
               .
            
             
             
               The
               first
               ranke
               having
               presented
               ,
               and
               
                 given
                 fire
              
               ,
               let
               them
               wheele
               off
               to
               the
               right
               :
               all
               passing
               down
               the
               Interual●es
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               placing
               themselves
               in
               the
               reere
               of
               their
               owne
               divisions
               of
               Muskettiers
               .
               The
               Muskettiers
               making
               good
               their
               
                 leaders
                 ground
              
               ;
               and
               the
               next
               ran●es
               
                 firing
                 ,
                 wheeling
                 off
              
               ,
               and
               placing
               
               themselves
               as
               before
               .
               Having
               fired
               once
               or
               twice
               over
               this
               way
               ,
               a
               second
               way
               may
               be
               ,
               to
               place
               themselves
               in
               the
               reere
               of
               their
               Pikes
               ;
               either
               standing
               ,
               or
               advancing
               :
               the
               Pikemen
               in
               the
               meane
               time
               ,
               clouding
               the
               cleere
               skie
               ,
               with
               their
               
                 ayrie
                 Armorie
              
               .
               The
               Muskettiers
               having
               all
               
                 given
                 fire
              
               ,
               and
               placed
               themselves
               in
               the
               reere
               :
               if
               need
               bee
               ,
               the
               Pikes
               may
               close
               their
               divisions
               ,
               and
               
                 charge
                 over
                 hand
              
               :
               and
               if
               the
               enemy
               shall
               still
               presse
               forwards
               ,
               the
               Pikes
               may
               charge
               at
               the
               foot
               :
               the
               Muskettiers
               
                 giving
                 fire
                 over
                 them
              
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               For
               reducement
               ,
               there
               are
               divers
               waies
               by
               firings
               ;
               but
               because
               I
               would
               make
               every
               thing
               so
               plaine
               and
               easie
               ,
               that
               those
               that
               reade
               for
               instruction
               ,
               may
               receive
               benefit
               ,
               it
               hath
               caused
               me
               to
               reduce
               each
               figure
               by
               it selfe
               :
               and
               not
               to
               multiply
               one
               upon
               another
               ,
               whereby
               to
               make
               them
               too
               ambiguous
               .
               And
               therefore
               ,
               if
               you
               make
               this
               Figure
               by
               
                 wheeling
                 your
                 flankes
                 into
                 the
                 front
              
               ;
               and
               then
               fire
               ,
               as
               aforesaid
               :
               the
               reducement
               may
               be
               ,
               either
               *
               to
               fire
               them
               over
               againe
               ,
               and
               so
               to
               fall
               into
               their
               former
               places
               :
               and
               then
               to
               wheele
               your
               flankes
               into
               the
               front
               againe
               ,
               and
               lastly
               ,
               
                 face
                 about
              
               to
               the
               right
               :
               and
               they
               will
               be
               as
               before
               .
               Or
               else
               ,
               if
               you
               would
               reduce
               them
               without
               giving
               fire
               over
               againe
               ,
               then
               command
               your
               Muskettiers
               to
               
                 double
                 your
                 front
                 by
                 division
              
               :
               that
               done
               ,
               
                 wheele
                 both
                 flankes
                 into
                 the
                 reere
                 :
              
               then
               face
               to
               your
               leader
               ,
               and
               command
               your
               Muskettiers
               to
               double
               your
               front
               by
               division
               againe
               :
               and
               they
               are
               as
               at
               first
               .
               If
               I
               should
               proceed
               to
               shew
               the
               many
               and
               sundry
               wayes
               of
               firings
               ,
               which
               may
               be
               done
               in
               front
               :
               my
               Booke
               had
               need
               to
               have
               as
               many
               
               leaves
               ,
               as
               lines
               :
               and
               yet
               all
               too
               little
               .
               But
               that
               I
               may
               keepe
               my selfe
               to
               my
               promise
               ,
               and
               my
               Booke
               to
               its
               compasse
               :
               I
               will
               next
               come
               to
               shew
               some
               
                 firings
                 in
                 the
                 reere
              
               :
               and
               amongst
               my
               
                 divisionall
                 firings
              
               ,
               I
               shall
               insert
               some
               other
               sorts
               of
               
                 front
                 firings
              
               ,
               which
               here
               I
               have
               omitted
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             LXXX
             .
          
           
             Of
             dismarching
             ,
             or
             firing
             in
             the
             Reere
             :
             the
             severall
             wayes
             ,
             and
             how
             they
             ought
             to
             be
             performed
             .
          
           
             HAving
             so
             long
             maintained
             Battaile
             in
             the
             front
             ,
             I
             will
             now
             face
             them
             about
             ,
             and
             see
             how
             they
             will
             behave
             themselves
             upon
             their
             firings
             in
             the
             reere
             .
             Which
             kinde
             of
             firings
             ,
             may
             be
             very
             beneficiall
             and
             serviceable
             ,
             many
             wayes
             .
             For
             by
             keeping
             an
             orderly
             march
             ,
             and
             firing
             in
             the
             reere
             ,
             the
             eager
             enemy
             ,
             (
             by
             a
             too
             hasty
             pursuit
             )
             may
             be
             disordered
             .
             Or
             if
             it
             so
             happen
             (
             as
             many
             timesit
             doth
             )
             that
             you
             have
             a
             disadvantagious
             place
             to
             imbattell
             on
             ;
             by
             this
             firing
             you
             may
             
               march
               away
            
             :
             still
             preserving
             your
             order
             and
             array
             ,
             untill
             you
             have
             brought
             your
             adversary
             into
             some
             ambushment
             ,
             or
             such
             like
             inconvenience
             .
             For
             the
             manner
             of
             comming
             of
             the
             firing
             ,
             it
             must
             either
             be
             by
             
               facing
               about
               ,
               wheeling
               about
            
             ,
             or
             countermarching
             :
             the
             Pikes
             are
             to
             be
             shouldered
             .
             The
             figure
             followeth
             .
          
           
             
             
               A
               firing
               in
               the
               Reere
               .
            
             
             
               The
               Bodie
               being
               upon
               a
               march
               ,
               if
               the
               enemy
               appeare
               in
               the
               Reere
               ;
               let
               the
               
                 last
                 ranke
              
               of
               
                 Muskettiers
                 ,
                 face
                 about
              
               ,
               and
               
                 give
                 fire
                 ,
                 wheeling
                 off
              
               ,
               by
               
                 division
                 ,
                 file-wise
                 marching
                 up
              
               toward
               the
               Front
               ,
               and
               there
               placing
               themselues
               before
               the
               
                 foremost
                 ranke
              
               of
               Muskettiers
               :
               (
               the
               outmost
               man
               of
               each
               ranke
               ,
               being
               
               the
               
                 leader
                 up
              
               of
               those
               which
               have
               fired
               )
               where
               first
               taking
               their
               places
               on
               the
               outside
               ,
               the
               rest
               
                 wheeling
                 about
              
               them
               ,
               and
               
                 ranking
                 even
              
               with
               them
               on
               the
               inside
               ;
               ever
               observing
               ,
               that
               they
               
                 ranke
                 even
              
               with
               the
               
                 second
                 ranke
              
               of
               pikes
               .
               The
               rest
               of
               the
               Muskettiers
               also
               doing
               the
               like
               :
               and
               in
               this
               manner
               to
               continue
               the
               firing
               ,
               as
               occasion
               shall
               require
               .
               Neverthelesse
               ,
               of
               all
               the
               figures
               and
               firings
               ,
               that
               ever
               I
               have
               seene
               ,
               this
               hath
               beene
               the
               worst
               performed
               in
               all
               places
               ;
               which
               might
               easily
               be
               amended
               ,
               if
               the
               Souldiers
               would
               observe
               this
               following
               order
               in
               their
               execution
               :
               namely
               ,
               when
               the
               
                 last
                 ranke
              
               of
               Muskettiers
               
               have
               presented
               to
               the
               Reere
               ,
               and
               are
               
                 giving
                 of
                 fire
              
               ;
               the
               ranke
               which
               marched
               next
               before
               them
               ,
               do
               then
               
                 blow
                 ,
                 open
              
               ,
               and
               present
               ,
               at
               three
               
                 motions
                 ▪
              
               still
               keeping
               along
               
                 even
                 with
                 the
                 Body
              
               ,
               untill
               that
               ,
               (
               lastly
               )
               they
               present
               to
               the
               Reere
               ;
               by
               which
               time
               ,
               the
               ranke
               that
               
                 last
                 fired
              
               ,
               will
               be
               
                 wheeled
                 away
              
               .
               The
               next
               ranke
               ,
               so
               soone
               as
               the
               other
               hath
               presented
               ,
               is
               likewise
               at
               3.
               motions
               ,
               to
               do
               the
               same
               :
               and
               so
               ,
               successively
               ,
               for
               all
               the
               rest
               ;
               every
               ranke
               observing
               ,
               upon
               each
               
                 ranks
                 firing
              
               ,
               to
               loose
               one
               ;
               and
               to
               march
               one
               ranke
               neerer
               ,
               to
               the
               reere
               of
               the
               Battell
               :
               that
               so
               that
               part
               ,
               may
               still
               be
               kept
               absolute
               .
            
             
               This
               giving
               of
               fire
               towards
               the
               reere
               for
               service
               ,
               is
               to
               be
               continued
               ;
               according
               to
               the
               qualitie
               of
               the
               place
               ,
               the
               occasion
               for
               fight
               ;
               and
               the
               discretion
               of
               the
               Commander
               .
               In
               exercise
               ,
               we
               commonly
               do
               it
               but
               once
               over
               ;
               and
               then
               (
               if
               you
               please
               you
               may
               make
               Alte
               )
               and
               face
               your
               
                 Bodie
                 about
                 ,
                 giving
                 fire
              
               over
               againe
               :
               and
               charging
               your
               pikes
               upon
               it
               :
               if
               need
               so
               requireth
               .
               Notwithstanding
               ,
               if
               the
               horse
               shall
               still
               continue
               to
               pursue
               you
               in
               the
               reere
               ,
               you
               having
               gained
               some
               strait
               or
               place
               of
               advantage
               ,
               may
               wheele
               your
               flanks
               into
               the
               Front
               ,
               then
               face
               to
               the
               reere
               ,
               and
               with
               your
               
                 charged
                 pikes
              
               ,
               defend
               your
               Muskettiers
               :
               which
               (
               the
               body
               being
               so
               wheeled
               )
               will
               be
               in
               the
               reere
               .
               The
               body
               standing
               in
               this
               forme
               ,
               the
               Muskettiers
               may
               
                 sleeve
                 up
              
               by
               way
               of
               Extraduction
               .
               The
               manner
               ,
               you
               may
               perceive
               in
               the
               Chapter
               which
               treats
               of
               that
               figure
               .
               If
               the
               horse
               still
               presse
               forwards
               ,
               cause
               the
               pikes
               to
               charge
               at
               the
               foot
               ;
               the
               
                 Muskettiers
                 giving
                 fire
                 ●ver
                 them
              
               ,
               as
               in
               the
               
                 Convex
                 halfe
                 Moone
              
               .
               Lastly
               ,
               to
               reduce
               them
               ,
               having
               thus
               fired
               ,
               
               command
               them
               to
               
                 wheele
                 their
                 flanks
                 into
                 the
                 fron
                 ,
              
               and
               to
               
                 face
                 about
              
               after
               their
               
                 proper
                 file-leaders
              
               ,
               and
               they
               are
               reduced
               .
            
             
               Sometimes
               ,
               we
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               in
               the
               reere
               :
               having
               all
               our
               
                 Muskettiers
                 marching
              
               in
               the
               reere
               of
               the
               pikes
               .
               For
               the
               manner
               of
               the
               motion
               ,
               it
               is
               as
               before
               :
               but
               for
               placing
               of
               the
               men
               ,
               after
               they
               have
               fired
               ;
               it
               may
               be
               different
               .
               As
               ,
               to
               
                 wheele
                 off
                 by
                 division
              
               ,
               placing
               themselues
               in
               the
               front
               of
               the
               Muskettiers
               ,
               next
               behinde
               the
               reere
               of
               pikes
               .
               Or
               if
               the
               body
               be
               large
               ,
               to
               
                 wheele
                 all
                 off
                 to
                 the
                 right
                 ,
                 through
                 Intervals
                 ▪
              
               and
               so
               to
               
                 march
                 into
                 the
                 front
                 of
                 pikes
                 .
              
               Or
               else
               ,
               they
               may
               
                 wheele
                 off
                 by
                 division
                 ,
                 flanke
                 their
                 pikes
                 ,
              
               and
               so
               
                 fire
                 over
                 againe
              
               ,
               as
               before
               .
               If
               you
               have
               brought
               your
               Muskettiers
               (
               by
               firing
               )
               to
               the
               Reere
               ,
               before
               the
               front
               of
               pikes
               ;
               then
               to
               reduce
               them
               ,
               you
               may
               either
               wheele
               the
               body
               about
               ,
               and
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               in
               front
               ,
               causing
               your
               Muskettiers
               to
               
                 fall
                 off
              
               by
               division
               ,
               and
               to
               flanke
               their
               pikes
               ,
               as
               you
               may
               perceive
               by
               the
               figure
               of
               the
               Demie-hearse
               .
               Or
               else
               ,
               if
               you
               will
               reduce
               them
               without
               a
               firing
               ,
               cause
               your
               Muskettiers
               to
               
                 open
                 to
                 the
                 right
                 and
                 left
                 :
              
               and
               the
               
                 pikes
                 to
                 march
                 up
                 in
                 the
                 miast
                 :
              
               after
               which
               ,
               facing
               all
               to
               your
               Leader
               ,
               they
               are
               as
               at
               first
               .
            
             
               I
               might
               have
               shewne
               a
               Figure
               for
               each
               of
               these
               severall
               firings
               in
               the
               reere
               :
               which
               would
               have
               delivered
               them
               with
               more
               variety
               :
               but
               I
               conceive
               that
               this
               here
               already
               exprest
               ,
               may
               suffice
               :
               especially
               this
               being
               the
               ground
               of
               what
               may
               be
               spoken
               .
               Concerning
               firings
               in
               this
               nature
               ,
               many
               men
               are
               of
               many
               mindes
               ,
               about
               this
               
                 firing
                 in
                 the
                 reere
              
               .
               Some
               will
               have
               it
               ,
               that
               the
               
                 last
                 ranke
              
               ,
               shall
               at
               one
               motion
               ,
               
               face
               to
               the
               reere
               :
               and
               there
               present
               ,
               and
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               .
               Others
               will
               have
               it
               at
               two
               motions
               ;
               but
               either
               of
               them
               have
               their
               inconveniences
               .
               For
               however
               they
               pretend
               a
               more
               
                 sudden
                 execution
              
               ,
               they
               are
               decerved
               :
               for
               would
               they
               make
               tryall
               ,
               by
               causing
               the
               Muskettiers
               of
               one
               of
               the
               flanks
               ,
               to
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               at
               one
               motion
               ;
               and
               the
               Muskettiers
               of
               the
               other
               flanke
               ,
               at
               three
               motions
               ,
               (
               as
               I
               have
               here
               set
               downe
               )
               they
               should
               soone
               finde
               ,
               that
               the
               firing
               upon
               three
               motions
               were
               the
               best
               :
               and
               that
               the
               other
               would
               be
               cast
               so
               farre
               behinde
               their
               body
               ,
               that
               they
               would
               be
               in
               some
               danger
               to
               be
               
                 cut
                 off
              
               .
               Besides
               this
               ,
               they
               are
               longer
               in
               clearing
               themselves
               from
               their
               owne
               men
               ,
               which
               all
               the
               whilst
               must
               stay
               ,
               untill
               they
               are
               
                 marched
                 off
              
               :
               or
               else
               kill
               them
               ,
               in
               stead
               of
               the
               enemy
               ,
               whereas
               in
               this
               other
               firing
               upon
               three
               motions
               ,
               they
               still
               
                 keepe
                 along
              
               with
               their
               Body
               ,
               doing
               their
               execution
               more
               suddenly
               and
               more
               safely
               .
               Neverthelesse
               ,
               there
               be
               many
               so
               much
               wedded
               to
               ●heir
               own
               wilfull
               opinion
               ,
               that
               they
               will
               more
               willingly
               persist
               in
               knowne
               errour
               ,
               then
               be
               seene
               to
               alter
               what
               they
               have
               seemed
               to
               maintaine
               .
               But
               leaving
               such
               to
               steere
               by
               their
               owne
               compasse
               ,
               I
               will
               here
               conclude
               my
               firing
               in
               the
               reere
               .
               And
               the
               next
               I
               shew
               ,
               shall
               be
               
                 firings
                 in
                 flanks
              
               :
               to
               which
               purpose
               ,
               I
               passe
               all
               my
               Muskettiers
               to
               the
               
                 right
                 flanke
              
               .
               The
               words
               of
               direction
               for
               it
               ,
               are
               these
               .
            
             
               Muskettiers
               of
               the
               right
               flanke
               ,
               open
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               or
               face
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               march
               .
               When
               they
               have
               opened
               to
               a
               sufficient
               distance
               ,
               then
               stand
               .
            
             
               Muskettiers
               of
               the
               left
               flanke
               ,
               passe
               through
               betweene
               your
               rankes
               of
               Pikes
               ,
               to
               the
               intervalle
               on
               the
               right
               flanke
               :
               then
               stand
               ,
               and
               face
               all
               to
               your
               leader
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             LXXXI
             .
          
           
             Of
             firings
             in
             flanke
             ,
             in
             generall
             ;
             and
             more
             particularly
             ,
             of
             the
             gathering
             firing
             .
          
           
             THe
             Muskettiers
             being
             all
             on
             the
             
               right
               flanke
            
             ,
             (
             as
             in
             the
             last
             Chapter
             is
             directed
             )
             it
             would
             be
             needlesse
             to
             make
             a
             Figure
             ,
             whereby
             to
             demonstrate
             the
             standing
             of
             the
             
               body
               ▪
            
             seeing
             that
             none
             can
             be
             so
             ignorant
             ,
             but
             must
             needs
             know
             that
             all
             the
             Muskettiers
             being
             upon
             the
             right
             ,
             the
             Pikes
             must
             be
             upon
             the
             left
             .
             Neverthelesse
             ,
             I
             shall
             endeavour
             to
             shew
             what
             is
             meant
             by
             
               firing
               in
               flankes
            
             .
             Which
             (
             for
             the
             generall
             )
             are
             of
             these
             two
             kindes
             .
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             when
             the
             
               enemy
               skirm●sh
               with
               us
               in
               flanke
               as
               we
               march
               :
            
             the
             other
             ,
             when
             as
             by
             some
             
               sudden
               attempt
            
             or
             ambushment
             ,
             the
             
               whole
               body
            
             is
             engaged
             ,
             and
             so
             forced
             to
             stand
             ,
             and
             to
             
               face
               to
               the
               right
            
             ,
             or
             left
             ;
             or
             both
             .
             By
             which
             facings
             ,
             the
             flanks
             become
             
               fronts
               accidentall
            
             ,
             and
             their
             firings
             wil
             be
             after
             the
             same
             manner
             of
             the
             
               firings
               in
               front
            
             .
             Wherefore
             seeing
             I
             have
             already
             spoken
             sufficiently
             of
             them
             ,
             I
             will
             now
             shew
             
               firings
               in
               flanke
            
             ,
             marching
             :
             the
             particulars
             whereof
             ,
             are
             as
             followeth
             .
             The
             first
             is
             for
             the
             outmost
             file
             to
             give
             fire
             ,
             and
             stand
             untill
             the
             next
             file
             have
             fired
             ,
             which
             by
             some
             is
             called
             the
             
               gathering
               firing
            
             .
             Secondly
             ,
             firings
             in
             flanke
             ,
             and
             leading
             them
             up
             ,
             between
             the
             Muskettiers
             and
             Pikes
             firing
             ;
             in
             flanke
             ,
             being
             
               led
               off
            
             
             by
             the
             
               bringers
               up
               :
               firings
            
             in
             
               flanke
               ,
               sleeving
               up
            
             on
             the
             contrary
             flanke
             of
             Pikes
             :
             firing
             in
             flanke
             ,
             and
             drawing
             them
             up
             betweene
             the
             
               innermost
               files
            
             of
             Pikes
             .
             All
             these
             firings
             in
             flanke
             ,
             are
             to
             be
             performed
             upon
             a
             march
             ,
             the
             Pikes
             are
             to
             be
             shouldered
             .
             Our
             first
             firing
             in
             flanke
             ,
             followeth
             .
          
           
             
               
                 The
                 Command
                 is
              
               ,
               Muskettiers
               ,
               give
               fire
               to
               the
               right
               :
               and
               gather
               up
               your
               files
               .
            
             
               
            
             
             
               This
               kinde
               of
               firing
               on
               the
               flanke
               ,
               I
               have
               seene
               and
               knowne
               used
               ,
               by
               many
               good
               and
               able
               souldiers
               .
               Neverthelesse
               ,
               in
               my
               opinion
               ,
               the
               men
               stand
               in
               a
               great
               deale
               of
               danger
               ,
               when
               having
               
                 given
                 fire
              
               ,
               they
               can
               doe
               no
               good
               ;
               but
               stand
               like
               so
               many
               markes
               for
               their
               enemies
               shot
               .
               Notwithstanding
               ,
               it
               may
               be
               that
               such
               whom
               I
               have
               frequently
               seene
               to
               use
               it
               in
               their
               practise
               ,
               may
               be
               able
               to
               render
               good
               reasons
               for
               the
               service
               ;
               though
               as
               yet
               I
               cannot
               conceive
               it
               .
               I
               will
               therefore
               surcease
               any
               further
               prosecution
               my
               opinions
               ,
               and
               shew
               the
               manner
               of
               execution
               :
               which
               is
               to
               be
               performed
               as
               followeth
               .
               The
               Command
               being
               ,
               to
               
                 give
                 fire
                 to
                 the
                 right
              
               ,
               presently
               the
               
                 outermost
                 file
              
               to
               the
               
                 right
                 ,
                 faceth
              
               outward
               ,
               and
               presents
               :
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               body
               ,
               still
               marching
               forwards
               .
               Then
               the
               
                 presented
                 file
                 ,
                 gives
                 fire
              
               ,
               and
               
                 stands
                 facing
              
               againe
               to
               their
               first
               front
               .
               By
               thattime
               ,
               the
               body
               will
               be
               marched
               cleere
               of
               the
               
                 standing
                 file
              
               ,
               then
               the
               next
               
                 outermost
                 file
                 ,
                 presents
              
               and
               fires
               ;
               in
               like
               manner
               :
               the
               
                 body
                 marching
              
               as
               before
               .
               Having
               fired
               ,
               they
               in
               like
               manner
               face
               to
               their
               first
               front
               ,
               and
               stand
               ;
               a
               Serjeant
               leading
               up
               the
               file
               ,
               that
               first
               fired
               on
               the
               
                 out
                 side
              
               of
               the
               file
               that
               last
               fired
               .
               Then
               they
               both
               stand
               together
               ,
               untill
               the
               third
               file
               hath
               
                 given
                 fire
              
               after
               the
               same
               manner
               .
               And
               then
               the
               Serjeant
               leads
               up
               the
               two
               files
               ,
               even
               with
               the
               third
               ,
               which
               last
               fired
               .
               And
               after
               this
               manner
               ,
               the
               ●●●es
               of
               Muskettiers
               face
               to
               the
               flanke
               :
               and
               give
               fire
               ,
               s●c●essively
               :
               and
               stand
               ,
               untill
               the
               Serjeant
               leads
               up
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               files
               which
               fired
               ,
               even
               with
               the
               front
               of
               the
               file
               ,
               which
               last
               fired
               .
               Thus
               having
               all
               fired
               
               over
               ,
               they
               are
               to
               
                 march
                 up
              
               againe
               ,
               even
               with
               the
               front
               of
               Pikes
               ,
               and
               this
               reduceth
               them
               ,
               as
               at
               first
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             LXXXII
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             manner
             of
             giving
             fire
             to
             the
             flanke
             .
          
           
             IF
             you
             would
             fire
             in
             flanke
             ,
             a
             more
             secure
             way
             ,
             then
             that
             last
             shewne
             :
             take
             this
             way
             of
             firing
             .
             And
             this
             shall
             be
             full
             as
             serviceable
             ,
             for
             matter
             of
             execution
             ,
             and
             shall
             farre
             precede
             it
             ,
             in
             way
             of
             preservation
             :
             both
             in
             securing
             the
             Muskettiers
             (
             after
             they
             have
             fired
             )
             from
             the
             danger
             of
             their
             
               enemies
               shot
            
             :
             as
             also
             in
             continuing
             the
             body
             intire
             ,
             without
             separation
             .
             It
             is
             especially
             usefull
             ,
             when
             two
             
               enemies
               are
               divided
               by
               a
               River
               ,
            
             or
             by
             some
             such
             like
             meanes
             secured
             from
             the
             incursions
             of
             the
             horse
             .
             For
             then
             ,
             by
             this
             way
             of
             
               drawing
               the
               Muskettiers
               up
               betweene
               the
               innermost
               file
               of
               Muskettiers
               ,
            
             and
             the
             
               outermost
               file
               of
               Pikes
               to
               the
               right
               :
            
             your
             Battaile
             may
             be
             continued
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             occasion
             or
             the
             
               Commanders
               discretion
            
             .
             The
             Figure
             followeth
             .
             The
             Command
             is
             ,
          
           
             
             
               Muskettiers
               ,
               give
               fire
               in
               flanke
               :
               marching
               up
               betweene
               the
               Pikes
               and
               Muskets
               .
            
             
               
            
             
               The
               way
               to
               performe
               this
               motion
               of
               firing
               ,
               is
               as
               followeth
               .
               The
               outermost
               file
               being
               commanded
               to
               
                 face
                 to
                 the
                 right
              
               ,
               and
               present
               :
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               
                 body
                 marcheth
              
               away
               (
               as
               in
               the
               other
               Figure
               )
               and
               the
               standing
               file
               ,
               gives
               fire
               .
               This
               done
               ,
               and
               that
               the
               body
               is
               
                 marched
                 cleere
              
               of
               the
               standing
               file
               ;
               the
               next
               file
               
                 presents
                 to
                 the
                 right
              
               :
               &
               the
               file
               that
               first
               gave
               fire
               ,
               faceth
               to
               the
               
                 first
                 front
              
               ,
               and
               is
               led
               by
               a
               
                 Serieant
                 ,
                 crosse
              
               
               the
               reere
               of
               Muskettiers
               ,
               and
               up
               betweene
               the
               Muskets
               and
               Pikes
               ;
               the
               Muskettiers
               are
               still
               to
               open
               to
               
                 the
                 right
              
               ;
               as
               they
               march
               ,
               that
               so
               there
               may
               be
               room
               for
               one
               file
               to
               march
               up
               betweene
               them
               ,
               and
               the
               pikes
               .
               And
               so
               (
               successively
               )
               each
               file
               having
               fired
               marcheth
               up
               next
               unto
               the
               
                 right
                 flanke
              
               of
               pikes
               .
               When
               all
               your
               Muskettiers
               have
               
                 given
                 fire
              
               once
               over
               ,
               they
               are
               reduced
               as
               at
               the
               first
               .
               The
               battell
               may
               be
               continued
               ,
               at
               discretion
               .
               The
               next
               firing
               in
               flanke
               (
               for
               the
               matter
               of
               firing
               it selfe
               )
               will
               be
               all
               one
               with
               this
               :
               but
               for
               the
               manner
               of
               the
               
                 wheeling
                 off
              
               ,
               and
               placing
               them
               ,
               it
               will
               differ
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             LXXXIII
             .
          
           
             A
             firing
             in
             Flanke
             ,
             led
             off
             by
             the
             Bringers
             up
             .
          
           
             THe
             next
             
               firing
               in
               flanke
            
             ,
             which
             I
             propound
             to
             your
             perusall
             ,
             will
             be
             nothing
             differing
             for
             manner
             of
             execution
             ,
             from
             the
             firings
             in
             Flanke
             ;
             formerly
             shewed
             .
             The
             onely
             difference
             arising
             betweene
             them
             ,
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             
               other
               files
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             ,
             after
             that
             they
             had
             
               given
               fire
            
             ,
             were
             
               led
               off
            
             by
             their
             
               proper
               file-leaders
            
             ;
             and
             this
             ,
             to
             the
             contrary
             ,
             must
             be
             
               led
               off
            
             by
             their
             Bringers-up
             .
             And
             this
             ,
             indeed
             ,
             if
             the
             body
             be
             upon
             a
             
               slow
               march
            
             ,
             is
             the
             readiest
             and
             quickest
             way
             :
             and
             doth
             
             more
             speedily
             secure
             the
             Muskettiers
             ,
             after
             that
             they
             have
             
               given
               fire
            
             .
             The
             words
             of
             Command
             and
             direction
             ,
             which
             produce
             the
             firing
             ,
             are
             as
             followeth
             .
          
           
             
               Muskettiers
               ,
               give
               fire
               to
               the
               Right
               :
               wheeling
               off
               ,
               after
               your
               Bringers
               up
               ;
               and
               placing
               your selues
               betweene
               your
               Divisions
               .
            
             
               
            
             
               For
               the
               manner
               of
               execution
               ,
               or
               way
               to
               performe
               this
               firing
               ,
               it
               is
               as
               followeth
               .
               The
               body
               must
               be
               conceived
               to
               be
               marching
               ;
               upon
               all
               these
               
                 firings
                 in
                 flanke
              
               :
               and
               that
               with
               their
               
                 pikes
                 shouldered
              
               .
               This
               being
               presupposed
               ,
               the
               Command
               being
               given
               ,
               the
               
                 outmost-file
                 presents
              
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               
                 gives
                 fire
              
               :
               then
               faceth
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               after
               their
               
                 bringers
                 up
              
               ;
               who
               leadeth
               them
               
                 off
                 ,
                 crosse
                 the
                 reere
                 of
                 Muskettiers
                 ,
                 marching
              
               
               
                 them
                 up
              
               betweene
               the
               divisions
               ,
               the
               
                 bringers
                 up
              
               supplying
               the
               file-leaders
               place
               ;
               and
               
                 marching
                 even
              
               in
               ranke
               in
               the
               front
               ,
               with
               the
               file-leaders
               ;
               the
               file-leader
               of
               the
               same
               file
               ,
               becomming
               the
               
                 bringer
                 up
              
               in
               the
               Reere
               .
               The
               files
               of
               Muskettiers
               ,
               or
               Pikes
               (
               according
               as
               the
               command
               shall
               be
               given
               )
               are
               as
               they
               march
               ,
               to
               open
               ;
               thereby
               giving
               way
               to
               the
               Muskettiers
               ,
               after
               they
               have
               fired
               ;
               to
               
                 come
                 up
              
               betweene
               the
               divisions
               ,
               and
               so
               soone
               as
               the
               
                 first
                 file
              
               that
               fired
               ,
               is
               cleare
               from
               the
               
                 right
                 flanke
              
               ;
               the
               
                 second
                 file
                 ,
                 presents
              
               and
               fires
               :
               in
               like
               manner
               
                 wheeling
                 off
              
               ,
               as
               before
               ,
               and
               
                 marching
                 up
              
               betweene
               the
               Pikes
               and
               Muskettiers
               ;
               every
               file
               ,
               successively
               ,
               
                 giving
                 fire
              
               ,
               and
               
                 wheeling
                 off
              
               as
               aforesaid
               .
               This
               firing
               may
               be
               performed
               ,
               
                 once
                 ,
                 twice
              
               ,
               or
               
                 oftener
                 over
              
               :
               according
               to
               the
               discretion
               ,
               of
               the
               Commander
               .
               Neverthelesse
               ,
               if
               it
               be
               twice
               performed
               ,
               the
               men
               are
               reduced
               as
               at
               first
               ;
               every
               man
               hauing
               his
               right
               place
               .
               If
               you
               fire
               them
               but
               once
               ,
               or
               thrice
               (
               or
               any
               odde
               number
               of
               times
               )
               over
               ,
               then
               you
               must
               countermarch
               your
               files
               of
               Muskettiers
               to
               reduce
               them
               .
               There
               is
               another
               way
               for
               the
               
                 bringers
                 up
              
               to
               
                 wheele
                 off
              
               :
               and
               each
               of
               them
               to
               
                 leade
                 off
              
               his
               file
               ;
               untill
               he
               comes
               to
               the
               Reere
               of
               the
               division
               which
               is
               betweene
               the
               Muskets
               and
               the
               Pikes
               ;
               and
               there
               he
               is
               to
               stand
               ,
               and
               ranke
               with
               the
               
                 bringers
                 up
              
               ,
               the
               rest
               that
               follow
               ,
               passing
               on
               forwards
               ,
               by
               way
               of
               Introduction
               ,
               and
               every
               man
               ranking
               before
               him
               ,
               that
               was
               his
               leader
               in
               the
               
                 wheeling
                 off
              
               ;
               untill
               the
               
                 proper
                 file-leader
              
               be
               come
               into
               his
               place
               againe
               .
               And
               after
               this
               way
               ,
               they
               may
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               ;
               each
               firing
               being
               his
               owne
               reducement
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             LXXXIIII
             .
          
           
             The
             difference
             betweene
             Firings
             in
             Flanke
             ,
             marching
             :
             and
             of
             bringing
             the
             Muskettiers
             on
             the
             outside
             of
             the
             Pikes
             .
          
           
             ALL
             ,
             or
             the
             most
             part
             of
             the
             
               firings
               in
               flanke
            
             ,
             which
             are
             performed
             marching
             ;
             in
             point
             of
             execution
             ,
             are
             the
             same
             :
             the
             especiall
             difference
             betweene
             them
             ,
             being
             ●ither
             in
             the
             manner
             of
             the
             
               wheeling
               off
            
             ,
             after
             they
             have
             fired
             ,
             or
             in
             the
             
               materiall
               placing
            
             them
             ,
             whereby
             to
             make
             them
             more
             offensive
             or
             defensive
             .
             And
             all
             this
             appeareth
             by
             this
             next
             following
             firing
             :
             which
             is
             to
             be
             used
             at
             such
             time
             and
             place
             ,
             when
             as
             there
             may
             be
             doubt
             of
             the
             
               enemies
               horse
            
             :
             And
             ,
             therefore
             ,
             for
             the
             more
             securitie
             of
             the
             Muskettiers
             having
             fired
             ;
             they
             are
             to
             be
             
               drawne
               up
            
             on
             the
             outer-side
             of
             the
             
               left
               flanke
            
             :
             if
             haply
             there
             may
             be
             some
             
               hedge
               ,
               ditch
               ,
               river
               ,
               hill
               ,
               marish
               ,
               wood
               ,
            
             or
             such
             like
             convenient
             safeguard
             ;
             whereby
             to
             shroud
             them
             from
             the
             furie
             and
             violence
             of
             the
             horse
             ;
             that
             so
             the
             pikes
             making
             Alt
             ,
             and
             facing
             to
             the
             enemy
             ,
             may
             charge
             ,
             and
             with
             their
             
               armed
               points
            
             (
             strongly
             and
             closely
             coucht
             )
             receive
             and
             abate
             the
             furie
             of
             the
             first
             shocke
             .
             And
             if
             need
             be
             ,
             the
             pikes
             may
             all
             charge
             at
             the
             foot
             ,
             
               closely
               serried
            
             together
             ,
             with
             their
             swords
             drawne
             ,
             and
             the
             Muskettiers
             may
             
               give
               fire
            
             over
             them
             .
             The
             manner
             ,
             you
             may
             perceive
             in
             the
             
             figure
             of
             the
             
               Convex
               halfe-moone
            
             .
             But
             lest
             I
             anticipate
             my selfe
             ,
             in
             shewing
             the
             use
             :
             I
             will
             returne
             to
             shewth
             e
             manner
             of
             the
             firing
             ,
             intended
             by
             this
             following
             Figure
             .
             Onely
             first
             take
             the
             words
             of
             command
             and
             direction
             ,
             which
             are
             as
             followeth
             .
          
           
             
               Muskettiers
               ,
               give
               fire
               to
               the
               Right
               :
               placing
               your selues
               on
               the
               outside
               of
               the
               left
               Flanke
               of
               Pikes
               .
            
             
               
            
             
               The
               
                 ovtermost
                 files
              
               having
               presented
               to
               the
               right
               ;
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               body
               continueth
               the
               march
               ,
               whilest
               they
               in
               the
               meane
               time
               ,
               are
               
                 giving
                 fire
              
               .
               Which
               being
               done
               ,
               and
               the
               
                 body
                 cleere
              
               ,
               the
               
                 next
                 outermost
                 file
              
               ,
               
               presents
               ,
               the
               file
               that
               
                 last
                 fired
              
               ,
               in
               the
               interim
               ,
               
                 facing
                 to
                 the
                 left
                 after
                 their
                 proper
                 file-leader
              
               ;
               who
               leadeth
               them
               crosse
               the
               reere
               (
               both
               of
               Muskets
               and
               Pikes
               )
               a
               pretty
               round
               pace
               ;
               sleeving
               up
               on
               the
               out
               side
               of
               the
               
                 left
                 flanke
              
               of
               Pikes
               .
               The
               
                 next
                 file
              
               having
               ,
               in
               like
               manner
               ,
               fired
               ;
               doth
               also
               
                 troupe
                 up
              
               on
               the
               
                 out
                 side
              
               of
               the
               
                 file
                 ,
                 led
                 off
              
               before
               every
               
                 file
                 ;
                 giving
                 fire
              
               ,
               and
               doing
               the
               like
               .
               When
               all
               have
               
                 given
                 fire
              
               ,
               and
               are
               cleered
               away
               ,
               then
               the
               Pikes
               may
               charge
               .
               Which
               is
               very
               necessary
               ;
               if
               but
               to
               accustome
               the
               ⊙
               Souldiers
               unto
               in
               times
               of
               exercise
               ,
               both
               for
               charging
               on
               ,
               and
               for
               retreiting
               ,
               as
               also
               to
               push
               with
               their
               Pikes
               ,
               that
               so
               by
               practise
               they
               may
               be
               able
               to
               doe
               it
               ,
               orderly
               ,
               either
               way
               :
               still
               keeping
               their
               order
               and
               array
               .
               Having
               
                 given
                 fire
              
               upon
               the
               
                 right
                 flanke
              
               ,
               and
               drawne
               all
               your
               Muskettiers
               in
               this
               manner
               to
               the
               
                 left
                 flanke
              
               ,
               if
               you
               will
               cause
               them
               to
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               on
               the
               
                 left
                 flanke
              
               ,
               and
               bring
               them
               backe
               againe
               to
               the
               
                 right
                 flanke
              
               :
               they
               will
               be
               reduced
               .
               Or
               if
               you
               would
               reduce
               them
               without
               a
               firing
               ,
               then
               either
               passe
               your
               Muskettiers
               through
               between
               your
               rankes
               of
               Pikes
               ,
               or
               else
               ,
               let
               your
               whole
               division
               of
               Muskettiers
               ,
               bee
               drawne
               crosse
               either
               the
               front
               or
               reere
               of
               Pikes
               ,
               into
               their
               places
               :
               or
               by
               division
               (
               if
               you
               please
               )
               your
               Muskettiers
               ▪
               also
               ,
               may
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               in
               flanke
               :
               the
               
                 first
                 fire
                 ,
                 sleeving
              
               on
               the
               
                 left
                 flanke
              
               :
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               files
               ,
               still
               falling
               betweene
               the
               Pikes
               :
               and
               the
               Muskettiers
               which
               wheeled
               off
               the
               last
               before
               them
               .
               And
               this
               is
               also
               a
               very
               good
               firing
               ,
               and
               may
               be
               reduced
               with
               doing
               the
               like
               backe
               againe
               :
               and
               many
               other
               waies
               ,
               they
               may
               also
               
                 fall
                 off
              
               after
               the
               manner
               of
               the
               figure
               last
               shewn
               :
               being
               led
               by
               their
               
                 bringers
                 up
              
               ,
               either
               
               into
               the
               front
               ,
               or
               else
               after
               the
               manner
               as
               is
               discoursed
               in
               the
               latter
               end
               of
               the
               last
               Chapter
               .
               But
               I
               endeavour
               ,
               all
               I
               may
               ,
               to
               contract
               my
               matter
               ;
               left
               my
               volume
               should
               exceed
               my
               intent
               .
               And
               therefore
               I
               will
               shew
               but
               one
               firing
               more
               in
               flanke
               ,
               upon
               a
               march
               :
               wherewith
               I
               will
               conclude
               these
               sorts
               of
               firings
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             LXXXV
             .
          
           
             Of
             Firing
             in
             Flanke
             :
             and
             placing
             the
             Muskettiers
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Battell
             of
             Pikes
             :
             with
             other
             firings
             from
             thence
             proceeding
             .
          
           
             FIring
             in
             Flanke
             ,
             and
             bringing
             them
             off
             betweene
             the
             midst
             of
             pikes
             ;
             is
             to
             be
             used
             at
             such
             time
             ,
             when
             as
             you
             would
             
               secure
               your
               Muskettiers
            
             :
             the
             place
             (
             otherwise
             )
             affoording
             no
             
               naturall
               convenience
            
             of
             succour
             ,
             such
             as
             I
             have
             formerly
             spoken
             of
             :
             and
             therefore
             by
             this
             manner
             of
             
               falling
               off
            
             ,
             where
             we
             want
             naturall
             assistance
             in
             the
             scituation
             ;
             there
             ,
             art
             ought
             to
             supply
             us
             ,
             namely
             ,
             by
             contriving
             to
             bring
             up
             the
             Muskettiers
             betweene
             the
             pikes
             ;
             and
             so
             to
             defend
             them
             from
             the
             furie
             of
             the
             horse
             .
             And
             ,
             if
             need
             be
             ,
             you
             may
             draw
             3.
             or
             4.
             files
             of
             pikes
             (
             more
             or
             lesse
             ,
             according
             to
             your
             number
             or
             the
             
               danger
               )
               crosse
            
             the
             Muskets
             ,
             both
             in
             front
             and
             reere
             ,
             which
             are
             in
             the
             midst
             betweene
             the
             pikes
             ,
             which
             will
             as
             well
             preserve
             the
             Muskettiers
             
             in
             front
             and
             reere
             ,
             as
             in
             flanks
             .
             But
             leaving
             further
             to
             discourse
             ,
             what
             may
             be
             done
             ;
             I
             will
             now
             shew
             how
             this
             is
             to
             be
             done
             .
             Onely
             first
             take
             the
             words
             of
             Command
             and
             direction
             for
             the
             firing
             ,
             as
             followeth
             .
          
           
             
               Muskettiers
               ,
               give
               fire
               to
               the
               Right
               :
               Marching
               up
               betweene
               the
               midst
               of
               Pikes
               .
            
             
               
            
             
               The
               Command
               being
               given
               ,
               for
               the
               outermost-file
               to
               present
               to
               the
               right
               (
               as
               formerly
               in
               the
               other
               firings
               in
               flanke
               )
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               body
               still
               marcheth
               on
               ▪
               untill
               that
               the
               outermost-file
               hath
               fired
               ,
               and
               is
               faced
               to
               the
               left
               againe
               :
               following
               their
               leader
               .
               He
               now
               leading
               them
               off
               to
               the
               
                 left
                 ,
                 marcheth
                 up
              
               betweene
               the
               middlemost-files
               of
               pikes
               :
               who
               are
               then
               to
               open
               
               to
               the
               right
               and
               left
               :
               so
               to
               give
               them
               roome
               ,
               to
               
                 march
                 up
              
               betweene
               them
               .
               In
               the
               meane
               time
               ,
               the
               
                 next
                 file
              
               having
               
                 given
                 fire
                 ,
                 wheeleth
                 off
              
               :
               in
               like
               manner
               
                 marching
                 up
              
               on
               the
               left
               of
               the
               files
               ,
               which
               fired
               last
               before
               them
               .
               And
               so
               ,
               successively
               ,
               for
               all
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               files
               of
               Muskettiers
               ,
               all
               which
               are
               to
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               ,
               and
               to
               
                 wheele
                 off
              
               ,
               as
               before
               :
               placing
               themselues
               still
               on
               the
               left
               of
               the
               files
               which
               
                 last
                 fired
              
               .
               Wherein
               is
               still
               to
               be
               noted
               ,
               that
               the
               files
               are
               still
               to
               open
               to
               the
               right
               and
               left
               :
               and
               that
               for
               the
               receiving
               of
               the
               Muskettiers
               ,
               after
               that
               they
               have
               
                 given
                 fire
              
               .
               This
               firing
               (
               as
               all
               other
               the
               firings
               in
               flanke
               )
               may
               as
               well
               be
               
                 led
                 off
              
               by
               their
               
                 Bringers
                 up
              
               ,
               as
               by
               the
               file-leaders
               :
               and
               then
               the
               reducements
               will
               be
               answerable
               .
               The
               Muskettiers
               having
               all
               fired
               ;
               the
               pikes
               may
               charge
               ,
               at
               discretion
               .
               The
               Bow-pike-men
               ,
               which
               are
               in
               the
               reere
               of
               the
               Muskettiers
               ,
               in
               the
               meane
               time
               not
               sparing
               to
               send
               their
               showers
               of
               arrows
               ,
               amongst
               the
               thickest
               of
               their
               enemies
               ,
               and
               if
               need
               require
               ,
               the
               front
               of
               
                 pikes
                 charging
              
               at
               the
               foot
               ,
               with
               their
               swords
               drawne
               ;
               the
               Muskettiers
               may
               
                 give
                 fire
                 over
                 them
                 ,
                 ranke
              
               after
               ranke
               ;
               for
               the
               
                 formost
                 ranks
              
               having
               fired
               ,
               may
               kneele
               upon
               the
               ground
               ;
               and
               there
               
                 make
                 ready
              
               againe
               :
               untill
               the
               other
               ranks
               behinde
               them
               ,
               have
               likewise
               
                 given
                 fire
              
               .
               After
               this
               manner
               ,
               the
               Battell
               may
               be
               continued
               :
               according
               as
               occasion
               shall
               require
               .
               For
               reducement
               ,
               and
               to
               bring
               the
               Muskettiers
               into
               both
               flanks
               againe
               ,
               as
               they
               were
               before
               I
               began
               these
               firings
               in
               
                 flank
                 ,
                 command
              
               your
               pikes
               to
               
                 face
                 inward
              
               ;
               and
               your
               Muskettiers
               to
               the
               right
               and
               
                 left
                 outward
              
               ,
               and
               so
               to
               passe
               through
               and
               
                 interchange
                 ground
              
               ;
               then
               facing
               them
               to
               their
               leader
               ,
               they
               will
               
               be
               reduced
               ,
               as
               at
               the
               first
               .
               I
               would
               have
               the
               ingenious
               Reader
               to
               conceive
               ,
               that
               all
               these
               firings
               in
               flanke
               ,
               may
               as
               easily
               be
               performed
               to
               the
               left
               :
               and
               with
               the
               same
               words
               .
               Onely
               the
               words
               of
               right
               ,
               must
               be
               changed
               for
               left
               :
               and
               left
               for
               right
               .
               I
               might
               have
               further
               enlarged
               my selfe
               upon
               Firings
               in
               flanke
               :
               but
               these
               already
               exprest
               ,
               may
               suffice
               for
               to
               instruct
               the
               ignorant
               .
               As
               for
               the
               skilfull
               and
               experter
               sort
               of
               Souldiers
               ,
               I
               shall
               rather
               request
               their
               approbation
               ,
               then
               presume
               to
               write
               ought
               ,
               which
               may
               seeme
               to
               passe
               me
               with
               the
               least
               conceit
               ,
               tending
               to
               their
               instructions
               .
               Wherefore
               ,
               for
               the
               further
               prosecution
               of
               my
               intended
               discouse
               ,
               I
               will
               next
               shew
               some
               
                 divisionall
                 firings
              
               .
               And
               (
               for
               methods
               sake
               )
               I
               will
               first
               begin
               with
               
                 Firings
                 in
                 ●ront
                 and
                 Reere
              
               :
               which
               may
               be
               performed
               either
               upon
               a
               march
               ,
               or
               stand
               .
               And
               to
               that
               end
               ,
               suppose
               your
               Muskettiers
               to
               march
               all
               in
               front
               ,
               and
               reere
               .
               Neverthelesse
               ,
               because
               it
               will
               not
               be
               amisse
               ,
               to
               shew
               with
               what
               words
               of
               command
               ,
               or
               direction
               the
               Muskettiers
               may
               be
               brought
               thither
               :
               therefore
               take
               notice
               from
               what
               part
               of
               the
               body
               they
               are
               brought
               .
               And
               if
               they
               be
               in
               the
               midst
               (
               as
               in
               this
               last
               figure
               of
               Firing
               in
               flank
               )
               then
               command
               the
               halfe-files
               of
               the
               Muskettiers
               ,
               to
               
                 face
                 about
              
               :
               which
               done
               ,
               let
               the
               
                 pikes
                 stand
              
               ,
               and
               the
               Muskettiers
               march
               ;
               untill
               they
               are
               cleare
               both
               of
               front
               and
               reere
               of
               pikes
               ;
               then
               let
               them
               stand
               ;
               and
               face
               to
               their
               leader
               :
               which
               being
               done
               ,
               your
               battell
               will
               stand
               in
               forme
               of
               an
               
                 hollow
                 square
              
               .
               In
               which
               hollow
               ,
               may
               be
               conveyed
               any
               carriage
               ,
               or
               such
               like
               .
               But
               if
               you
               will
               not
               have
               your
               
                 battell
                 hollow
              
               ,
               then
               command
               your
               pikes
               to
               close
               their
               divisions
               ;
               and
               the
               Muskettiers
               
               will
               be
               all
               in
               front
               and
               reere
               .
               If
               your
               Muskettiers
               be
               on
               the
               flanke
               ,
               and
               you
               would
               bring
               them
               into
               the
               front
               and
               reere
               ;
               then
               after
               the
               same
               manner
               let
               the
               halfe-files
               of
               
                 Muskettiers
                 face
              
               to
               the
               reere
               :
               and
               then
               both
               halfe-files
               of
               the
               
                 front
                 &
                 reere
              
               ,
               march
               untill
               they
               are
               cleare
               of
               the
               
                 Angular
                 pikemen
              
               .
               This
               done
               ,
               let
               them
               
                 face
                 in
                 opposition
              
               ,
               and
               close
               their
               divisions
               :
               after
               which
               ,
               having
               faced
               all
               to
               their
               〈◊〉
               they
               will
               be
               rightly
               placed
               :
               namely
               ,
               the
               〈…〉
               of
               Muskettiers
               before
               the
               front
               o●
               ●ikes
               ;
               and
               the
               reere-halfe-files
               of
               Muskettiers
               behinde
               the
               reer●
               of
               pikes
               .
               Thus
               will
               the
               figure
               of
               battell
               be
               in
               f●●me
               of
               ●n
               Hearse
               ;
               and
               the
               Muskettiers
               ,
               be
               ready
               to
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               to
               the
               front
               and
               reere
               :
               either
               marching
               ,
               or
               standing
               .
               But
               before
               I
               begin
               my
               
                 divisionall
                 firings
              
               ,
               I
               would
               intreat
               you
               not
               to
               expect
               ,
               that
               I
               should
               reduce
               every
               
                 particular
                 firing
              
               ,
               so
               soone
               as
               it
               is
               performed
               ;
               as
               I
               have
               done
               by
               these
               hitherto
               shewed
               ,
               but
               rather
               let
               it
               be
               sutable
               to
               your
               likings
               ,
               that
               I
               
                 reduce
                 firings
              
               by
               firings
               :
               sometimes
               
                 giving
                 fire
              
               upon
               a
               march
               :
               sometimes
               upon
               a
               stand
               :
               sometimes
               ,
               to
               the
               front
               and
               reere
               ;
               sometimes
               ,
               to
               both
               flanks
               .
               I
               do
               the
               rather
               desire
               to
               go
               on
               in
               this
               way
               ,
               because
               thereby
               I
               may
               expresse
               farre
               more
               matter
               ,
               in
               fewer
               lines
               and
               shorter
               time
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             LXXXVI
             .
          
           
             Of
             firing
             to
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             ,
             upon
             a
             march
             .
          
           
             THe
             Muskettiers
             being
             all
             placed
             in
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             ,
             (
             according
             to
             the
             directions
             in
             the
             last
             Chapter
             )
             I
             will
             now
             shew
             the
             manner
             of
             firing
             to
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             ,
             upon
             a
             march
             .
             Which
             however
             that
             it
             may
             bee
             rare
             ,
             and
             seldome
             usefull
             in
             service
             :
             yet
             it
             must
             needs
             be
             excellent
             for
             practise
             .
             For
             by
             the
             often
             using
             it
             ,
             the
             Souldier
             may
             be
             made
             capable
             of
             any
             firing
             :
             The
             Pikes
             ,
             (
             you
             are
             to
             understand
             )
             are
             to
             be
             shouldered
             .
             The
             Command
             for
             the
             firing
             is
             .
          
           
             
             
               Muskettiers
               ,
               give
               fire
               to
               the
               front
               and
               reere
               :
               and
               flanke
               your
               Pikes
               .
            
             
               
            
             
               The
               Command
               being
               given
               (
               as
               above
               said
               )
               to
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               to
               the
               front
               and
               reere
               ;
               the
               
                 first
                 ranke
                 presents
              
               ;
               the
               
                 last
                 ranke
                 ,
                 faceth
                 about
              
               to
               the
               reere
               ,
               and
               doth
               the
               like
               :
               and
               so
               both
               
                 giving
                 fire
              
               together
               ,
               
                 wheele
                 off
              
               by
               division
               .
               The
               one
               halfe
               of
               the
               ranke
               ,
               following
               after
               the
               
                 right
                 hand
                 man
              
               of
               the
               same
               ranke
               ;
               the
               other
               halfe
               ,
               after
               the
               
                 left
                 hand
                 man
              
               ,
               who
               leads
               them
               close
               downe
               by
               the
               side
               or
               flanke
               of
               the
               Muskettiers
               ,
               untill
               they
               come
               to
               the
               Pikes
               .
               The
               
                 first
                 ranke
              
               of
               Muskettiers
               ,
               now
               ranking
               even
               with
               the
               first
               rank
               of
               Pikes
               ,
               the
               last
               ranke
               of
               Muskets
               ,
               with
               the
               last
               ranke
               of
               Pikes
               ,
               leaving
               a
               sufficient
               intervalle
               betwixt
               
               them
               and
               their
               Pikes
               ,
               for
               the
               other
               Muskettiers
               to
               
                 march
                 betweene
              
               .
               And
               here
               you
               must
               note
               ,
               that
               he
               that
               was
               outermost
               when
               they
               
                 gave
                 fire
              
               ,
               must
               likewise
               be
               outermost
               ,
               when
               they
               have
               taken
               their
               places
               on
               the
               flanke
               .
               The
               first
               and
               last
               rankes
               having
               fired
               ,
               and
               
                 wheeled
                 off
              
               ,
               the
               next
               rankes
               ,
               (
               the
               
                 body
                 marching
              
               on
               ,
               three
               or
               foure
               steps
               )
               are
               in
               like
               manner
               to
               present
               ,
               and
               
                 give
                 fire
                 :
                 wheeling
                 off
              
               by
               division
               ;
               and
               passing
               betweene
               the
               divisions
               :
               there
               placing
               themselves
               ;
               they
               of
               the
               
                 front
                 division
              
               ,
               behinde
               those
               which
               
                 fired
                 last
              
               before
               them
               ;
               and
               they
               of
               the
               
                 reere
                 division
              
               ,
               before
               them
               which
               
                 fired
                 last
              
               ,
               behinde
               them
               .
               And
               so
               they
               may
               continue
               to
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               after
               the
               same
               manner
               ;
               untill
               they
               have
               all
               
                 given
                 fire
                 ,
                 once
                 over
              
               .
               Then
               may
               the
               body
               make
               a
               stand
               ,
               and
               the
               Pikes
               charge
               to
               the
               front
               and
               reere
               ,
               if
               need
               be
               .
               Or
               if
               the
               Commander
               would
               continue
               his
               firing
               to
               the
               front
               and
               reere
               ,
               still
               upon
               the
               same
               figure
               :
               Then
               let
               the
               Muskettiers
               of
               the
               front
               ,
               place
               themselves
               (
               after
               they
               have
               
                 given
                 fire
              
               )
               behinde
               the
               Muskettiers
               of
               their
               owne
               
                 division
                 ▪
              
               those
               of
               the
               
                 reere
                 division
              
               placing
               themselves
               betwixt
               the
               reere
               of
               Pikes
               ,
               and
               the
               Muskets
               of
               their
               
                 owne
                 division
              
               :
               and
               so
               the
               body
               moving
               but
               flowly
               forwards
               ,
               they
               may
               continue
               the
               firing
               .
               Having
               
                 given
                 fire
              
               to
               the
               front
               and
               reere
               ,
               and
               flanked
               their
               Pikes
               :
               if
               the
               occasion
               offer
               ,
               or
               the
               Commander
               please
               :
               they
               may
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               to
               the
               front
               and
               reere
               ,
               upon
               that
               Figure
               which
               indeed
               I
               hold
               the
               better
               ,
               as
               you
               may
               perceive
               in
               the
               ensuing
               Chapter
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             LXXXVII
             .
          
           
             A
             second
             way
             of
             firing
             to
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             .
          
           
             THis
             second
             way
             of
             firing
             to
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             upon
             a
             march
             ,
             may
             easily
             be
             performed
             ;
             if
             the
             Souldiers
             bee
             well
             and
             often
             instructed
             .
             Without
             which
             ,
             all
             matters
             in
             the
             
               Art
               militarie
            
             will
             seeme
             difficult
             :
             and
             by
             which
             ,
             all
             things
             will
             be
             made
             facile
             and
             easie
             .
             I
             could
             instance
             in
             divers
             motions
             and
             figures
             ,
             by
             some
             reputed
             
               superfiuous
               niceties
            
             ,
             which
             were
             the
             true
             uses
             knowne
             to
             the
             Commander
             ,
             and
             the
             way
             to
             execute
             ,
             to
             the
             Souldier
             ,
             would
             be
             found
             to
             be
             of
             singular
             good
             service
             .
             Neverthelesse
             ,
             because
             to
             the
             ignorant
             nothing
             beyond
             their
             capacities
             may
             seeme
             excellent
             ;
             many
             good
             and
             serviceable
             motions
             are
             slighted
             ,
             and
             not
             accounted
             fit
             for
             service
             .
             But
             I
             could
             well
             wish
             ,
             that
             some
             good
             course
             might
             be
             taken
             ,
             that
             the
             Souldiers
             of
             our
             
               trayned
               Bands
            
             might
             have
             a
             little
             oftener
             practise
             ;
             that
             so
             they
             might
             be
             able
             (
             at
             least
             in
             some
             reasonable
             way
             )
             to
             understand
             and
             exercise
             ,
             what
             shall
             bee
             commanded
             them
             .
             But
             I
             have
             strayed
             from
             the
             matter
             .
             And
             therefore
             take
             these
             words
             of
             Command
             and
             direction
             :
             which
             being
             orderly
             executed
             ,
             produce
             this
             following
             firing
             .
          
           
             
             
               Muskettiers
               ,
               give
               fire
               to
               the
               front
               and
               reere
               ;
               placing
               your selves
               betweene
               your
               Divisions
               .
            
             
               
            
             
               The
               way
               to
               performe
               this
               firing
               ,
               is
               as
               followeth
               ;
               the
               Command
               being
               given
               ,
               the
               
                 first
                 ranke
                 presents
              
               to
               the
               front
               ,
               the
               
                 last
                 ranke
              
               of
               Muskettiers
               ,
               
                 facing
                 about
              
               ,
               and
               doing
               the
               like
               ,
               towards
               the
               reere
               :
               This
               done
               ,
               they
               both
               
                 give
                 fire
                 ;
                 wheeling
                 off
              
               by
               division
               ;
               and
               place
               themselves
               betweene
               the
               Muskettiers
               of
               their
               divisions
               .
               Those
               ,
               namely
               ,
               which
               were
               of
               the
               
                 front
                 halfe
                 files
                 ,
                 falling
              
               into
               the
               reere
               of
               their
               
                 owne
                 division
              
               ;
               those
               of
               the
               
                 reere
                 halfe
                 files
              
               (
               contrariwise
               )
               falling
               before
               their
               
                 halfe
                 file
                 leaders
              
               ,
               and
               
                 ranking
                 even
              
               with
               the
               
                 halfe
                 file
                 leaders
              
               of
               Pikes
               ;
               the
               
                 next
                 rankes
              
               ,
               successively
               ,
               firing
               ,
               and
               
                 wheeling
                 off
              
               ,
               after
               the
               same
               manner
               .
               Having
               fired
               ,
               
                 once
                 over
              
               ,
               they
               are
               reduced
               ,
               every
               man
               to
               his
               place
               .
               These
               two
               last
               firings
               
               to
               be
               performed
               upon
               a
               march
               ,
               would
               seeme
               very
               difficult
               to
               unexperienced
               Souldiers
               :
               but
               by
               often
               exercising
               ,
               they
               may
               be
               made
               capable
               of
               these
               ,
               or
               of
               any
               other
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             LXXXVIII
             .
          
           
             A
             firing
             to
             the
             Reere
             and
             right
             flanke
             ,
             marching
             .
          
           
             HAving
             shewed
             
               firings
               in
               front
               ,
               reere
            
             ,
             and
             flanke
             ,
             (
             some
             marching
             ,
             some
             standing
             )
             I
             will
             shew
             one
             firing
             to
             the
             reere
             and
             
               right
               flanke
            
             ,
             upon
             a
             march
             ,
             which
             (
             without
             question
             )
             must
             needs
             be
             very
             serviceable
             at
             such
             times
             ,
             as
             the
             enemy
             shall
             skirmish
             with
             the
             body
             ,
             to
             annoy
             them
             in
             their
             
               passage
               ▪
            
             in
             flanke
             and
             reere
             at
             one
             time
             .
             I
             shall
             not
             need
             with
             arguments
             to
             inforce
             the
             usefulnesse
             of
             the
             firing
             ,
             for
             none
             that
             knowes
             any
             thing
             in
             the
             
               Art
               military
            
             ,
             but
             will
             ingeniously
             confesse
             that
             for
             some
             services
             ,
             it
             must
             needs
             be
             necessary
             .
             You
             may
             (
             if
             you
             please
             )
             
               give
               fire
            
             to
             the
             flanke
             and
             reere
             :
             your
             Muskettiers
             being
             in
             their
             ordinary
             places
             ,
             on
             the
             flankes
             of
             their
             Pikes
             .
             Neverthelesse
             ,
             a
             securer
             way
             for
             the
             Pikes
             ,
             will
             be
             to
             draw
             the
             Muskettiers
             from
             that
             flanke
             ,
             which
             is
             in
             least
             danger
             ;
             crosse
             the
             reere
             of
             Pike-men
             .
             And
             this
             shall
             be
             the
             way
             I
             will
             observe
             in
             this
             firing
             .
             The
             words
             of
             Command
             and
             direction
             for
             this
             firing
             ,
             are
             as
             followeth
             .
          
           
             
             
               Muskettiers
               ,
               give
               fire
               to
               the
               right
               and
               reere
               :
               placing
               your selves
               betweene
               the
               Pikes
               ,
               and
               your
               owne
               divisions
               .
            
             
               
            
             
               The
               Command
               being
               given
               ,
               to
               
                 fire
                 to
                 the
                 reere
                 and
                 right
                 flanke
              
               ;
               the
               
                 outermost
                 file
              
               of
               Muskettiers
               ,
               presents
               to
               the
               right
               :
               and
               the
               last
               rank
               of
               Muskettiers
               presents
               to
               the
               reere
               ,
               and
               so
               both
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               .
               The
               rest
               of
               the
               Body
               ,
               in
               the
               meane
               time
               ,
               marching
               a
               reasonable
               pace
               .
               The
               
                 right
                 hand
              
               file
               ,
               and
               
                 last
                 ranke
              
               having
               fired
               ;
               the
               file
               faceth
               to
               the
               left
               ,
               after
               their
               file-leader
               ;
               and
               so
               marcheth
               up
               between
               the
               Muskettiers
               of
               the
               same
               division
               ,
               and
               the
               Pikes
               ;
               the
               
                 ranke
                 wheeling
              
               
               off
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               placing
               it selfe
               next
               after
               the
               reere
               of
               Pikes
               ,
               and
               before
               the
               first
               rank
               of
               Muskettiers
               of
               the
               same
               division
               .
               If
               you
               please
               ,
               you
               may
               make
               an
               Intervalle
               betweene
               the
               Muskettiers
               :
               that
               so
               part
               may
               
                 wheele
                 off
              
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               on
               the
               out
               side
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               part
               
                 wheele
                 off
              
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               and
               march
               up
               betweene
               the
               Intervalle
               into
               their
               places
               .
               The
               first
               file
               and
               ranke
               that
               presented
               ,
               having
               given
               fire
               ,
               and
               
                 wheeled
                 cleere
                 off
                 the
                 body
              
               ,
               the
               next
               file
               and
               ranke
               ,
               present
               and
               give
               fire
               :
               after
               the
               same
               manner
               ,
               
                 wheeling
                 off
              
               ,
               and
               taking
               their
               places
               ,
               as
               aforesaid
               ;
               and
               so
               successively
               ,
               the
               rest
               (
               both
               files
               and
               rankes
               )
               give
               fire
               ,
               observing
               the
               same
               order
               .
               And
               having
               given
               fire
               ,
               
                 once
                 ,
                 twice
              
               ,
               or
               oftner
               over
               ,
               they
               are
               still
               reduced
               to
               the
               same
               they
               were
               before
               the
               firing
               began
               .
               Then
               draw
               your
               Muskettiers
               from
               the
               reere
               ,
               to
               the
               
                 left
                 flanke
              
               againe
               ;
               and
               they
               will
               have
               their
               places
               as
               at
               first
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             LXXXIX
             .
          
           
             Of
             firing
             to
             both
             flankes
             ,
             marching
             .
          
           
             TO
             give
             fire
             to
             both
             flankes
             ,
             upon
             a
             march
             ;
             must
             needs
             be
             a
             
               serviceable
               firing
            
             ,
             without
             exception
             :
             the
             
               time
               ,
               number
               ,
               place
            
             ,
             and
             strength
             of
             the
             enemy
             ,
             being
             alwaies
             to
             be
             considered
             .
             which
             may
             sometimes
             cause
             the
             Muskettiers
             (
             having
             fired
             )
             to
             
               march
               up
            
             betweene
             their
             
               owne
               divisions
            
             ,
             and
             the
             Pikes
             ,
             as
             in
             this
             Figure
             .
             Or
             (
             sometimes
             )
             betweene
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Pikes
             ,
             the
             better
             
             to
             secure
             them
             .
             Divers
             other
             such
             like
             waies
             there
             likewise
             be
             ,
             at
             the
             discretion
             of
             the
             Commander
             :
             and
             as
             the
             present
             occasion
             shall
             require
             them
             .
             But
             because
             I
             insisted
             (
             somewhat
             largely
             )
             upon
             the
             firings
             on
             the
             
               right
               flanke
            
             ;
             I
             shall
             not
             need
             to
             shew
             them
             againe
             ,
             by
             division
             on
             both
             flankes
             ;
             but
             will
             conclude
             them
             all
             in
             this
             one
             .
             The
             words
             of
             Command
             which
             produce
             the
             Figure
             ,
             are
             as
             follow
             .
          
           
             
               Muskettiers
               ,
               give
               fire
               to
               both
               flankes
               ;
               marching
               up
               betweene
               the
               Pikes
               and
               your
               owne
               divisions
               .
            
             
               
            
             
               The
               Command
               being
               given
               ,
               the
               
                 outermost
                 file
                 ▪
              
               (
               on
               each
               
                 flanke
                 )
                 presents
                 outward
              
               :
               the
               ●est
               of
               the
               body
               still
               continuing
               the
               march
               .
               The
               
                 presented
                 files
              
               (
               in
               the
               interim
               )
               giving
               fire
               ;
               then
               facing
               after
               their
               
                 proper
                 file-leaders
              
               ,
               who
               led
               them
               up
               betweene
               the
               Muskets
               of
               their
               
                 owne
                 divisions
              
               ,
               and
               the
               Pikes
               ,
               )
               in
               the
               time
               of
               their
               wheeling
               away
               )
               the
               
                 next
                 two
                 outermost
              
               
               
                 files
                 present
              
               ,
               firing
               after
               the
               same
               manner
               ,
               and
               
                 leading
                 up
              
               as
               before
               .
               The
               rest
               (
               successively
               )
               doing
               the
               like
               ,
               untill
               they
               have
               fired
               all
               over
               :
               which
               brings
               them
               to
               their
               former
               places
               .
               The
               firing
               may
               be
               continued
               at
               discretion
               ,
               each
               firing
               being
               its
               owne
               reducement
               .
               Neverthelesse
               it
               may
               so
               fall
               out
               ,
               that
               either
               through
               the
               fury
               of
               the
               
                 enemy
                 ,
                 advantage
              
               ,
               or
               disadvantage
               of
               ground
               (
               or
               some
               such
               like
               accident
               )
               the
               body
               may
               be
               forced
               to
               make
               Alt
               ,
               and
               to
               face
               to
               both
               flanks
               ;
               and
               so
               with
               
                 fronts
                 accident
                 all
              
               ,
               to
               maintaine
               the
               
                 fight
                 ,
                 standing
              
               .
               To
               which
               end
               ,
               the
               firing
               in
               the
               succeeding
               Chapter
               ,
               shal
               be
               of
               that
               sort
               .
               Therefore
               suppose
               the
               
                 body
                 faced
              
               to
               the
               right
               and
               left
               ,
               preparing
               to
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XC
             .
          
           
             A
             firing
             to
             both
             Flanks
             ,
             standing
             .
          
           
             FIring
             to
             both
             flanks
             ,
             upon
             a
             stand
             ,
             is
             a
             good
             and
             serviceable
             firing
             .
             And
             although
             it
             shew
             but
             thinne
             ,
             in
             the
             
               figure
               ▪
            
             yet
             it
             may
             be
             substantiall
             and
             usefull
             for
             the
             field
             :
             especially
             if
             there
             be
             a
             
               larger
               proportion
            
             of
             number
             ,
             then
             I
             have
             made
             use
             of
             in
             my
             formes
             and
             figures
             of
             Battell
             .
             The
             words
             of
             command
             and
             direction
             ,
             which
             produce
             the
             figure
             ,
             are
             as
             followeth
             .
          
           
             
             
               Advance
               your
               pikes
               ,
               and
               stand
               .
               Face
               to
               the
               Right
               and
               Left.
               Muskettiers
               give
               fire
               ;
               and
               flanke
               your
               Pikes
               .
            
             
               
            
             
               The
               bodie
               being
               faced
               to
               the
               right
               and
               left
               ,
               the
               
                 formost
                 ranks
              
               of
               Muskettiers
               (
               which
               were
               the
               
                 outermost-files
                 )
                 present
              
               and
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               ;
               and
               then
               
                 wheele
                 off
              
               
               by
               
                 division
                 ;
                 ranking
                 even
              
               with
               the
               
                 formost
                 ranks
              
               of
               pikes
               ,
               and
               leaving
               sufficient
               Intervals
               for
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               Muskettiers
               to
               march
               betweene
               them
               and
               the
               Pikes
               .
               The
               next
               
                 ranke
                 presenting
              
               and
               firing
               ,
               after
               the
               same
               manner
               ,
               but
               not
               advancing
               forwards
               :
               onely
               firing
               upon
               the
               same
               ground
               ;
               and
               
                 wheeling
                 off
              
               by
               division
               :
               afterwards
               passing
               downe
               betweene
               the
               Intervals
               ,
               and
               so
               ranke
               after
               their
               leaders
               .
               It
               is
               herewithall
               to
               be
               noted
               ,
               that
               they
               that
               were
               outermost
               ,
               when
               they
               
                 gave
                 fire
              
               ;
               are
               likewise
               to
               be
               so
               ,
               when
               they
               have
               taken
               their
               places
               .
               If
               these
               instructions
               be
               not
               sufficient
               ,
               utrne
               backe
               to
               the
               figure
               of
               the
               Demie-hearse
               :
               where
               the
               manner
               of
               the
               execution
               is
               all
               one
               with
               this
               .
               All
               the
               ranks
               of
               Muskettiers
               having
               fired
               ,
               and
               
                 wheeled
                 off
              
               ,
               as
               before
               ;
               the
               pikes
               (
               if
               need
               be
               )
               may
               charge
               ,
               and
               the
               Muskettiers
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               ,
               over
               againe
               :
               
                 wheeling
                 off
                 outward
              
               ,
               and
               placing
               themselues
               in
               the
               reere
               of
               their
               
                 owne
                 divisions
              
               .
               Having
               advanced
               your
               pikes
               ,
               and
               faced
               your
               body
               to
               the
               
                 first
                 front
              
               ,
               all
               your
               Muskettiers
               will
               be
               in
               front
               and
               reere
               .
               And
               then
               if
               you
               face
               your
               
                 halfe-files
                 about
              
               ,
               and
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               after
               the
               same
               manner
               to
               the
               front
               and
               reere
               ;
               having
               faced
               them
               againe
               to
               their
               
                 first
                 front
              
               ,
               they
               will
               be
               reduced
               (
               as
               at
               first
               )
               into
               their
               ordinary
               square
               .
               Neverthelesse
               ,
               I
               will
               reduce
               it
               by
               another
               firing
               ,
               which
               was
               first
               invented
               and
               shewed
               us
               ,
               by
               that
               worthy
               Citizen
               ,
               and
               excellent
               Souldier
               ,
               Captaine
               
                 Henry
                 Waller
              
               ,
               now
               deceassed
               :
               It
               is
               a
               
                 firing
                 in
                 front
              
               ,
               the
               Muskettiers
               of
               the
               
                 reere
                 division
                 ,
                 opening
              
               to
               the
               right
               and
               left
               ;
               and
               
                 sleeving
                 up
                 on
                 the
                 flanks
                 of
                 pikes
                 ,
              
               untill
               the
               leaders
               of
               the
               
                 reere
                 division
              
               (
               who
               as
               then
               are
               the
               
                 halfe-file-leaders
                 )
                 ranke
                 even
              
               with
               the
               
               front
               of
               pikes
               .
               The
               words
               of
               direction
               that
               produce
               the
               figure
               ,
               follow
               in
               the
               next
               Chapter
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XCI
             .
          
           
             Captaine
             Wallers
             Triple
             firing
             to
             the
             Front.
             
          
           
             THis
             
               Triple
               firing
               to
               the
               Front
            
             ,
             hath
             had
             the
             approbation
             of
             good
             and
             well
             experienced
             Souldiers
             :
             who
             have
             all
             acknowledged
             it
             to
             be
             both
             sollid
             and
             
               serviceable
               .
               Bringing
               many
               hands
               to
               fight
               ,
               in
               very
               good
               order
               :
               the
               pikes
               being
               securely
               covered
               by
               their
               Muskettiers
               ,
               in
               front
               .
            
             Neither
             need
             they
             be
             idle
             in
             time
             of
             battell
             ,
             if
             they
             have
             any
             Bow-pike-men
             amongst
             them
             :
             for
             that
             they
             may
             send
             their
             
               whistling
               Archery
            
             over
             their
             
               Muskettiers
               heads
            
             ,
             without
             offence
             to
             their
             friends
             :
             though
             not
             without
             dammage
             to
             their
             enemies
             .
             If
             any
             carpe
             at
             the
             depth
             of
             the
             Muskettiers
             (
             either
             in
             this
             figure
             ,
             or
             in
             any
             other
             in
             this
             booke
             )
             I
             shall
             request
             them
             to
             suspend
             their
             censures
             ,
             and
             wisely
             to
             conceive
             by
             a
             little
             ,
             what
             a
             great
             deale
             meaneth
             .
             My
             intent
             not
             being
             ,
             to
             make
             my
             
               booke
               monstrous
            
             ,
             by
             having
             
               little
               leaves
            
             ,
             and
             
               targe
               figures
            
             .
             Onely
             I
             desire
             with
             this
             
               small
               number
            
             ,
             to
             shew
             the
             nature
             of
             severall
             formes
             and
             figures
             of
             battell
             ;
             the
             manner
             of
             their
             firings
             and
             
               wheelings
               off
            
             ;
             their
             
               orderly
               placings
            
             ,
             and
             severall
             wayes
             of
             reducement
             :
             not
             having
             the
             least
             conceit
             ,
             to
             induce
             any
             to
             beleeve
             ,
             
               that
               men
               are
               able
               long
               to
            
             
             
               continue
               battell
               ,
               at
               foure
               deepe
            
             ;
             although
             at
             (
             sometimes
             ,
             and
             for
             stratagems
             )
             they
             may
             be
             reduced
             into
             a
             
               lesser
               number
            
             .
             But
             lest
             by
             digression
             ,
             I
             too
             farre
             trespasse
             upon
             your
             patience
             ;
             I
             will
             returne
             to
             shew
             the
             manner
             of
             the
             firing
             .
             Onely
             first
             obserue
             ,
             the
             words
             of
             command
             and
             direction
             ;
             which
             produce
             the
             following
             figure
             .
          
           
             
               Muskettiers
               of
               the
               Reere
               ,
               double
               your
               front
               of
               Pikes
               ,
               by
               Division
               .
            
             
               
            
             
               The
               Command
               being
               given
               ,
               the
               
                 first
                 ranke
              
               of
               Muskettiers
               (
               both
               of
               front
               and
               
                 flanks
                 )
                 present
              
               to
               the
               front
               and
               
                 give
                 fire
                 :
                 wheeling
                 off
              
               to
               the
               right
               and
               left
               by
               division
               .
               The
               Muskettiers
               of
               the
               front-division
               
               being
               
                 wheeled
                 off
              
               (
               as
               aforesaid
               )
               close
               by
               the
               flanks
               of
               their
               
                 owne
                 Muskettiers
              
               ,
               passe
               directly
               downe
               betweene
               the
               Intervals
               :
               and
               place
               themselues
               even
               in
               ranke
               behinde
               the
               Muskettiers
               of
               the
               
                 reere
                 division
              
               ,
               which
               are
               upon
               the
               flanks
               .
               This
               you
               may
               perceive
               by
               the
               pricks
               ,
               that
               come
               downe
               
                 betweene
                 the
                 Intervals
              
               :
               the
               Muskettiers
               ,
               also
               ,
               that
               fired
               at
               the
               same
               time
               on
               the
               
                 flanks
                 ;
                 wheele
              
               also
               off
               ;
               (
               the
               
                 right
                 flanke
              
               ,
               to
               the
               right
               ;
               the
               
                 left
                 flanke
              
               ,
               to
               the
               
                 left
                 )
                 marching
              
               directly
               downe
               ,
               even
               with
               the
               
                 reere
                 ranke
              
               of
               pikes
               ;
               and
               there
               place
               themselues
               againe
               even
               in
               ranke
               with
               the
               
                 last
                 ranke
              
               of
               pikes
               .
               This
               done
               ,
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               ranks
               (
               successively
               )
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               ,
               and
               do
               the
               like
               :
               every
               Ranke
               taking
               his
               place
               ,
               after
               the
               ranke
               which
               fired
               last
               before
               them
               ;
               the
               other
               ranks
               moving
               one
               ranke
               forwarder
               .
               The
               Muskettiers
               having
               
                 given
                 fire
              
               once
               over
               ;
               and
               
                 falling
                 off
              
               according
               to
               this
               direction
               ,
               they
               will
               be
               reduced
               to
               the
               flanks
               againe
               ,
               as
               they
               were
               at
               the
               first
               .
               The
               firing
               may
               be
               continued
               ,
               or
               the
               pikes
               may
               charge
               ,
               at
               discretion
               of
               the
               Commander
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XCII
             .
          
           
             A
             firing
             tripartite
             ,
             doing
             execution
             to
             the
             front
             ,
             reere
             ,
             and
             right
             flanke
             .
          
           
             FIgures
             and
             formes
             of
             Battell
             ,
             may
             bee
             infinite
             :
             according
             to
             the
             judgements
             of
             the
             Commanders
             ,
             and
             the
             various
             workings
             of
             the
             divers
             motions
             :
             no
             arte
             nor
             science
             yeelding
             more
             content
             ,
             unto
             the
             studious
             practitioners
             ;
             none
             more
             honourable
             and
             beneficiall
             ,
             for
             the
             good
             of
             our
             Countrie
             :
             none
             more
             neglected
             and
             lesse
             countenanced
             ,
             then
             the
             Practisers
             of
             the
             
               Art
               militarie
            
             ,
             nor
             none
             more
             screwed
             up
             in
             the
             places
             of
             their
             abiding
             ,
             then
             those
             men
             this
             way
             affected
             .
             The
             rich
             
               cubb'd
               gowne
               men
            
             ,
             holding
             it
             as
             a
             
               maxime
               ,
               that
               Souldiers
               (
               though
               never
               so
               poore
               )
               yet
               they
               must
               be
               taxed
               in
               the
               parish
               bookes
               like
               Gentlemen
               .
            
             Thus
             much
             incouragement
             we
             have
             ,
             for
             spending
             our
             money
             and
             our
             time
             for
             our
             Countries
             good
             ,
             and
             this
             (
             in
             good
             time
             )
             I
             hope
             will
             be
             amended
             :
             but
             of
             this
             no
             more
             .
             The
             next
             firing
             being
             a
             
               firing
               Tripartite
            
             :
             doth
             execution
             to
             the
             
               front
               ,
               reere
            
             ,
             and
             
               right
               flanke
            
             ,
             at
             one
             and
             the
             same
             time
             .
             For
             the
             use
             ,
             I
             shall
             referre
             it
             to
             the
             judgement
             of
             the
             Iudicious
             :
             for
             the
             instruction
             ,
             how
             it
             is
             to
             be
             made
             ,
             the
             words
             of
             Command
             and
             direction
             shew
             it
             ,
             which
             are
             as
             followeth
             .
          
           
             
             
               Halfe
               rankes
               of
               the
               left
               ,
               double
               your
               right
               flanke
               by
               division
               .
            
             
             
               For
               the
               direction
               ,
               looke
               backe
               to
               the
               27.
               
               Chapter
               :
               which
               treats
               of
               this
               doubling
               .
               Onely
               remember
               to
               face
               the
               divisions
               that
               way
               which
               you
               intend
               they
               shall
               
                 give
                 fire
              
               .
            
             
             
               For
               the
               manner
               of
               the
               firing
               ,
               it
               is
               ordinary
               :
               the
               foremost
               Ranke
               of
               Muskettiers
               (
               on
               each
               part
               )
               having
               fired
               ,
               they
               
                 wheele
                 off
              
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               or
               to
               the
               right
               and
               left
               :
               (
               according
               as
               directions
               shall
               be
               given
               )
               placing
               themselves
               in
               the
               reere
               of
               their
               
                 owne
                 divisions
              
               ;
               the
               
                 next
                 ranks
              
               ,
               in
               the
               meane
               time
               ,
               moving
               forwards
               into
               their
               
                 leaders
                 ground
              
               ;
               there
               ,
               in
               like
               manner
               ,
               
                 firing
                 ,
                 wheeling
                 off
              
               ,
               and
               placing
               themselves
               as
               before
               :
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               rankes
               ,
               successively
               ,
               doing
               the
               like
               .
               This
               firing
               may
               be
               continued
               ,
               a●
               pleasure
               of
               the
               Commander
               .
               The
               Pikemen
               (
               as
               advantage
               may
               be
               given
               )
               in
               the
               interim
               either
               
                 porting
                 ,
                 charging
              
               ,
               or
               sending
               their
               fatall
               showers
               amongst
               the
               thickest
               of
               their
               enemies
               .
               Lastly
               ,
               for
               
                 reducement
                 ,
                 face
              
               them
               all
               to
               their
               
                 front
                 proper
              
               ,
               then
               
                 Command
                 ,
                 halfe
                 rankes
                 that
                 doubled
                 ,
                 to
                 face
                 to
                 the
                 left
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 to
                 march
                 into
                 their
                 places
                 .
              
               For
               further
               directions
               ,
               turne
               backe
               to
               the
               27.
               
               Chapter
               ,
               which
               shewes
               the
               reducement
               of
               the
               aforegoing
               Figure
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XCIII
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             Sconce
             Battell
             .
          
           
             THe
             
               Sconce
               Battell
            
             is
             a
             Figure
             most
             properly
             fit
             for
             a
             whole
             Regiment
             ;
             at
             least
             for
             a
             larger
             pro
             portion
             of
             number
             ,
             then
             is
             here
             exprest
             ▪
             it
             neither
             being
             good
             nor
             safe
             to
             divide
             a
             smal
             Company
             ,
             into
             so
             many
             divisions
             and
             Maniples
             .
             And
             yet
             to
             give
             satisfaction
             unto
             some
             ,
             I
             have
             placed
             
             it
             here
             amongst
             my
             Figures
             ;
             yea
             and
             shewne
             the
             way
             ,
             how
             to
             make
             it
             with
             a
             
               private
               Company
            
             .
             For
             the
             manner
             or
             way
             how
             to
             
               fire
               upon
               it
            
             ,
             may
             be
             divers
             .
             The
             Muskettiers
             being
             so
             placed
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             
               give
               fire
            
             to
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             ,
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             or
             to
             all
             foure
             together
             ,
             at
             the
             discretion
             of
             the
             Commander
             .
             If
             your
             Muskettiers
             
               give
               fire
            
             to
             the
             front
             and
             reare
             ,
             (
             every
             ranke
             making
             good
             his
             
               leaders
               ground
            
             )
             then
             the
             Figure
             will
             still
             continue
             the
             same
             .
             If
             they
             
               give
               fire
            
             without
             advancing
             into
             their
             
               leaders
               ground
            
             ,
             then
             the
             Muskettiers
             will
             
               ranke
               even
            
             againe
             with
             their
             Pikes
             :
             and
             the
             Figure
             will
             become
             an
             
               hollow
               crosse
            
             ,
             the
             Muskettiers
             making
             the
             Angles
             .
             The
             words
             of
             Command
             and
             direction
             ,
             which
             produce
             the
             Figure
             ,
             are
             as
             followeth
             .
          
           
             
               Halfe
               files
               of
               Muskettiers
               ,
               face
               to
               the
               Reere
               .
            
          
           
             That
             being
             done
             ,
             
               
                 Command
                 all
                 the
                 Muskettiers
                 to
                 march
                 to
                 the
                 Angles
                 of
                 their
                 Pikes
                 .
              
            
             Next
             cause
             
               
                 The
                 two
                 first
                 and
                 two
                 last
                 rankes
                 of
                 Pikes
                 to
                 stand
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 rest
                 to
                 face
                 to
                 the
                 right
                 and
                 left
                 ;
                 and
                 march
                 ,
                 untill
                 they
                 are
                 cleere
                 of
                 the
                 other
                 pikes
                 ,
                 then
                 stand
                 .
              
            
             Lastly
             Command
             
               
                 The
                 two
                 first
                 and
                 last
                 rankes
                 of
                 Pikes
                 ,
                 which
                 did
                 not
                 move
                 ,
                 to
                 double
                 their
                 Files
                 to
                 the
                 right
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               These
               words
               of
               Command
               and
               direction
               being
               executed
               ,
               perfect
               the
               Figure
               ,
               as
               followeth
               .
            
             
             
               Many
               and
               severall
               are
               the
               firings
               ,
               which
               (
               with
               some
               little
               alteration
               )
               may
               be
               drawne
               from
               this
               Figure
               .
               Neverthelesse
               not
               to
               spin
               out
               time
               with
               discourse
               ,
               the
               firing
               now
               intended
               to
               be
               shewne
               ,
               is
               to
               be
               performed
               to
               the
               front
               and
               reere
               .
               To
               which
               purpose
               ,
               the
               one
               halfe
               (
               both
               of
               Muskettiers
               and
               Pikes
               )
               are
               to
               
                 face
                 about
              
               to
               the
               right
               ;
               there
               presenting
               and
               
                 giving
                 fire
              
               :
               those
               of
               the
               
                 right
                 flanke
                 ,
                 wheeling
                 off
              
               to
               the
               right
               ;
               the
               
                 left
                 flank
              
               to
               the
               left
               ;
               and
               placing
               themselves
               in
               the
               reere
               of
               their
               owne
               divisions
               .
               The
               
                 next
                 ranke
              
               still
               moving
               forwards
               into
               their
               
                 leaders
                 ground
              
               ;
               the
               other
               rankes
               (
               successively
               )
               doing
               the
               
               like
               .
               After
               this
               manner
               ,
               the
               firing
               may
               be
               continued
               ,
               and
               the
               Figure
               still
               preserved
               .
            
             
               For
               reducement
               .
               First
               ,
               face
               them
               all
               after
               their
               
                 proper
                 file-leaders
              
               .
               Secondly
               ,
               cause
               the
               front
               and
               
                 reere
                 divisions
              
               of
               Pikes
               ,
               to
               double
               their
               rankes
               to
               the
               left
               .
               Thirdly
               ,
               command
               the
               Pikes
               of
               the
               flankes
               ,
               to
               face
               ,
               in
               
                 opposition
                 ;
                 close
              
               their
               divisions
               ,
               and
               then
               to
               face
               after
               their
               leaders
               .
               Next
               ,
               cōmand
               the
               Muskettiers
               of
               the
               
                 front
                 division
              
               ,
               to
               face
               to
               the
               reere
               .
               Lastly
               ,
               command
               the
               Muskettiers
               (
               both
               of
               front
               and
               reere
               )
               to
               close
               their
               divisions
               .
               And
               then
               being
               faced
               to
               their
               leader
               ,
               they
               are
               perfectly
               reduced
               ,
               as
               at
               first
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XCIIII
             .
          
           
             Of
             firing
             by
             three
             files
             at
             once
             ;
             two
             of
             them
             standing
             oblique
             ,
             the
             other
             direct
             .
          
           
             WHen
             I
             began
             the
             formes
             and
             figures
             of
             Battell
             ,
             I
             noted
             all
             f●rings
             to
             be
             either
             oblique
             or
             direct
             ;
             and
             now
             for
             satisfaction
             to
             the
             curious
             ,
             I
             shall
             insert
             two
             or
             three
             
               oblique
               formes
            
             amongst
             the
             rest
             .
             The
             first
             whereof
             ,
             shall
             be
             a
             
               Firing
               to
               the
               Front
               by
               drawing
               forth
               the
               outermost
               file
               on
               each
               flank
               ,
               obliquely
            
             (
             or
             the
             innermost
             ,
             as
             shall
             seeme
             best
             to
             the
             Commander
             )
             untill
             the
             
               bringers
               up
            
             of
             the
             
               files
               ,
               stand
               even
            
             with
             the
             right
             and
             
               left
               angle-men
            
             ,
             over
             the
             front
             of
             pikes
             .
             They
             may
             also
             bead●
             a
             file
             of
             
               Muskettiers
               ,
               crosse
            
             the
             front
             of
             pikes
             ;
             when
             having
             placed
             and
             faced
             them
             (
             as
             they
             ought
             )
             for
             execution
             ,
             they
             
             will
             stand
             in
             manner
             of
             this
             following
             figure
             .
          
           
           
             The
             
               two
               files
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             which
             were
             
               led
               forth
            
             ,
             having
             
               obliquely
               presented
               inwards
            
             ,
             and
             the
             
               file
               drawn
               crosse
            
             the
             front
             of
             pikes
             ,
             being
             presented
             direct
             Rank-wise
             :
             upon
             the
             first
             Command
             ,
             they
             are
             all
             to
             
               give
               fire
            
             together
             ,
             and
             then
             to
             face
             after
             their
             
               bringers
               up
            
             ;
             who
             leade
             their
             files
             directly
             into
             their
             places
             .
             This
             done
             ,
             they
             face
             to
             their
             
               proper
               front
            
             againe
             ;
             the
             other
             files
             (
             in
             the
             meane
             time
             )
             leading
             forth
             after
             the
             same
             manner
             .
             These
             having
             done
             their
             execution
             ,
             are
             to
             returne
             into
             their
             places
             :
             being
             
               led
               off
            
             by
             their
             
               bringers
               up
            
             (
             as
             is
             aforesaid
             )
             .
             The
             rest
             of
             the
             
             files
             ,
             after
             the
             same
             manner
             ,
             firing
             and
             returning
             :
             untill
             they
             have
             all
             
               given
               fire
            
             ;
             and
             then
             they
             will
             be
             all
             reduced
             ,
             as
             at
             first
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XCV
             .
          
           
             A
             firing
             oblique
             ,
             by
             foure
             files
             together
             ,
             in
             forme
             of
             a
             W.
             
          
           
             ALL
             the
             commendations
             ,
             that
             may
             be
             given
             of
             these
             
               oblique
               Figures
            
             ,
             is
             that
             they
             
               powre
               out
               a
               great
               deale
               of
               shot
               at
               once
               ;
               and
               may
               quickly
               be
               reduced
               to
               their
               places
               .
            
             Notwithstanding
             ,
             they
             are
             a
             great
             weakening
             to
             the
             bodie
             ,
             if
             any
             sudden
             accident
             should
             happen
             before
             they
             are
             setled
             in
             their
             former
             stations
             .
             Neverthelesse
             I
             shall
             leave
             them
             to
             themselues
             ;
             and
             if
             they
             be
             found
             to
             hold
             out
             weight
             ,
             I
             shall
             not
             grudge
             that
             I
             have
             given
             them
             roome
             amongst
             the
             rest
             .
             But
             if
             they
             prove
             too
             light
             ,
             let
             them
             be
             as
             lightly
             respected
             ,
             yet
             beare
             somewhat
             with
             them
             ,
             for
             their
             antiquitie
             .
             The
             way
             to
             make
             the
             figure
             ,
             is
             as
             followeth
             .
             The
             
               two
               innermost
               files
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             on
             each
             
               flanke
               ,
               march
            
             forth
             (
             each
             of
             them
             being
             led
             by
             an
             Officer
             )
             untill
             they
             have
             taken
             their
             places
             .
             Then
             the
             Officers
             that
             led
             forth
             the
             
               two
               middlemost
               files
            
             ,
             are
             to
             returne
             to
             their
             places
             againe
             ;
             the
             Serjeants
             that
             led
             forth
             the
             
               outermost
               files
            
             ,
             standing
             to
             see
             them
             do
             their
             execution
             .
             Yet
             before
             the
             Muskettiers
             have
             
             order
             to
             
               give
               fire
            
             ,
             obserue
             the
             manner
             of
             their
             standing
             ,
             by
             the
             following
             Figure
             .
          
           
           
             The
             Muskettiers
             having
             presented
             ,
             according
             to
             their
             directions
             ;
             they
             
               give
               fire
            
             all
             together
             ;
             and
             then
             suddenly
             facing
             after
             their
             
               bringers
               up
               ;
               march
            
             downe
             into
             their
             places
             ;
             the
             
               next
               two
               files
            
             of
             each
             flanke
             ,
             in
             the
             interim
             of
             their
             marching
             away
             ,
             are
             to
             move
             forwards
             to
             their
             ground
             :
             where
             they
             are
             ,
             in
             like
             manner
             to
             
               give
               fire
            
             :
             and
             then
             to
             take
             their
             places
             ,
             as
             aforesaid
             .
             The
             rest
             of
             the
             files
             of
             Muskettiers
             (
             if
             you
             have
             more
             )
             must
             then
             move
             forwards
             ,
             and
             do
             the
             like
             .
             And
             in
             this
             sort
             ,
             may
             the
             
               Muskettiers
               give
               fire
               ,
               once
               ,
               twice
               ,
            
             or
             oftner
             over
             :
             each
             firing
             ,
             being
             a
             reducement
             to
             it selfe
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XCVI
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             Fort
             Battell
             ;
             the
             way
             to
             make
             ,
             and
             to
             reduce
             it
             .
          
           
             THe
             figure
             of
             the
             Fort-battell
             ,
             is
             an
             
               oblique
               firing
            
             :
             and
             taketh
             its
             denomination
             rather
             from
             the
             〈…〉
             the
             strength
             of
             a
             Fort.
             It
             s
             chiefe
             use
             ,
             is
             for
             the
             entertainment
             of
             some
             great
             personage
             or
             Commander
             in
             the
             field
             :
             who
             being
             received
             into
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             divisions
             of
             Pikes
             ;
             the
             Muskettiers
             may
             present
             and
             
               give
               fire
            
             ,
             altogether
             in
             one
             vollie
             .
             Or
             if
             they
             would
             have
             the
             
               Muskettiers
               give
               fire
            
             ,
             one
             after
             another
             ;
             then
             the
             vollies
             by
             succession
             (
             which
             some
             call
             the
             Peale
             )
             will
             be
             the
             best
             .
             If
             there
             be
             more
             Muskettiers
             ,
             then
             will
             serve
             to
             make
             up
             the
             figure
             single
             ;
             they
             may
             also
             
               give
               fire
            
             with
             the
             rest
             :
             
               presenting
               obliquely
            
             betweene
             the
             distance
             of
             their
             leaders
             .
             The
             way
             to
             make
             this
             figure
             ,
             is
             as
             followeth
             .
             First
             ,
             
               draw
               forth
            
             the
             
               outmost
               files
            
             (
             of
             Muskettiers
             )
             on
             each
             flanke
             ,
             in
             forme
             of
             an
             
               hollow
               wedge
            
             ,
             before
             the
             front
             of
             pikes
             .
             Then
             ,
             cause
             the
             
               next
               two
               outmost
               files
            
             ,
             to
             
               face
               about
            
             ;
             and
             to
             follow
             their
             
               bringers
               up
            
             ,
             in
             the
             same
             forme
             to
             the
             Reere
             .
             Then
             ,
             let
             the
             
               last
               two
               files
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             (
             on
             each
             flanke
             )
             be
             drawne
             after
             their
             file-leaders
             ,
             in
             the
             same
             manner
             and
             forme
             ,
             to
             the
             flanks
             .
             The
             Muskettiers
             being
             thus
             ordered
             ,
             and
             all
             
               presented
               obliquely
               outwards
            
             ,
             command
             the
             
               two
               first
            
             ,
             and
             
               two
               last
               ranks
            
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             to
             stand
             ;
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Pikes
             ,
             to
             face
             to
             the
             
             right
             and
             left
             :
             and
             so
             to
             march
             ,
             untill
             they
             are
             cleare
             off
             the
             other
             pikes
             which
             stand
             .
             Then
             ,
             command
             the
             Pikes
             which
             moved
             ,
             to
             double
             their
             files
             to
             the
             right
             .
             Lastly
             ,
             command
             all
             the
             Pike-men
             to
             
               face
               outward
            
             ;
             each
             division
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             after
             their
             hollow
             〈◊〉
             of
             Muskettiers
             .
             Or
             else
             ,
             let
             them
             face
             all
             inward
             to
             the
             
               Center
               ▪
            
             and
             then
             the
             Body
             will
             stand
             in
             forme
             of
             the
             following
             figure
             .
          
           
           
           
             Having
             fired
             upon
             this
             figure
             ,
             there
             is
             no
             manner
             of
             
               wheeling
               off
            
             :
             because
             the
             forme
             is
             still
             to
             be
             continued
             .
             But
             when
             you
             come
             to
             reducement
             ,
             first
             face
             all
             the
             Pikes
             to
             their
             
               proper
               front
            
             ,
             (
             that
             is
             ,
             unto
             the
             place
             ,
             where
             you
             finde
             the
             
               proper
               file-leaders
            
             .
             Secondly
             ,
             let
             the
             Pikes
             which
             are
             
               flankers
               ,
               double
            
             their
             rankes
             to
             the
             left
             :
             and
             so
             close
             their
             divisions
             .
             Then
             the
             Pikes
             will
             be
             reduced
             .
             For
             the
             Muskettiers
             ,
             first
             command
             those
             on
             the
             flanke
             ,
             to
             
               leade
               up
            
             their
             files
             in
             their
             due
             places
             ,
             close
             to
             the
             Pikes
             .
             Next
             ,
             command
             the
             Muskettiers
             of
             the
             reere
             ,
             to
             sleeve
             up
             on
             each
             flanke
             by
             division
             .
             Lastly
             ,
             command
             the
             Muskettiers
             before
             the
             front
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             to
             face
             after
             their
             
               bringers
               up
            
             ,
             and
             to
             march
             downe
             into
             their
             places
             .
             Lastly
             facing
             to
             their
             leader
             ,
             they
             are
             all
             reduced
             ,
             as
             at
             first
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XCVII
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             crosse
             Battell
             ;
             the
             way
             to
             make
             it
             with
             a
             private
             Company
             .
             How
             to
             fire
             upon
             it
             :
             and
             to
             reduce
             it
             .
          
           
             THe
             
               Crosse
               Battell
            
             ,
             though
             it
             must
             needs
             shew
             thinne
             ,
             (
             in
             regard
             that
             the
             number
             is
             not
             sufficient
             ,
             to
             expresse
             the
             worth
             of
             the
             Figure
             )
             yet
             may
             the
             forme
             be
             very
             usefull
             ,
             with
             a
             
               larger
               body
            
             ,
             and
             the
             Muskettiers
             may
             give
             fire
             ,
             two
             ,
             three
             ,
             or
             foure
             waies
             at
             once
             upon
             it
             :
             Yea
             ,
             if
             the
             number
             were
             as
             opulent
             ,
             as
             the
             Figure
             is
             excellent
             ,
             then
             they
             
             might
             fire
             twelve
             severall
             wayes
             together
             .
             This
             notwithstanding
             ,
             I
             spare
             to
             speake
             further
             to
             what
             may
             be
             done
             ;
             and
             come
             to
             shew
             what
             I
             intend
             in
             it
             .
             Concerning
             this
             Figure
             ,
             the
             waies
             to
             fire
             upon
             it
             ,
             are
             ordinarily
             two
             .
             The
             first
             ,
             when
             the
             Muskettiers
             give
             fire
             ,
             and
             then
             place
             themselves
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             
               owne
               divisions
            
             of
             Muskets
             .
             The
             second
             way
             is
             ,
             after
             that
             they
             have
             fired
             ,
             to
             place
             them
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             Pikes
             :
             the
             Pikes
             maintaining
             the
             Muskettiers
             ground
             .
             The
             words
             of
             Command
             which
             produce
             the
             Figure
             ,
             are
             as
             followeth
             .
          
           
             
               The
               two
               first
               rankes
               ,
               wheele
               your
               front
               into
               the
               midst
               .
            
             
               The
               two
               last
               ranks
               ,
               wheele
               your
               reere
               into
               the
               midst
               .
            
             
               The
               rest
               of
               the
               body
               ,
               face
               to
               the
               right
               and
               left
               :
               and
               so
               march
               ,
               untill
               the
               reere-Angles
               meete
               .
            
             
               Then
               let
               the
               Commander
               goe
               into
               the
               midst
               ,
               (
               or
               Center
               )
               and
               face
               the
               whole
               Company
               to
               him
               :
               giving
               tm
               such
               direction
               ,
               as
               is
               meete
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               being
               all
               faced
               about
               to
               the
               right
               ,
               the
               body
               will
               stand
               like
               the
               following
               Figure
               .
            
          
           
           
             This
             
               crosse
               Battell
            
             being
             faced
             to
             the
             
               front
               ,
               reere
            
             ,
             and
             flankes
             ,
             and
             the
             Muskettiers
             commanded
             to
             give
             fire
             :
             one
             way
             of
             placing
             them
             ,
             is
             ,
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             
               own
               divisions
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             ;
             for
             that
             hereby
             ,
             the
             Muskettiers
             will
             still
             continue
             their
             places
             .
             For
             the
             second
             way
             ,
             after
             that
             the
             first
             rankes
             have
             given
             fire
             ,
             let
             them
             wheele
             all
             off
             to
             the
             right
             (
             or
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             if
             the
             number
             be
             large
             )
             and
             place
             
             themselves
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             Pikes
             ,
             each
             ranke
             moving
             forwards
             ,
             and
             maintaining
             their
             
               leaders
               ground
            
             .
             The
             second
             ranke
             ,
             in
             like
             manner
             ,
             is
             to
             fire
             ,
             and
             to
             take
             their
             places
             after
             the
             Muskettiers
             ,
             which
             fired
             and
             
               wheeled
               off
            
             last
             before
             them
             .
             The
             rest
             ,
             successively
             ,
             are
             to
             doe
             the
             like
             ,
             untill
             all
             the
             shot
             have
             fired
             ,
             and
             are
             wheeled
             away
             againe
             .
             Then
             let
             the
             Pikes
             charge
             ,
             &c.
             
             If
             any
             object
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             
               dangerous
               to
               have
               so
               large
               distance
               betweene
               the
               fronts
               of
               each
               firing
               :
            
             then
             ,
             if
             you
             have
             files
             enow
             ,
             yo
             u
             may
             draw
             two
             or
             three
             files
             of
             each
             Arme
             ;
             crosse
             the
             divisions
             from
             the
             Angle
             of
             one
             front
             to
             the
             other
             :
             and
             so
             facing
             of
             them
             outward
             ,
             they
             will
             make
             reasonable
             good
             defence
             on
             those
             parts
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             Having
             
               given
               fire
            
             upon
             the
             
               crosse
               battell
            
             ,
             and
             brought
             your
             Muskets
             to
             the
             reere
             of
             the
             Pikes
             :
             if
             you
             would
             reduce
             them
             ,
             passe
             into
             the
             midst
             of
             Center
             of
             the
             Figure
             ,
             and
             face
             all
             (
             both
             Muskettiers
             and
             Pikemen
             )
             to
             you
             ;
             and
             cause
             those
             which
             were
             the
             flankers
             ,
             to
             close
             their
             divisions
             .
             Next
             ,
             wheele
             the
             fronts
             into
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             two
             other
             divisions
             :
             then
             move
             to
             the
             
               front
               proper
            
             ,
             and
             face
             the
             whole
             body
             to
             you
             ,
             and
             so
             you
             shall
             have
             all
             your
             Muskettiers
             in
             the
             midst
             ;
             flanked
             with
             Pikes
             .
             If
             you
             would
             reduce
             them
             into
             their
             right
             places
             ,
             command
             the
             Muskettiers
             to
             face
             to
             the
             right
             and
             
               left
               outward
            
             ,
             the
             Pikes
             to
             face
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             inward
             :
             and
             so
             to
             
               passe
               through
            
             ,
             and
             
               interchange
               ground
            
             :
             thus
             being
             rightly
             faced
             ,
             they
             are
             reduced
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XCVIII
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             hollow-fronted
             Crosse
             Battell
             ,
             how
             to
             make
             it
             with
             a
             private
             Company
             :
             and
             the
             way
             to
             fire
             upon
             it
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             THis
             next
             Figure
             ,
             shall
             be
             of
             the
             
               hollow-fronted
               Crosse
            
             ;
             which
             is
             a
             
               stronger
               forme
            
             ,
             than
             that
             last
             shewne
             ,
             and
             yet
             thus
             much
             let
             me
             warne
             you
             of
             ,
             that
             there
             can
             be
             but
             little
             expectation
             of
             strength
             to
             be
             perceived
             ,
             in
             Battels
             formed
             with
             so
             small
             a
             number
             .
             This
             notwithstanding
             ,
             the
             ingenious
             Martialists
             can
             easily
             discerne
             those
             things
             ,
             which
             in
             warre
             may
             prove
             most
             usefull
             for
             his
             owne
             ,
             and
             his
             Countries
             benefit
             ;
             although
             they
             are
             here
             expressed
             to
             the
             publique
             view
             ,
             in
             so
             
               meane
               array
            
             ,
             and
             in
             such
             
               thinne
               numbers
            
             .
             Wherefore
             ,
             setting
             aside
             all
             Apologies
             and
             excuses
             ,
             I
             will
             briefly
             shew
             the
             words
             of
             Command
             and
             direction
             ,
             which
             will
             produce
             the
             following
             Figure
             .
          
           
             
               The
               two
               first
               rankes
               ,
               wheele
               your
               front
               into
               the
               midst
               .
            
             
               The
               two
               last
               ranks
               ,
               wheele
               your
               reere
               into
               the
               midst
               .
            
             
               The
               rest
               ,
               face
               to
               the
               right
               and
               left
               :
               and
               march
               untill
               they
               have
               made
               the
               perfect
               Crosse
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               cause
               the
               Muskettiers
               to
               flanke
               their
               Pikes
               :
               according
               to
               this
               following
               Figure
               .
            
          
           
           
             The
             severall
             directions
             for
             firing
             upon
             this
             Figure
             ,
             may
             be
             divers
             .
             But
             to
             avoyd
             distraction
             ,
             I
             will
             shew
             onely
             one
             way
             ;
             and
             that
             directed
             to
             the
             
               front
               ,
               reere
            
             ,
             and
             flankes
             .
             Neverthelesse
             (
             for
             varieties
             sake
             )
             you
             may
             cause
             them
             to
             
               give
               fire
            
             ,
             once
             over
             ,
             
               wheeling
               off
            
             by
             division
             ,
             and
             placing
             themselves
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             owne
             divisions
             ;
             still
             moving
             forwards
             into
             their
             
               leaders
               ground
            
             thereby
             to
             preserve
             the
             Figure
             in
             the
             same
             order
             .
          
           
             At
             the
             second
             time
             of
             firing
             ,
             cause
             the
             Pikes
             
             to
             move
             softly
             
               up
               ,
               even
            
             with
             the
             front
             of
             Muskettiers
             :
             porting
             as
             they
             advance
             forwards
             .
             The
             Muskettiers
             having
             fired
             ,
             and
             
               wheeled
               off
            
             ,
             are
             to
             place
             themselves
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             divisions
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             (
             whom
             before
             they
             flanked
             )
             every
             ranke
             of
             Muskettiers
             
               firing
               ,
               wheeling
               off
            
             ,
             and
             placing
             themselves
             ,
             as
             aforesaid
             .
             Lastly
             ,
             the
             Pikes
             having
             charged
             ,
             and
             againe
             readvanced
             ,
             the
             body
             will
             stand
             in
             the
             Figure
             of
             a
             perfect
             Crosse
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             reducement
             ,
             it
             is
             the
             same
             with
             the
             Crosse-Battell
             ,
             delivered
             in
             the
             97
             Chapter
             .
             Wherefore
             I
             shall
             need
             to
             adde
             no
             further
             directions
             in
             this
             place
             ,
             for
             the
             said
             reducement
             ,
             then
             ,
             that
             the
             
               flanke
               divisions
            
             are
             to
             be
             closed
             ,
             and
             the
             front
             and
             
               reere
               divisions
            
             to
             be
             wheeled
             :
             that
             the
             body
             may
             be
             againe
             returned
             into
             a
             square
             ,
             with
             the
             Muskettiers
             in
             the
             middle
             .
             All
             this
             being
             here
             taught
             ,
             I
             now
             proceed
             to
             shew
             one
             firing
             with
             the
             Muskettiers
             ,
             in
             that
             order
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XCIX
             .
          
           
             Of
             firing
             upon
             the
             square
             Battell
             ,
             flanked
             with
             Pikes
             .
          
           
             THe
             
               square
               battell
               flanked
               with
               Pikes
            
             ,
             must
             needs
             bee
             very
             safe
             for
             the
             Muskettiers
             as
             being
             a
             very
             able
             defence
             for
             the
             flankes
             ,
             against
             the
             incursions
             of
             the
             
               enemies
               horse
            
             .
             The
             Figure
             followeth
             ,
             just
             ●s
             the
             Muskettiers
             are
             in
             motion
             .
          
           
             depiction of 'a Square Battell '
          
           
             The
             wayes
             or
             manners
             of
             
               giving
               fire
            
             upon
             this
             figure
             ,
             are
             ordinarily
             three
             .
             The
             
               first
               firing
            
             is
             ,
             with
             the
             Aspect
             being
             directed
             to
             the
             front
             ;
             the
             
               Muskettiers
               wheeling
            
             ,
             either
             all
             off
             to
             the
             right
             ;
             or
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             as
             you
             perceive
             by
             this
             figure
             .
             The
             second
             is
             ,
             for
             the
             Muskettiers
             to
             
               give
               fire
            
             to
             the
             reere
             ,
             upon
             a
             march
             ;
             which
             they
             may
             easily
             do
             ,
             from
             this
             figure
             .
             The
             third
             is
             ,
             to
             
               give
               fire
            
             to
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             ,
             upon
             a
             stand
             ;
             the
             halfe-files
             being
             
               faced
               about
            
             .
          
           
             If
             the
             firing
             be
             performed
             to
             the
             front
             ,
             then
             every
             ranke
             is
             to
             march
             up
             into
             their
             
               leaders
               ground
            
             .
          
           
             If
             the
             firing
             be
             to
             the
             Reere
             ,
             upon
             a
             march
             ,
             then
             the
             ranks
             (
             contrariwise
             )
             
               close
               backwards
            
             towards
             the
             Reere
             :
             to
             make
             good
             the
             Battell
             ,
             on
             that
             part
             .
          
           
             If
             it
             be
             to
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             ,
             upon
             a
             stand
             ;
             then
             the
             
               Muskettiers
               march
               up
            
             into
             their
             
               leaders
               ground
            
             ;
             and
             those
             which
             have
             fired
             ,
             and
             are
             wheeled
             off
             ,
             
             place
             themselues
             in
             the
             Reere
             of
             their
             owne
             divisions
             .
          
           
             To
             write
             further
             of
             this
             firing
             ,
             were
             more
             then
             necessarie
             ,
             no
             one
             of
             these
             firings
             ,
             any
             wayes
             altering
             the
             figure
             ,
             but
             the
             Aspect
             onely
             .
             Neverthelesse
             ,
             if
             the
             Commander
             please
             ,
             he
             may
             after
             the
             firing
             in
             
               front
               ,
               wheele
            
             both
             flanks
             into
             the
             front
             ,
             and
             so
             
               charge
               pikes
            
             ;
             and
             from
             thence
             ,
             proceed
             to
             other
             firings
             .
          
           
             If
             the
             firing
             were
             in
             the
             reere
             ,
             he
             may
             wheele
             the
             flanks
             into
             the
             Reere
             ;
             and
             cause
             his
             pikes
             to
             charge
             that
             way
             .
          
           
             If
             the
             firing
             were
             to
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             ,
             he
             may
             wheele
             both
             flanks
             into
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             ;
             and
             so
             charge
             with
             his
             pikes
             ,
             both
             wayes
             .
             Which
             by
             Captaine
             Bingham
             is
             called
             Amphistomus
             .
          
           
             Before
             I
             come
             to
             reducement
             ,
             I
             shall
             proceed
             to
             the
             next
             firing
             in
             the
             ensuing
             Chapter
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             C.
             
          
           
             Of
             the
             Plinthium
             ,
             or
             foure-fronted-battell
             ;
             by
             us
             called
             the
             Crosse
             of
             Muskets
             ,
             flanked
             with
             Pikes
             .
          
           
             THe
             
               Foure-fronted
               Battell
            
             ,
             is
             a
             figure
             both
             steady
             and
             serviceable
             :
             being
             usefull
             as
             well
             for
             a
             march
             (
             thereby
             securing
             the
             carriage
             ,
             and
             all
             other
             such
             like
             necessaries
             )
             as
             for
             fight
             .
             For
             if
             it
             should
             so
             happen
             (
             as
             it
             often
             doth
             )
             that
             you
             should
             be
             charged
             in
             
               front
               ,
               reere
            
             ,
             and
             flanks
             ,
             all
             at
             one
             and
             the
             same
             time
             :
             then
             are
             there
             both
             Muskets
             and
             Pikes
             so
             placed
             ,
             that
             
             each
             Armes
             is
             assisting
             to
             the
             other
             .
             For
             seeing
             that
             neither
             Muskettiers
             nor
             Pikemen
             alone
             ,
             can
             be
             singly
             sufficient
             of
             themselues
             ,
             to
             withstand
             the
             able
             and
             resolute
             horseman
             (
             without
             great
             advantage
             of
             ground
             )
             on
             the
             contrary
             ,
             the
             Muskettiers
             and
             Pikes
             being
             conjoyned
             into
             one
             body
             ,
             and
             being
             well
             ordered
             ,
             they
             are
             not
             onely
             able
             to
             defen'd
             themselues
             against
             their
             furie
             ;
             but
             also
             to
             put
             them
             to
             the
             worser
             .
             Yet
             this
             must
             not
             be
             understood
             ,
             of
             raw
             and
             
               unskitfull
               Souldiers
            
             ,
             whose
             ignorance
             is
             cause
             of
             diffidence
             ;
             but
             of
             
               hardy
               ,
               experienced
            
             ,
             and
             well
             exercised
             men
             ,
             such
             as
             know
             well
             how
             to
             demeane
             themselues
             couragiously
             ,
             in
             time
             of
             fight
             .
          
           
             The
             words
             of
             Command
             and
             direction
             ,
             which
             produce
             the
             figure
             ,
             are
             as
             followeth
             .
          
           
             
             Halfe-files
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             face
             to
             the
             Reere
             ,
             and
             march
             untill
             they
             are
             cleare
             of
             the
             last
             ranke
             of
             Muskettiers
             .
          
           
             Secondly
             ,
             command
             ,
          
           
             Halfe-files
             of
             Muskettiers
             ,
             face
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             (
             then
             )
             march
             betweene
             the
             divisions
             of
             Pikes
             .
          
           
             Thirdly
             ,
             command
             ,
          
           
             Left
             halfe-ranks
             of
             the
             first
             division
             of
             Muskets
             ,
             face
             to
             the
             Reere
             ,
             and
             march
             betweene
             the
             Reere
             divisions
             of
             Pikes
             .
          
           
             Lastly
             ,
          
           
             Having
             evened
             their
             
               ranks
               ,
               straitened
            
             their
             files
             ,
             and
             closed
             their
             divisions
             to
             an
             
               equall
               distance
            
             ,
             and
             being
             rightly
             faced
             ;
             the
             body
             will
             stand
             like
             the
             following
             figure
             .
          
           
           
             
             The
             manner
             of
             the
             firing
             ,
             may
             easily
             be
             apprehended
             by
             the
             figure
             ;
             the
             
               Muskettiers
               giving
               fire
            
             in
             ranke
             ,
             and
             wheeling
             all
             off
             to
             the
             right
             :
             do
             then
             passe
             downe
             their
             Intervals
             ,
             under
             the
             favour
             of
             their
             pikes
             ;
             and
             placing
             themselues
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             
               owne
               divisions
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             ;
             the
             
               pikes
               charging
            
             at
             discretion
             .
             Having
             
               fired
               ,
               once
               ,
               twice
            
             ,
             or
             oftener
             over
             ,
             and
             still
             maintaining
             the
             same
             ground
             ,
             the
             figure
             wil
             continue
             to
             be
             the
             same
             .
          
           
             If
             the
             reere
             part
             of
             the
             battell
             ,
             were
             by
             any
             means
             secured
             ;
             so
             that
             you
             need
             
               give
               fire
            
             but
             three
             wayes
             ,
             then
             the
             front-halfe-files
             of
             Muskettiers
             ,
             might
             have
             beene
             preserved
             intire
             .
          
           
           
             This
             Plinthium
             ,
             or
             
               foure-fronted
               Battell
            
             ,
             may
             as
             well
             be
             made
             with
             the
             Muskettiers
             in
             the
             Angles
             :
             the
             pikes
             making
             the
             crosse
             ;
             this
             kinde
             of
             Command
             ,
             alwayes
             making
             the
             crosse
             of
             the
             Armes
             ,
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Battell
             .
          
           
             After
             that
             you
             have
             
               given
               fire
            
             at
             discretion
             ,
             upon
             this
             figure
             ,
             and
             charged
             your
             pikes
             ,
             if
             you
             would
             reduce
             them
             to
             the
             first
             
               square
               ,
               command
            
             the
             whole
             body
             to
             face
             to
             the
             
               front
               proper
            
             .
          
           
             Secondly
             ,
             command
             the
             Muskettiers
             in
             the
             reere
             ,
             to
             
               march
               up
            
             on
             the
             left
             of
             the
             Muskettiers
             in
             front
             :
             the
             pikes
             being
             first
             opened
             ,
             to
             give
             them
             place
             .
          
           
             Thirdly
             ,
             cause
             the
             Muskettiers
             in
             flanke
             ,
             to
             
               face
               inward
            
             :
             and
             to
             close
             their
             divisions
             .
          
           
             Lastly
             ,
             cause
             the
             pikes
             to
             
               march
               up
            
             ;
             placing
             themselues
             
               right
               after
            
             their
             leaders
             .
          
           
             This
             being
             done
             ,
             the
             body
             will
             be
             brought
             againe
             into
             a
             
               sollid
               square
               ,
               flanked
            
             with
             pikes
             .
             I
             forbeare
             further
             to
             reduce
             them
             ,
             untill
             I
             shew
             the
             
               next
               figure
            
             .
             Yet
             ,
             for
             further
             satisfaction
             to
             any
             that
             shall
             require
             it
             :
             command
             your
             Muskettiers
             to
             face
             to
             the
             right
             and
             
               left
               outward
            
             ;
             the
             pikes
             ,
             to
             
               face
               inward
            
             ,
             and
             so
             to
             
               interchange
               ground
            
             ;
             and
             then
             being
             rightly
             faced
             ,
             they
             are
             reduced
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             CI.
             
          
           
             Of
             the
             Hollow
             Square
             for
             March.
             
          
           
             SVndry
             formes
             there
             be
             which
             go
             under
             the
             denomination
             of
             the
             
               hollow
               Square
            
             ;
             and
             very
             diversly
             they
             may
             be
             framed
             .
             Some
             are
             
               hollow
               ,
               impalled
            
             with
             pikes
             ;
             the
             pikes
             ,
             againe
             ,
             girdled
             with
             shot
             :
             Other
             Squares
             ,
             are
             made
             with
             shot
             ,
             and
             they
             impalled
             with
             pikes
             .
             Some
             ,
             againe
             ,
             with
             divisions
             of
             Muskettiers
             and
             pikes
             :
             orderly
             mixt
             with
             an
             hollow
             in
             the
             midst
             .
             A
             fourth
             sort
             is
             ,
             when
             each
             Armes
             are
             divided
             by
             themselues
             :
             as
             when
             the
             pikes
             make
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             ,
             and
             the
             Muskettiers
             the
             wings
             .
             A
             fifth
             way
             is
             ,
             when
             the
             
               Muskettiers
               leade
            
             in
             front
             and
             reere
             ;
             and
             the
             pikes
             make
             both
             the
             flanks
             .
             All
             these
             wayes
             are
             very
             necessary
             and
             usefull
             ;
             as
             the
             
               time
               ,
               occasion
            
             ,
             or
             place
             shall
             give
             cause
             ;
             or
             the
             judgement
             of
             the
             Commander
             shall
             see
             fitting
             .
             Neverthelesse
             ,
             the
             
               hollow
               battell
            
             which
             I
             now
             intend
             to
             demonstrate
             unto
             you
             ,
             is
             especially
             usefull
             for
             a
             march
             :
             whereby
             to
             secure
             the
             carriage
             ,
             as
             likewise
             to
             preserve
             the
             sicke
             and
             wounded
             ;
             it
             may
             also
             serue
             ,
             for
             the
             Commander
             to
             consult
             with
             his
             Officers
             or
             to
             make
             any
             speech
             or
             Oration
             ,
             to
             the
             Souldiers
             .
             Or
             the
             Ensigne
             may
             in
             signe
             of
             
               triumph
               ,
               display
            
             his
             Co●●urs
             in
             the
             midst
             :
             upon
             a
             march
             after
             Skirmish
             .
          
           
             The
             way
             to
             make
             this
             figure
             (
             the
             Muskettiers
             being
             in
             the
             midst
             )
             is
             as
             followeth
             .
             First
             command
             the
             
             
               Halfe-files
               of
               Muskettiers
               ,
               to
               face
               to
               the
               reere
               :
            
          
           
             Then
             command
             all
             the
             
               
                 Muskettiers
                 to
                 march
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Pikes
                 to
                 stand
                 .
              
            
          
           
             When
             they
             are
             cleare
             of
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             of
             the
             Pikes
             ,
             let
             them
             
               stand
               ▪
            
             and
             face
             all
             to
             the
             
               front
               proper
            
             :
             and
             it
             produceth
             this
             following
             figure
             .
          
           
           
             If
             you
             would
             
               give
               fire
            
             upon
             this
             figure
             ,
             to
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             ,
             it
             may
             be
             done
             marching
             .
             But
             ,
             more
             properly
             ,
             standing
             ;
             by
             facing
             the
             halfe-files
             (
             both
             Muskettiers
             and
             Pikes
             )
             to
             the
             reere
             .
             Then
             the
             command
             
             being
             given
             ,
             to
             present
             ,
             and
             
               give
               fire
            
             ;
             they
             
               wheele
               off
            
             .
             by
             division
             :
             placing
             themselues
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             
               owne
               divisions
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             ;
             each
             
               ranke
               moving
               forwards
            
             into
             their
             
               leaders
               ground
            
             ,
             and
             doing
             the
             like
             .
             If
             you
             should
             
               give
               fire
            
             ,
             and
             not
             
               move
               forwards
            
             into
             your
             
               leaders
               ground
            
             ;
             then
             the
             Muskettiers
             would
             fill
             the
             hollow
             in
             the
             middest
             ;
             betweene
             the
             Pikes
             .
             Neverthelesse
             ,
             suppose
             the
             figure
             still
             to
             continue
             to
             be
             the
             same
             .
             Because
             I
             will
             now
             come
             to
             the
             reducement
             :
             and
             the
             rather
             ,
             for
             that
             I
             have
             not
             done
             it
             ,
             since
             I
             began
             with
             the
             
               Hollow-fronted
               Crosse
            
             .
             But
             now
             (
             so
             please
             you
             )
             I
             will
             reduce
             all
             ,
             by
             a
             firing
             .
             And
             to
             that
             end
             ,
             first
             close
             your
             divisions
             of
             Pikes
             ;
             and
             then
             the
             Muskettiers
             will
             be
             all
             in
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             .
          
           
             Secondly
             ,
             cause
             the
             halfe-files
             (
             both
             Muskettiers
             and
             pikes
             )
             to
             face
             to
             the
             Reere
             .
             Then
             ,
             cause
             the
             Muskettiers
             (
             both
             of
             front
             and
             reere
             )
             to
             
               give
               fire
               ;
               wheeling
               off
            
             by
             division
             ,
             and
             flanking
             their
             pikes
             .
             When
             they
             have
             fired
             all
             over
             ,
             the
             Pikes
             may
             charge
             :
             who
             being
             againe
             advanced
             ,
             and
             all
             faced
             to
             the
             
               front
               proper
            
             ,
             they
             are
             all
             reduced
             (
             as
             at
             first
             )
             into
             the
             
               ordinary
               Square
               ,
               flanked
               with
               Muskets
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             CII
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             hollow
             Hearse
             ,
             and
             the
             Crosse
             .
          
           
             THe
             Hearse-Battell
             ,
             by
             the
             Greekes
             called
             Orthophalanx
             ,
             (
             as
             in
             Aelian
             )
             is
             ,
             
               when
               the
               depth
               doth
               manifold
               exceede
               the
               length
               ,
               thrice
               at
               the
               least
               .
            
             It
             may
             be
             made
             ,
             either
             sollid
             or
             hollow
             ,
             at
             the
             discretion
             of
             the
             Commander
             .
             And
             notwithstanding
             that
             this
             Figure
             (
             simply
             of
             it selfe
             )
             hath
             ever
             beene
             accounted
             weake
             (
             as
             bringing
             but
             few
             hands
             to
             fight
             )
             neverthelesse
             being
             conjoyned
             with
             the
             Crosse
             ,
             it
             may
             prove
             serviceable
             .
             True
             it
             is
             ,
             that
             being
             exprest
             by
             so
             small
             a
             number
             ,
             the
             strength
             of
             it
             cannot
             so
             evidently
             be
             discerned
             :
             which
             ,
             were
             the
             number
             more
             ,
             each
             division
             would
             appeare
             to
             be
             the
             stronger
             ,
             both
             for
             offence
             and
             defence
             .
             But
             I
             have
             onely
             taken
             upon
             me
             ,
             to
             shew
             the
             
               severall
               formes
            
             and
             figures
             of
             battell
             ,
             which
             may
             be
             formed
             ,
             and
             practised
             by
             a
             
               private
               Company
            
             :
             as
             having
             limited
             my selfe
             ,
             not
             to
             exceed
             the
             number
             of
             128
             men
             .
             Wherefore
             my
             request
             must
             be
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Courteous
               Reader
            
             ,
             when
             he
             shall
             finde
             that
             any
             Figure
             for
             want
             of
             number
             ,
             shall
             looke
             thinne
             ,
             (
             or
             poore
             )
             he
             will
             there
             be
             pleased
             to
             clothe
             it
             in
             a
             larger
             number
             :
             for
             that
             thereby
             the
             Battell
             will
             appeare
             the
             more
             sollid
             ,
             and
             the
             beholder
             become
             the
             better
             satisfied
             .
          
           
           
             This
             Figure
             may
             be
             usefull
             upon
             a
             march
             ,
             for
             a
             Convoy
             :
             the
             
               hollow
               parts
            
             thereof
             ,
             being
             very
             commodious
             ,
             to
             secure
             the
             carriage
             :
             the
             men
             also
             are
             very
             well
             disposed
             to
             helpe
             and
             assist
             each
             other
             ,
             in
             whatsoever
             part
             it
             should
             happen
             them
             to
             be
             assailed
             .
          
           
             The
             words
             of
             Command
             and
             direction
             which
             produce
             the
             Figure
             ,
             are
             as
             follow
             .
          
           
             
               Wheele
               front
               and
               reere
               into
               the
               left
               flanke
               .
            
          
           
             That
             done
             ,
             face
             them
             as
             before
             ,
             and
             the
             Muskettiers
             will
             be
             in
             
               front
               ,
               midst
            
             ,
             and
             reere
             .
          
           
             Next
             ,
             open
             the
             Muskettiers
             in
             the
             midst
             ,
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             and
             cause
             them
             to
             double
             their
             rankes
             to
             the
             left
             .
          
           
             Then
             cause
             the
             front-halfe-files
             of
             the
             
               front
               division
            
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             to
             open
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             :
             and
             the
             
               reere
               halfe-files
            
             of
             the
             
               reere
               division
            
             of
             Pikes
             to
             doe
             the
             like
             .
          
           
             Then
             ,
             having
             evened
             their
             rankes
             ,
             and
             straightened
             their
             files
             ,
             and
             being
             faced
             to
             their
             leader
             ,
             the
             body
             will
             stand
             in
             forme
             ,
             like
             this
             Figure
             .
          
           
           
           
             If
             so
             be
             ,
             you
             will
             
               give
               fire
            
             upon
             this
             Figure
             ,
             you
             may
             doe
             it
             
               any
               way
            
             ,
             or
             
               every
               way
            
             .
             If
             you
             
               give
               fire
            
             to
             the
             
               front
               ,
               reere
            
             ,
             and
             flankes
             ;
             then
             let
             your
             Muskettiers
             wheele
             all
             off
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             and
             place
             themselves
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             
               own
               divisions
            
             .
             If
             you
             would
             still
             preserve
             the
             Figure
             ,
             then
             let
             every
             ranke
             (
             before
             they
             
               give
               fire
               )
               march
               up
            
             into
             their
             
               leaders
               ground
            
             .
          
           
             Having
             either
             marched
             ,
             or
             skirmished
             upon
             this
             Figure
             ,
             (
             or
             both
             )
             and
             then
             would
             come
             to
             reducement
             ,
             First
             ,
             face
             all
             the
             
               whole
               body
            
             to
             the
             proper
             front
             ,
             and
             cause
             the
             Pikes
             that
             are
             flankers
             ,
             to
             
               face
               inwards
            
             ,
             and
             to
             close
             their
             divisions
             .
             This
             being
             done
             ,
             cause
             the
             Muskettiers
             which
             are
             in
             the
             middle
             part
             of
             the
             Battaile
             ,
             to
             double
             their
             files
             to
             the
             right
             .
             Secondly
             ,
             let
             them
             
               face
               inward
            
             ,
             and
             close
             their
             division
             .
             Next
             ,
             let
             them
             face
             all
             to
             their
             leader
             ,
             and
             
               wheele
               front
            
             and
             reere
             into
             the
             
               right
               flanke
               ▪
            
             which
             being
             done
             ,
             and
             they
             faced
             again
             to
             the
             
               front
               proper
            
             ;
             they
             will
             be
             reduced
             into
             the
             
               ordinary
               square
            
             ;
             the
             Pikes
             being
             flanked
             with
             the
             Muskettiers
             ,
             as
             at
             first
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             CIII
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             Hollow
             Square
             ,
             girdled
             with
             shot
             .
          
           
             THe
             
               Hollow
               Square
               Girdled
               with
               shot
            
             ,
             is
             a
             Figure
             to
             be
             used
             at
             such
             times
             of
             necessity
             ,
             as
             the
             Commander
             shall
             see
             occasion
             :
             who
             well
             knowing
             ,
             that
             hee
             shall
             be
             enforced
             to
             
             fight
             ,
             having
             found
             some
             commodious
             advantage
             or
             
               ground
               ,
               drawes
               forth
            
             his
             battell
             into
             this
             forme
             and
             array
             .
             The
             use
             whereof
             is
             ,
             that
             within
             the
             hollow
             parts
             of
             it
             ,
             he
             may
             convey
             such
             of
             his
             carriage
             ,
             or
             whatsoever
             else
             may
             not
             prove
             usefull
             for
             the
             strengthening
             of
             some
             part
             of
             the
             battell
             .
             Having
             drawne
             his
             men
             speedily
             into
             this
             forme
             ,
             lest
             that
             the
             enemy
             should
             take
             the
             advantage
             ,
             to
             breake
             their
             order
             by
             entring
             at
             any
             of
             the
             Angles
             ,
             they
             are
             speedily
             to
             
               cast
               up
               a
               Rampart
               of
               earth
               ,
            
             in
             each
             of
             those
             parts
             of
             the
             Angles
             .
             Or
             if
             they
             have
             not
             time
             ,
             (
             or
             that
             the
             ground
             be
             not
             fit
             )
             they
             may
             supply
             that
             defect
             by
             placing
             some
             of
             their
             Wagons
             ,
             Carts
             ,
             or
             other
             of
             their
             Carriage
             ,
             so
             orderly
             ,
             that
             it
             may
             be
             sufficient
             to
             fortifie
             those
             parts
             ,
             which
             are
             the
             weakest
             .
             This
             Figure
             ,
             may
             be
             as
             well
             made
             with
             the
             Pikes
             foremost
             :
             but
             because
             that
             the
             Musketiers
             may
             more
             commodiously
             fight
             before
             their
             Pikes
             ,
             and
             with
             
               lesse
               danger
            
             to
             their
             owne
             body
             :
             therefore
             I
             conceive
             it
             fittest
             ,
             at
             first
             to
             place
             them
             in
             front
             of
             their
             Pikes
             .
             And
             if
             the
             enemy
             shall
             too
             hotly
             presse
             them
             with
             his
             horse
             ;
             then
             ,
             at
             the
             discretion
             of
             the
             Commander
             ,
             they
             may
             safely
             retreate
             behinde
             their
             Pikes
             ;
             the
             Pikemen
             
               making
               good
            
             the
             ground
             of
             the
             Muskettiers
             .
             For
             better
             satisfaction
             ,
             observe
             the
             direction
             to
             make
             the
             following
             Figure
             .
             First
             ,
             command
             a
             Serjeant
             to
             
               draw
               forth
            
             all
             the
             *
             
               odde
               files
            
             of
             the
             right
             flank
             ,
             (
             both
             Muskettiers
             and
             Pikes
             )
             and
             wheele
             them
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             
             crosse
             the
             front
             .
             That
             being
             done
             ,
             command
             the
             
               odde
               files
            
             of
             the
             
               left
               flanke
            
             ,
             (
             as
             well
             Muskettiers
             as
             Pikes
             )
             to
             face
             to
             the
             reere
             ,
             and
             let
             them
             in
             like
             manner
             be
             wheeled
             to
             the
             
               left
               ,
               crosse
            
             the
             reere
             ,
             following
             their
             
               Bringers
               up
            
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             body
             ,
             that
             remaines
             
               undrawne
               forth
            
             :
             let
             them
             close
             to
             the
             right
             and
             
               left
               outward
            
             ;
             untill
             the
             Reere-Angles
             of
             each
             division
             ,
             stand
             
               diagonally
               opposite
            
             to
             each
             other
             .
             Then
             ,
             let
             them
             be
             all
             commanded
             to
             face
             to
             the
             Center
             or
             midst
             of
             the
             
               hollow
               square
            
             ;
             where
             the
             Commander
             is
             to
             give
             them
             such
             
               incouragement
               &
               directiōs
            
             ,
             as
             shal
             be
             meet
             .
          
           
             Lastly
             ,
             let
             all
             face
             about
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             and
             present
             .
          
           
           
           
             For
             the
             manner
             of
             firing
             upon
             this
             Figure
             ,
             it
             is
             as
             followeth
             .
             The
             
               first
               ranke
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             (
             to
             each
             front
             )
             having
             presented
             and
             
               given
               fire
            
             ,
             they
             are
             to
             wheele
             all
             off
             to
             the
             right
             .
             And
             because
             that
             eight
             or
             tenne
             men
             ,
             are
             too
             many
             to
             
               wheele
               downe
            
             one
             Intervalle
             ,
             (
             for
             that
             they
             will
             bee
             so
             long
             ,
             before
             they
             can
             cleere
             the
             front
             )
             therefore
             you
             may
             cause
             Intervalles
             to
             be
             made
             ,
             betweene
             the
             midst
             of
             each
             division
             ,
             as
             you
             may
             perceive
             in
             the
             Figure
             .
             The
             
               first
               ranke
            
             having
             fired
             ,
             and
             
               wheeled
               off
            
             ,
             the
             
               next
               ranks
            
             are
             to
             
               move
               forwards
            
             into
             their
             ground
             :
             they
             which
             
               wheeled
               off
            
             ,
             in
             the
             meane
             time
             placing
             themselves
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             
               owne
               divisions
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             .
             The
             
               next
               ranke
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             having
             fired
             in
             like
             manner
             ,
             are
             to
             
               wheele
               off
            
             ,
             and
             to
             place
             themselves
             ,
             as
             aforesaid
             :
             the
             
               rest
               of
               the
               rankes
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             ,
             (
             successively
             )
             are
             to
             doe
             the
             like
             ,
             untill
             they
             have
             all
             
               given
               fire
            
             ,
             (
             once
             or
             oftner
             over
             )
             that
             way
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             occasion
             .
             And
             in
             this
             interim
             may
             the
             Bow-pikemen
             be
             bountifull
             in
             bestowing
             their
             showers
             of
             arrowes
             ,
             amongst
             the
             thickest
             of
             their
             enemies
             .
          
           
             If
             the
             horse
             prevaile
             so
             much
             ,
             that
             the
             Muskettiers
             may
             not
             endure
             to
             beare
             the
             brunt
             of
             them
             :
             then
             let
             the
             Muskettiers
             (
             after
             they
             have
             
               fired
               )
               wheele
               off
            
             ,
             and
             place
             themselues
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             following
             divisions
             of
             pikes
             :
             they
             
               moving
               forwards
            
             ,
             and
             maintaining
             the
             
               Muskettiers
               ground
               ;
               charging
            
             with
             their
             pikes
             (
             as
             they
             see
             occasion
             )
             for
             securing
             the
             Muskettiers
             ,
             in
             the
             midst
             .
             This
             notwithstanding
             ,
             if
             the
             
               enemies
               horse
            
             shall
             still
             
               presse
               forwards
            
             ;
             and
             with
             their
             shot
             shall
             continue
             to
             annoy
             the
             body
             (
             the
             pikes
             
             on
             this
             figure
             being
             especially
             defensive
             )
             then
             cause
             the
             Pikemen
             to
             charge
             at
             the
             foot
             ;
             and
             your
             Muskettiers
             ,
             to
             
               give
               fire
            
             over
             them
             :
             according
             to
             former
             directions
             ,
             on
             the
             
               Convex
               halfe-moone
            
             .
             After
             this
             manner
             ,
             the
             battell
             may
             be
             continued
             to
             the
             
               last
               ranke
            
             .
             When
             you
             have
             
               given
               fire
            
             in
             this
             order
             ,
             your
             Muskettiers
             being
             all
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             your
             pikes
             ;
             and
             that
             you
             be
             minded
             to
             reduce
             them
             ,
             into
             the
             
               first
               orderly
               square
            
             ,
             this
             is
             one
             way
             for
             it
             .
             
               Passe
               through
            
             your
             Muskettiers
             ,
             before
             your
             front
             of
             pikes
             ,
             as
             they
             were
             before
             the
             firing
             :
             that
             being
             done
             ,
             let
             the
             
               Commander
               face
            
             the
             
               whole
               body
            
             to
             the
             
               left
               Angle
            
             ,
             of
             the
             front-division
             ,
             by
             which
             meanes
             he
             shall
             there
             finde
             the
             halfe
             of
             his
             file-leaders
             .
             This
             being
             performed
             ,
             let
             them
             march
             :
             and
             so
             even
             their
             ranks
             ,
             and
             straiten
             their
             files
             ;
             the
             
               reere
               division
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             and
             Pikes
             ,
             orderly
             following
             after
             the
             
               front
               division
            
             of
             the
             like
             Armes
             .
             After
             this
             ,
             let
             the
             halfe-files
             which
             then
             are
             (
             which
             indeed
             are
             the
             residue
             of
             the
             
               file-leaders
               )
               double
            
             their
             
               ranks
               forwards
            
             to
             the
             left
             :
             which
             being
             performed
             ,
             the
             men
             are
             reduced
             as
             at
             first
             .
          
           
             If
             you
             would
             reduce
             them
             some
             other
             way
             ,
             without
             
               passing
               through
            
             your
             Muskettiers
             (
             as
             I
             have
             formerly
             said
             )
             then
             first
             let
             the
             
               whole
               body
               face
            
             to
             the
             
               left
               Angle
            
             ,
             of
             the
             front-division
             ;
             and
             
               march
               ,
               evening
            
             their
             ranks
             and
             files
             ,
             as
             aforesaid
             .
             Which
             being
             done
             ,
             cause
             the
             halfe-files
             (
             which
             then
             are
             )
             to
             double
             their
             front
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             which
             being
             in
             like
             manner
             performed
             ,
             all
             your
             Muskettiers
             are
             still
             in
             the
             midst
             .
             Your
             next
             worke
             ,
             is
             ,
             to
             cause
             your
             Muskettiers
             to
             face
             to
             the
             
               right
               and
               left
               outward
            
             :
             and
             
             your
             pikes
             ,
             contrariwise
             ,
             to
             
               face
               inward
            
             ;
             and
             so
             to
             
               passe
               through
            
             ,
             and
             
               interchange
               ground
            
             .
             Thus
             being
             faced
             to
             their
             
               front
               proper
            
             ,
             they
             will
             be
             reduced
             ,
             as
             at
             first
             .
          
           
             If
             any
             will
             be
             practising
             of
             this
             forme
             of
             battell
             ,
             with
             a
             
               smaller
               number
            
             of
             men
             (
             as
             with
             64.
             or
             fewer
             )
             whereby
             they
             will
             be
             constrained
             to
             double
             their
             halfe-files
             :
             then
             they
             will
             be
             reduced
             the
             same
             way
             ▪
             onely
             they
             shall
             not
             need
             to
             double
             their
             halfe-files
             againe
             ,
             in
             their
             reducement
             :
             as
             they
             must
             needs
             do
             ,
             were
             the
             
               number
               larger
            
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             CIIII.
             
          
           
             Of
             the
             Sollid
             Square
             ,
             with
             Muskettiers
             in
             Center
             and
             Angles
             .
             The
             way
             to
             make
             the
             figure
             with
             a
             private
             Companie
             :
             how
             to
             fire
             upon
             it
             ,
             and
             to
             reduce
             it
             .
          
           
             INfinite
             are
             the
             formes
             and
             figures
             of
             Battell
             ,
             which
             may
             be
             made
             ;
             yet
             all
             differing
             ,
             either
             in
             circumstances
             or
             in
             matter
             .
             Some
             of
             them
             are
             Sollid
             ,
             others
             Hollow
             :
             some
             of
             them
             ,
             again
             ,
             being
             
               Trines
               ,
               Squares
               ,
               Hearses
               ,
               Cirtes
               ,
               Crosses
               ,
               Diamonds
               ,
               Plinthiums
               ,
               Plesiums
               ,
               Paramekes
               ,
            
             and
             infinite
             others
             .
             Some
             of
             them
             taking
             their
             denomination
             from
             the
             nature
             of
             their
             numbers
             .
             Others
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             placing
             of
             each
             Armes
             .
             A
             third
             sort
             ,
             taking
             their
             names
             from
             things
             they
             most
             resemble
             ,
             all
             of
             them
             being
             necessarie
             to
             be
             knowne
             ,
             to
             such
             
             which
             would
             be
             accounted
             skilfull
             Serjeant-Majors
             :
             that
             with
             all
             numbers
             ,
             upon
             all
             occasions
             ,
             they
             may
             readily
             bring
             their
             Souldiers
             into
             any
             forme
             or
             figure
             of
             battell
             (
             according
             as
             the
             time
             ,
             the
             number
             ,
             and
             place
             will
             give
             them
             leave
             )
             for
             opposition
             of
             
               horse
               ,
               foot
            
             ,
             or
             both
             together
             .
          
           
             But
             to
             returne
             backe
             to
             our
             
               single
               Company
            
             ,
             the
             worke
             of
             this
             Chapter
             ,
             being
             to
             shew
             the
             Plesium
             ,
             or
             
               long
               square
            
             .
             In
             which
             the
             Muskettiers
             are
             halfe
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Pikes
             ;
             and
             the
             other
             
               halfe
               equally
               divided
            
             ,
             and
             placed
             on
             the
             4.
             
             Angles
             of
             the
             battell
             :
             the
             pikes
             making
             4.
             divisions
             ;
             as
             being
             placed
             upon
             the
             
               front
               ,
               reere
            
             ,
             and
             flanke
             .
             Yet
             not
             to
             hold
             you
             with
             longer
             circumstance
             ,
             take
             these
             words
             of
             command
             and
             direction
             ;
             which
             produce
             the
             following
             figure
             .
          
           
             
               Halfe-files
               ,
               double
               your
               front
               to
               the
               left
               entire
               :
            
             
               Onely
               do
               not
               close
               them
               ,
               to
               make
               one
               Body
               .
            
             
               That
               being
               done
               ,
               your
               Body
               will
               be
               but
               4.
               deepe
               .
            
             
               Next
               ,
               command
               the
               2.
               outmost
               flanks
               of
               each
               Body
               ;
               to
               double
               inward
               ,
               by
               division
               .
            
          
           
             For
             better
             satisfaction
             ,
             observe
             these
             directions
             .
          
           
             First
             ,
             see
             the
             halfe-ranks
             of
             the
             
               outmost
               flanks
               ,
               faced
            
             to
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             :
             and
             that
             they
             march
             ,
             untill
             they
             are
             cleare
             of
             the
             standing
             part
             of
             the
             battell
             .
          
           
             Secondly
             ,
             cause
             the
             halfe-ranks
             of
             the
             right-flank
             ,
             and
             the
             halfe-ranks
             ,
             of
             the
             left-flanke
             ,
             to
             face
             in
             opposition
             ,
             and
             to
             close
             their
             divisions
             :
             the
             two
             
               first
               ranks
            
             of
             each
             
               flanke
               ,
               moving
               crosse
            
             the
             front
             of
             the
             
               standing
               part
            
             of
             the
             body
             ;
             and
             the
             two
             
               last
               ranks
            
             of
             each
             
               flanke
               moving
               crosse
            
             the
             reere
             .
             Then
             ,
             the
             whole
             
               body
               facing
            
             to
             the
             front
             ,
             they
             will
             stand
             as
             in
             this
             figure
             .
          
           
             depiction of 'the Polium'
          
           
             If
             you
             would
             
               give
               fire
            
             upon
             this
             figure
             ,
             it
             may
             be
             performed
             either
             to
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             ,
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             or
             to
             
               all
               foure
            
             together
             .
             But
             which
             way
             soever
             the
             firing
             be
             ,
             let
             the
             Aspect
             of
             the
             Muskettiers
             in
             the
             midst
             ,
             be
             turned
             the
             same
             way
             ,
             and
             cause
             the
             pikes
             which
             stand
             before
             them
             ,
             to
             charge
             at
             the
             foot
             ,
             and
             the
             Muskettiers
             in
             the
             Center
             ,
             to
             
               g●ve
               fire
            
             over
             them
             .
             The
             
               first
               ranke
            
             having
             fired
             ,
             let
             them
             kneele
             (
             or
             crouch
             low
             )
             upon
             the
             ground
             ;
             making
             ready
             againe
             :
             whilest
             the
             next
             ranks
             behinde
             them
             ,
             
               give
               fire
            
             ,
             and
             do
             the
             like
             :
             and
             so
             forwards
             ,
             for
             the
             rest
             .
             Having
             all
             
               fired
               once
               over
            
             ,
             this
             way
             ,
             let
             them
             rise
             up
             :
             and
             (
             if
             need
             be
             )
             
               give
               fire
               over
            
             againe
             ,
             after
             the
             same
             manner
             .
             The
             Muskettiers
             on
             the
             Angles
             (
             in
             the
             
               interim
               )
               giving
               fire
            
             after
             the
             ordinary
             way
             ,
             
               wheeling
               off
            
             ,
             and
             falling
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             the
             Muskettiers
             of
             their
             
               own
               divisions
            
             ;
             the
             others
             in
             the
             meane
             time
             
               moving
               forwards
            
             ,
             and
             making
             good
             their
             leaders
             
             ground
             .
             This
             being
             done
             ,
             and
             the
             pikes
             having
             charged
             ;
             the
             figure
             will
             stil
             continue
             to
             be
             the
             same
             ,
             without
             alteration
             .
             And
             that
             as
             well
             in
             men
             as
             matter
             :
             if
             so
             be
             the
             firing
             be
             performed
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             former
             direction
             .
          
           
             For
             
               reducement
               ,
               command
            
             the
             two
             
               first
               ranks
            
             ,
             and
             two
             
               last
               ranks
            
             ,
             to
             face
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             :
             all
             
               marching
               forth
            
             ,
             untill
             they
             are
             cleere
             of
             the
             standing
             part
             of
             the
             bodie
             .
          
           
             Next
             ,
             command
             them
             to
             stand
             :
             then
             ,
             face
             them
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ;
             and
             close
             their
             divisions
             .
             This
             being
             done
             ,
             let
             them
             face
             all
             to
             their
             leader
             .
             Lastly
             ,
             by
             commanding
             the
             halfe-files
             to
             
               face
               about
            
             to
             the
             right
             ;
             and
             to
             
               march
               forth
            
             into
             their
             places
             :
             you
             shall
             see
             them
             fully
             to
             be
             reduced
             .
          
           
             I
             might
             have
             further
             enlarged
             my selfe
             ,
             upon
             this
             subject
             of
             firings
             ,
             and
             figures
             of
             Battell
             :
             yea
             and
             shewed
             varieties
             enow
             of
             
               Trine
               Battels
               ,
               round
               battels
            
             ,
             the
             crosse
             and
             round
             ,
             in
             one
             ;
             the
             
               sollid-square
               impaled
            
             ,
             besides
             infinite
             other
             kindes
             .
             But
             I
             have
             already
             advanced
             further
             ,
             then
             I
             at
             first
             intended
             :
             though
             (
             well
             I
             hope
             )
             no
             further
             then
             will
             be
             freely
             and
             lovingly
             accepted
             .
             Which
             if
             it
             be
             ,
             I
             shall
             conceive
             my
             selfe
             to
             have
             received
             a
             gratefull
             and
             most
             
               ample
               satisfaction
            
             .
             The
             hope
             whereof
             ,
             doth
             somewhat
             encourage
             me
             to
             proceed
             a
             little
             further
             .
             And
             as
             I
             have
             already
             shewed
             divers
             and
             severall
             Motions
             ,
             with
             their
             formes
             and
             figures
             of
             Battell
             :
             yea
             and
             in
             all
             (
             or
             the
             most
             part
             of
             them
             )
             as
             I
             have
             not
             onely
             given
             the
             words
             of
             command
             and
             direction
             ,
             to
             produce
             them
             from
             the
             
               ordinary
               square
            
             ,
             but
             also
             together
             with
             the
             demonstration
             of
             the
             figure
             ,
             and
             direction
             
             for
             the
             firing
             :
             I
             have
             ,
             in
             like
             manner
             ,
             given
             direction
             for
             the
             reducements
             againe
             into
             the
             
               ordinary
               square
            
             :
             So
             now
             ,
             for
             the
             satisfaction
             of
             some
             of
             the
             quainter
             sort
             of
             Souldiers
             ,
             give
             me
             leave
             to
             
               multiply
               one
               figure
               upon
               another
               ,
               untill
               that
               by
               firings
               ,
               I
               reduce
               firings
               .
            
             For
             the
             performance
             whereof
             ,
             that
             I
             may
             observe
             some
             method
             ,
             I
             will
             digest
             them
             into
             the
             way
             of
             Exercise
             ,
             &c.
             
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             CV
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             daies
             Exercise
             .
          
           
             HAving
             brought
             your
             Company
             into
             a
             place
             convenient
             ,
             where
             you
             intend
             to
             exercise
             them
             ;
             if
             you
             have
             time
             enough
             ,
             you
             may
             cause
             the
             
               file
               leaders
               ,
               Corporals
            
             o●
             Serieants
             ,
             to
             instruct
             them
             in
             the
             *
             Postures
             and
             
               true
               using
            
             of
             their
             Armes
             .
             Wherein
             having
             spent
             some
             time
             ,
             to
             the
             benefit
             of
             the
             Company
             ;
             upon
             the
             *
             first
             summons
             of
             the
             Drum
             ,
             each
             file-leader
             with
             his
             file
             ,
             is
             to
             march
             into
             his
             place
             .
             The
             Captaine
             (
             or
             other
             Commander
             )
             being
             at
             the
             head
             of
             his
             
               Company
               ,
               commands
            
             them
             to
             *
             
               even
               their
               rankes
               ,
               and
               to
               straiten
               their
               Pikes
               ,
            
             and
             
               stand
               in
               their
               order
               both
               in
               ranke
               and
               file
               .
            
             *
             If
             your
             Ensigne
             be
             not
             already
             in
             the
             field
             ,
             but
             in
             some
             place
             neere
             at
             hand
             ;
             then
             cause
             your
             two
             
               innermost
               files
            
             of
             pikes
             to
             advance
             :
             commanding
             a
             Serjeant
             with
             a
             Drum
             ,
             
             to
             troop
             them
             along
             to
             the
             place
             of
             Rēdezvouz
             ,
             there
             to
             fetch
             their
             Colours
             .
             If
             the
             place
             be
             not
             nigh
             at
             hand
             ,
             take
             as
             many
             files
             of
             Muskettiers
             .
             Having
             brought
             the
             Ensigne
             to
             the
             head
             of
             the
             Pikes
             ,
             each
             file
             returnes
             into
             his
             place
             ;
             the
             Officers
             likewise
             ,
             withdrawing
             their
             severall
             stations
             .
             *
             Silence
             being
             commanded
             ,
             the
             Captain
             (
             or
             other
             Commander
             )
             begins
             *
             first
             to
             instruct
             the
             Souldiers
             in
             the
             severall
             distances
             ,
             betwixt
             ranke
             and
             file
             ,
             with
             the
             waies
             to
             open
             and
             close
             to
             them
             .
             And
             if
             hee
             thinke
             fit
             ,
             to
             instruct
             them
             in
             the
             severall
             uses
             of
             each
             distance
             .
          
           
             Next
             after
             distance
             ,
             they
             are
             to
             be
             instructed
             in
             the
             †
             facings
             ,
             then
             in
             the
             doublings
             ;
             next
             ,
             in
             the
             Countermarches
             ;
             and
             lastly
             ,
             in
             the
             wheeling
             .
             In
             each
             of
             which
             they
             are
             to
             be
             instructed
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             opportunity
             of
             the
             time
             and
             place
             :
             but
             ,
             especially
             is
             the
             capacity
             of
             the
             Souldier
             to
             be
             observed
             .
             Wherein
             ,
             the
             Captaine
             may
             doe
             very
             well
             ,
             in
             each
             of
             the
             motions
             to
             lay
             downe
             some
             speciall
             rules
             and
             observations
             ;
             by
             which
             the
             Souldier
             may
             the
             better
             understand
             what
             he
             is
             to
             doe
             ,
             and
             how
             (
             the
             best
             way
             )
             to
             performe
             it
             .
          
           
             *
             After
             the
             motions
             ended
             ,
             let
             them
             prepare
             for
             skirmish
             .
             And
             first
             you
             may
             cause
             them
             to
             
               give
               fire
            
             with
             
               forlorne
               files
               ,
               marching
            
             forth
             twenty
             paces
             (
             or
             thereabouts
             )
             before
             the
             front
             .
             Having
             all
             
               fired
               over
            
             that
             way
             ,
             they
             may
             
               give
               fire
               once
               over
            
             ,
             by
             advancing
             two
             rankes
             together
             ,
             ten
             paces
             before
             the
             front
             .
             Then
             let
             them
             
               give
               fire
               ,
               even
            
             with
             the
             front
             ,
             and
             then
             with
             the
             halfe-files
             :
             the
             Pikes
             porting
             or
             charging
             ,
             according
             to
             discretion
             .
             The
             Pikes
             being
             advanced
             ,
             and
             the
             Muskettiers
             
               marched
               up
               ,
               even
            
             
             with
             their
             front
             ;
             you
             may
             either
             *
             
               face
               about
               ,
               wheele
               about
            
             ,
             or
             Countermarch
             ,
             and
             so
             
               give
               fire
            
             in
             the
             reere
             .
             Your
             Pikes
             then
             being
             shouldered
             ,
             and
             your
             Muskettiers
             having
             
               fired
               over
            
             in
             the
             reere
             ,
             you
             may
             (
             if
             you
             please
             )
             *
             wheele
             your
             flankes
             into
             the
             front
             ,
             and
             so
             charge
             Pikes
             to
             the
             reere
             .
             Which
             done
             ,
             wheele
             your
             front
             into
             the
             midst
             ;
             passe
             into
             your
             place
             ,
             and
             face
             them
             to
             you
             .
             Then
             (
             if
             you
             will
             )
             you
             may
             passe
             your
             Muskettiers
             of
             the
             
               left
               flanke
            
             ,
             through
             betweene
             the
             rankes
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             and
             place
             them
             next
             to
             the
             
               right
               flanke
            
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             opening
             the
             
               right
               flanke
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             ,
             to
             give
             them
             way
             .
             Then
             let
             the
             *
             Pikes
             shoulder
             ,
             and
             Muskettiers
             
               give
               fire
            
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             upon
             a
             
               march
               ▪
            
             their
             leaders
             leading
             them
             up
             betweene
             the
             Pikes
             and
             their
             owne
             divisions
             of
             Muskettiers
             .
             Having
             
               fired
               once
               over
            
             ,
             in
             this
             way
             ,
             let
             them
             continue
             their
             firing
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             each
             leader
             leading
             up
             his
             file
             on
             the
             outside
             of
             the
             
               left
               flanke
            
             of
             Pikes
             .
             Then
             *
             let
             the
             Pikes
             advance
             ,
             even
             whilest
             the
             last
             file
             is
             giving
             of
             fire
             :
             and
             so
             soon
             as
             the
             Pikes
             are
             cleere
             of
             the
             Muskettiers
             ,
             let
             them
             face
             all
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             and
             charge
             .
             Having
             advanced
             your
             Pikes
             ,
             and
             faced
             your
             body
             againe
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             you
             may
             then
             wheele
             your
             
               Battell
               about
            
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             and
             then
             facing
             the
             
               whole
               body
            
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             the
             Muskettiers
             will
             be
             all
             in
             front
             .
             Then
             let
             your
             Muskettiers
             
               give
               fire
            
             ,
             and
             either
             wheele
             all
             off
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             thereby
             making
             *
             an
             Intervalle
             for
             the
             
               left
               flanke
            
             ,
             or
             else
             let
             them
             
               wheele
               off
            
             by
             division
             ,
             placing
             themselves
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             owne
             divisions
             of
             Muskettiers
             .
             Having
             
               given
               fire
               once
            
             (
             or
             oftner
             )
             over
             that
             way
             ,
             let
             them
             
               give
               fire
            
             againe
             ,
             and
             
               wheele
               off
            
             by
             division
             :
             
             
               ranking
               even
            
             with
             their
             Pikes
             .
             That
             being
             done
             ,
             cause
             the
             Pikes
             to
             charge
             :
             the
             Muskettiers
             
               giving
               fire
               once
               over
            
             ,
             on
             that
             Figure
             .
             The
             Pikes
             being
             
               advanced
               ,
               face
            
             the
             whole
             body
             to
             the
             right
             :
             and
             cause
             the
             Muskettiers
             to
             stand
             ,
             and
             the
             Pikes
             to
             open
             to
             
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             and
             so
             to
             make
             the
             
               hollow
               square
            
             .
             Then
             you
             may
             (
             if
             you
             please
             )
             command
             the
             Ensigne
             to
             
               display
               his
               Colours
            
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             hollow
             ;
             in
             signe
             of
             triumph
             :
             the
             body
             ,
             either
             standing
             or
             marching
             .
             After
             which
             ,
             command
             the
             Pikes
             to
             
               close
               their
               divisions
            
             :
             Which
             being
             performed
             ,
             command
             the
             
               reere
               division
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             ,
             to
             double
             their
             front
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             by
             division
             :
             and
             then
             they
             will
             
             stand
             in
             forme
             of
             Captaine
             
               Wallers
               Triple
               firing
            
             :
             Let
             them
             
               give
               fire
            
             upon
             that
             Figure
             ,
             and
             
               fall
               off
            
             againe
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             directions
             upon
             that
             Figure
             .
             Which
             being
             performed
             ,
             and
             the
             Pikes
             charged
             ,
             and
             readvanced
             :
             the
             body
             will
             be
             absolutely
             reduced
             ,
             as
             at
             the
             first
             it
             was
             before
             you
             began
             your
             firings
             .
             These
             firings
             ,
             may
             (
             with
             the
             motions
             )
             be
             sufficient
             for
             the
             
               first
               daies
               Exercise
            
             .
             Wherefore
             ,
             for
             this
             time
             ,
             we
             will
             
               lodge
               our
               Colours
            
             :
             untill
             by
             the
             summons
             of
             the
             Drum
             ,
             we
             are
             called
             forth
             to
             the
             second
             
               daies
               practise
            
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             CVI.
             
          
           
             The
             second
             dayes
             Exercise
             .
          
           
             HAving
             brought
             your
             Souldiers
             the
             second
             time
             ,
             into
             the
             field
             ,
             the
             body
             being
             
               drawne
               up
            
             into
             the
             
               ordinary
               square
            
             ,
             and
             every
             Officer
             vigilant
             in
             his
             place
             :
             the
             Captaine
             commandeth
             silence
             ,
             with
             some
             other
             generall
             termes
             of
             observation
             ,
             both
             for
             the
             leaders
             and
             
               right
               hand
            
             
             men
             .
             Having
             thus
             commanded
             them
             (
             as
             before
             )
             to
             
               even
               their
               rankes
            
             ,
             and
             to
             straiten
             their
             files
             :
             he
             proceeds
             
             to
             shew
             (
             as
             formerly
             )
             the
             distances
             ,
             the
             facings
             ,
             the
             doublings
             ,
             the
             Countermarches
             ,
             and
             the
             wheelings
             :
             therewithall
             instructing
             them
             either
             in
             all
             ,
             or
             so
             many
             of
             them
             ,
             as
             the
             time
             will
             permit
             ,
             and
             he
             thinkes
             convenient
             .
             Ever
             (
             by
             the
             way
             )
             observing
             that
             in
             the
             Proverbe
             ,
             
               A
               thing
               once
               well
               done
               ,
               is
               twice
               done
               .
            
             That
             Commander
             ,
             that
             exerciseth
             his
             
             Souldiers
             with
             good
             language
             ,
             and
             with
             
               sollid
               reasons
            
             ;
             shall
             make
             them
             better
             proficients
             then
             he
             that
             shall
             use
             
               rigid
               termes
            
             ,
             and
             
               rough
               hands
            
             .
             After
             the
             
               postures
               ,
               distances
            
             ,
             and
             severall
             motions
             ;
             that
             which
             next
             followes
             for
             this
             
               daies
               exercise
            
             ,
             are
             firings
             and
             figures
             of
             battell
             .
             So
             soone
             ,
             therefore
             ,
             as
             the
             Drum
             begins
             to
             
               beat
               a
               preparative
            
             ,
             the
             Muskettiers
             are
             to
             
             begin
             to
             
               make
               ready
            
             .
          
           
           
             And
             first
             ,
             you
             may
             cause
             them
             to
             
               give
               fire
            
             on
             the
             
               Horne
               Battell
            
             ,
             still
             
               marching
               up
            
             into
             their
             
               leaders
               ground
            
             :
             by
             that
             meanes
             preserving
             their
             Figure
             .
          
           
             Secondly
             ,
             let
             the
             Muskettiers
             close
             their
             diuisions
             before
             their
             Pikes
             ,
             and
             then
             
               give
               fire
            
             upon
             the
             
             
               demie-Hearse-Battell
               :
               falling
               off
            
             presently
             ,
             either
             all
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             (
             the
             one
             halfe
             passing
             downe
             an
             Intervalle
             )
             or
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             by
             division
             ;
             and
             
               placing
               themselves
            
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             
               owne
               divisions
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             .
          
           
             The
             third
             time
             of
             their
             firing
             ,
             let
             them
             
               wheele
               off
            
             by
             division
             ,
             and
             flanke
             their
             Pikes
             :
             and
             when
             they
             have
             
               fired
               over
            
             that
             way
             ,
             let
             the
             Pikes
             charge
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             fourth
             firing
             ,
             let
             them
             
               give
               fire
               even
            
             with
             the
             front
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             
               wheeling
               off
            
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             and
             placing
             themselves
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             owne
             divisions
             .
          
           
             Then
             let
             them
             fire
             even
             with
             the
             halfe-files
             ,
             
               wheeling
               off
            
             by
             division
             ,
             and
             placing
             themselves
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             the
             Pikes
             .
             The
             Pikes
             (
             you
             are
             to
             understand
             )
             ought
             to
             charge
             all
             the
             time
             of
             the
             last
             firing
             :
             who
             being
             advanced
             ,
             you
             are
             to
             wheele
             your
             
               Battell
               about
            
             to
             the
             right
             or
             left
             .
          
           
             Then
             ,
             your
             Muskettiers
             being
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             your
             Pikes
             ,
             let
             your
             sixt
             firing
             be
             to
             the
             reere
             :
             the
             Muskettiers
             
               wheeling
               off
            
             by
             division
             ,
             and
             placing
             themselves
             before
             the
             front
             of
             their
             
               owne
               divisions
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             ;
             and
             next
             behinde
             the
             reere
             of
             Pikes
             .
             Having
             fired
             once
             over
             ,
             that
             way
             ,
             let
             them
             give
             fire
             ouer
             againe
             ,
             and
             flanke
             their
             Pikes
             :
             which
             being
             in
             like
             manner
             performed
             ,
             Command
             them
             to
             wheele
             their
             flankes
             into
             the
             front
             ,
             and
             then
             face
             to
             
             the
             reere
             ,
             and
             
               charge
               pikes
            
             ,
             at
             the
             inside
             of
             the
             
               right
               foot
            
             ,
             with
             their
             
               swords
               drawne
            
             in
             their
             
               right
               hands
            
             .
          
           
             Let
             the
             seventh
             firing
             be
             discharged
             
               over
               their
               pikemen
               ,
               wheeling
            
             ,
             either
             all
             off
             ,
             to
             the
             right
             through
             Intervals
             ,
             or
             else
             by
             division
             ,
             and
             placing
             themselues
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             
               owne
               files
            
             .
             Otherwise
             ,
             (
             for
             want
             of
             room
             )
             the
             
               first
               ranke
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             ,
             having
             
               given
               fire
            
             ,
             let
             them
             kneel
             ,
             or
             crouch
             low
             upon
             the
             ground
             :
             and
             make
             ready
             againe
             ;
             the
             second
             ranke
             ,
             in
             like
             manner
             ,
             firing
             and
             kneeling
             :
             and
             so
             for
             the
             rest
             .
             Having
             all
             
               fired
               once
               over
            
             ,
             in
             that
             manner
             ,
             let
             the
             Pikes
             advance
             ,
             and
             put
             up
             their
             swords
             :
             the
             Muskettiers
             ,
             in
             like
             manner
             ,
             are
             to
             rise
             ,
             then
             to
             even
             their
             ranks
             ,
             and
             streighten
             their
             files
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             eighth
             firing
             ,
             you
             may
             face
             the
             body
             to
             the
             reere
             (
             or
             if
             you
             will
             continue
             your
             firing
             the
             same
             way
             )
             then
             wheele
             your
             
               battell
               about
            
             ,
             and
             having
             opened
             your
             Intervals
             ,
             your
             forme
             will
             be
             the
             
               broad
               fronted
               Phalange
            
             ,
             or
             
               broad
               fronted
               Battell
            
             .
             Let
             these
             
               give
               fire
            
             ,
             the
             first
             time
             ,
             falling
             (
             or
             wheeling
             )
             all
             off
             to
             the
             right
             :
             and
             placing
             themselues
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             
               owne
               divisions
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             .
             The
             second
             time
             of
             firing
             ,
             let
             them
             wheele
             all
             off
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             (
             as
             before
             )
             and
             place
             themselues
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             the
             pikes
             ,
             which
             
               follow
               next
               after
            
             their
             
               owne
               divisions
            
             .
             In
             the
             interim
             of
             the
             
               last
               two
               ranks
               firing
            
             ,
             cause
             your
             Pikes
             to
             port
             :
             but
             when
             the
             Muskettiers
             are
             cleered
             away
             ,
             the
             Pikes
             may
             charge
             .
          
           
             When
             the
             pikes
             are
             advanced
             ,
             for
             the
             ninth
             
               firing
               ,
               face
            
             them
             to
             one
             of
             the
             flanks
             ,
             and
             wheele
             them
             into
             a
             Semicircle
             or
             
               Convex
               half-moone
            
             ;
             where
             the
             Muskettiers
             being
             
               outermost
               ,
               give
               fire
            
             upon
             that
             
             figure
             :
             the
             first
             time
             ,
             falling
             behinde
             the
             Muskettiers
             of
             their
             
               owne
               divisions
            
             :
             The
             second
             time
             of
             firing
             ,
             cause
             them
             to
             place
             themselues
             behinde
             their
             pikes
             .
             For
             further
             directions
             ,
             looke
             backe
             upon
             the
             77.
             
             Chapter
             ,
             which
             discourseth
             of
             the
             
               Convex
               halfe-moone
            
             .
             The
             pikes
             may
             also
             charge
             ,
             and
             the
             
               Muskettiers
               give
               fire
               over
            
             againe
             :
             according
             to
             discretion
             .
             The
             Pikes
             being
             
               readvanced
               ,
               face
            
             the
             whole
             body
             to
             one
             of
             the
             flanks
             ,
             and
             march
             them
             out
             horsewise
             .
             Then
             command
             them
             to
             double
             their
             ranks
             to
             the
             right
             :
             which
             being
             done
             ,
             command
             that
             flank
             which
             are
             Muskettiers
             ,
             to
             double
             the
             
               contrary
               flanke
            
             by
             division
             :
             which
             being
             performed
             ,
             all
             the
             Muskettiers
             will
             be
             in
             front
             and
             reere
             .
             Then
             cause
             the
             reere-division
             of
             Muskettiers
             to
             double
             the
             front
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             by
             division
             .
          
           
             Then
             let
             them
             
               give
               fire
            
             on
             that
             figure
             ,
             as
             they
             may
             see
             further
             directions
             in
             the
             Chapter
             .
             The
             pikes
             having
             charged
             ,
             and
             advanced
             againe
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             eleventh
             firing
             ,
             first
             face
             the
             whole
             body
             to
             the
             right
             :
             then
             cause
             the
             halfe-files
             that
             then
             are
             ,
             to
             face
             to
             the
             reere
             ;
             and
             so
             let
             the
             
               Muskettiers
               give
               fire
            
             to
             the
             front
             and
             
               reere
               :
               wheeling
               off
            
             by
             division
             ,
             and
             flanking
             their
             pikes
             .
             The
             pikes
             may
             also
             charge
             to
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             ,
             which
             being
             performed
             ,
             face
             them
             all
             againe
             ,
             to
             their
             leader
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             twelfth
             firing
             ,
             make
             the
             Plinthium
             or
             
               foure-fronted
               battell
            
             :
             the
             Angles
             whereof
             being
             filled
             with
             Muskettiers
             .
             For
             further
             satisfaction
             ,
             looke
             upon
             Chapter
             100.
             which
             gives
             direction
             ,
             both
             for
             the
             motion
             and
             reducing
             thereof
             .
             Next
             face
             the
             whole
             body
             to
             that
             part
             which
             was
             the
             front
             ,
             before
             
             the
             
               last
               firing
            
             began
             .
             Then
             ,
             if
             you
             would
             have
             your
             Ensigne
             to
             display
             ,
             in
             an
             
               hollow
               Square
            
             ,
             cause
             your
             Muskettiers
             to
             stand
             ,
             and
             halfe-files
             of
             pikes
             ,
             to
             face
             to
             the
             Reere
             :
             and
             so
             both
             divisions
             of
             pikes
             to
             march
             ,
             untill
             their
             
               last
               ranks
            
             are
             even
             with
             the
             front
             and
             Reere
             of
             Muskettiers
             .
             Then
             face
             all
             to
             their
             leader
             .
             If
             you
             please
             ,
             the
             Muskettiers
             may
             
               give
               fire
            
             upon
             this
             
               hollow
               square
            
             ,
             as
             they
             march
             ,
             to
             
               both
               flanks
            
             :
             still
             leading
             up
             their
             files
             ,
             on
             the
             inside
             of
             their
             
               owne
               divisions
            
             ,
             and
             this
             will
             make
             the
             13.
             firing
             .
          
           
             But
             by
             this
             time
             ,
             our
             powder
             being
             spent
             ,
             our
             men
             weary
             ,
             and
             night
             approaching
             :
             We
             will
             come
             to
             reducement
             .
             Wherefore
             ,
             first
             cause
             the
             Pikes
             to
             close
             their
             divisions
             ,
             and
             the
             Muskettiers
             to
             
               march
               up
               ,
               even
            
             with
             their
             front
             of
             pikes
             .
             Then
             let
             the
             whole
             
               body
               ,
               wheele
            
             their
             flanks
             into
             the
             reere
             ,
             which
             being
             done
             ,
             all
             the
             Muskettiers
             will
             be
             in
             the
             Reere
             .
             Then
             (
             if
             you
             will
             )
             face
             to
             the
             Reere
             ,
             and
             
               give
               fire
            
             ;
             causing
             your
             Muskettiers
             to
             wheele
             off
             by
             division
             ,
             and
             to
             flanke
             their
             pikes
             .
             Or
             else
             ,
             cause
             your
             Muskettiers
             to
             open
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ;
             and
             double
             your
             front
             of
             pikes
             ,
             by
             division
             .
             Which
             being
             done
             ,
             
               double
               files
            
             to
             the
             left
             ;
             and
             they
             will
             be
             all
             reduced
             as
             at
             first
             .
             Wherefore
             ,
             we
             will
             now
             
               lodge
               our
               Colours
            
             ,
             and
             conclude
             our
             
               second
               dayes
               Exercise
            
             ,
             &c.
             
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             CVII
             .
          
           
             The
             Third
             dayes
             Exercise
             .
          
           
             
             HAving
             the
             third
             time
             (
             as
             formerly
             )
             brought
             your
             Souldiers
             into
             the
             Field
             ;
             it
             is
             very
             necessarie
             ,
             in
             the
             first
             place
             ,
             that
             they
             be
             taught
             the
             Postures
             of
             each
             Armes
             :
             either
             by
             the
             
               file
               ▪
               leaders
            
             ,
             or
             some
             other
             of
             the
             Officers
             .
             Wherein
             they
             must
             be
             carefull
             ,
             to
             instruct
             them
             in
             the
             firings
             ,
             both
             to
             
               front
               ,
               reere
            
             ,
             and
             flanks
             .
             As
             to
             
               give
               fire
            
             to
             the
             
               front
               ,
               advancing
            
             ;
             to
             
               give
               fire
            
             to
             the
             front
             ,
             upon
             a
             stand
             :
             to
             
               give
               fire
            
             to
             the
             Reere
             ,
             upon
             a
             march
             :
             to
             fire
             to
             
               either
               flanke
               ,
               marching
            
             or
             standing
             .
             As
             also
             to
             instruct
             them
             in
             
               distance
               ,
               facings
               ,
               doublings
               ,
               countermarches
               ,
            
             and
             wheelings
             :
             that
             so
             ,
             they
             may
             be
             the
             more
             apt
             and
             capable
             ,
             when
             they
             shall
             be
             brought
             into
             a
             body
             .
             Having
             spent
             some
             time
             ,
             in
             the
             exercising
             of
             files
             ,
             let
             the
             
               Drumme
               summon
            
             each
             file-leader
             ,
             to
             his
             place
             :
             the
             Ensigne
             be
             fetcht
             to
             the
             head
             of
             the
             Company
             ;
             the
             Captaine
             command
             silence
             ;
             and
             the
             Souldiers
             tender
             obedience
             .
             The
             ranks
             being
             evened
             ,
             and
             the
             
               files
               streitened
            
             ,
             the
             Captaine
             (
             according
             to
             his
             accustomed
             manner
             )
             begins
             to
             instruct
             them
             in
             the
             Distances
             and
             Motions
             .
             And
             after
             the
             performance
             of
             so
             many
             of
             them
             ,
             as
             he
             shall
             thinke
             fit
             for
             the
             present
             exercise
             ,
             he
             commands
             the
             Drummes
             to
             beat
             ,
             and
             Muskettiers
             to
             
               make
               ready
            
             :
             and
             so
             causeth
             them
             to
             
               give
               fire
            
             ,
             
             *
             three
             or
             foure
             severall
             wayes
             ,
             after
             the
             ordinarie
             manner
             of
             firing
             in
             the
             front
             .
          
           
             Then
             cause
             your
             Muskettiers
             of
             the
             
               left
               flanke
            
             ,
             to
             
               give
               fire
            
             to
             the
             reere
             ;
             and
             the
             Muskettiers
             of
             the
             
               right
               flanke
            
             ,
             to
             
               give
               fire
            
             to
             the
             right
             .
             This
             firing
             is
             to
             be
             performed
             upon
             a
             march
             ,
             the
             Pikes
             shouldered
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             
               second
               firing
            
             ,
             let
             them
             give
             fire
             to
             both
             flankes
             .
             The
             
               gathering
               firing
            
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             third
             ,
             let
             them
             fire
             to
             
               both
               flankes
               ,
               drawing
            
             them
             up
             betweene
             the
             divisions
             of
             Muskettiers
             and
             Pikes
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             
               fourth
               firing
            
             ,
             let
             them
             give
             fire
             againe
             ,
             to
             
               both
               flankes
               ,
               leading
            
             them
             up
             after
             they
             have
             fired
             ,
             betweene
             the
             midst
             of
             Pikes
             .
             When
             the
             last
             files
             are
             firing
             ,
             advance
             your
             Pikes
             ,
             and
             close
             your
             rankes
             forwards
             to
             their
             order
             .
             Then
             ,
             face
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             and
             charge
             Pikes
             .
             Your
             Pikes
             being
             advanced
             ,
             and
             faced
             againe
             to
             the
             front
             proper
             :
             all
             your
             Muskettiers
             will
             be
             in
             the
             midst
             .
          
           
             Then
             ,
             open
             them
             some
             Intervalles
             ;
             and
             let
             the
             fift
             firing
             be
             to
             the
             
               front
               ,
               wheeling
            
             all
             off
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             and
             placing
             themselves
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             
               owne
               divisions
            
             .
             Then
             cause
             the
             Pikes
             to
             charge
             ,
             and
             when
             your
             Pikes
             are
             advanced
             againe
             ,
             let
             your
             halfe-files
             face
             about
             to
             the
             right
             .
          
           
             And
             so
             the
             fixth
             firing
             ,
             may
             be
             to
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             ;
             the
             Muskettiers
             of
             the
             
               front
               division
               ,
               wheeling
               off
            
             to
             the
             right
             :
             those
             of
             the
             
               reere
               division
               ,
               wheeling
               off
            
             to
             the
             left
             :
             either
             of
             them
             placing
             themselves
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             
               owne
               divisions
            
             .
             The
             Muskettiers
             having
             fired
             once
             or
             
               twice
               over
               ,
               wheele
            
             your
             flankes
             
             into
             the
             front
             ,
             and
             cause
             your
             Pikes
             to
             charge
             to
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             .
             The
             Pikes
             being
             againe
             advanced
             ,
             and
             all
             faced
             to
             their
             former
             front
             ,
             wheele
             front
             and
             reere
             into
             both
             flankes
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             
               seventh
               firing
            
             ,
             make
             the
             Plinthium
             ,
             or
             foure
             
               fronted
               battell
            
             ,
             the
             Angles
             being
             filled
             with
             Pikes
             :
             and
             let
             them
             giue
             fire
             ,
             and
             charge
             their
             Pikes
             ,
             according
             to
             directions
             for
             that
             Figure
             .
             As
             likewise
             the
             firing
             being
             ended
             ,
             reduce
             the
             men
             backe
             into
             their
             places
             ,
             as
             they
             were
             before
             this
             firing
             .
             Then
             ,
             
               wheele
               off
            
             your
             front
             by
             division
             ,
             which
             brings
             your
             Muskettiers
             upon
             the
             flankes
             ;
             but
             doth
             not
             reduce
             your
             men
             justly
             into
             their
             places
             ,
             if
             your
             number
             be
             any
             thing
             great
             .
          
           
             From
             thence
             ,
             make
             them
             a
             perfect
             
               crosse
               battell
            
             ,
             and
             let
             your
             Muskettiers
             give
             fire
             ,
             wheeling
             all
             off
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             placing
             themselves
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             owne
             divisions
             of
             Muskettiers
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             
               ninth
               firing
            
             ,
             let
             them
             giue
             fire
             as
             before
             ;
             but
             place
             themselves
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             Pikes
             ;
             the
             Pikes
             
               moving
               forwards
            
             into
             their
             ground
             ,
             and
             charging
             .
             Having
             advanced
             your
             Pikes
             ,
             command
             your
             
               flanke
               divisions
            
             to
             face
             about
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             and
             to
             close
             their
             divisions
             .
             Then
             command
             the
             front
             and
             
               reere
               divisions
            
             to
             wheele
             their
             flankes
             into
             the
             reere
             :
             which
             being
             done
             ,
             face
             them
             to
             the
             
               front
               proper
            
             ,
             (
             that
             is
             )
             after
             the
             
               right
               file-leader
            
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             
               tenth
               firing
            
             ,
             (
             your
             Muskettiers
             being
             still
             in
             the
             midst
             )
             let
             your
             Muskettiers
             give
             fire
             by
             
               Introduction
               ▪
            
             (
             beginning
             with
             the
             second
             ranke
             )
             the
             Pikes
             moving
             softly
             forward
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             
               eleventh
               firing
            
             ,
             let
             them
             
               give
               fire
            
             by
             Introduction
             ,
             
             (
             beginning
             with
             the
             
               Bringers
               up
            
             )
             The
             Pikes
             may
             charge
             at
             discretion
             :
             then
             let
             the
             Muskettiers
             stand
             ,
             and
             the
             Pikes
             march
             forwards
             :
             closing
             their
             divisions
             before
             the
             Muskettiers
             .
          
           
             And
             so
             let
             the
             
               twelfth
               firing
            
             be
             by
             way
             of
             Extraduction
             .
             Let
             the
             Pikes
             charge
             ;
             which
             being
             performed
             ,
             command
             the
             first
             and
             last
             foure
             rankes
             to
             stand
             ;
             and
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             body
             to
             face
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             :
             and
             so
             to
             march
             ,
             untill
             they
             are
             cleere
             of
             the
             
               standing
               rankes
            
             .
             Then
             let
             the
             whole
             
               body
               face
               about
            
             to
             the
             
               right
               ▪
            
             and
             let
             the
             Ensigne
             display
             his
             Colours
             in
             the
             midst
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             next
             ,
             let
             the
             Muskettiers
             
               give
               fire
            
             being
             foremost
             ,
             both
             in
             front
             and
             flanke
             ,
             which
             will
             make
             the
             
               thirteeenth
               firing
            
             .
             Let
             them
             
               wheele
               off
            
             by
             
               division
               ;
               placing
            
             themselves
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             
               owne
               divisions
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             .
             Which
             being
             done
             ,
             next
             cause
             those
             which
             opened
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             to
             face
             in
             opposition
             :
             and
             to
             close
             their
             division
             .
             Then
             
               wheele
               off
            
             your
             front
             by
             division
             ,
             or
             else
             ,
             
               wheele
               your
               front
               inward
            
             to
             the
             reere
             .
             Then
             let
             the
             Commander
             march
             at
             the
             head
             of
             his
             Pikes
             ,
             all
             the
             Muskettiers
             being
             in
             the
             reere
             .
          
           
             Then
             for
             the
             
               fourteenth
               firing
            
             ,
             let
             the
             Muskettiers
             give
             fire
             in
             the
             
               reere
               ;
               wheeling
               off
            
             by
             division
             ,
             and
             flanking
             their
             Pikes
             ,
             which
             doth
             reduce
             every
             man
             to
             his
             place
             he
             had
             ,
             when
             the
             Exercise
             first
             began
             .
             Aud
             herewith
             we
             will
             conclude
             our
             
               third
               dayes
               Exercise
            
             ,
             and
             
               lodge
               our
               Colours
            
             ,
             untill
             that
             the
             bellowing
             Drum
             call
             us
             the
             fourth
             time
             into
             the
             field
             ,
             to
             give
             an
             account
             of
             our
             proficiency
             .
             Till
             when
             ,
             we
             will
             leave
             our
             Souldiers
             in
             their
             severall
             Hutts
             
             or
             Cabines
             ,
             there
             to
             rest
             their
             limbs
             ,
             refresh
             their
             spirits
             ,
             and
             replenish
             their
             
               Bande
               liers
            
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             CVIII
             .
          
           
             The
             fourth
             daies
             Exercise
             .
          
           
             HAving
             ,
             the
             fourth
             time
             ,
             brought
             your
             Souldiers
             into
             the
             field
             ,
             and
             (
             as
             formerly
             )
             caused
             them
             to
             be
             instructed
             in
             the
             Postures
             ,
             (
             both
             of
             Musket
             and
             Pike
             )
             that
             so
             they
             may
             be
             capable
             to
             use
             them
             both
             with
             agility
             ,
             and
             with
             safety
             .
             As
             likewise
             taught
             them
             their
             divers
             wayes
             of
             distance
             ,
             with
             the
             severall
             and
             various
             motions
             :
             not
             forgetting
             ,
             particularly
             to
             instruct
             them
             with
             rules
             and
             
               pertinent
               reasons
            
             to
             every
             one
             of
             them
             :
             that
             so
             they
             may
             ,
             not
             onely
             learne
             to
             doe
             ,
             but
             like
             
               rationall
               men
               ,
               understand
            
             what
             they
             doe
             .
             Which
             being
             deliberately
             performed
             ,
             and
             each
             Officer
             disposed
             to
             his
             severall
             place
             ,
             the
             rankes
             being
             evened
             ,
             and
             the
             
               files
               straitened
            
             :
             the
             Captaine
             commands
             ,
             the
             Drum
             beats
             ,
             and
             the
             Muskettiers
             make
             ready
             for
             skirmish
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             
             The
             
               first
               firing
            
             ,
             being
             by
             
               drawing
               forth
            
             the
             
               innermost
               files
            
             of
             each
             flanke
             of
             Muskettiers
             ,
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             obliquely
             before
             the
             front
             ,
             and
             so
             to
             stand
             and
             
               giue
               fire
            
             .
             Having
             
               given
               fire
            
             ,
             let
             the
             
               Bringers
               up
               leade
            
             them
             back
             into
             their
             places
             .
             And
             ,
             in
             the
             meane
             
             time
             ,
             let
             the
             
               next
               innermost
               files
               ,
               leade
               forth
            
             and
             fire
             ,
             after
             the
             same
             manner
             ;
             and
             so
             likewise
             the
             rest
             ;
             untill
             all
             the
             Muskettiers
             have
             
               fired
               once
               over
            
             that
             way
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             
               second
               firing
            
             ,
             let
             them
             give
             fire
             obliquely
             ,
             and
             crosse
             the
             front
             ,
             both
             at
             once
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             third
             ,
             let
             them
             give
             fire
             obliquely
             :
             the
             Muskettiers
             standing
             before
             the
             Pikes
             ,
             in
             forme
             of
             an
             
               hollow
               wedge
            
             .
             Vpon
             this
             firing
             ,
             the
             Muskettiers
             fire
             outwards
             :
             whereas
             in
             the
             other
             ,
             they
             fire
             inward
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             
               fourth
               firing
            
             ,
             let
             them
             fire
             upon
             the
             
               oblique
               W.
            
             For
             the
             manner
             of
             these
             firings
             ,
             with
             the
             waies
             both
             how
             to
             make
             them
             &
             reduce
             them
             :
             I
             refer
             you
             to
             their
             severall
             places
             ,
             where
             I
             have
             shewne
             them
             plainely
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             
               fift
               firing
            
             ,
             let
             them
             fire
             to
             each
             
               flanke
               obliquely
            
             ;
             the
             Muskettiers
             making
             on
             each
             flanke
             ,
             the
             formes
             of
             
               hollow
               wedges
            
             :
             and
             so
             they
             may
             performe
             as
             much
             to
             each
             flanke
             ,
             (
             or
             both
             flankes
             )
             as
             hath
             beene
             to
             the
             front
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             
               sixt
               firing
            
             ,
             let
             them
             fire
             over
             the
             first
             oblique
             firing
             ,
             to
             front
             and
             reere
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             seventh
             firing
             ,
             let
             them
             
               fire
               obliquely
            
             ,
             and
             crosse
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             eighth
             firing
             ,
             let
             them
             fire
             to
             the
             front
             and
             
               reere
               ,
               obliquely
            
             :
             in
             the
             formes
             of
             the
             
               hollow
               wedges
            
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             ninth
             firing
             ,
             let
             them
             fire
             to
             the
             front
             and
             
               reere
               ,
               obliquely
            
             ,
             in
             the
             forme
             of
             the
             W.
             
          
           
             And
             for
             the
             tenth
             firing
             ,
             let
             them
             
               give
               fire
               obliquely
            
             ,
             
             on
             the
             
               Fort
               figure
            
             ,
             which
             is
             to
             
               front
               ,
               reere
            
             ,
             and
             flanks
             .
          
           
             In
             all
             these
             firings
             ,
             the
             pikes
             never
             come
             to
             charge
             ,
             but
             stand
             in
             a
             
               square
               battell
            
             ,
             in
             danger
             of
             the
             
               enemies
               shot
            
             :
             themselues
             neither
             being
             able
             to
             
               offend
               the
               enemy
            
             ,
             nor
             to
             
               defend
               themselues
            
             .
             And
             yet
             if
             by
             frequent
             practise
             ,
             they
             were
             inured
             to
             the
             use
             of
             the
             
               long
               how
               fastened
            
             to
             their
             pikes
             :
             I
             make
             no
             question
             ,
             but
             that
             ,
             when
             they
             should
             become
             expert
             in
             the
             use
             of
             the
             B●w
             and
             Pike
             ;
             they
             would
             not
             onely
             be
             a
             terrour
             to
             their
             enemies
             ,
             by
             the
             continuall
             showers
             of
             Arrows
             which
             they
             would
             send
             amongst
             them
             ;
             but
             also
             that
             they
             would
             be
             a
             great
             meanes
             to
             rout
             their
             enemies
             ,
             &
             u●●erly
             to
             breake
             their
             order
             .
             On
             the
             contrary
             ,
             if
             men
             should
             be
             put
             to
             use
             the
             Bow
             and
             Pike
             ,
             and
             have
             not
             first
             well
             learned
             the
             use
             of
             the
             Pike
             alone
             ;
             they
             would
             be
             so
             cu●●ersome
             to
             themselues
             ,
             and
             so
             troublesome
             to
             others
             ;
             that
             instead
             of
             spoyling
             their
             enemies
             ,
             they
             would
             ●out
             them selues
             .
             But
             pardon
             this
             〈◊〉
             whilest
             I
             proceed
             to
             the
             rest
             of
             this
             
               dayes
               exercise
            
             .
          
           
             The
             eleventh
             firing
             ,
             being
             in
             ●●rme
             of
             a
             Romane
             T
             ;
             is
             to
             be
             made
             as
             followeth
             .
             Let
             the
             
               pikes
               ,
               stand
            
             ,
             and
             the
             〈◊〉
             of
             〈◊〉
             
               wheele
               into
            
             the
             front
             :
             then
             let
             them
             
               give
               fire
            
             ,
             making
             an
             Intervall
             upon
             each
             flanke
             ;
             the
             〈◊〉
             of
             the
             
               right-flanke
               wheeling
               off
            
             to
             the
             
               right
               ▪
            
             the
             Mus●ettiers
             of
             the
             
               left
               flank
            
             ,
             to
             the
             left
             ;
             and
             placing
             themselues
             in
             the
             reer●
             of
             their
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             When
             the
             Muskettiers
             have
             
               fired
               ,
               once
            
             or
             twi●●
             over
             ,
             〈◊〉
             the
             
               pikes
               p●sse
            
             through
             ,
             and
             wheele
             their
             fro●●
             into
             the
             midst
             ,
             and
             then
             faci●●
             to
             the
             front
             ,
             let
             them
             charge
             their
             pikes
             :
             and
             
             from
             thence
             having
             advanced
             their
             pikes
             ,
             let
             the
             
               Commander
               passe
            
             to
             the
             
               right
               flanke
            
             ;
             and
             face
             the
             whole
             body
             to
             the
             right
             .
             Then
             ,
             wheele
             the
             
               battell
               about
            
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             untill
             the
             body
             be
             brought
             into
             a
             
               round
               battell
            
             :
             from
             whence
             we
             will
             begin
             the
             
               twelfth
               firing
            
             .
          
           
             The
             figure
             being
             made
             ,
             face
             the
             whole
             body
             to
             the
             Center
             ,
             and
             give
             them
             their
             directions
             ,
             what
             they
             have
             to
             do
             .
             When
             they
             have
             received
             their
             instructions
             ,
             let
             them
             all
             
               face
               about
            
             to
             the
             
               right
               ;
               present
            
             ,
             and
             
               give
               fire
            
             .
             The
             first
             time
             of
             their
             
               firing
               ,
               placing
            
             themselues
             in
             the
             reare
             of
             their
             Muskettiers
             ;
             The
             
               second
               firing
               ,
               countermarch
            
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             and
             placing
             themselues
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             pikes
             :
             The
             pikes
             ,
             at
             the
             same
             time
             ,
             are
             to
             move
             forwards
             into
             the
             Muskettiers
             ground
             :
             where
             they
             may
             
               charge
               over
               head
            
             ;
             and
             (
             if
             need
             be
             )
             at
             the
             foot
             :
             the
             Muskettiers
             
               giving
               fire
            
             over
             them
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             Convex-halfe-moone
             .
             The
             firing
             being
             ended
             ,
             and
             the
             pikes
             advanced
             ,
             let
             the
             
               Commander
               march
            
             forth
             of
             the
             
               round
               Battell
            
             :
             at
             that
             point
             ;
             where
             he
             shall
             finde
             all
             his
             
               proper
               file-leaders
            
             .
             Then
             let
             the
             whole
             body
             ,
             be
             faced
             to
             that
             part
             ,
             a●●
             the
             file-leaders
             caused
             to
             
               march
               forth
               ,
               even
            
             a
             breast
             :
             the
             Muskettiers
             and
             pikemen
             following
             their
             leaders
             ,
             and
             marching
             ,
             untill
             the
             body
             have
             atteined
             their
             
               orderly
               square
               againe
            
             .
             But
             note
             ,
             that
             all
             your
             Muskettiers
             are
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             battell
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             thirteenth
             firing
             ,
             make
             the
             
               impaled
               sou●d
               square
            
             :
             the
             way
             to
             performe
             it
             is
             as
             followeth
             .
             Your
             〈…〉
             being
             now
             the
             
               flankers
               ,
               draw
               forth
            
             the
             〈…〉
             of
             the
             ●●●es
             of
             pikemen
             ,
             from
             the
             
               right
               flanke
            
             ,
             crosse
             the
             front
             of
             the
             body
             (
             taking
             the
             outmost-files
             )
             
             let
             halfe
             the
             files
             of
             pikemen
             of
             the
             
               left
               flanke
            
             ,
             be
             
               drawne
               crosse
            
             the
             reere
             ,
             following
             their
             
               bringers
               up
            
             .
             Then
             ,
             face
             all
             your
             Muskettiers
             to
             the
             
               front
               ,
               reere
            
             ,
             and
             flanks
             .
             The
             pikes
             may
             charge
             ,
             all
             overhand
             :
             and
             (
             if
             need
             be
             )
             at
             the
             foot
             ,
             with
             their
             
               swords
               drawn
            
             :
             the
             
               Muskettiers
               firing
               over
            
             them
             .
             Having
             
               fired
               ,
               charged
            
             ,
             and
             advanced
             their
             Pikes
             ,
             
               draw
               off
            
             the
             Pikes
             ,
             againe
             ,
             from
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             ,
             into
             their
             
               places
               ⊙
            
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             fourteenth
             firing
             ,
             (
             the
             Muskettiers
             being
             still
             in
             the
             middle
             )
             make
             the
             
               hollow
               fronted-crossebattell
            
             ;
             the
             Pikemen
             making
             the
             hollow
             ,
             upon
             the
             flanks
             of
             the
             Muskettiers
             .
             For
             the
             making
             whereof
             ,
             wheele
             the
             
               front
               off
            
             the
             2.
             
               first
               ranks
            
             ,
             into
             the
             midst
             .
             That
             being
             done
             ,
             wheele
             the
             reer
             of
             the
             2
             
               last
               ranks
            
             ,
             after
             the
             same
             manner
             :
             and
             then
             face
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             body
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ;
             and
             cause
             them
             to
             march
             untill
             there
             be
             a
             
               square
               hollow
               ,
               in
               the
               middest
            
             of
             the
             battell
             .
             Then
             command
             them
             to
             face
             to
             the
             
               front
               ,
               reere
            
             ,
             and
             flanks
             :
             which
             being
             in
             like
             manner
             performed
             ,
             cause
             the
             Pikes
             (
             who
             are
             now
             in
             the
             front
             of
             the
             Musketticrs
             )
             to
             open
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ;
             the
             
               last
               ranke
            
             of
             
               Pikes
               ,
               ranking
            
             even
             with
             the
             
               first
               ranke
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             .
             The
             Muskettiers
             may
             
               give
               fire
            
             upon
             this
             
               figure
               ,
               wheeling
            
             all
             off
             to
             the
             right
             :
             and
             placing
             themselues
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             
               owne
               divisions
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             .
             If
             need
             be
             ,
             the
             Pikes
             may
             close
             their
             divisions
             before
             their
             Muskettiers
             ;
             and
             charge
             their
             Pikes
             .
             Which
             being
             done
             ,
             and
             the
             Pikes
             againe
             advanced
             :
             we
             will
             come
             to
             the
             reducement
             .
             For
             which
             purpose
             ,
             face
             the
             whole
             
               body
               about
            
             to
             the
             Center
             :
             and
             cause
             the
             flanke-divisions
             to
             close
             to
             their
             order
             .
             This
             being
             executed
             ,
             let
             the
             front-division
             
             wheele
             together
             their
             front
             ,
             into
             the
             midst
             (
             as
             they
             now
             stand
             faced
             )
             the
             reere-division
             doing
             the
             like
             .
             That
             being
             in
             like
             manner
             performed
             ,
             face
             the
             whole
             body
             to
             the
             
               front
               proper
            
             :
             then
             
               wheele
               off
            
             the
             battell
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             :
             after
             which
             having
             closed
             their
             divisions
             ,
             they
             are
             perfectly
             reduced
             as
             at
             first
             .
             And
             herewith
             we
             will
             conclude
             this
             
               dayes
               exercise
            
             ,
             and
             leave
             our
             Souldiers
             to
             rest
             :
             untill
             that
             the
             
               morrows
               Sunne
            
             ,
             and
             the
             
               thundering
               Drumme
            
             ,
             shall
             call
             us
             forth
             againe
             into
             the
             Field
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             CIX
             .
          
           
             The
             fifth
             dayes
             Exercise
             .
          
           
             HAving
             the
             fift
             time
             brought
             your
             Souldiers
             into
             the
             Field
             ,
             if
             you
             have
             leasure
             ,
             it
             will
             not
             be
             amisse
             for
             to
             cause
             them
             to
             be
             instructed
             (
             in
             the
             first
             place
             )
             in
             the
             Postures
             of
             the
             Pike
             and
             Musket
             .
             For
             those
             Souldiers
             which
             by
             often
             practice
             of
             their
             Postures
             are
             growne
             perfect
             ,
             will
             manage
             their
             Armes
             with
             
               case
               ,
               surety
            
             ,
             and
             celerity
             :
             when
             ,
             on
             the
             contrary
             ,
             the
             
               unpractised
               Souldier
            
             ,
             will
             be
             a
             trouble
             to
             himselfe
             ,
             a
             danger
             to
             his
             fellowes
             ,
             and
             a
             Dormant
             to
             his
             Enemies
             .
          
           
             After
             the
             Pastures
             ,
             each
             file
             being
             drawne
             into
             his
             place
             ;
             and
             the
             Ensigne
             (
             according
             to
             former
             directions
             )
             
             brought
             to
             the
             head
             of
             the
             P●kes
             ;
             the
             Rankes
             evened
             ,
             and
             the
             
               files
               streitned
            
             ;
             the
             Captaine
             (
             having
             commanded
             silence
             ,
             and
             delivered
             himselfe
             in
             such
             ●earmes
             ,
             as
             the
             present
             occasion
             doth
             require
             ,
             ever
             preferring
             the
             industrious
             and
             painfull
             ;
             and
             ,
             on
             the
             contrary
             ,
             blaming
             the
             carelesse
             and
             the
             slothfull
             )
             he
             next
             proceeds
             to
             instruct
             them
             in
             their
             
               sev●●a●●
               〈◊〉
            
             :
             and
             these
             ,
             indeed
             ,
             are
             the
             grounds
             of
             all
             motion
             :
             seeing
             that
             without
             distance
             ,
             the
             motion
             cannot
             be
             excected
             .
             Next
             to
             the
             distances
             ,
             they
             are
             to
             be
             instructed
             in
             the
             motions
             :
             ever
             observing
             to
             each
             motion
             ,
             its
             due
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             Next
             after
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
               distance
            
             ,
             and
             motions
             ;
             let
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             
               dayes
               Exercise
            
             be
             spent
             in
             firings
             and
             figures
             of
             Battaile
             .
             Each
             Officer
             ,
             having
             now
             received
             his
             severall
             Charge
             :
             The
             
               Captaine
               commands
            
             ;
             the
             
               Drums
               ,
               beat
            
             ,
             and
             the
             
               Muskettiers
               ,
               make
               ready
            
             .
          
           
             The
             
               first
               firing
            
             being
             performed
             by
             leading
             forth
             the
             
               outmost
               file
            
             of
             each
             Flanke
             twenty
             paces
             (
             or
             thereabout
             )
             before
             the
             Front
             ;
             and
             no●
             〈…〉
             the
             place
             of
             firing●
             ;
             let
             the
             
               second
               men
            
             ,
             〈…〉
             the
             right
             and
             
               le●●
               inward
               ,
               even
            
             with
             their
             〈…〉
             so
             
               give
               fire
            
             ,
             together
             ,
             
               wheeling
               off
            
             by
             〈…〉
             the
             
               right
               Flanke
            
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             the
             
               left
               flanke
            
             〈◊〉
             the
             
               left
               ;
               placing
            
             themselves
             on
             the
             inside
             of
             their
             
               owne
               d●viss●ns
            
             of
             Muske●●i●●s
             next
             the
             
               Pikes
               file-wise
            
             ,
             as
             they
             were
             when
             they
             marchedforth
             .
             So
             soon
             as
             the
             first
             two
             men
             of
             their
             files
             ,
             have
             after
             this
             manner
             
               ranked
               ,
               fired
            
             ,
             and
             
               wheeled
               off
            
             ;
             the
             
               next
               second
               m●n
               ,
               ranke
               even
            
             with
             their
             Leaders
             ,
             as
             before
             :
             giving
             fire
             ,
             and
             wheeling
             away
             to
             place
             themselves
             ,
             file-wise
             ,
             aftertheir
             ●●●ders
             .
             The
             residue
             of
             their
             first
             
             files
             are
             to
             do
             the
             like
             ;
             and
             so
             still
             the
             
               outermost
               files
               leading
            
             forth
             ,
             doing
             in
             like
             manner●
             ;
             and
             still
             placing
             themselves
             ,
             file-wise
             ,
             next
             to
             the
             Pikes
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             second
             firing
             ,
             cause
             the
             
               outermost
               files
            
             to
             
               march
               forth
            
             to
             the
             former
             distance
             before
             the
             front
             :
             And
             whereas
             in
             the
             
               last
               firing
            
             ,
             they
             ranked
             but
             two
             and
             two●
             ;
             and
             so
             
               gave
               fire
            
             :
             now
             ,
             let
             them
             ranke
             foure
             .
             That
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             the
             three
             
               men
               next
            
             behind
             the
             right-hand-file-leader
             ,
             shall
             ranke
             inward
             to
             the
             
               left
               ,
               even
            
             with
             their
             File-leaders
             :
             the
             three
             
               next
               men
            
             ,
             after
             the
             
               left-hand-file-leader
               ,
               ranking
            
             inwards
             to
             the
             
               right
               ;
               even
               ●●rest
            
             with
             the
             leader
             of
             their
             file
             :
             the
             residue
             of
             each
             file
             ,
             keeping
             themselves
             in
             file
             ;
             and
             
               closing
               formard●
            
             to
             the
             distance
             of
             order
             ,
             just
             after
             their
             File-leaders
             .
             The
             first
             foure
             of
             each
             file
             ,
             having
             
               presented
               ,
               fired
            
             ,
             and
             
               wheeled
               away
            
             ;
             the
             
               last
               foure
               men
            
             (
             being
             the
             ●e●r●-half-files
             )
             in
             the
             interim
             of
             their
             wheeling
             off
             ,
             ranke
             to
             the
             ●ight
             and
             
               left
               inward
               :
               presenting●
               ;
               ●●●ing
               ,
            
             and
             
               wheeling
               off
            
             (
             as
             aforesaid
             )
             and
             placing
             themselves
             in
             the
             〈◊〉
             of
             the
             
               former
               part
            
             of
             their
             files
             ,
             which
             wheeledaway
             before
             them
             .
             The
             
               second
               Files
            
             are
             then
             to
             lead
             forth
             ,
             and
             to
             doe
             the
             like
             ;
             and
             so
             successively
             ,
             the
             rest
             ,
             untill
             they
             have
             all
             
               fired
               over
            
             ,
             this
             way
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             third
             firing
             ,
             let
             the
             
               outermost
               files
               lead
               forth
            
             to
             the
             same
             distance
             befo●e
             the
             Front●
             ;
             whither
             being
             come
             ,
             as
             tothe
             place
             wherein
             〈◊〉
             doe
             their
             execution●
             ;
             let
             the
             
               files
               〈◊〉
            
             to
             the
             right
             and
             
               left
               inward●
            
             ;
             and
             so
             fire
             all
             together
             :
             〈…〉
             ,
             and
             placing
             themselves
             as
             in
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               f●●●ngs
            
             .
             The
             residue
             of
             the
             other
             Files
             of
             Muskettiers
             ,
             at
             the
             sametime
             ,
             
               marching
               forth
               ;
               giving
               fire
            
             ,
             and
             still
             
             placing
             themselves
             file-wise
             ,
             on
             the
             
               innermost
               part
            
             of
             their
             
               own
               divisions
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             ;
             and
             next
             to
             the
             outside
             of
             Pikes
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             fourth
             firing
             ,
             cause
             your
             Muskettiers
             to
             ranke
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             into
             the
             front
             ;
             and
             so
             the
             whole
             body
             of
             Muskettiers
             give
             fire
             at
             once
             :
             which
             being
             performed
             ,
             let
             them
             face
             to
             the
             right
             and
             
               left
               inward
            
             ,
             and
             so
             march
             into
             their
             places
             .
          
           
             They
             may
             (
             if
             you
             please
             )
             open
             the
             files
             of
             Muskettiers
             ,
             to
             
               double
               distance
            
             ,
             and
             so
             cause
             the
             files
             to
             ranke
             to
             the
             right
             into
             the
             front
             ,
             by
             Conversion
             :
             giving
             fire
             after
             that
             manner
             ,
             which
             (
             if
             it
             be
             done
             )
             will
             make
             the
             fift
             firing
             .
          
           
             After
             this
             ,
             let
             them
             
               fall
               backe
            
             into
             their
             places
             ,
             and
             having
             
               made
               ready
            
             againe
             ,
             before
             you
             close
             their
             distance
             ,
             cause
             the
             halfe-files
             to
             
               face
               about
            
             ,
             and
             then
             let
             the
             
               files
               ranke
            
             into
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             ,
             and
             so
             give
             fire
             :
             which
             will
             make
             the
             
               si●t
               firing
            
             .
             Having
             thus
             fired
             ,
             and
             being
             
               fallen
               backe
            
             into
             their
             places
             ,
             let
             the
             halfe
             files
             ,
             face
             againe
             to
             their
             leader
             ;
             and
             the
             files
             of
             Muskettiers
             close
             againe
             to
             their
             order
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             
               seventh
               firing
            
             ,
             let
             the
             rankes
             of
             Muskettiers
             open
             backe
             to
             their
             
               double
               distance
            
             ;
             and
             the
             Muskettiers
             ,
             wheele
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             by
             Conversion
             :
             and
             so
             give
             fire
             to
             both
             flankes
             .
          
           
             The
             men
             being
             returned
             to
             their
             places
             ,
             and
             having
             againe
             closed
             their
             rankes
             to
             their
             order
             :
             after
             some
             little
             pause
             ,
             by
             marching
             ,
             (
             or
             otherwise
             )
             the
             Muskettiers
             being
             all
             againe
             
               ready
               ;
               command
            
             your
             files
             of
             Pikes
             to
             open
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             to
             their
             
               double
               distance
            
             .
             Then
             
               command
               ,
               rankes
            
             both
             of
             
             Muskets
             and
             Pikes
             ,
             to
             
               open
               backward
            
             to
             their
             
               double
               distance
            
             .
             Which
             being
             done
             ,
             command
             the
             Muskets
             to
             invert
             to
             the
             right
             and
             
               left
               outward
            
             ;
             and
             then
             to
             
               face
               outward
            
             ,
             and
             present
             ;
             and
             let
             the
             halfe-files
             of
             Pikes
             
               face
               about
            
             .
             Then
             cause
             your
             files
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             to
             ranke
             to
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             by
             conversion
             :
             and
             let
             the
             Muskettiers
             
               give
               fire
            
             ,
             and
             the
             Pikes
             charge
             .
          
           
             This
             figure
             will
             take
             up
             a
             great
             quantity
             of
             ground
             ,
             because
             that
             all
             the
             Muskettiers
             are
             now
             become
             two
             rankes
             :
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             to
             each
             flanke
             one
             ,
             all
             the
             Pikes
             being
             likewise
             brought
             into
             two
             rankes
             ,
             one
             to
             the
             front
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             to
             the
             reere
             .
             This
             being
             performed
             ,
             the
             body
             will
             stand
             in
             form
             of
             a
             great
             
               hollow
               square
            
             .
          
           
             The
             Muskettiers
             hauing
             fired
             ,
             the
             Pikes
             being
             advaneed
             ,
             and
             each
             
               Souldier
               returned
            
             to
             his
             place
             ,
             and
             all
             faced
             to
             their
             leader
             :
             let
             them
             close
             their
             rankes
             and
             files
             to
             their
             order
             .
             Then
             cause
             the
             
               ninth
               firing
            
             ,
             to
             be
             performed
             to
             both
             flankes
             ,
             upon
             a
             
               stand
               :
               facing
            
             the
             whole
             body
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             there
             firing
             and
             
               wheeling
               off
            
             by
             division
             ,
             and
             flanking
             their
             Pikes
             .
             Whilest
             the
             two
             last
             rankes
             are
             
               giving
               fire
            
             ,
             let
             the
             Pikes
             port
             ,
             and
             when
             the
             Muskettiers
             have
             fired
             ,
             and
             
               wheeled
               off
            
             ,
             let
             them
             charge
             .
          
           
             Having
             advanced
             their
             Pikes
             ,
             face
             the
             whole
             body
             to
             that
             part
             where
             you
             shall
             finde
             your
             file-leaders
             of
             Muskettiers
             :
             then
             will
             all
             your
             Muskettiers
             ,
             be
             in
             front
             and
             reere
             .
             Next
             ,
             command
             your
             halfe-files
             that
             then
             are
             ,
             to
             double
             your
             front
             to
             the
             
               left
               entire
            
             :
             which
             being
             done
             ,
             let
             them
             face
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             the
             
               Muskettiers
               giving
               fire
            
             ,
             and
             
               wheeling
               off
            
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             and
             placing
             themselves
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             
             owne
             divisions
             .
             The
             Pikes
             may
             also
             port
             ,
             and
             charge
             ,
             at
             discretion
             .
             The
             Pikes
             being
             advanced
             ,
             and
             the
             whole
             
               Company
               ,
               faced
            
             to
             their
             
               former
               front
               ,
               command
            
             the
             halfe-rankes
             of
             the
             right
             ,
             (
             both
             Muskettiers
             and
             Pikes
             )
             to
             march
             ,
             and
             the
             halfe-rankes
             of
             the
             
               left
               flanke
            
             to
             follow
             in
             the
             reere
             .
          
           
             Having
             given
             them
             some
             time
             of
             breathing
             ;
             then
             for
             the
             
               eleventh
               firing
            
             ,
             cause
             the
             halfe-files
             that
             then
             are
             ,
             (
             Muskettiers
             and
             Pikes
             )
             to
             face
             to
             the
             reere
             .
             Which
             being
             done
             ,
             let
             the
             Muskettiers
             give
             fire
             to
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             ,
             upon
             a
             
               stand
               ,
               wheeling
               off
            
             by
             division
             ,
             and
             placing
             themselves
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             Pikes
             ;
             they
             
               moving
               forwards
            
             ,
             and
             maintaining
             the
             
               Muskettiers
               ground
            
             .
             The
             Pikes
             are
             then
             to
             charge
             ,
             when
             they
             are
             cleered
             of
             their
             Muskettiers
             .
             Which
             being
             done
             ,
             and
             they
             againe
             
               advanced
               ,
               face
            
             them
             all
             to
             their
             
               former
               front
            
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             twelfth
             
               firing
               ,
               command
               halfe-files
            
             to
             double
             the
             
               front
               inward
               intire
            
             .
             To
             which
             purpose
             ,
             open
             the
             
               front
               halfe-files
            
             (
             both
             Muskettiers
             and
             Pikes
             )
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ;
             for
             receiving
             the
             halfe-files
             of
             both
             Armes
             ,
             within
             them
             :
             which
             being
             executed
             ,
             each
             Armes
             will
             stand
             in
             three
             divisions
             .
             Then
             command
             the
             
               front
               halfe-files
            
             ,
             to
             
               face
               about
            
             to
             the
             reere
             ,
             and
             to
             present
             :
             The
             
               Reere
               halfe-files
            
             keeping
             still
             faced
             to
             the
             front
             ;
             and
             there
             in
             like
             manner
             presenting
             ,
             and
             both
             
               giving
               fire
            
             together
             .
             The
             first
             time
             of
             their
             
               firing
               over
            
             ,
             they
             may
             fall
             in
             the
             Reere
             of
             their
             
               owne
               divisions
            
             of
             
               Muskettiers
               ;
               wheeling
               off
            
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             .
             The
             second
             time
             of
             
               giving
               fire
            
             upon
             this
             figure
             ,
             let
             them
             
               wheele
               off
            
             ,
             as
             before
             ;
             and
             place
             themselues
             in
             the
             Reere
             of
             their
             
               following
               divisions
            
             
             of
             Pikes
             .
             Which
             being
             in
             like
             manner
             performed
             ,
             let
             the
             
               Pikes
               ,
               charge
            
             .
             Being
             againe
             
               advanced
               ;
               face
            
             the
             body
             to
             the
             
               former
               front
            
             ;
             and
             
               command
               ,
               halfe-files
            
             that
             doubled
             ,
             to
             face
             to
             the
             Reere
             ,
             and
             march
             into
             their
             places
             .
             The
             halfe-files
             being
             
               faced
               about
            
             ,
             and
             
               marched
               cleare
               off
            
             ,
             then
             are
             the
             
               front
               halfe-files
            
             to
             close
             their
             divisions
             .
             Thus
             being
             all
             rightly
             faced
             ,
             the
             Muskettiers
             will
             be
             in
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             thirteenth
             firing
             ,
             make
             the
             
               horned
               battell
            
             to
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             .
             For
             the
             which
             ,
             cause
             the
             halfe-files
             of
             Muskettiers
             and
             Pikes
             ,
             to
             face
             to
             the
             reere
             .
             Then
             cause
             the
             Muskettiers
             to
             open
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             (
             both
             in
             front
             and
             reere
             )
             and
             so
             to
             
               give
               fire
               :
               wheeling
               off
            
             by
             division
             ,
             and
             flanking
             their
             Pikes
             .
             The
             Pikes
             may
             also
             charge
             :
             Having
             advanced
             ,
             let
             them
             all
             face
             to
             their
             leader
             at
             the
             
               proper
               front
            
             .
          
           
             Lastly
             ,
             for
             the
             fourteenth
             firing
             ,
             make
             the
             
               Sconce
               Battell
            
             .
             For
             further
             directions
             wherein
             ,
             turne
             backe
             to
             the
             93.
             
             Chapter
             ;
             where
             you
             may
             finde
             instructions
             ,
             as
             well
             for
             the
             making
             ,
             
               giving
               of
               fire
            
             ,
             and
             reducing
             thereof
             .
             And
             if
             you
             please
             ,
             your
             Ensigne
             may
             display
             his
             Colours
             ,
             in
             the
             
               hollow
               part
            
             of
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Pikes
             .
          
           
             Supposing
             now
             ,
             that
             by
             this
             time
             ,
             the
             night
             hath
             almost
             overtaken
             us
             ;
             we
             will
             prepare
             to
             lodge
             our
             Colours
             ,
             with
             our
             accustomed
             Bene-vale
             :
             and
             herewith
             we
             will
             conclude
             this
             our
             
               fifth
               dayes
               Exercise
            
             ;
             suffering
             our
             Souldiers
             to
             depart
             to
             their
             severall
             habitations
             .
             There
             leaving
             them
             to
             clense
             their
             arms
             ,
             and
             to
             refresh
             their
             bodies
             ,
             untill
             the
             
               morrows
               clamouring
               Drum
            
             ,
             doth
             invite
             us
             forth
             to
             our
             
               sixth
               dayes
               Exercise
            
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             CX
             .
          
           
             The
             sixt
             dayes
             Exercise
             .
          
           
             HAving
             the
             sixth
             time
             brought
             your
             Souldiers
             into
             the
             Field
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             accustomed
             manner
             :
             let
             each
             
               File-leader
               ,
               exercise
            
             his
             File
             ,
             in
             the
             Postures
             of
             such
             Armes
             ,
             as
             they
             carry
             .
             Which
             being
             performed
             ,
             and
             the
             Files
             againe
             rejoyned
             into
             one
             body
             :
             the
             Ensigne
             being
             at
             the
             head
             of
             
               the
               Pikes
            
             ,
             and
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Officers
             in
             their
             severall
             places
             :
             The
             Captaine
             having
             
               commanded
               silence
               ,
               attention
            
             ,
             and
             obeaience
             (
             three
             especiall
             vertues
             ,
             most
             necessarily
             requisite
             to
             every
             
               common
               Souldier
            
             )
             hee
             proceeds
             to
             the
             severall
             distances
             ;
             instructing
             them
             in
             the
             uses
             of
             each
             of
             them
             .
             Next
             after
             the
             distances
             ,
             he
             teaches
             them
             the
             Facings
             ,
             the
             Doublings
             ,
             the
             Countermarches
             ,
             and
             the
             Wheelings
             ,
             with
             severall
             Observations
             upon
             each
             of
             the
             Motions
             .
             After
             which
             (
             having
             so
             commanded
             )
             The
             
               Drums
               ,
               bcat
            
             ;
             and
             the
             
               Muskettiers
               ,
               make
               ready
            
             for
             Skirmish
             :
             Then
             (
             if
             you
             please
             )
             you
             may
             cause
             three
             or
             foure
             of
             the
             
               first
               firings
            
             ,
             to
             be
             performed
             by
             
               light
               Skirmishing
            
             before
             the
             Front
             :
             and
             that
             with
             
               loose
               Ranks
            
             ,
             or
             Files
             ,
             or
             both
             :
             either
             some
             of
             those
             ,
             (
             or
             such
             like
             )
             as
             I
             have
             formerly
             
             spoken
             off
             in
             the
             
               preceding
               Exercises
            
             .
             After
             which
             ,
             for
             your
             
               next
               firing
            
             ;
             cause
             your
             Half-files
             to
             open
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             by
             
               equall
               division
            
             :
             untill
             the
             
               Reere
               Divisions
            
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             stands
             right
             after
             the
             Muskettiers
             of
             the
             Front-division
             .
             Now
             the
             Muskettiers
             standing
             in
             foure
             Divisions
             ,
             let
             them
             all
             present
             ,
             and
             give
             fire
             to
             the
             
               Front
               :
               wheeling
               all
               off
            
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             and
             placing
             themselves
             in
             the
             Reere
             of
             their
             
               own
               divisions
            
             of
             like
             Armes
             :
             each
             Ranke
             ,
             still
             making
             good
             the
             Leaders
             ground
             .
             Having
             
               given
               fire
               ,
               once
            
             or
             twice
             over
             on
             this
             Figure
             :
             For
             the
             second
             firing
             cause
             the
             Front-division
             to
             give
             fire
             to
             the
             Front
             ;
             and
             the
             two
             
               Reere
               divisions
            
             ,
             to
             each
             Flanke
             in
             a
             March.
             The
             Front-division
             with
             fires
             in
             
               Ranke
               ,
               wheele
            
             all
             off
             to
             the
             
               right
               ;
               placing
            
             themselves
             in
             the
             Reere
             of
             their
             
               ownc
               Divisions
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             :
             the
             other
             Divisions
             with
             fire
             in
             
               flanke
               ,
               leading
               up
            
             their
             files
             betweene
             their
             
               owne
               divisions
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             and
             the
             Pikes
             .
          
           
             Having
             
               given
               fire
               once
            
             or
             
               oftner
               over
            
             ,
             according
             to
             discretion
             this
             way
             ;
             let
             the
             third
             firing
             be
             performed
             upon
             a
             stand
             .
             For
             the
             which
             ,
             cause
             your
             reere-divisions
             to
             facc
             to
             the
             right
             and
             
               left
               outward
            
             :
             the
             front-division
             ,
             still
             to
             continue
             the
             same
             aspect
             .
             Then
             ,
             let
             the
             
               Muskettiers
               give
               fire
            
             ,
             those
             of
             the
             
               right
               flanke
               ,
               wheeling
               off
            
             to
             the
             right
             :
             and
             the
             
               contrary
               flanke
            
             ,
             to
             the
             
               contrary
               hand
            
             ;
             the
             Muskettiers
             of
             the
             
               front
               division
               ,
               placing
            
             themselues
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             
               owne
               divisions
            
             of
             Muskets
             ;
             the
             Muskettiers
             of
             the
             
               reere
               divisions
               ,
               placing
            
             themselues
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             the
             
               reere
               divisions
            
             of
             Pikes
             :
             each
             ranke
             of
             Muskettiers
             ,
             still
             making
             good
             his
             
               leaders
               ground
            
             .
             When
             
             they
             have
             
               fired
               all
               over
            
             ,
             let
             the
             Pikes
             charge
             ,
             to
             front
             and
             both
             flanks
             .
          
           
             Having
             advanced
             your
             Pikes
             againe
             ,
             and
             faced
             your
             body
             to
             the
             
               front
               proper
            
             ,
             each
             Armes
             still
             standeth
             in
             three
             divisions
             .
             Then
             let
             the
             fourth
             firing
             ,
             be
             to
             the
             reere
             ,
             and
             both
             flanks
             upon
             a
             march
             .
             And
             to
             that
             end
             ,
             open
             your
             front-divisions
             of
             Muskettiers
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             untill
             they
             are
             cleere
             of
             the
             reere-divisions
             of
             Pikes
             :
             that
             so
             they
             be
             not
             troublesome
             unto
             them
             ,
             in
             their
             march
             .
             Then
             let
             your
             
               pikes
               shoulder
            
             ;
             and
             the
             Muskettiers
             ,
             
               give
               fire
            
             :
             the
             
               front
               divisions
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             ,
             firing
             in
             flanke
             ,
             and
             
               leading
               up
            
             on
             the
             inside
             of
             their
             
               owne
               divisions
            
             .
             The
             Muskettiers
             of
             the
             
               reere
               division
               ,
               giving
               fire
            
             in
             the
             reere
             in
             
               ranke
               wheeling
               off
            
             by
             division
             ,
             and
             placing
             themselves
             in
             the
             front
             of
             their
             owne
             divisions
             of
             Muskettiers
             .
             Having
             
               fired
               once
               over
            
             ,
             and
             the
             
               Pikes
               charged
            
             ;
             let
             your
             fifth
             firing
             be
             to
             the
             Reere
             ,
             and
             
               both
               flankes
            
             upon
             a
             stand
             .
             In
             the
             which
             ,
             let
             the
             half-files
             (
             both
             Muskettiers
             and
             
               Pikes
               )
               face
               to
            
             the
             Reere
             ;
             the
             Front-division
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             and
             so
             
               give
               fire
            
             one
             
               each
               part
            
             ;
             those
             that
             fire
             to
             the
             
               flankes
               wheeling
               off
            
             ,
             and
             placing
             themselves
             in
             the
             Reere
             of
             their
             divisions
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             and
             the
             Muskets
             of
             the
             
               Reere
               divisions
               ,
               wheeling
               off
            
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             and
             placing
             themselves
             in
             the
             Reere
             of
             their
             
               owne
               divisions
            
             of
             Musketties
             :
             each
             
               Ranke
               moving
               forward
            
             into
             their
             
               Leaders
               ground
            
             .
             Having
             
               fired
               over
            
             ,
             let
             the
             
               Pikes
               charge
            
             .
             The
             Pikes
             being
             againe
             
               advanced
               ;
               face
               the
               whole
               body
            
             to
             the
             
               proper
               front
            
             :
             and
             then
             all
             the
             Muskettiers
             will
             be
             in
             the
             midst
             ,
             and
             the
             Pikemen
             on
             the
             flankes
             .
          
           
           
             For
             the
             sixth
             firing
             ,
             cause
             your
             half-rankes
             of
             the
             
               left
               ,
               double
            
             your
             
               right
               flanke
            
             by
             division
             .
             For
             further
             directions
             ,
             looke
             back
             to
             the
             
               tripartite
               firing
            
             :
             which
             you
             shall
             find
             ,
             Chap.
             92.
             
             Having
             fired
             over
             that
             way
             ;
             charged
             ,
             and
             re-advanced
             your
             
               pikes
               :
               face
            
             the
             whole
             body
             to
             their
             
               former
               front
            
             .
          
           
             For
             your
             
               seventh
               firing
            
             ,
             cause
             the
             front
             and
             
               reere
               divisions
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             and
             Pikes
             ,
             to
             face
             to
             the
             right
             :
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             body
             (
             both
             Muskets
             and
             Pikes
             )
             to
             the
             left
             .
             Let
             the
             Muskettiers
             
               give
               fire
            
             ,
             and
             wheele
             all
             off
             ,
             either
             to
             the
             right
             or
             left
             ,
             and
             place
             themselves
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             
               following
               divisions
            
             of
             Pikes
             ;
             each
             ranke
             still
             moving
             up
             into
             their
             
               leaders
               ground
            
             .
             When
             there
             rest
             but
             two
             rankes
             of
             each
             division
             ,
             to
             fire
             ,
             let
             the
             Pikes
             port
             .
             Having
             all
             fircd
             ,
             and
             
               wheeled
               away
            
             ;
             let
             the
             Pikes
             charge
             .
             Then
             ,
             face
             the
             whole
             body
             to
             their
             
               first
               front
            
             ;
             and
             command
             the
             first
             and
             last
             foure
             rankes
             to
             face
             to
             the
             left
             :
             and
             to
             march
             ,
             untill
             they
             are
             cleere
             of
             the
             
               standing
               part
            
             of
             the
             Body
             .
             Then
             ,
             cause
             the
             
               front
               halfe-files
            
             ,
             to
             face
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             the
             
               reere
               halfe-files
            
             ,
             to
             the
             right
             :
             and
             so
             to
             close
             their
             divisions
             :
             and
             after
             that
             to
             face
             towards
             their
             leader
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             
               eight
               firing
            
             ,
             make
             the
             
               sollid
               Square
               girdled
            
             with
             Muskettiers
             .
             For
             the
             which
             ,
             
               draw
               halfe
            
             the
             files
             of
             the
             
               right
               flanke
            
             of
             Muskettiers
             ,
             crosse
             the
             front
             ,
             and
             halfe
             the
             files
             of
             Muskettiers
             of
             the
             
               left
               flanke
               ,
               crosse
            
             the
             reere
             .
             Then
             face
             the
             whole
             body
             (
             both
             Muskets
             and
             Pikes
             (
             to
             the
             
               front
               ,
               reere
            
             ,
             and
             flankes
             .
             This
             done
             ,
             let
             the
             Muskettiers
             
               give
               fire
            
             ,
             and
             wheele
             off
             by
             
               division
               :
               placing
            
             themselves
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             their
             owne
             divisions
             of
             Muskettiers
             ▪
             
             All
             the
             time
             of
             this
             firing
             ,
             the
             Pikemen
             ,
             being
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             the
             Muskettiers
             ,
             have
             good
             opportunity
             (
             if
             the
             enemy
             be
             neere
             )
             to
             gall
             them
             with
             their
             thicke
             showers
             of
             
               feathered
               shot
            
             .
             The
             Muskettiers
             ,
             in
             the
             meane
             time
             ,
             having
             
               fired
               once
               ,
               twice
            
             ,
             or
             
               oftner
               over
            
             ,
             on
             this
             Figure
             ,
             draw
             your
             files
             of
             Muskettiers
             backe
             againe
             into
             their
             places
             .
          
           
             Then
             having
             faced
             the
             whole
             body
             to
             the
             
               proper
               front
            
             ,
             let
             your
             
               ninth
               firing
            
             ,
             be
             
               Captaine
               Wallers
               double
               firing
               to
               the
               front
               and
               reere
               ,
            
             after
             this
             manner
             .
             First
             ,
             
               wheele
               front
            
             and
             reere
             into
             the
             
               right
               flanke
            
             :
             then
             face
             them
             all
             the
             same
             way
             they
             were
             before
             :
             which
             done
             ,
             cause
             the
             halfe-files
             to
             face
             to
             the
             reere
             ,
             and
             command
             the
             Muskettiers
             which
             are
             in
             the
             reere
             of
             each
             division
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             to
             double
             their
             front
             of
             Pikes
             by
             division
             .
             Then
             ,
             let
             them
             
               face
               about
            
             and
             close
             their
             divisions
             :
             and
             so
             having
             refaced
             them
             as
             they
             were
             ;
             let
             them
             
               give
               fire
               ,
               wheele
               off
            
             ,
             and
             charge
             ,
             according
             to
             directions
             on
             Captaine
             Wallers
             Figure
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             
               tenth
               firing
            
             ,
             let
             them
             face
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             and
             give
             fire
             to
             both
             flankes
             upon
             a
             
               stand
               :
               wheeling
               off
            
             by
             division
             ,
             and
             flanking
             their
             Pikes
             .
             When
             the
             Pikes
             have
             charged
             ,
             and
             are
             againe
             advanced
             ,
             let
             the
             Captaine
             passe
             to
             the
             
               front
               accidentall
            
             of
             the
             
               left
               flanke
            
             ,
             and
             face
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             body
             to
             him
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             next
             place
             wheele
             their
             flanks
             into
             the
             front
             ,
             and
             so
             all
             the
             Muskettiers
             will
             be
             in
             the
             front
             :
             and
             by
             facing
             the
             whole
             body
             to
             the
             left
             ;
             all
             the
             Muskettiers
             will
             be
             on
             the
             
               right
               flanke
            
             .
          
           
             Let
             the
             eleventh
             figure
             be
             the
             
               Diamond
               Battell
            
             .
             Having
             
               given
               fire
            
             two
             or
             three
             severall
             wayes
             ,
             according
             
             to
             the
             directions
             upon
             that
             
               figure
               ;
               charged
               Pikes
            
             ,
             and
             reduced
             them
             againe
             into
             the
             
               Square
               :
               face
            
             the
             
               body
               about
            
             to
             the
             right
             ;
             and
             passe
             the
             Muskettiers
             which
             belong
             to
             the
             
               right
               flanke
            
             ,
             betweene
             the
             ranks
             of
             pikes
             into
             their
             places
             .
             Then
             ,
             the
             Muskettiers
             of
             the
             
               left
               flanke
            
             ,
             being
             closed
             to
             their
             Pikes
             ,
             the
             Body
             will
             stand
             at
             their
             
               first
               order
            
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             twelfth
             firing
             ,
             make
             the
             
               hollow
               Square
               girdled
               with
               shot
            
             :
             let
             them
             
               give
               fire
            
             upon
             that
             figure
             (
             both
             without
             and
             within
             )
             according
             to
             the
             directions
             for
             that
             firing
             .
             Let
             the
             
               Pikes
               ,
               charge
            
             ;
             and
             reduce
             them
             in
             the
             same
             manner
             as
             I
             have
             discoursed
             upon
             that
             figure
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             thirteenth
             firing
             ,
             Make
             the
             Plesium
             as
             you
             shall
             finde
             directions
             in
             the
             104.
             
             Chapter
             .
          
           
             Having
             made
             it
             ,
             
               given
               fire
            
             upon
             it
             ,
             and
             reduced
             it
             as
             at
             first
             .
          
           
             Let
             the
             fourteenth
             and
             last
             firing
             for
             this
             exercise
             ,
             be
             the
             
               Hollow
               Hearse
            
             and
             Crosse
             .
             Turne
             backe
             to
             the
             103.
             
             Chapter
             ,
             where
             you
             may
             finde
             ample
             instructions
             for
             the
             
               making
               ,
               firing
            
             ,
             and
             reducing
             of
             it
             .
             And
             lastly
             ,
             that
             you
             may
             conclude
             with
             triumph
             ,
             cause
             your
             Ensigne
             to
             be
             displayed
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             the
             
               Hollow
               Crosse
            
             :
             and
             then
             having
             
               fired
               ,
               charged
               pikes
            
             ,
             and
             reduced
             your
             men
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             directions
             on
             that
             figure
             ,
             your
             men
             will
             be
             as
             at
             first
             .
             And
             therefore
             seeing
             that
             by
             this
             time
             night
             is
             come
             ;
             and
             our
             powder
             gone
             ;
             we
             will
             here
             give
             conclusion
             to
             our
             
               sixth
               dayes
               Exercise
            
             .
          
           
             Wherefore
             ,
             that
             you
             may
             observe
             some
             forme
             in
             the
             lodging
             of
             our
             Colours
             ;
             cause
             your
             Muskettiers
             to
             march
             in
             the
             front
             of
             your
             pikes
             .
             Then
             ,
             as
             as
             they
             
             march
             ,
             let
             them
             invert
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             :
             which
             is
             ,
             when
             the
             Ranks
             file
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             ,
             by
             division
             .
             Then
             ,
             cause
             all
             your
             Muskettiers
             to
             
               face
               in
               opposition
            
             ;
             to
             cocke
             their
             
               Matches
               ,
               guard
            
             their
             Pans
             ,
             and
             rest
             their
             Muskets
             .
             In
             the
             meane
             time
             ,
             let
             the
             
               pikes
               advance
            
             ,
             and
             close
             their
             ranks
             and
             files
             ,
             to
             their
             order
             .
             Which
             being
             done
             ,
             the
             
               Captaine
               ,
               Lieutenant
               ,
               Ensigne
            
             ,
             and
             
               Drummes
               beating
            
             a
             Troope
             ,
             at
             the
             head
             of
             the
             
               pikes
               :
               passe
               through
            
             this
             Guard
             into
             the
             
               appointed
               place
            
             for
             the
             alledgement
             of
             the
             Ensigne
             .
             Then
             ,
             the
             Serjeants
             cause
             the
             Muskettiers
             to
             face
             all
             about
             to
             the
             
               right
               ,
               and
               present
            
             :
             and
             upon
             the
             
               first
               beat
            
             of
             the
             Drumme
             ,
             they
             all
             
               give
               fire
            
             in
             one
             Volley
             .
             And
             now
             having
             performed
             our
             
               sixth
               dayes
               Exercise
            
             ,
             the
             
               Drumme
               beats
            
             a
             Call
             :
             and
             makes
             proclamation
             ,
             that
             
               every
               man
               may
               depart
               unto
               his
               severall
               home
               ,
               untill
               his
               next
               Summons
               into
               the
               Field
               .
            
          
           
             FINIS
             .
          
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           
             The
             Contents
             of
             every
             Chapter
             contained
             in
             this
             Booke
             .
          
           
             
               Chap.
               1.
            
             
             COncerning
             Postures
             and
             handling
             of
             Armes
             .
             
               page
               1.
            
             
          
           
             The
             Postures
             of
             the
             Musket
             .
             
               page
               3
            
          
           
             2
             Of
             the
             Postures
             of
             the
             Pike
             ,
             
               page
               7
            
          
           
             3
             Of
             the
             Drum
             ,
             
               page
               11
            
          
           
             4
             Of
             Rankes
             and
             Files
             ,
             their
             places
             and
             dignities
             ,
             
               p.
               13
            
          
           
             5
             Reasons
             for
             precedency
             of
             dignity
             in
             Rankes
             and
             Files
             .
             
               page
               15
            
          
           
             6
             Of
             severall
             Distances
             ,
             
               page
               20
            
          
           
             7
             Of
             marching
             a
             Company
             in
             divisions
             at
             length
             ,
             the
             order
             and
             places
             of
             the
             Officers
             ,
             and
             againe
             drawing
             them
             into
             forme
             of
             battell
             ,
             
               p.
               24
            
          
           
             8
             Of
             drawing
             the
             Divisions
             up
             into
             a
             square
             ,
             
               p.
               26
            
          
           
             9
             What
             is
             facing
             ,
             and
             the
             use
             of
             the
             word
             ,
             whether
             to
             be
             used
             or
             refused
             ,
             
               p.
               28
            
          
           
             10
             Of
             facing
             square
             ,
             and
             how
             to
             performe
             it
             ,
             the
             usefulnesse
             of
             Facings
             ,
             and
             the
             severall
             parts
             thereof
             ,
             
               page
               30
            
          
           
             11
             Of
             Doublings
             ,
             the
             use
             and
             parts
             ,
             
               p.
               34
            
          
           
             12
             Of
             Inversion
             and
             Conversion
             ,
             and
             of
             doubling
             Rankes
             .
             
               p.
               40
            
          
           
             
             Chap.
             13
             
               Of
               doublings
               of
               Ftles
            
             ,
             page
             p.
             42
          
           
             14
             Of
             doublings
             by
             Bringers
             up
             ,
             
               p.
               43
            
          
           
             15
             Of
             doublings
             of
             Files
             outward
             and
             inward
             ,
             
               page
               46
            
          
           
             16
             Of
             doubling
             by
             halfe
             Files
             ,
             
               p.
               48
            
          
           
             17
             Of
             doublings
             the
             Reere
             by
             Front
             halfe
             Files
             ,
             
               page
               50
            
          
           
             18
             Of
             doubling
             the
             Reere
             by
             Countermarch
             ,
             
               p.
               53
            
          
           
             19
             Of
             doubling
             Flankes
             by
             wayes
             of
             Countermarch
             ,
             
               page
               54
            
          
           
             20
             Of
             doubling
             halfe
             Files
             to
             the
             right
             intire
             ,
             to
             accommodate
             the
             doubling
             of
             halfe
             Rankes
             ,
             
               p.
               57
            
          
           
             21
             The
             difference
             betweene
             intire
             and
             divisionall
             doublings
             ,
             and
             of
             doubling
             halfe
             Files
             intire
             ,
             
               p.
               61
            
          
           
             22
             Of
             doubling
             the
             Front
             inward
             intire
             ,
             
               p.
               63
            
          
           
             23
             Of
             halfe
             Files
             ,
             doubling
             the
             Front
             by
             division
             ,
             
               page
               66
            
          
           
             24
             Of
             doubling
             the
             Reere
             by
             division
             ,
             
               p.
               67
            
          
           
             25
             Of
             doubling
             the
             Reere
             intire
             ,
             by
             the
             front
             halfe
             Files
             ,
             
               p.
               70
            
          
           
             26
             Of
             doubling
             by
             halfe
             ranke
             intire
             ,
             
               p.
               72
            
          
           
             27
             Of
             doubling
             of
             Flankes
             by
             division
             ,
             
               p.
               75
            
          
           
             28
             Of
             doubling
             Rankes
             intire
             ,
             
               p.
               77
            
          
           
             29
             Of
             doubling
             Files
             intire
             ,
             advancing
             ,
             
               p.
               79
            
          
           
             30
             Of
             Files
             doubling
             their
             depth
             ,
             
               p.
               82
            
          
           
             31
             Of
             Conversion
             and
             Inversion
             ,
             with
             their
             words
             of
             Command
             ,
             and
             reducements
             ,
             
               p.
               85
            
          
           
             32
             Of
             Files
             siling
             in
             sequence
             ,
             
               p.
               88
            
          
           
             33
             Of
             inverting
             Ranks
             ,
             or
             Ranks
             filing
             ,
             
               p.
               90
            
          
           
             34
             Of
             Ranks
             filing
             by
             division
             ,
             and
             how
             usefull
             ,
             
               page
               92
            
          
           
             
             
               Chap.
               35
            
             Of
             the
             severall
             parts
             of
             Conversion
             ,
             and
             how
             they
             are
             to
             be
             understood
             ,
             
               page
               p.
               94
            
          
           
             36
             Of
             Rankes
             wheeling
             by
             conversion
             ,
             
               p.
               97
            
          
           
             37
             Of
             Files
             ranking
             in
             equall
             part
             ,
             
               p.
               101
            
          
           
             38
             The
             conclusion
             of
             Doublings
             ,
             
               p.
               105
            
          
           
             39
             Of
             Countermarches
             .
             The
             antiquity
             ,
             and
             words
             of
             direction
             ,
             
               p.
               108
            
          
           
             40
             Of
             the
             
               Chorean
               Countermarch
            
             :
             and
             the
             way
             to
             performe
             it
             ,
             
               p.
               112
            
          
           
             41
             Of
             Countermarching
             
               to
               loose
               ground
            
             ,
             p.
             114
          
           
             42
             Of
             Countermarches
             
               to
               gaine
               ground
               ,
               or
               the
            
             Macedonian
             Countermarch
             ,
             p.
             117
          
           
             43
             
               Of
               the
            
             Bastard
             Countermarch
             ,
             p.
             119
          
           
             44
             Of
             Countermarching
             Rankes
             ,
             
               to
               maintaine
               ground
            
             ,
             p.
             121
          
           
             45
             Of
             Countermarching
             Rankes
             
               to
               loose
               ground
            
             ,
             p.
             122
          
           
             46
             
               Of
               the
            
             Macedonian
             Countermarch
             by
             Rank
             ,
             p.
             124
          
           
             47
             Of
             Countermaching
             Front
             and
             Reere
             
               to
               the
               middest
            
             ,
             p.
             125
          
           
             48
             Of
             bringing
             Front
             and
             Reere
             ,
             together
             into
             the
             middest
             by
             the
             
               Bastard
               Countermarch
               ,
               p.
               128
            
          
           
             49
             Of
             Countermarching
             ,
             to
             make
             a
             large
             intervall
             ,
             between
             the
             first
             and
             last
             
               Ranke
               ,
               p.
               130
            
          
           
             50
             Of
             making
             a
             large
             Intervall
             ,
             between
             the
             first
             &
             last
             Rankes
             ,
             by
             the
             Macedonian
             Countermarch
             ,
             
               p.
               132
            
          
           
             51
             
               Of
               interchanging
               ground
            
             .
             p.
             134
          
           
             52
             Of
             countermarching
             the
             flanks
             (
             or
             wings
             )
             into
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Battell
             ▪
             
               p.
               136
            
          
           
             
             
               Chap.
               53
            
             Of
             countermarching
             ,
             to
             take
             the
             ground
             before
             the
             flankes
             ,
             
               page
               p.
               138
            
          
           
             54
             Of
             Countermarching
             to
             take
             the
             ground
             on
             the
             out
             side
             of
             the
             Flankes
             ,
             and
             to
             direct
             their
             Aspects
             inwards
             .
             
               p.
               140
            
          
           
             55
             Of
             taking
             the
             ground
             on
             the
             outside
             of
             the
             flanks
             ;
             not
             altering
             the
             Aspects
             .
             
               p.
               142
            
          
           
             56
             Of
             Interchanging
             Ground
             by
             the
             Flanks
             ,
             and
             bringing
             the
             innermost
             files
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             to
             become
             the
             outmost
             rankes
             .
             
               p.
               144
            
          
           
             57
             Of
             wheeling
             ,
             their
             kindes
             ,
             and
             uses
             with
             their
             severall
             words
             of
             Command
             .
             
               p.
               148
            
          
           
             58
             
               Of
               wheelings
               Anguler
            
             ,
             p.
             150
          
           
             59
             Of
             wheeling
             on
             the
             Center
             .
             
               p.
               152
            
          
           
             60
             Of
             wheeling
             off
             ,
             by
             division
             .
             
               p.
               154
            
          
           
             61
             Of
             wheeling
             the
             Front
             inward
             ,
             towards
             the
             Reere
             .
             
               p.
               156
            
          
           
             62
             Of
             bringing
             the
             Flanks
             into
             the
             Front
             of
             the
             Battell
             ,
             
               p.
               158
            
          
           
             63
             Of
             wheeling
             the
             Reere
             into
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Battell
             ,
             
               p.
               161
            
          
           
             64
             Of
             wheeling
             the
             right
             flanke
             ,
             into
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Battell
             ,
             
               p.
               164
            
          
           
             65
             Of
             wheeling
             the
             left
             Flanke
             into
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Battell
             ,
             
               p.
               167
            
          
           
             66
             Of
             wheeling
             Front
             and
             Reere
             ,
             into
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Battell
             ,
             
               p.
               169
            
          
           
             67
             Of
             wheeling
             the
             flanks
             into
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Battell
             ,
             
               p.
               172
            
          
           
             68
             Of
             making
             men
             file-leaders
             successively
             ,
             the
             files
             being
             eight
             deepe
             ,
             
               p.
               176
            
          
           
             
             
               Chap.
               69
            
             Of
             making
             men
             file-leaders
             succes●ively
             :
             the
             files
             being
             but
             sixe
             deepe
             ,
             
               page
               p.
               179
            
          
           
             70
             Of
             drawing
             the
             Files
             againe
             into
             a
             Body
             :
             and
             preparing
             them
             for
             a
             skirmist
             ,
             
               p.
               183
            
          
           
             71
             Of
             firing
             by
             forlorne
             files
             .
             The
             manner
             ,
             and
             use
             ,
             
               page
               186
            
          
           
             72
             Of
             firings
             by
             two
             Ranks
             ,
             ten
             paces
             advanced
             before
             the
             front
             :
             Next
             ,
             even
             with
             the
             front
             ;
             and
             lastly
             ,
             even
             with
             the
             halfe
             files
             ,
             
               p.
               190
            
          
           
             73
             Of
             the
             Horne-battell
             ;
             how
             to
             make
             it
             :
             and
             to
             reduce
             it
             by
             firing
             ,
             
               p.
               195
            
          
           
             74
             Of
             the
             Demie-hearse
             Battell
             :
             The
             use
             of
             the
             figure
             ;
             how
             to
             make
             it
             ,
             and
             to
             reduce
             it
             by
             firing
             ▪
             
               p.
               198
            
          
           
             75
             Of
             giving
             fire
             ,
             advancing
             ,
             by
             way
             of
             Introduction
             :
             with
             the
             beneficiall
             use
             of
             the
             Bow
             and
             Pike
             ,
             
               page
               201
            
          
           
             76
             The
             way
             to
             make
             the
             Diamond
             Battell
             :
             severall
             wayes
             to
             fire
             upon
             it
             :
             with
             divers
             other
             figures
             and
             firings
             ,
             which
             are
             thereby
             produced
             ,
             
               p.
               204
            
          
           
             77
             Of
             the
             Convex
             Halfe
             Moone
             ;
             The
             use
             of
             the
             Figure
             :
             and
             of
             severall
             wayes
             of
             firing
             upon
             it
             .
             
               p.
               211
            
          
           
             78
             Of
             Extraduction
             :
             the
             severall
             uses
             ,
             firings
             ,
             and
             Reducements
             .
             
               p.
               215
            
          
           
             79
             Of
             the
             Broad
             fronted
             Battell
             :
             with
             the
             wayes
             of
             firing
             upon
             it
             .
             
               p.
               218
            
          
           
             80
             Of
             dismarching
             ,
             or
             firing
             in
             the
             Reere
             :
             the
             severall
             wayes
             ,
             and
             how
             they
             ought
             to
             be
             performed
             .
             
               p.
               221
            
          
           
             81
             Of
             firings
             in
             flanke
             ,
             in
             generall
             ;
             and
             more
             particularly
             ,
             of
             the
             gathering
             firing
             .
             
               p.
               226
            
          
           
             82
             The
             second
             manner
             of
             giving
             fire
             to
             the
             flanke
             .
             
               p.
               229
            
          
           
             
             
               Chap.
               83
            
             A
             firing
             in
             flanke
             ,
             led
             off
             by
             the
             Bringers
             up
             .
             
               page
               p.
               131
            
          
           
             84
             The
             difference
             betweene
             Firings
             in
             Flanke
             ,
             marching
             :
             and
             of
             bringing
             the
             Muskettiers
             on
             the
             outside
             of
             the
             Pikes
             .
             
               p.
               234
            
          
           
             85
             Of
             Firing
             in
             Flanke
             :
             aud
             placing
             the
             Muskettiers
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Battell
             of
             Pikes
             :
             with
             other
             firings
             from
             thence
             proceeding
             .
             
               p.
               237
            
          
           
             86
             Of
             firing
             to
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             ,
             upon
             a
             march
             .
             
               p.
               242
            
          
           
             87
             A
             second
             way
             of
             firing
             to
             the
             front
             and
             reere
             .
             
               p.
               245
            
          
           
             88
             A
             firing
             to
             the
             reere
             and
             right
             flanke
             ,
             marching
             .
             
               p.
               247
            
          
           
             89
             Of
             firing
             to
             both
             flanks
             ,
             marching
             .
             
               p.
               249
            
          
           
             90
             A
             firing
             to
             both
             Flanks
             ,
             standing
             .
             
               p.
               251
            
          
           
             91
             Captaine
             Wallers
             Triple
             firing
             to
             the
             Front.
             
               p.
               254
            
          
           
             92
             A
             firing
             tripartite
             ,
             doing
             execution
             to
             the
             front
             ,
             reere
             ,
             and
             right
             flanke
             .
             
               p.
               257
            
          
           
             93
             Of
             the
             Sconce
             Battell
             .
             
               p.
               259
            
          
           
             94
             Of
             firing
             by
             three
             files
             at
             once
             ;
             two
             of
             them
             standing
             oblique
             ,
             the
             other
             direct
             .
             
               p.
               262
            
          
           
             95
             A
             firing
             oblique
             ,
             by
             foure
             files
             together
             ,
             in
             forme
             of
             a
             
               W.
               p.
               264
            
          
           
             96
             Of
             the
             Fort
             Battell
             ;
             the
             way
             to
             make
             ,
             and
             to
             reduce
             it
             .
             
               p.
               266
            
          
           
             97
             Of
             the
             crosse
             Battell
             ;
             the
             way
             to
             make
             it
             with
             a
             private
             Company
             .
             How
             to
             fire
             upon
             it
             :
             and
             to
             reduce
             it
             .
             
               p.
               268
            
          
           
             98
             Of
             the
             hollow-fronted
             Crosse
             Battell
             ,
             how
             to
             make
             
             it
             with
             a
             private
             Company
             :
             and
             the
             way
             to
             fire
             upon
             it
             ,
             &c.
             
               p.
               272
            
          
           
             99
             Of
             firing
             upon
             the
             square
             Battell
             ,
             flanked
             with
             Pikes
             .
             
               p.
               274
            
          
           
             100
             Of
             the
             Plinthium
             ,
             or
             fouṙe-fronted-battell
             ;
             by
             us
             called
             the
             Crosse
             of
             Muskets
             ,
             flanked
             with
             Pikes
             .
             
               p.
               276
            
          
           
             101
             Of
             the
             Hollow
             Square
             for
             march
             .
             
               p.
               280
            
          
           
             102
             Of
             the
             hollow
             Hearse
             ,
             and
             the
             Crosse
             .
             
               p.
               283
            
          
           
             103
             Of
             the
             Hollow
             Square
             〈◊〉
             dled
             with
             shot
             .
             
               p.
               286
            
          
           
             104
             Of
             the
             Sollid
             Square
             ,
             with
             Muskettiers
             in
             Center
             and
             Angles
             .
             The
             way
             to
             make
             the
             figure
             with
             a
             private
             Compani●
             ▪
             how
             to
             fire
             upon
             it
             ,
             and
             to
             reduce
             it
             .
             
               p.
               291
            
          
           
             105
             The
             first
             dayes
             Exercise
             .
             
               p.
               297
            
          
           
             106
             The
             second
             dayes
             Exercise
             .
             
               p.
               299
            
          
           
             107
             The
             third
             Dayes
             Exercise
             .
             
               p.
               304
            
          
           
             108
             The
             fourth
             dayes
             Exercise
             .
             
               p.
               308
            
          
           
             109
             The
             fifth
             dayes
             Exercise
             .
             
               p.
               313
            
          
           
             110
             The
             sixth
             dayes
             Exercise
             .
             
               p.
               320
            
          
        
         
           FINIS
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           Faults
           escaped
           in
           the
           Printing
           .
        
         
           PAge
           17.
           line
           5.
           for
           and
           ,
           reade
           ad
           ,
           p.
           25.
           l.
           32.
           r.
           before
           ,
           p.
           34.
           first
           line
           of
           the
           11.
           
           Chap.
           〈◊〉
           p.
           36.
           in
           the
           margent
           ,
           r.
           particle
           ,
           p.
           64
           l.
           13.
           r.
           armies
           ,
           p
           ,
           74.
           l.
           9.
           4.
           all
           ,
           〈◊〉
           ●8
           l.
           8.
           r.
           least
           ,
           p.
           86
           ▪
           l.
           6.
           r.
           or
           ,
           p.
           86.
           l.
           19
           ▪
           r.
           to
           ▪
           p.
           87.
           l.
           8.
           r.
           without
           ,
           p.
           87.
           l
           2●
           〈◊〉
           drawne
           a
           figure
           ▪
           p
           89.
           l
           ▪
           6.
           r.
           left
           ,
           p.
           89.
           l.
           17.
           r.
           file-wise
           ,
           p.
           97.
           l.
           the
           last
           ,
           r.
           〈◊〉
           p.
           106.
           l.
           3.
           r.
           one
           ,
           p.
           108.
           l.
           9.
           r.
           in
           ,
           p.
           112.
           l.
           5.
           r.
           before
           ,
           p.
           117.
           l.
           4.
           r.
           〈◊〉
           leaders
           ,
           p.
           119.
           l.
           19.
           
           &
           20.
           r.
           and
           with
           the
           Chorean
           it
           holds
           no
           affinity
           ,
           p.
           ●24
           ▪
           the
           last
           line
           ,
           r.
           be
           as
           at
           first
           .
           p.
           127.
           the
           2
           m
           m
           which
           stand
           for
           the
           ou●●ost
           file-leaders
           to
           the
           right
           ,
           stand
           quite
           contrary
           .
           p.
           137.
           l.
           5.
           r.
           to
           .
           p.
           140.
           ●he
           figure
           se●
           wrong
           .
           p
           152
           l.
           8.
           r.
           ●oo
           p.
           1●6
           .
           l.
           11.
           r.
           flanks
           .
           p.
           173.
           l.
           13.
           r.
           o●●rmost
           .
           p.
           176.
           l.
           32.
           r.
           figured
           .
           p.
           ●07
           .
           l.
           14.
           r.
           commanded
           .
           p.
           217.
           l
           4.
           r.
           u●
           ▪
           p.
           250.
           l.
           8.
           r.
           firing
           .
           p.
           269.
           l
           :
           18.
           r.
           them
           .
           p.
           271.
           l.
           11.
           r.
           armes
           .
           p
           292.
           l.
           13.
           r.
           flanks
           ▪
           p.
           293.
           the
           title
           of
           the
           figure
           ,
           r.
           Plesium
           .
           p.
           296.
           l.
           6.
           r.
           to
           her
           severall
           ,
           &c.
           p.
           297.
           the
           marginall
           note
           opposite
           to
           the
           a●
           ▪
           line
           ▪
           r.
           instead
           of
           one
           file
           and
           close
           .
           One
           file
           of
           Muskettiers
           to
           give
           fire
           ,
           and
           close
           ,
           p.
           302
           l.
           the
           9.
           for
           h●●swise
           ,
           r
           ▪
           herswise
           ,
           p.
           306.
           l.
           27.
           for
           Leader
           ,
           r.
           Leaders
           ,
           p
           311.
           l.
           17
           for
           overhead
           ,
           r.
           overhand
           .
        
      
       
         Notes, typically marginal, from the original text
         
           Notes for div A04919-e7010
           
             Charge
             to
             the
             Reere
             is
             to
             be
             understood
             alwayes
             to
             the
             left
             about
             ,
             because
             it
             is
             3.
             times
             a
             nearer
             way
             then
             charging
             to
             the
             right
             about
             ▪
             
          
           
             What
             is
             a
             Ranke
             .
          
           
             What
             is
             a
             File
             .
          
           
             *
             In
             the
             Tacticks
             of
             Ae●an
             lib.
             1.
             the
             Notes
             of
             the
             10.
             
             Chapter
             .
          
           
             In
             motion
             of
             Files
             you
             are
             to
             observe
             your
             Leader
             .
          
           
             In
             motion
             of
             Rankes
             you
             are
             to
             observe
             your
             right
             hand
             man.
             
          
           
             
               
            
          
           
             
               
            
          
           
             In
             the
             exercise
             of
             the
             motion
             of
             facings
             ,
             you
             are
             to
             be
             at
             open
             order
             in
             Ranke
             and
             File
             .
          
           
             When
             you
             face
             to
             any
             hand
             in
             the
             Reducement
             ,
             you
             are
             to
             returne
             by
             the
             contrary
             .
          
           
             When
             your
             Souldiers
             begin
             any
             motion
             ,
             let
             them
             advance
             their
             Armes
             .
             When
             they
             come
             to
             a
             stand
             ,
             and
             have
             performed
             their
             motion
             ,
             let
             them
             order
             their
             Armes
             .
          
           
             Intire
             .
          
           
             Divisionall
             .
          
           
             Angular
             .
          
           
             The
             distance
             for
             particular
             and
             divisionall
             doublings
             ,
             is
             open
             order
             in
             Ranke
             and
             File
             .
             Note
             that
             the
             ordinary
             doublings
             of
             Rankes
             and
             Files
             ,
             is
             or
             ought
             to
             be
             performed
             by
             three
             steps
             ,
             first
             stepping
             forth
             with
             that
             foot
             which
             is
             next
             unto
             the
             place
             named
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             reducement
             ,
             to
             returne
             by
             the
             contrary
             hand
             .
          
           
             Note
             that
             in
             these
             doublings
             of
             ranks
             and
             files
             ,
             if
             you
             double
             rankes
             to
             either
             hand
             ,
             doubling
             of
             files
             to
             the
             contrary
             ,
             reduceth
             them
             .
             Or
             in
             doubling
             of
             files
             to
             any
             hand
             ,
             doubling
             of
             ranks
             to
             the
             contrary
             will
             reduce
             them
             .
          
           
             Note
             that
             upon
             all
             motions
             of
             doublings
             ,
             that
             they
             that
             are
             to
             double
             before
             they
             move
             from
             their
             places
             ,
             are
             to
             advance
             their
             Armes
             .
             When
             they
             have
             performed
             their
             doubling
             ,
             they
             are
             to
             conforme
             to
             the
             Posture
             of
             those
             whom
             they
             double
             ,
             whether
             it
             be
             Order
             ,
             Advance
             ,
             or
             Shoulder
             .
          
           
             Note
             that
             all
             entire
             doublings
             ,
             are
             to
             be
             performed
             at
             Order
             both
             in
             Ranke
             and
             File
             .
          
           
             Note
             that
             in
             the
             doubling
             of
             Ranks
             ,
             the
             even
             Ranks
             are
             to
             double
             into
             the
             odde
             ,
             beginning
             alwaies
             to
             reckon
             from
             the
             first
             Rank
             .
          
           
             In
             doubling
             of
             Files
             ,
             note
             if
             the
             doubling
             be
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             as
             in
             this
             Figure
             ,
             then
             every
             man
             of
             the
             even
             Files
             ,
             steps
             behinde
             his
             left
             hand
             
          
           
             man
             at
             three
             steps
             ,
             every
             even
             File
             doubling
             into
             the
             odde
             files
             beginning
             your
             account
             with
             the
             outmost
             File
             to
             the
             hand
             named
             ,
             as
             I
             have
             formerly
             said
             .
          
           
             *
             In
             this
             doubling
             of
             Ranks
             by
             Bringers
             ▪
             up
             ,
             as
             likewise
             in
             all
             other
             of
             like
             nature
             ,
             they
             that
             are
             to
             move
             ,
             are
             to
             adxance
             their
             Armes
             .
             But
             if
             the
             Commander
             please
             ,
             it
             will
             be
             best
             for
             the
             ease
             of
             the
             Musettiers
             ,
             to
             be
             shouldered
             .
             And
             upon
             all
             doubling
             of
             Ranks
             whatsoever
             ,
             lot
             them
             be
             sure
             to
             observe
             their
             right
             hand
             men
             .
          
           
             
               A
               part
               Countermarch
               is
               when
               one
               Moity
               ,
               or
               part
               of
               the
               Body
               countermarcheth
               ,
               thereby
               ,
               not
               altering
               the
               number
               of
               the
               length
               ,
               or
               depth
               of
               the
               Figure
               ;
               but
               onely
               transferring
               one
               part
               into
               another
               .
            
             
               Note
               that
               if
               the
               Reere
               be
               doubled
               to
               the
               Right
               ,
               the
               Countermarch
               must
               be
               to
               the
               Left
               :
               if
               the
               doubling
               be
               to
               the
               Left
               ,
               the
               Countermarch
               must
               be
               to
               the
               Right
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               at
               the
               discretion
               of
               the
               Commander
               ,
               to
               face
               the
               Company
               ,
               which
               way
               he
               pleaseth
               ,
               either
               for
               Motion
               ,
               or
               Reducement
               of
               any
               Motion
               formerly
               performed
               .
            
          
           
             Order
             in
             Ranke
             and
             File
             .
             The
             distance
             required
             for
             intire
             Doubling
             .
          
           
             What
             intire
             Doublingsare
             .
          
           
             What
             is
             meant
             by
             Particle
             ,
             and
             dividuall
             Doublings
             .
          
           
             Note
             ,
             that
             the
             
               left-hand
               men
            
             are
             the
             Leaders
             of
             the
             motion
             ,
             in
             the
             reducement
             .
          
           
             Inversion
             .
          
           
             Chorean
             .
          
           
             Lacedemon
             .
          
           
             Macedon
             .
          
           
             Bastard
             Countermarch
             .
          
           
             Bast
             .
             Count.
             
          
           
             Lacedemon
             .
          
           
             Lacedemon
             .
          
           
             Cretan
             or
             Chorean
             Lacedemonian
             
          
           
             B.
             A
             Countermarch
             .
          
           
             Lacedemonia
             
          
           
             Cretan
             or
             Chorean
             Bast
             .
             Countermarch
             .
          
           
             Lacedemonia
             ,
          
           
             Macedonian
             .
          
           
             Bast
             .
             Count.
             
          
           
             Chorean
             or
             Cretan
             .
          
           
             Lacedemoniā
             .
          
           
             Macedonian
             .
          
           
             Bast
             .
             Counter
             .
          
           
             The
             distance
             for
             Counter
             march
             is
             ,
             sixe
             foot
             ,
             or
             open
             order
             in
             ranke
             and
             file
             .
          
           
             Note
             ,
             that
             when
             there
             is
             a
             Countermarch
             commanded
             without
             any
             other
             addition
             ;
             then
             it
             is
             alwayes
             intended
             ,
             a
             Chorean
             countermarch
             .
          
           
             Lacedemoniā
             .
          
           
             *
             An
             Intervall
             is
             the
             space
             of
             ground
             betweene
             fils
             &
             file
             ,
             or
             ranke
             and
             ranke
             ;
             but
             in
             this
             place
             ,
             is
             intended
             the
             space
             of
             ground
             betweene
             the
             files
             .
          
           
             Lacedemoniā
             .
          
           
             Lacedemonian
             .
          
           
             Macedonian
             .
          
           
             Macedonian
             .
          
           
             Bastard
             Counter-march
             .
          
           
             Bastard
             Countermarch
             .
          
           
             Chorean
             
          
           
             Lacedemonian
             .
          
           
             Lacedemonian
             .
          
           
             Macedon
             .
          
           
             Bast
             .
             Count.
             
          
           
             Of
             divisionall
             Countermarches
             .
          
           
             Note
             ,
             that
             for
             Countermarching
             Front
             and
             Reere
             into
             the
             midst
             ,
             the
             Front-halfe-files
             ever
             turne
             off
             to
             the
             Right
             ,
             the
             Reere
             halfe
             files
             to
             the
             Left
             ,
             which
             being
             truely
             observed
             ,
             they
             will
             alwayes
             meet
             even
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             the
             Battaile
             ,
             where
             to
             the
             contrary
             ,
             if
             they
             turne
             both
             off
             to
             the
             Right
             ,
             they
             can
             never
             doe
             the
             Counter-march
             but
             wrong
             .
          
           
             Bast
             .
             Counter
             .
          
           
             *
             Note
             that
             as
             the
             front
             half-files
             empiieth
             the
             space
             of
             ground
             betweene
             the
             leaders
             and
             halfe-file-leaders
             placing
             themselues
             in
             the
             ground
             before
             the
             front
             ,
             so
             in
             the
             meane
             time
             their
             places
             are
             replenished
             by
             the
             souldiers
             of
             the
             Reere-halfe-files
             which
             march
             up
             and
             supply
             their
             roomes
             .
          
           
             If
             you
             reduce
             them
             by
             another
             Countermarch
             ,
             first
             close
             their
             divisions
             .
          
           
             Macedonian
             .
          
           
             Note
             that
             when
             the
             Reere
             half
             files
             face
             about
             ,
             the
             last
             ranke
             which
             are
             the
             bringers
             up
             〈…〉
             ●ill
             to
             keep
             their
             〈…〉
             .
          
           
             Note
             that
             upon
             the
             Countermarching
             of
             flanks
             into
             the
             midst
             ,
             the
             right
             flanke
             must
             alwayes
             obser●e
             to
             turn
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             the
             left
             flanke
             to
             the
             left
             .
             For
             if
             they
             should
             both
             turne
             off
             to
             the
             right
             ,
             they
             wil
             never
             meet
             right
             i●
             they
             turne
             off
             both
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             it
             will
             be
             as
             bad
             .
          
           
             Macedonian
             .
          
           
             Note
             that
             if
             y●u
             please
             ,
             y●u
             m●y
             paste
             the
             Pikes
             alone
             through
             ,
             and
             let
             the
             Muskettier
             ,
             stand
             .
             But
             then
             there
             wil
             lbe
             a
             la
             ge
             distance
             betweene
             the
             Musketti
             ●s
             in
             the
             midst
             
          
           
             Note
             that
             the
             distance
             for
             wheelings
             ought
             to
             be
             three
             foot
             betweene
             Ranke
             and
             File
             .
          
           
             Note
             that
             upō
             the
             exercise
             of
             the
             motions
             whether
             it
             be
             distance
             ,
             facings
             ,
             doublings
             ,
             Countermarches
             ,
             or
             wheelings
             ,
             the
             Muskettiers
             ought
             to
             be
             all
             upon
             one
             and
             the
             same
             posture
             either
             po●●ed
             or
             shouldered
             :
             the
             pikes
             in
             like
             manner
             either
             shouldered
             or
             advanced
             .
          
           
             Note
             the
             direction
             for
             angular
             wheelings
             .
          
           
             Note
             that
             wheeling
             to
             the
             rightabout
             will
             not
             be
             reduced
             by
             wheeling
             back
             againe
             to
             the
             left
             about
             just
             into
             the
             same
             ground
             ,
             if
             the
             wheeling
             be
             Anguler
             ;
             but
             will
             be
             ●wise
             the
             length
             of
             the
             battell
             removed
             to
             the
             right
             of
             your
             former
             standing
             .
          
           
             Vpon
             al
             wheeling●
             ,
             you
             must
             obserue
             to
             follow
             your
             leader●
             ,
             which
             must
             be
             understood
             ,
             aswell
             of
             those
             which
             b●come
             leaders
             accidē●ally
             (
             by
             reason
             of
             facings
             )
             as
             of
             those
             which
             be
             the
             ●●●st
             and
             
               pro●●●
               leaders
            
             .
             As
             in
             th
             s
             wheeling
             (
             ●or
             example
             )
             where
             the
             up●te
             ●te
             become
             the
             leaders
             of
             the
             M●●●on
             .
          
           
             Note
             that
             the
             two
             up●re
             ●re
             the
             Hinge●
             of
             this
             wh●●ling
             .
          
           
             Not●
             ,
             that
             if
             the
             length
             of
             your
             Bat●e●●
             ,
             be
             double
             the
             
               num●
               r
            
             of
             your
             depth
             ;
             as
             in
             this
             figure
             then
             this
             wheeling
             of
             front
             and
             reere
             into
             the
             right
             or
             left-flanke
             ,
             doth
             qu●d●uple
             their
             forme●
             depth
             .
             If
             the
             number
             were
             equall
             ,
             in
             lengto
             and
             depth
             ;
             then
             by
             this
             wheeling
             ,
             they
             would
             be
             but
             doubled
             .
             If
             the
             number
             of
             your
             length
             ,
             exceed
             more
             then
             double
             your
             depth
             ,
             by
             so
             much
             the
             more
             ,
             will
             the
             extension
             of
             the
             dep●h
             be
             ,
             beyond
             quadruple
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             *
             The
             three
             motions
             are
             ,
             
               Blow
               your
               Coal●
               ,
               Open
               your
               Pan
               ,
               Present
               Breast
               high
               .
            
             You
             are
             to
             blow
             your
             Coal●
             ,
             stepping
             forwards
             with
             your
             left
             foot
             .
             
               Open
               your
               Pannel
            
             stepping
             forwards
             with
             your
             right
             foot
             ▪
             Present
             ,
             stepping
             forwards
             with
             your
             left
             foot
             .
             The
             〈◊〉
             a●e
             to
             bepetfor●●d
             ,
             hand
             and
             foot
             together
             ,
             by
             every
             one
             that
             advanceth
             〈◊〉
             to
             ●iv●
             fire
             ,
             without
             expecting
             anydirecti●●●
             in
             time
             of
             
               Skirm
               s●
            
             .
          
           
             *
             Note
             that
             the
             second
             firing
             will
             cause
             the
             body
             to
             f●ee
             to
             the
             reer
             ,
             which
             then
             becomes
             a
             front
             accidentall
             ,
             and
             is
             the
             cause
             that
             the
             same
             command
             reduceth
             the
             figure
             which
             first
             made
             it
             .
          
           
             Note
             upon
             all
             firings
             in
             the
             Reere
             ,
             Blow
             your
             colt
             ;
             stepping
             forwards
             with
             your
             right
             foot
             .
             Open
             your
             p●n
             ,
             stepping
             forwards
             with
             your
             left
             foot
             present
             to
             the
             
               R
               ere
               ,
               stepping
            
             forwards
             with
             your
             right
             foot
             
          
           
             Note
             that
             all
             the
             Muskettier●
             must
             be
             in
             the
             midst
             ,
             and
             the
             pikes
             on
             flanke●
             ,
             when
             you
             begin
             to
             make
             this
             figure
             .
             If
             your
             Muskettiers
             be
             on
             the
             flanke
             when
             you
             make
             it
             ,
             then
             the
             crosse
             will
             be
             Pi●●s
             ,
             and
             the
             Angles
             Muskettiers
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             The
             Plinthium
             is
             a
             hollow
             Square
             Battell
             ;
             fronted
             foure
             waies
             ;
             the
             
               number
               equall
            
             ,
             in
             
               length
               &
               depth
            
             .
             Another
             kind
             of
             Plinthium
             ,
             is
             to
             have
             the
             depth
             exceed
             the
             length
             ;
             the
             
               light
               Armes
            
             to
             be
             placed
             in
             the
             miost
             of
             the
             hollow
             patt
             .
             See
             the
             Ta●●ic●
             of
             Aelian
             ,
             the
             second
             Books
             ,
             the
             notes
             of
             the
             forty
             two
             Chapter
             .
          
           
             *
             Note
             ,
             that
             the
             
               odde
               files
            
             on
             the
             
               right
               flank
            
             ,
             are
             the
             
               outermost
               files
            
             to
             the
             right
             ;
             the
             third
             file
             ,
             the
             fift
             file
             ,
             the
             seventh
             ,
             &
             so
             forward
             for
             the
             rest
             ,
             if
             the
             〈◊〉
             be
             larger
             ;
             beginning
             your
             account
             from
             the
             
               outermost
               file
            
             ,
             to
             the
             right
             .
             Note
             ,
             that
             the
             
               odde
               files
            
             on
             the
             le●t-flanke
             ,
             are
             the
             file●
             the
             third
             ,
             the
             fi●th
             ,
             the
             seventh
             ,
             &c.
             so
             still
             accounting
             the
             
               odde
               files
            
             ,
             beginning
             with
             the
             
               outermost
               file
            
             to
             the
             〈◊〉
             ▪
             
          
           
             *
             I
             is
             very
             necessary
             ,
             still
             ,
             so
             often
             as
             time
             will
             permit
             ;
             to
             instruct
             the
             Souldiers
             ,
             in
             the
             postures
             and
             the
             well
             handling
             of
             their
             Armes
             .
          
           
             *
             Each
             file-leader
             to
             lead
             up
             his
             file
             upon
             the
             first
             Summons
             of
             the
             Drum.
             
          
           
             *
             Ever
             to
             observe
             to
             be
             even
             in
             Ranke
             ,
             and
             strait
             in
             file
             ,
             and
             stand
             at
             the
             true
             distance
             .
          
           
             *
             Fetching
             the
             Ensigne
             to
             the
             head
             of
             the
             Company
             .
          
           
             *
             Souldiers
             ought
             to
             be
             very
             silent
             .
             First
             ,
             the
             souldiers
             ought
             to
             have
             their
             due
             distance
             given
             them
             ,
             with
             directions
             how
             most
             properly
             to
             performe
             .
          
           
             *
             Facings
             ,
             Doublings
             ,
             Countermarches
             &
             Wheelings
             wherein
             the
             Souldier
             ought
             treatably
             to
             be
             instructed●
             the
             Commander
             alwayes
             observing
             ,
             what
             his
             Souldiers
             are
             hee
             hath
             to
             deale
             withall
             ,
             and
             to
             give
             h
             s
             directions
             accordingly
             .
             Never
             striving
             to
             put
             more
             into
             the
             battle
             then
             it
             can
             conveniently
             hold
             
          
           
             *
             Observe
             to
             march
             between
             each
             firing
             ,
             &
             upon
             each
             figure
             ,
             that
             may
             be
             convenient
             .
          
           
             *
             
               Face
               about
            
             ,
             or
             
               wh
               ele
               about
            
             ,
             for
             to
             Countermarch
             if
             any
             
               en
               my
            
             be
             n●●r
             ,
             i●
             very
             dangerous
             .
          
           
             *
             Wheele
             your
             Flanks
             into
             the
             Front
             if
             your
             Souldiers
             have
             time
             enough
             ,
             otherwi●e
             face
             to
             the
             Reere
             ,
             and
             charge
             Pikes
             .
          
           
             *
             When
             the
             Pikes
             shoulder
             the
             Musketiers
             must
             observe
             to
             ranke
             even
             with
             them
             .
          
           
             *
             Vpon
             this
             firing
             ,
             
               advance
               Pikes
            
             when
             there
             is
             but
             one
             file
             :
             and
             close
             forwards
             to
             the
             distance
             of
             order
             .
          
           
             *
             These
             kind
             of
             Intervals
             ought
             to
             contain
             six
             foot
             in
             distance
             upon
             some
             other
             occasions
             ,
             12
             foot
             is
             necessary
             .
          
           
             The
             hollow
             Square
             .
          
           
             Captain
             Wallers
             firing
             .
          
           
             Silence
             .
          
           
             Vpon
             all
             motions
             be
             ●ure
             that
             the
             Souldiers
             stand
             even
             in
             ranke
             and
             file
             .
          
           
             Good
             words
             more
             available
             then
             blowes
             ▪
             or
             ill
             language
             .
          
           
             The
             Muskettie
             s
             make
             ready
             to
             give
             fi●e
             .
          
           
             ●etween
             each
             firing
             cause
             your
             body
             to
             march
             either
             in
             forme
             of
             Ba●talia
             ,
             extended
             in
             length
             :
             or
             upon
             any
             other
             figure
             ,
             where
             it
             may
             conveniently
             be
             done
             without
             disorder
             .
          
           
             Whosoever
             it
             be
             that
             teacheth
             the
             postures
             of
             the
             Musket
             :
             ought
             to
             be
             very
             diligent
             ,
             in
             his
             instruction
             ,
             concerning
             the
             well
             managing
             of
             their
             a●mes
             :
             that
             they
             may
             not
             only
             fire
             to
             the
             Front
             reere
             and
             flank
             :
             But
             that
             they
             observe
             order
             in
             their
             motion
             ,
             which
             will
             better
             their
             execution
             .
             The
             file-leader
             if
             he
             have
             time
             may
             instruct
             his
             file
             in
             the
             distances
             and
             the
             severall
             motions
             .
          
           
             *
             By
             drawing
             fo●th
             ●ff
             loose
             files
             or
             otherwise
             .
          
           
             You
             may
             ei●
             t●●r
             draw
             forth
             the
             innermost
             or
             outermost
             at
             discretion
             .